ey eet,
“ae oe 5 a S
=
4 a) 7 6
: A AS oh v
HL \ 6p renter) RW
————— ASL
pews
ore
Wie rme ee
—
.
ANNALS
OF THE
NEW York ACADEMY OF SCIENCES,
LATE
LYCEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY.
VOLUME VIII. (INDEX.)
NEW YORK: ;
PUBLISHED BY THE ACADEMY.
1896.
ANNALS
ANNALS
OF THE
New York ACADEMY OF SCIENCES,
LYCEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY.
VOLUME VIII.
1893-1895.
NEW YORK:
PUBLISHED BY THE ACADEMY.
f ‘ > af .
ee ‘. 2
\ so" :
R + iid » Pe). i
7 Lyf 4 zl ‘ eee 7 ri ; i
. ~ } a / ‘
a -
<-_
so ‘went 5 . >
{4 An : i HN waar
hE GR ane
: ® F Ao teode
’ m4
OFFICERS OF THE ACADEMY.
1895.
PRESIDENT.
J. K. REES.
VICE-PRESIDENIS.
H. F. OSBORN, J. J. STEVENSON.
CORRESPONDING SECRETARY.
D. S. MARTIN.
RECORDING SECRETARY.
J. F. KEMP.
TREASURER.
CHAS. KF, COX:
PUBLICATION COMMITTEE.
J. K. BEES, J. F. KEMP,
H. F. OSBORN, N. L. BRITTON,
D. 8S. MARTIN, WM. HALLOCK.
THOS. L. CASEY, Editor of Annals.
Art.
Art.
Art.
Art.
Art.
Art.
Art.
Art.
Art.
CONTENTS OF VOLUME VU.
BY NATHAN BANKS.
XIV.—The Arachnida of Colorado.
BY THOS. L. CASEY.
XV.—Coleopterological Notices, VI.
BY O. F. COOK AND G. N. COLLINS.
II.—The Myriapoda Collected by the United States Eclipse Expedi-
tion to West Africa, 1889 and 1890. : : : ;
. VIII.—A Monograph of Scytonotus.
BY HENRY E. CRAMPTON, JR.
. V.—Reversal of Cleavage in a Sinistral Gasteropod.
BY HERMAN S. DAVIS.
. XI.—The Parallax of 7 Cassiopeix, deduced from Rutherfurd Pho-
tographic Measures.
XIII.—The Rutherfurd BRaaverapiie Menenres of Piece Stars
about 7 Cassiopeiz. : - : : 3
BY HARRISON G. DYAR.
VII.—A Classification of Lepidopterous Larvee.
XII.—On Certain Bacteria from the Air of New York City.
BY HARWOOD HUNTINGTON.
ViI.—Certain New Derivatives in the Aromatic Series.
BY HAROLD JACOBY.
I.—The Parallaxes of “ and 6 Cassiopeize, deduced from Rutherfurd
Photographic Measures.
BY ALEXIS A. JULIEN.
IV.—A Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder.
PAGE.
417
435
R=
M 0
We
167
301
OFFICERS OF THE ACADEMY.
1893.
President,
H. CARRINGTON BOLTON.
Vice-Presidents,
J. A. ALLEN, HENRY F. OSBORN.
Corresponding Secretary.
THOMAS L. CASEY.
Decoding Hecretarp.
N. L. BRITTON,
Treasurer.
CHAS. F. COX.
Committee of Publication.
J. A. ALLEN, N. L. BRITTON,
HAROLD JACOBY, H. F. OSBORN.
THOS. L. CASEY (Eprror).
ANNALS
OF THE
NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCKS,
VOLUME VIII.
I.— The Parallaxes of w and 6 Cassiopeiz, deduced from
Rutherfurd Photographic Measures.
BY HAROLD JACOBY.
Read Jan. 9, 1893.
-Tre RurverrurD photographic measures of the stars surround-
ing » Cassiopeie are derived from twenty-eight negatives made
between 1870 July, and 1873 December. These observations were
taken in accordance with RurHERFURD’s regular plan for securing
accurate micrometric measures of star clusters: but in order to
combine therewith a determination of parallax, the observations
were all made in the months of July, January, and December.
There are two impressions upon each negative. A discussion of
all the micrometric measures of some fifty-six stars will be published
later, the present paper containing those measures only that have
been selected for the parallax determination. I have set down in
table I. (p. 12) the dates and other details of the several exposures,
so far as they are connected with the present purpose. The sidereal
time given is the mean of the four instants marking the beginning
and ending of the two exposures. The second exposure always
began a few seconds after the ending of the first, and the duration
of each was six minutes.
Table II. (p. 13) gives a list of the comparison stars employed.
The pair g, h, will not furnish a suitable parallax factor in distance,
Annats N. Y. Acap. Scr., VIII, March, 1893.—1
2 Rutherfurd Photographic Measures.
but it has been included to secure evidence as to possible variation of
scale value with position angle. It is perhaps necessary to remark
that I have preferred to base the study of parallax upon measures
of distance only. The original plan did not include the pair e, d;
but the observations of the pair c, 6, having produced a discordant
result, the pair c, d, was also computed. From this discordance it
has been possible to obtain a value for the parallax of @ Cassiopeie,
a result not anticipated when the reduction of the observations was
begun. It is for this reason that the star ¢ appears twice in table
JI. The method of computation is the one commonly employed.
The two stars of each pair were selected so as to differ approxi-
mately 180° in position angle with respect to « Cassiopeiz. The
scale value was then determined for each pair, on each plate, so as
to make the sum of the distances from wu constant. The difference
of the same distances was then taken as the quantity from whose
variation the parallax should appear. This method gives the excess
of the parallax of the principal star over the mean of the parallaxes
of the two comparison stars.*
Every observation of distance contained in the RUTHERFURD
observation books has been used, the treatment of the observational
data being as follows: First, means were taken of the separate
pointings of the microscope, each measure of distance depending
upon ten independent pointings on » Cassiopeiz, and ten on the
comparison star. The distances thus obtained from the two sepa-
rate impressions were combined into a single mean depending alto-
gether on 40 pointings, and this mean was then considered as one
complete measure. The distances thus obtained are expressed in
divisions of the glass scale of the measuring micrometer, one such
division being approximately equal to 28”.o1. The same unit of
measure has generally been employed throughout all the subse-
quent calculations. The following corrections were then applied :—
1. Correction for division errors. These were taken from the table
of corrections determined by Rogers.
* This is of course not strictly true unless the two comparison stars are
equidistant from the principal star,—a condition which should always be
approximately satisfied. Nor is it possible to deduce the parallax of the
principal star with respect to each comparison star separately, since the
parallaxes of both comparison stars will always influence the result through
the scale value determination.
+ Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci., vol. vi, p. 250.
Parallaxes of w and 6 Cassiopeiz. 3
2. The ‘“‘tangent correction,” due to the photograph being taken
on a plane surface. This correction is derived from table
IV. A, given in my paper on the RuruerrurD photographic
measures of the stars about 6p Cygni.*
. Correction for refraction, computed according to the method
given in my paper on the Pleiades. Whenever necessary,
the higher terms of the refraction were approximately taken
into account.
Ge
4. Correction for aberration, computed according to the customary
Besselian formule.
5. Correction for the proper motion of » Cassiopei. The obser-
vations have been reduced to the epoch 1872.0, using Auwers’
proper motion, which is:
Aa = + 0°.3860 Ad = — 1.580,
corresponding to a motion of 3”.729 upon a great circle whose
- position angle is 115° 4’. Now, in general, if we let:
p = the annual proper motion of the principal star on a great
circle,
x = the position angle of that great circle at the time ¢,,
¢ = the time of observation, expressed in years and fractions
of a year. And put:
bene.
5S, = cos (zy — p)
|
I
S = ~—— — sin? — |
2 28 (x P)
Pigs
iP ae zp?
then we must add to the observed distances the correction :
oe roe a + pH cep
The values of S,, S,, P,, and P, used in the present paper are
given in table III. (p. 13), the unit of measure for p being one
division of the glass scale, as already explained. The distances
thus completely corrected, are set down in the second and third
columns of table IV. (p. 15). The fourth and fifth columns of the
same table contain the swm of the distances of the two comparison
* Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., vol. vi, p. 340. t Ibid., pp. 253, et seq.
¢ Astron. Untersuch., vol. i, p. 202, et seq.
4 Rutherfurd Photographic Measures.
stars from » Cassiopeie, and the difference of that sum from an
adopted mean given at the foot of the fourth column. In the sixth,
seventh, and eighth column are placed the difference of the dis-
tances as given in the second and third columns; the scale correc-
tion, which is simply a proportional part of the quantity given
in the column ‘‘mean minus sum”; and finally the corrected differ-
ence, to be used in forming the parallax equations. The latter
equations, together with their solutions, are to be found in table V.
(p. 20); and with regard to them I have only to remark that the
absolute terms are expressed in units of the second decimal place,
equivalent to o”.2801. The parallax coefficients in the observation
equations of table V. are computed by the customary formulx, as
follows :—
Let a, 5, be the coordinates of » Cassiopeie for 1872.
r, ©, be the radius vector, and longitude of the sun;
and compute—
g sinG —sin 6 cosa, sin H=sin sina, fsin Ff —hsin(H + e)
gcosG =sina, heos H=—cos8, fcos Ff =—cosacose
then if we put:
S,= fsin(p+F)
S,= gsin(p+G)
P, = — r sin ©
P,= — r cos ©
the parallax coefficient for any one of the equations will be:
(S, — 8,’) Bs =i (oo Sy) 1a
where S,’ and 8S,’ refer to the second comparison star of the pair.
The corresponding coefficient for the swm of the distances of the
two comparison stars of any pair is
(S, rin S,’) P, =| (S, =r S,) P,,
which I have found sufficiently small to be negligible for all the
pairs used in the present research.
The values of S,, S,, P,, P,, are found in table III. (p. 13).
Before proceeding to discuss the parallax results, as obtained in
table V., attention should be called to table IV. A, which throws
some light on the question of variation of scale value. The first
five columns of this table give for each plate, and for each pair of
stars, that fraction of ‘‘mean minus sum,” from table IV., which
Parallaxes of w and 6 Cassiopeie. 5
corresponds to a distance of roo divisions of the seale. It will be
seen that this quantity is a measure of the discordance between the
scale value for each plate, and the mean scale value for ail the plates.
Now, by placing these discordauces, as derived from pairs of stars
differing widely in position angle, side by side, we can at once see
whether the scale value varies with position angle, or is really a
constant for any given plate. To make this comparison quite
rigorous, the adopted mean, from which the quantity ‘‘mean minus
sum” is derived in table IV., ought to be computed from the mea-
sures of those plates only, that have impressions of all the stars.
Accordingly the ‘‘adopted means” of table IV. are computed from
the measures of plates
a AI 47 aid
a2 42 48 58
33 43 49 ae
34 46 50 60
Except in the case of the pair c, d, which was subsequently added,
as already explained. In this case I have used the actual mean of
all the values given in table IV., a circumstance which will not
materially affect the evidence furnished by this pair of stars. The
pair c, 9 has not been used, since the parallax of 9 would tend to
render its evidence unreliable. Two things become plain from an
inspection of the table. In the first place, there is no decisive evi-
dence of great variations of scale value with position angle. In
fact, if we regard as casual the differences from the mean values
contained in the sixth column, we find as the average difference
without regard to sign, +-0.0050. This would correspond to about
o”.05 per 1000”: but it is hardly greater than the necessary uncer-
tainty of observation. In the second place, we see that the scale
value depends upon temperature. This latter circumstance, it is
almost needless to remark, does not influence the parallax determi-
nation, though it will be of importance in the general discussion of
all the micrometric measures.
It will therefore be of interest to examine the evidence a little
more in detail. In doing this, I have taken into consideration the
readings of the focal micrometer, as. set down in table I. One
revolution of this micrometer is equivalent to 0.05 inches, and the
arrangement is such that increasing readings of the micrometer
6 Rutherfurd Photographic Measures.
correspond to increasing focal length of the telescope. ‘To calculate
the focal length, we have the following :
Linear scale value* = 0.020859 inches.
Mean angular scale valuet — 28”.0124
from which:
Focal length = 153.59 inches.
Now putting:
J = reading of the focal micrometer for any given plate,
I find from the above focal length and pitch of the micrometer
screw that the numbers given in table 1V. A require an additional
correction of:
+-0.0325 (f — 7.86)
to reduce them to the mean focal reading (7.86). Accordingly, this
correction has been applied to the means in the sixth column, thus
obtaining the corrected means of the seventh column. From these
latter it is possible to discuss the effect of temperature, indepen-
dently of the focal readings, provided we assume that the zero
point of the scale attached to the focal micrometer always retained
exactly the same distance from the optical centre of the lens, except
as influenced by changes of temperature. Now this assumption
can hardly be regarded as altogether justified @ priori in the case
of the Rurnerrurd telescope. I have therefore made two separate
least square adjustments of the quantities given in the columns
mean and mean corrected.
Representing these quantities by equations of the form:
z+ y (¢— 4%)
where ¢ is the observed temperature for any plate, and ¢, the mean
temperature, I find:
Column mean — — .0027 + .00063 — .000372 (¢ — 58°.4)
=E .000029
Column mean corr’d == — .0027 = .00057 — .000424 (¢ — 58°.4)
=E .000027
The attached probable errors show that the observations are
represented better if we take the readings of the focal micrometer
into account. This would seem to justify the assumption of con-
* Rogers’ determination, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., vol. vi, p. 249.
| The Pleiades result, ibid., p. 270.
Parallaxes of w and @ Cassiopeiez. 7
stancy in the focal zero point; and I shall therefore adopt the tem-
perature coefficient from the second solution, viz:
— 0.000424 =E 0.000027
This coefficient holds good for a distance of roo divisions of the
scale. For one division of the scale it will be:
— 0100000424 + 0.00000027, or — o0”.000119 + 0”.000008 .
The evidence as to the reality of this temperature coefficient seems
. to be very strong, notwithstanding that the scale values obtained
for the Pleiades plates* did not appear to vary with temperature.
In the light of the present evidence we may perhaps be justified in
ascribing this to the comparatively small changes of temperature
throughout the Pleiades series, and to the fact that the last two
Pleiades plates furnish a very discordant scale value, which tends
to conceal the smaller temperature effects. No satisfactory explana-
tion of this latter circumstance suggests itself, unless we assume
that the glass scale had been removed temporarily from the measur-
ing machine; and that when replaced, it made a small angle with
its former position. It seems best, therefore, to disregard the last
two Pleiades plates in deducing a definitive scale value. If we
do this, the Pleiades series give for the mean scale value 287.0138,
corresponding to a mean temperature of the telescope 41°.6, and a
mean focal reading 7.88. For a plate having any other tempera-
ture (¢) and focal reading (f/f), we ought therefore to use a scale
value computed by the following formula:
Scale value = 28/.0138 — 0//.0099 ( f — 7.88) — 0//.000119 (t — 41.6) (a)
On the other hand, if we prefer to retain the scale values from
the last two Pleiades plates, we should have:
Scale value = 28//.0124 — 0//.0090 (f — 7.87) — 0'/.00G119 (f — 40.3) (bd)
The following table shows how these two formule represent the
observed Pleiades seale values. The numbers in the fourth column
are means from the two impressions on the plate.
* Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., vol. vi, p. 271.
8 Rutherfurd Photographic Measures.
Computed Seale Val. Residuals, (— 0.
Focus. | Telese.| Observed
| Temp. | Seale Val. |
| | Form. (a). | Form. (5). | Form. (a). | Form. (b).
28.01 27
.O127
28.0168 28.0144
-O151 .O144
-O118
.O118
.O112
-0122 -0135
.O118 .O135
-O122 -0129
.0148 .0143 .0126
20122 .O143 .0126
20070 || 20140) Ieee 0132
.0066 -O149 .0132 | +.0083 | -+-.0066
{
|
|
-O144 -0135 | .0137
|
|
|
|
|
|
SNS ST ST SIS CONT NS
COMM OoonsINT OO
Munuiuitin © Oo
The residuals are not quite satisfactory. I have therefore discussed
the Pleiades scale values by means of formula (a), omitting the
discordant plates 24 and 25, and find the temperature coefficient :
— 0.000230 + 0”.000040.
It is further to be remarked, that the residuals from formula (a) are
somewhat less than we should get if we left the temperature and
focal reading altogether out of consideration.
To complete this part of the subject, it is necessary to examine
the evidence of the 8 Cygni plates.* For this purpose I selected
from the RurHerrurD ps Cygni list four pairs of stars, suitably
distributed in position angle. Treating the data exactly as already
described for the » Cassiopeiz plates, gives the temperature coeffi-
cient:
— 0%.00000696 + 04.00000167, or — 0”.000195 + 0.000047.
The low weight of this result, like that from the Pleiades series,
is of course due to the small number of plates used, and to the
comparatively slight range of temperature. Assembling the three
values obtained, we have for the temperature coefficient :
pm Cassiopeie. 95 « 29 0.0001 EOS 9.000008
pCygni . : .%* » —O00010n = a Gece,
Pleiades . . . . . — 0.000230 + 0.000040
Mean by weight . . — 0.000125 + 0.000008
The evidence of the 6 Cygni and Pleiades plates practically does
not change the result from the » Cassiopeie plates. I am therefore
* Ann. N. Y. Acad. of Sci., vol. vi, pp. 331, et seq.
Parallares of » and 6 Cassiopete. 9
inclined to regard (a) as the best scale value formula deducible from
the evidence made available up to the present time. In the case
of the 8 Cygni plates, whose mean focal reading is 7.68, and mean
temperature 68°.0, this formula gives 28”.0125, which agrees almost
exactly with the scale value (28.0124) actually employed in the
sg Cygni reductions.
Returning now to the results arising from the solution of the
equations in table V. (p. 20) we find the following values for z,
the parallax, and y, the correction of the annual proper motion
effect. The quantity x, which is merely the error of the value
arbitrarily assumed for the “‘corrected difference,” is here omitted.
Prob. error
Comp. Stars. w y one equation.*
aandb + 0.249 = 0.045 — 0.153 =f 0.051 as 0.25 I
candd -+0.266+0.035 +0.127+0.052 0.222
eandf -+0.324+0.050 —o0.136+0.056 +0.196
eandge -+o0.151 0.026 —o0122+0.041 40.190
It will be seen at once that the values of w deduced from the first
three pairs agree with each other fully as well as might be expected
from their probable errors. The parallax depending on ¢ and 6, on
the other hand, differs widely. We may conclude that this is due
to the existence of a sensible parallax belonging to 6. If we then
depend upon the first three pairs for the parallax of » we shall have,
taking the mean by weight:
Parallax of » Cassiopeie — + 0”.275 + 0”.024.
But if we consider the three determinations as having equal weight,
we get for the arithmetical mean, and probable error from the three
residuals, 7 = + 0.280 + 0”.026. Nowif we admit the existence
of a sensible parallax for 6, the result obtained above from the com-
parison stars ¢c and @ is not the parallax of », but a quantity which
is very nearly equal to:
SS
t,—in (2 )
where: 7, and 7, are the parallaxes of w and 9,
s, and g, are the distances of ¢ and 6 from uw.
* This is the probable error of the difference of two distances as measured
on one plate. But as there are two impressions on each plate, it may also be
regarded as the probable error of one complete measure of distance from a
single impression.
10 Rutherfurd Photographic Measures.
We therefore have the equation :
Sfigeeh
8. + 8,
+0".275 (b0".024) 4, (1 — )= 4 0.151 (4 0".026)
a solution of which gives:
Parallax of 9 Cassiopeia — + 07.232 + 07.067.
This result may be regarded as confirmatory of that of Bessen, who
found for » the parallax — o”.12 + 0”.29, by the method of differ-
ences of right ascension, using @ as his comparison star. Possibly
a re-reduction of BrssEL’s observations, using the best value of the
proper motion, might alter his final conclusion: as it stands, it
seems to indicate at least an approximate equality between the
parallaxes of » and @.
From the values of y obtained in the solution of the normal.
equations I have deduced corrections for the AUwerrs-BRADLEY
proper motion of w, on the assumption that the comparison stars
(except 9) have no proper motions of their own. If we let p and x
have the same meaning as before, and put:
w = the correction required by the adopted value of p cos x
a ce ce iad ce p sin x
Then each pair of comparison stars furnishes an equation of the
form :
(cos p — cos p’) w + (sin p— sin p’) v—y =o
where p and p’ are the position angles of the two stars. The equa-
tions so obtained are:
Starsaandb —1 8000w —o0.8460v + 0.1534 —o0
candd -+ 0.0293 w — 1.9976 v — 0.1267 =o
eandf + 0.7563 w—1.8116v + 0.1360 =o
from which the normal equations are :
+ 3.8128 w + 0.2112 v — 0.1770 = 0
+ 7.9880 v — 0.6292 =o
and the solution is
w= + 0.0421 + 0.0147
== (0.0777 s= 0.0502
the probable error of one equation being + 07.0287. Applying
these corrections to the values previously assumed, I get:
Corrected p sin y = + 3.457 Corrected p cos xy = — 17.538
Parallaxes of w and 6 Cassiopete. 11
corresponding to a motion of 3.784 upon a great circle whose
position angle is 113° 59’. The following are therefore the several
values of the proper motion, to be compared with each other:
p 7x ha ad
As justobtained . .. . 3.784 113 59 + 0.3950 — 1.538
AuweErs’-BraD. (1810), as ised
in the present paper . . 2.7720 115 4 + 0.3860 — 1.580
Auwers’-Brap., reduced to ce 3.729 II5 13 + 0.3854 — 1.589
When we compare the parallax of w Cassiopeiz derived in the
present paper, with the work of other observatories, we find large
discordances. Thus the Oxford photographic result is only about
0” 036 + 0”.018, while the RuTHERFURD plates give 0.249 + 0.045
from the same pair of comparison stars. On the other hand, Srruvr
has obtained o”.251 + 0”.075 from distance measures, and from
position angles 0”.425 + o”.072. It is therefore plain that the
photographic method of determining parallaxes cannot be regarded
as free from systematic error. An examination of the equations of
table V. shows that negative parallax coefficients invariably occur
in the case of plates exposed at eastern hour angles. This circum-
stance, which arises from the inconvenience of observing after mid-
night, may possibly produce systematic error. But the evidence
of the scale value table (IV. A) is against this supposition, as is
also the approximate equality of the parallaxes obtained from pairs
of comparison stars having widely different distances from up.
In conclusion, the results here deduced may be summed up as
follows :—
Parallax of » Cassiopeiz 0.275 + 0.024
Parallax of 9 Cassiopeie O.232 + 0.067
But the above probable errors must not be taken as reliable esti-
mates of uncertainty, since a comparison with the work of other
astronomers seems to indicate the possibility of systematic error.
But if we are willing to accept the above results, it is perhaps
allowable to speculate upon w and @ Cassiopeiz as a system re-
motely resembling that of 61 Cygni. The indication of equality
of parallaxes furnished by Berssev’s observations, and the slight
evidence of variation in the proper motion of w Cassiopeiz obtained
from the equations on p. 10, would almost seem to favor such an
idea. :
12 Rutherfurd Photographic Measures.
TABLE I.—GENERAL DATA,
OBSERVATORY OF L. M. RurHErrurD, NEw York.
Lat. = 40° 43! 48.5, Long. = 4» 55™ 568.62 W.
Zen. | Parall. | Ext.
ud eneal | Hour Angle. Dist Angle. | Temp
Date. Time,
1870 July 23 | 208 47™458| 19h 47™ 508 |
1870 July 23 | 21 56 20 56 49
1870 July 30 | 20 15 29
1870 July 30 A2y 3k 3 49
£871 July 10 39 52
ala
19
44
42
14
ty
fe}
1871 July to |
1871 July 23
1872 Jan. 2 |
ie diehily
1872 Jan. 5
Oo
WAM Oo
WOOO 40 WOUONN
0 mOMm ow
SS et OO a a a NLS ee
yup
iS)
16
6
22 |
56
6 46
1872 July 19
1872 July 19
1872 July 20
1872 July 20
1873 Jan. 6 |
NwNN
—
wn
Nw ON Nv
OO MO C
Go 02 Om
ove dN bw
SIN NT SIT IT
wo
_
1873 Jan. 9
1873 Jan. 9
1873 Jan. Io |
1873 July 15
1873 July 21 |
42
16
16
56
6
(FE) OS AS as}
ee |
Onn
iS}
~
bmw NN WH CO
to
°
1873 July 21
1873 July 23 |
1873 July 23
1873 July 23
1873 Dec. 18 |
RN eh
Gon Be OO
anon meat
1873 Dec. 18
1873 Dec. 21
1873 Dec. 21 |
0S % MUU MUISLHSHO BSHOSLLS
De ie ie an Ie is iS IS OS OS
+108.61
Parallaxes of » and 6 Casstopeiz. 13
TABLE IJ —COMPARISON STARS.
Approx. Position, Referred to % Cass.
Designation No. in
of Comp. A. G. Cat. |
Star. Cambr. U.S. 3 Distance. Pos. Ang.
517 | ; 762!! 14!
509 ; |
485
527
490
519
496
485
541
TABLE IIJ.—PrRoperR Motion AND PARALLAX.
See pages 3 and 4.
Proper Motion, Parallax.
Star. i om) Cee 7 pee" p , : i
Sy So. Ss Si
a +0.107 —o.o18 —0.493 +o. 804
b +o. 104 —o0.OI10 +o.328 —o.826
c —0.919 | —0,.00I 0.3883 | —0. 233
d +0.878 | —0.00I —o.886 +0. 305
e +0.989 0.000 —0.714 —=Q1220
ii —0.973 0.000 +0.859 —0.094
g +o. 587 —0.003 —o.128 —0.722
h —0.705 —0.002 Lo. 364 +o.604
6 0.716 | ~-0.003 —o.849 Lo. 502
(Continued on the next page.)
14
Rutherfurd Photographic Measures.
TaBieE III. (continued).—PRopER Motion AND PARALLAX.
Proper Motion.
Plate
No. t— 1872.0
Py.
31 —1I.440 —0.1917
32 —1.440 —0.1917
33 —1.420 —o.1891
34 —1.420 —O.1891
36 —o.476 —0.0634
37 —0o.476 —0.0634
38 —0.440 —0.0586
40 0.006 —+0.0008
41 +-0.006 +0.0008
42 +0.013 +0.0017
43 +0.551 +0.0734
44 +0.551 0.0734
45 +0.554 +0.0738
46 +0.554 +0.0738
47 +1.019 +0.1356
48 +1.027 +0.1367
49 +1.027 +0. 1367
50 + 1.029 0.1370
51 +1.539 +o 2049
52 +1.556 +o. 2072
53 +1.556 +0.2072
54 +1.561 +o.2078
55 +1.561 +0.2078
56 +1.561 +0.2078
57 +1.966 +0.2618
58 +1.966 +0.2618
59 +1.974 +o. 2628
69 +1.974 +o.2628
Parallax.
Pr.
—o.872
—o.871
—0.505
—0.805
—0.965
—0.965
—o.894
+0.962
+0.962
+0.951
—0.90I
—0.900
—0.893
—0.892
0.942
+0.926
0.925
+0.920
—0.932
—o.886
—o.886
—o.870
—o.870
—0o.869
+0.983
0.983
0.984
+0.984
Parallazxes of » and 9 Cassiopeie. 15
TABLE I1V.—OBSERVATIONAL Data.
COMPARISON STARS @ AND 0.
Distance. | | |
Plate | Sum. Mean | Difference. Corrected
No. | b6-+a, |MinusSum.| b—a. | Scale Corr.| Difference.
Star a. Star b. |
—}———|—— |
31. | 27.1737 | 48.5528 | 75.7265 | —.0031 | 21.3791 | —.0009 | 21.3782
32 1789 | .5588 | .7377 | —-0143 | 3799 | —-.0040 | -3759
33 .1684 .5604 | .7288 | —.0054 | .3920 | —.OOI5 -3905
34 Syl -5548 | .7265 | —.0031 | .3831 | —.0009 . 3822
36 .1770 .5562 | .7332 | —.0098 | _ .3792 | —.0028 3764
Bele Or -5017 | .7378 | —.c144 -3856 | —.O004I 3815
Bor) 1782 .5669 | .7381 | —.0147 | .3957 | — 004! 3916
40 1898 | .5277 -7175, | +-0059 | .3379 | +.0017 - 3396
41 .1909 SBSHS .7222 | +.0012 | .3404 | +.0003 3407
42 1742 | .5485 | .7227 | 4.0007 | .3743 | +.0002 | .3745
43 .1667 -5547 | +7214 | 4.0020 | .3880 | +.0006 3886
45 .1658 -5579 | +7237 | —.0003 | .3921 | —.0001 3920
46 .1710 5645 \eejea55 || = ONZE | -3935 | —-0034 3901
47 -1795 | -5336.) -7131 | 4.0103 | 3541 | --.002 -3570
48 -1813 .5269 | .7082 | +.0152 -3456 | +.0043 -3499
49 .1821 5464 | .7285 | —.0051 -3043 | —.O014 3629
Foul) e758 -5416 .7174 | +.0060 | .3658 | +.0017 3675
51 aL7 OD 5614 | .7315 | —.0081 | .3913 | —.002 3890
52 | .1749 -5600 | .7349 | —.O115 | .3851 | —.0032 .3819
Tg} | wai tere) -5474 | 7303 | —.0069 | .3645 | —.o019 3626
Bi | 8077 .5488 | .7165 | +.0069 .3811 | +.0019 - 3830
58 .1626 isgro!| | c7145) | -t.e08e)|| 9.38637) 1.002 3918
59 1661 .5031 | .7292 | —.0058 | .3970 | —.0016 3954
60 .1693 .5569 | .7262 | —.0928 | .3876 | —.0008 3868
Adopted mean 75.7234 Assumed value 21.3800
16 Rutherfurd Photographic Measures.
TABLE IV.—OBSERVATIONAL DATA.
COMPARISON STARS ¢ AND d.
Distance.
_|| Sum. Mean Difference.
Stare. | Star d.
d+e. Minus Sum.) d—e. Seale Corr.
Corrected
Difference.
|
60.9758 | 87.2109 [148.1867 | 26.2351 | —.0039
O72 a|2020 .1738 .2314 | —.0016
-9859 | .1947 .1806 | .2088 | —.0028
-9747 | .2106 -1853 .2359 | —.0036
-9745 | .1943 .1688 .2198 | —.0007
.9421 -2035 .1456 | .2614 | +.0034
9594-2009 1603 .2415 | +-.0008
SOS26 i LOO8 .1816 .2170 | —.0030
.9816 -1944 .1760 .2128 | —.0020
-9436 | .2063 .1499 | .2627 | +.0026
9381 .1927 .1308 | +. .2546 | +.0060
AO LOM) | -Lo7O .1589 -2151 | +.0010
.9773 .2060 -1833 | .2287 | —.0033
.9630 -1984 .1614 -2354 | +.0006
-9538 | .1907 -1445 | .2369 | +.0036
.9071 .1886 SUSI) .2215 | +.0016
Adopted mean 148.1647 Assumed value 26,2300
TABLE I1V.—OBSERVATIONAL DATA.
CoMPARISON STARS € AND f.
Distance. z
Sum. Mean si Difference.
i +e. Minus Sum. |
|
| Stare. Star jf.
|
|
BO5LOm|) 2051 -1561 -2541 | +.0015
fae. Scale Corr.
26.2312
.2298
.2060
-2323
.2191
.2648
-2423
-2140
.2108
.2653
.2606
.2556
.2161
12254
«2300
- 2405
22230
| Corrected
‘Difference.
| +5939 .0871 | .6810 | —.0059 | .4932 | —.o002
| .5918 .0Q7I .6889 | —.0138 .5053 | —.0004
| .6014 .0O910 | = =.6924 | —.0173 .4896 | —.0005
.0698 .6650 | +.0101 -4746 | +.0003
.0079 .6643 | +.0108 | .4715 | +.0003
+5952
-5964
.6021
5948
.6004 -1019 .7023 | —.0272 -5015 | —.0008
-5979
.5966
«5950
-5993
|
|
.5890 | -0545 .6435 | +.0316 | .4655 | +.0010
|
|
.0688 .6638 | +.0113 | .4738 | +.0004
| 54.6020 | 58.0915 [112.6935 | —.0184 | 3.4895 | —.0006
+1033 .7054 | —.0303 | .5012 | —:0009
-1015 .6963 | —.o212 .5067 | —.0007
.0596 .6575 | +.0176 -4617 +.0005
-0524 | .6490 | +.0261 | .4558 | +.0008
0723 .6716 | +.0035 | .4730 | +.o001
.5886 | .0818 .6704 | +.0047 | .4932 | +.0001
.5998 | .0672 .6670 | +.0081 | .4674 | +.0003
.5949 | .0915 .6864 | —.0113 .4966 | —.0004
| 3.4889
+4930
-5049
.48901
-4749
-4718
5003
5060
-5007
-4665
.4622
.45606
+4742
4731
-4933
.4677
-4.962
Adopted mean 112,6751 Assumed value 3.4900
Parallaxes of w and 6 Cassiopeiz. 17
TABLE I1V.—OBSERVATIONAL DATA.
CoMPARISON STARS g AND A.
(Not used for parallax.)
Distance.
Difference.
h—g.
Star g. Star h.
97-3819 : 16.0216
3825 .4086 , : .0261
3743 4116 -7859 : 3 -0373
3724 | .4034 Sisk: : .0310
-3768 | = .3904 : .002 .0136
3785 -3947 Sy GPE i .O162
ose) 2-STrE} |. 5 -O196
-3647 | .3764 : p+, EO;
-3709 | .3804 ‘ : 20885
S793 | 4074: . . | .0321
+3747 | = .4003 : : | .0316
BO77Te |). 14040 : : | .0369
By 7o AZT .7805 | —. .0249
3641 3891 -7532 : .0250
GOOF Ie -8099)) 4.7506 : | .0292
. 3604 3891 : ; 0287
3613 - 3870 : | .0257
°3724 | -4023 ATO | ; .0299
3728 -4016 sail . | .0288
237987 | 3042 - , = | -Ors5
-3705 33905) J : .0263
.3716 4045) . : .0329
-3656 | .3876; . : .0220
3696 -3853 : : |) COLns7
-3777 $3925) =i st} .0148
3684 -3899 : : -0215
Adopted mean 210.7651
Awnats N. Y. Acap. Scr., VIII, March, 1893.—2
18 Rutherfurd Photographic Measures.
TABLE I1V.—OBSERVATIONAL DATA.
COMPARISON STARS © AND 0.
Distance. |
Sum. | Mean Difference. Corrected
G+c. Minus Sum.) §—c. | Seale Corr. Difference.
Stare. | Star 6.
a =| | ms
60 9758 | 70.2500 |131.2258 | —.0066 | 9.2742
Pagai2 || | .243%)|) .21a3 .0049 .2719
-9859 2520) 2370 .0187 .2661
.O747 .2523,| .2270 | — 0078 ATO
LO 7A | 2502))) 22407 -0055 -2757
.9421 -2431 | .1852 | 0340 -3010
.9472 .2383 -1855 -0337 .2011
-9594 | .2491 .2085 | +.0107 .2897
.9825 | .2687 Se .0320 .2862
.0002 25000) 2500 .0398 -2586
9823 -2618 | .2441 .0249 -2795
EGOLOM) 2705 | e25or .0389 .2949
-9436 -2494 . 1930 .0262 3058
.9381 -2580 | .1961 .0231 3199
-9540 | .2492| .2032 .0160 .2952
9510 | .2590 | 2100 0092 3080
.9719 .2066 | = .2385 | —.0193 -2047
-9773 | -2672.| 2445 | —.0253 | .2899
"9003 | 2699) |.2312 .O120 . 3086
.9630 -2615 | = 2245 .0053 .2985
-9538 | .2620 | .2158 .0034 -3C82
.9671 -2574 | .2245 .C053 .2903
Adopted mean 131.2192 Assumed value 9.2900
Parallaxes of w and 6 Cassiopete. 19
TaBLte 1V. A.—VARIATION OF SCALE VALUE.
See page 4.
Comp. Stars and their Position Angles.
Plate l Mean
No. aandb. | eandd. eand f. g and h. Corr’d. Telese.
B19 ~—-1999 | '2722 «©8792 | 124° 282°) 1699 335°
| —.0041
—.0071
—.0041
—.0129
.0190
.O194
.OO016
.0009
=
_
| +
Se
.0136
.0067
.0079
-O107
.O152
ores Sele
—.0037
.0078 |
.0026
.0004
.O160
-O201
.00gI
+.0091 |
+.0117 |
| —.0077 |
| —.0149
—.o189
—.0062
| —.0107
—.0139
—.0163
—.0052
—.O122
—.0153
+.0057 |
+.0027
—— OO DE
83°
83
Plate.
31
Rutherfurd Photographic Measures.
TABLE V.—PARALLAX FEQUATIONS.
COMPARISON STARS @ AND b.
.0O +1.97 +o.
.0O +1.97 -bo.
.0O +1.97 bo.
.0O +1.97 bo.
1.00r —l.44y —I.57m —o.18 =
1.00 —1.44 —1.57 —o.4I =
1.00 —1.42 —1.67 +1.05 —
1.00 —1.42 —1.67 +o. 22 —
1.00 —o.48 —1.31 —0. 36 =
1.00 —o.48 —I1.3I +0.15 —
1.00 —0.44 —I1.57 1.16 =
1.00 +0.o1 +1.12 —4.04 —
I.00 +o.o1 +1.12 —3.93 =
1.00 +0.01 +1.19 —0.55 ==
1.00 +0.55 —1.50 0.86 =
1.00 +0.55 —I1.52 +1.20 =
1.00 +0.55 —I1.52 +1.01 —
1.00 +1.02 +1.23 —2.30 +
1.00 +1.03 +1.30 —3.01 =
1.00 +1.03 +1.30 —I1.71 =
1.00 +1.03 +1.33 —1.25 =
1.00 +1.54 —1.43 +o 90 =
1.GO +1.56 —I1.54 +0.19 =
1.00 +1.56 —I1.54 —1.74 =
I =
I —
I —
I =
Norma
73) t1-O13e
73 +1.18
81 +1.54
81 0.68
1 Equations.
vio E22) © ee oO 2 CoO GO © CO & & & Ce eC @& & & ©
v.
0.14
—0.09
+1.29
-+-o 46
Soe)
—0.44
+o. 32
—2.12
—2.01
+1.43
+0.15
+0.48
+0 29
—0.83
—I.49
—o.19
+o. 30
—o.28
—I.10
wa 23
0.80
+1.68
+2.11
+1 25
37.00
+24.00007 +11.2100y — 8.0500% — 9.0400 = 0
+13.1132 — 1.9982 =o
+36.7277
+43.0283 —23.6197 =o
Solution.
In units 2d dec. place.
mw = +0.8899 --0.1600
y = —0.5475 0.1811
x = +0.9309 0.2184
Prob. error of one equation = 0.8952 = o!/.2507
In Are.
—— 40.249 3 +0 0448
y = —0.1534 0.0507
x = +0.2607 +0.0612
Seale.
Are.
+17.00007 + 7.05007 + 2.1100r + 6.2900 =o
+28.5889 —19.1220 + 9.9503 =o
+55.3681 —42.4082 =o
In
oo
Y=
t=
Prob. error of one equation = 0.7935 == 0//,2222
Parallaxes of w and 6 Cassiopeiz.
TABLE V.—PARALLAX EQUATIONS.
COMPARISON STARS ¢ AND d.
Normal Equations.
Solution.
units 2d dec. place. In Are.
v
1.00r —I.44y 41.82% -+0.12 = 0 +0.52
1.00 —I1.44 +1.82 —0.02 = ¢ bo. 38
1.00 —1.42 +1.75 —2.40 = © —2.06
1.00 —I1.42 +1.75 0.23 = +0.57
1.00 —0.44 +1.86 —1I.09 = 0 —0.20
1.00 +0.01 —1.81 +3.48 = 0 +1.09
1.00 +0.01 —1.82 +1.23 a) —I1.17
1.00 +0.55 +1.84 —1.60 = 0 —o.28
1.00 +0.55 1.84 —1.92 = © —o.60
1.00 +1.02 —1.82 +3.53 — ao +1.59
1.00 +1.03 —1.82 + 3.06 = ¢ +1.13
1.00 +1.03 —1.82 + 2.56 — oO +0.63
1.00 +1.54 +1.87 —1.39 = 0 -o.40
1.00 +1.56 +1.84 —o.46 ——O +1.31
1.00 +1.97 —I1.71 -+o.60 — 0 —o.8o
1.00 +1.97 —I1.74 + 1.05 = 6 —o.38
1.00 +1.97 —I1.74 —0.69 = ¢ —2.12
=22 = 19:38
+0.9479 --0.1262 r= 0.2655 +0.0353
+0.4525 +0.1849 y = +0.1267 40.0518
—0.6753 0.2108 x = —0.1892 --0.0618
Seale. Are.
bo
bo
Rutherfurd Photographic Measures.
TABLE V.—PARALLAX HQUATIONS.
CoMPARISON STARS e AND f/f.
I.00x —I1.44y
1.00 —1.44
1.00 —I1.42
1.00 —1.42
1.00 0.01
1.00 +o.o1
1.00 0.55
1.00 +0.55
1.00 +0.55
1.00 +1.02
1.00 +1.03
1.00 +1.03
1.00 +1.03
1.00 +1.97
1.00 +1.97
1.00 +1.97
1.00 +1.97
—I.3I19r
—I.30
+1.42
+1.41
+1.40
+1.55
$1.55
sere;
+1.55
—o.II
Lo. 30
+1.49
—0.09
—I.51
—1.82
+1.03
-+1.60
+1.07
—2.35
—2.75
Ss
—1.58
—1.69
0. 33
—2.23
+0.62
fib dood’ dodo ded
© ©) ©) we) ele Oo EO eo @ E& EO SE ee © © we
Hie i wd
Normal Equations.
Vv.
—0.44
—0.02
+1.29
—0.29
+0.69
0.35
aecoo
0.24
—0.27
—0o.69
—1.16
—1.73
+0.02
= bil
+1.66
—o.gI
+1.94
225,07
+17.0000r + 7.9400y + 5.7800%7 —11.0600 = 0
+28.8344 +22.9844 —16.4388 =o
+33 7618 —30.7096 =o
Solution.
In units 2d dec. place.
w == 1.1570 0.1783
y == —0.4854 0.2006
x = +0.4839 --0.1820
In Are.
c= 40.3241 +0.0499
y = —0O.1360 0.0562
x = +0.1355 0.0510
Scale.
Are.
Prob. error of one equation = 0.7001 = O//, 1961
Parallaxes of » and 9 Cassiopeiz.
TABLE V.—PARALLAX EQUATIONS.
COMPARISON STARS © AND @.
1.00x —1.44y
1500 —1.44
1.00 —1.42
1.00 —1.42
1.00 —0.44
1.00 +o.o1
1.00 +o oI
1.00 -+0o.o1
1.00 +0.55
1.00 +0.55
1.00 +0.55
1.00 +0.55
1.00 +1.02
1.00 +1.03
1.00 + 1.03
1.00 +1.03
1.00 +1.54
1.00 +1.56
1.00 +1.97
1.00 +1.97
1.00 +1.97
1.00 +1.97
+1.809r
+1.89
+1.84
1.84
+1.93
—1.81
—1.8t
—1.84
+1 gt
+1.9f
+1.90
+ 1.90
11 Sil
—1.84
—1.84
—1.85
+1.91
+1.89
—1.66
—1.66
—1.70
—1.70
—o.61
—}3.42
—1.23
+o. 21
ereyT
3-15
0.63
+1.87
+0. 33
—0.19
+1.77
-+o.81
+1.84
—O: Ol
+-
fe)
IE A SI
i) ©) ©) & © C6 © © & & CE @ © Cre 2 ©) 2c) ©
id dd td tebe
Normal Equations.
v.
+o.21
+o 06
—9o.72
0.50
—o.06
sons
—0. 44
— Shi)
+0. 37
—2.44
—o. 26
+1.18
0.53
+1.90
—0.62
+0. 62
+0.85
+0 34
+0.21
—0.75
+0.26
—1.59
=r? = 18.18
+22.0000r +11.1600y + 1.26007 — 0.0400 = 0
+34.1358 —22.3029 +24.7459 = 0
+74.1850 —49.8911 =o
Solution.
Yn units 2d dec. place.
m@ = +0.5381 0.0909
y = —0.4362 +0.1466
x = +0.1923 0.1638
In Are.
T= tour 507 0.0255
y == —0.1222 0.0411
£ => +0.0539 0.0459
Scale.
Are.
Prob. error of one equation = 0.6779 = 0/.1899
Il.— The Myriapoda Collected by the United States Eclipse
Expedition to West Africa, 1889 and 1890.
BY O. F. COOK AND G. N. COLLINS.
Read March 13, 1898.
The west coast of Africa is very rich in species of Myriapoda,
notably Polydesmide and Julide. Spirostreptus is to be con-
sidered the characteristic genus, of which more than a hundred
species have already been described from different parts of Africa.
The Cape of Good Hope has furnished a majority of these; the
only other locality which has received anything like a thorough
investigation is Benguela, the species of which are described by
Porath in ‘‘ Myriapoda Africe Australis.”” The considerable num-
ber of species from other localities is the result of casual collection
by persons not specially interested in the group, and so the subject
is in a fragmentary condition. It is a matter of some regret to us
to make an addition to this scattered literature, but there seems to
be no other course. The species here noticed were collected at
points remote from each other, ranging all the way from Senegam-
bia to Cape Town. We have attempted to make our descriptions
and figures sufficiently complete and definite to insure the recogni-
tion of the species if found again.
When Dr. Riley sent us the material for study it was the inten-
tion of the government authorities to publish at one time the com-
plete scientific results of the expedition; but as this seemed likely to
be indefinitely deferred, it was thought best to offer this paper else-
where. The materials on which it is based are in the collection of
the National Museum at Washington.
Syracuse University, March 1, 1891.
Annats N. Y. Acap. Scr., VIII, April, 1893.
Myriapoda of West Africa. ARS
1. Paradesmus thysanopus, sp. n.
Plate I, figs. 1-6.
Body rather slender, slightly flattened, narrowed slightly and gradually
anteriorly, more abruptly posteriorly.
Vertex smooth, sulcus beginning as a fine line at the posterior margin, and
gradually widening and deepening to just below the antenne, where it ends ;
near the lateral edge of the antennal opening a small, well-defined, circular
surface, apparently not chitinized.
Clypeus short, smooth above, wrinkled and hirsute below, the lower bristles
longer, and arranged in more or less regular transverse rows ; a shallow trans-
verse furrow above the labrum.
Labrum very short, the emargination moderate or shallow, with three small,
more or less blunt teeth, sometimes separated from each other.
Antenne 6 or 7mm. long; second joint longest, but the third subequal to it;
the other three distally decreasing, though but very slightly ; seventh sub-
equal to the first; distal joints densely pilose, the others slightly.
Mandibulary stipe with the exposed surface (buccal area) large, triangular,
anteriorly truncate, sparsely hirsute, marked with three furrows arranged in
the form of a right triangle, with the right angle toward the clypeus.
Masticatory plate crescent-shaped, crossed by seven transverse, spine-bear-
ing ridges.
Masticatory cushion and a fringed lamella along the masticatory plate well
developed, the projections black.
Mandibulary tooth triangular, rounded at apex.
Dentate lamella with four blunt teeth.
Pectinate lamelle six, as is usual in this family, but all the lamelle may
not be complete, that is, there may be five lamelle, one being branched.
Mentum triangular, of equal length and breadth, the posterior edge deeply
and broadly emarginate, the apex very acute; a few short bristles along the
median line.
Stipe of gnathochilarium with broad, produced anterior corners ; with long
bristles on the anterior margin, and with short ones over its whole surface,
excepting along the lateral margins.
Lingual laminz hirsute over the entire surface, the anterior bristles longer.
First segment smooth, anterior edge curved, the posterior nearly straight, so
that the general outline is that of half of an ellipse divided by the long axis.
Second segment very convex and smooth above, of about equal length,! but
broader than the first ; upper carina slightly produced at the anterior angle,
more at the posterior, with a raised margin above.
Third and fourth segments each about as long as the second, but the carine
smaller, the anterior angle wanting, the posterior better developed than upon
the second segment.
1 The terms long and short refer to dimensions taken in the general direc-
tion of the long axis of the body; broad and narrow to those more or less
perpendicular to the long axis.
26 Myriapoda of West Africa.
Fourth and subsequent segments longer, above with a slight transverse
furrow across the middle of the posterior subsegment; furrow disappearing
on the seventeenth segment; posterior segments with a faint median longitu-
dinal sulcus ; superior carine posteriorly pointed, decreasing on the last three
segments, those of the nineteenth nearly obsolete. All the segments, except
the first and the last four have a rather slight oblique inferior carina located
so as to make the outline of a cross-section of the posterior subsegment some-
what quadrangular; segments longitudinally wrinkled between the carine.
Repugnatorial pores large, circular, located on the lateral face of the carina,
and near the posterior margin of the segment.
Last segment finely roughened, a few bristles on its posterior margin, and one
on each side of the base of the smooth, slightly decurved, scarcely attenuated
mucro, which is elliptical in cross-section, and bears on its truncate apex four
short bristles. Sides of end a little swollen, and the under side of mucro with
a shallow groove, so that when held at the proper angle it appears slightly
emarginate.
Anal valves wrinkled above and along the compressed margins; on each
valve near the margin, and at about equal distances from the top and bottom
of the valves and from each other, two long bristles.
Pre-anal scale triangular, obtuse, about as wide as long, with a bristle on
each side below the apex.
First pair of legs 2 mm. long, much shorter than the others; third joint
longest, slightly exceeding the second, which is but little longer than the
subequal first, fourth, fifth, and sixth; fifth joint in males with a dense hairy
fringe along the distal half of its inferior edge; the sixth joint with such a
fringe along nearly the whole of the inferior edge; surface of all the joints
sparsely hirsute. The fringes appear on all the legs to the tenth or twelfth
pair, where that of the fifth joint is lost; that of the sixth becomes gradually
shorter and disappears before the fourteenth or fifteenth segments.
Second pair of legs longer than first, 2.8 mm., the comparative length of
joints the same.
Fourth pair of legs of male, and the third or fifth (the specimen was damaged)
with the third joint swollen on the lower side, and provided with a truncate
conical obliquely directed protuberance open at the end. The opening leads
to a flask-shaped cavity containing an irregular homogeneous mass; in two
cases it appeared that there was a tubular passage leading from the cavity
upward inside the joint, but in another leg the wall of the cavity appeared
very distinctly defined, and no trace of interior connection could be made out.
Subsequent legs gradually longer, to about 6 mm., moderately hirsute.
Genitalia of male—see plate I, figs. 1, 2.
Color of alcoholic specimens from chocolate-brown to nearly black, the
labrum, margins of first segment, posterior margin, both carinez, and ventral
surface of other segments, mucro, and proximal joints of legs, pale yellow;
antenne brown. The yellow posterior margin of the segments is sometimes
obsolete, and the ventral surface and distal portions of the joints of the legs
may be pale reddish-brown.
Length of longest specimen 26 mm. ; diameter of segments 3 mm.
Myriapoda of West Africa. 27
Habitat.—One male and a portion of another, and two females,
from ‘‘Congo, Jan. 2.”
This species is distinct from P. gracilis C. Koch, in its larger size,
smaller carine, faint transverse sulcus of posterior subsegments, the
fringes of the two penultimate joints of the legs, the structure of
the fourth pair of legs, male genitalia, and in having no row of
granules between the subsegments; from P. Liberiensis Peters, in
having all the carine posteriorly pointed, the posterior margin of
the first segment straight, the yellow markings, and the smaller
size; from P. ornatus Peters, in the straight posterior margin of
the first segment, anterior segments not noticeably directed for-
ward, pores on the lateral surfaces of the carinz, and much smaller
size.
2. Alloporus bipunctatus, sp. n.
Plate II, figs. 15, 16.
Body cylindrical, slightly constricted anteriorly, the fourth segment nar-
rowest; last six or seven segments rapidly decreasing.
Covered portion of epicranium with fine, branching, longitudinal striations,
the striated area twice as wide on the ends as in the middle, where it is bisected
by a prolongation of the vertex sulcus.
Vertex smooth or with very fine irregular longitudinal strie, the median
sulcus obsolete, but the suture distinct, meeting the rather obscure intra-
ocular suture in a deep foveola.
Clypeus smooth above, wrinkled below, near the middle a broad depression ;
upper row of two bristle-bearing punctations, one over each end of the labral
emargination ; lower row of seven or eight smaller punctations on each side
of, and five behind the excavation.
Labrum with a moderate excavation and three well-defined, though blunt
teeth.
Eyes pointed-oval, distant from each other by scarcely the transverse diame-
ter of an eye; ocelli of right eye arranged: 11+10+4+9+8+47+4=49, of
left, 11+10+9+8+4+7+4+2=51.
Antenne 6.5 mm. long, second joint longest, the third, fourth, fifth, and the
sixth and seventh taken together, about equal in length.
Mandibulary stipe with the exposed surface subrectangular in outline,
convex, with raised margin; anterior inferior corner somewhat produced.
Masticatory plate triangular, twice as long as broad, the surface rough with
short spines ; margin raised; at the broad end a deep groove.
Mandibulary tooth oblong, more than twice as long as broad, the end rounded.
Dentate lamella with five rounded teeth.
Pectinate lamelle of eleven complete rows of spines, and one short row.
Mentum about s¥x times as wide as long; anteror margin broadly sinuate ;
anterior corners rounded ; lateral margins posteriorly converging.
28 Myriapoda of West Africa.
Promentum without bristles, widest in the middle; a distinct line of demar-:
cation between the narrow, posterior, plane surface and the anterior concave
one.
Stipe with broad base, a few bristles on the anterior margin and anterior
portion of lateral margin, one large spine near the anterior interior angle.
Lingual lamine with three short bristles near the posterior, and three long
ones near the anterior end.
First segment finely rugulose and punctate; corners scarcely produced,
nearly rectangular; one complete, and two fine marginal striations.
Subsequent segments with the anterior portions concentrically striate, on
the striations small pits at considerable distance from each other ; posterior
part of segment highly convex, so that the body appears slightly moniliate,
punctate, and finely rugulose; sides smooth above, moderately striate below,
the striations more extensive on the anterior segments but not appearing above
the pores.
Repugnatorial pores longitudinally elliptical, situated below the middle,
slightly nearer to the suture than to the posterior margin, suture strongly
sinuate in front of pore.
Penultimate segment very short.
Last segment long, posterior margin depressed, rounded, more rugulose
than the anterior portion, not covering the anal valves.
Anal valves finely punctate, not much exceeding the last segment, not much
inflated, the margins rather thick, compressed, next to them a shallow, irregu-
lar furrow.
Pre-anal scale about three times as broad as long, rounded.
Color of alcoholic specimen a uniform dark reddish-brown, the anterior and
inferior portions of the segments paler; feet dark reddish.
Length 95 mm.; greatest diameter 7 mm.; 57 segments.
Habitat.—One female specimen (Ac. 23,272) is labeled ‘“‘ Free
Town, Sierra Leone.”
3. Spirostreptus variabilis, sp. n.
Plate II, figs. 11-14.
Body cylindrical, gradually narrowed anteriorly to the eighth or ninth seg-
ment, then increasing to the second and first; last seven or eight segments
rather abruptly decreasing.
Covered portion of epicranium finely striate longitudinally, anteriorly bor-
dered by a transverse sulcus, which may be straight or considerably curved
at the sides.
Vertex smooth or rugulose, sometimes, in females, with one or more trans-
verse striations above; median sulcus nearly obsolete, but the suture distinct,
ending in a transversely elliptical, deep foveola between the eyes, which are
connected by a transverse suture crossing the foveola.
Clypeus in male faintly rugulose, appearing smooth, nfedianly and below
the line of the antenne is a large flat or depressed space; in the female the
Myriapoda of West Africa 29
a
clypeus is coarsely rugose over its entire surface, on each side just mesad of
the antenne a deep, irregular excavation, and on each side about half-way
between the antenne and the labrum a crescent-shaped excavation, with the
concave side towards the antenna. Upper row of four punctations, sometimes
nearly obsolete or reduced to three; lower row of punctations consisting of
from three to nine on each side of the emargination, and from none to eight
behind it.
Labrum with a shallow or deep emargination; teeth usually three, occa-
sionally two or one, or nearly obsolete, either broad and truncately blunt, or
narrower and rather sharp-poiuted.
Eyes triangular in shape, the upper and exterior edges convex outwardly,
the lower concave; the usual arrangement of the ocelli is 12+ 11+10+ 9+
7+5-+ 2=56, which order is varied tol1+10+9+8+4+64+34+2=49 or
12+11+10+9+48+6+4+2=58, or134124114104+9471+54+2=69;
eyes distant from each other by about two-thirds of the transverse diameter
of an eye.
Antenne with tie second joint longest, the others gradually decreasing in
length; first and second joints smooth or with sparse hairs, the other joints
increasingly hirsute to the end; length 8-9 mm.; if held parallel to each
other they scarcely attain the third segment; no disparity in length between
the sexes.
Mandibulary stipe with the exposed surface nearly plane, subquadrate,
provided with a raised margin; anterior inferior angle sometimes produced.
Masticatory plate about twice as long as broad, triangular, surrounded by
a raised edge ; near and parallel to its broad end a transverse ridge separates
it into two unequal parts, the smaller of which is a deep groove not beset with
the short spines common on the remainder of the surface.
Mandibulary tooth oblong, about three times as long as broad, the end
rounded, obtuse.
Dentate lamelle with four or five blunt teeth; the incisions between are
sometimes so slight as to make the margin of the lamella scarcely uneven.
Pectinate lamelle of eleven more or less complete rows of broad, blunt,
curved spines.
-Hypostoma arcuate, the inferior surface without longitudinal striz, anterior
margin in male broadly emarginate, in female straight or slightly concave
medianly.
Mentum trapezoidal, in the female six times broader than long, in the male
nine times, the part posterior to the stipe being apparently modified into a
large secondary cardo.
Promentum without bristles, the anterior margin sometimes nearly straight
with a rather abrupt median protuberance, or convex, with a smaller pro-
tuberance. In the male the ventral surface of the promentum has the ante-
rior two-thirds of its area concave; in the female this depression is more pro-
nounced, and is separated from the level posterior area by a well-defined edge.
Stipe with three or four large bristles on the anterior margin, and a row
along the anterior half or two-thirds of the lateral edge, and a small bristly
30 Myriapoda of West Africa.
%
area near the anterior portion of the lateral margin, also one stout bristle near
the anterior-interior corner.
Lingual lamine beset with bristles on the posterior third, and three large
ones near the anterior end.
First segment finely punctate, the anterior angles slightly produced in male,
not produced in female, rounded, with five curved, and occasionally irregular
or branched sulcations, the upper one beginning opposite the eye.
Segments subsequent to the first with about ten occasionally branched stria-
tions on the anterior portion, and just in front of each striation a row of sharp
conical protuberances which are usually distant from each other~by a space
greater than that between the striations ; posterior portion of segments with
very numerous punctations and irregular longitudinal ridges, the posterior
edge depressed ; the longitudinal striations of the sides begin on the anterior
segments above the pores, on the posterior segments below them. .
Repugnatorial pores oval, located at about the middle of the side, not remote
from the suture, which is sinuate in front of them.
Last segment rugulose above posteriorly, and with the posterior portion
depressed ; mucro not equalling the anal valves, obtuse, rounded.
Anal valves finely punctate, wrinkled in the depressed portions, rather
prominently compressed-margined.
Pre-anal scale broad, rounded-triangular, considerably exceeded by the
anal valves.
First pair of legs of male with the large sternum hirsute with short bristles
on its lateral expansions; coxe with a large, triangular, dorsally directed
process on the upper side.
Third and subsequent legs of male with a large, pointed, transparent, chitin-
ous process rising from the ventral edge of the distal third of the two penulti-
mate joints, much smaller on posterior legs.
Genitalia of male—see plate II, figs. 13, 14.
Color of alcoholic specimens dark brown, the labrum in some cases black,
anterior portion of segments pale bluff; feet and antenne dull reddish-brown.
Length 95-110 mm.; greatest diameter 8-10 mm.; 52-56 segments.
Habitat.—Four males and four females are labeled, ‘‘St. Paul de
Loanda, Dec. 13, 1889” (No. 292); one female ‘“ Loanda” (Ac.
23,400); one female ‘‘ Congo, Dec. 25.”
This species is instructive as giving light on the subject of varia-
tion in the genus. We have combined in oar description characters
supposed by some writers to be of great importance, such as the
presence or absence of labral teeth, being compelled to this course
by the fact that while the extremes of variation are very distinct,
the intervening stages are present, and that great deviation from
the usual form may exist in respect to some one character without
being accompanied by any other noticeable differences.
Myriapoda of West Africa. 3]
: 4. Spirostreptus tripartitus, sp. n.
Plates II and III, figs. 17-22.
Body cylindrical, widest about one-fourth of the length from the posterior
end, gradually narrowed anteriorly to about the eleventh segment, in front
slightly larger.
Covered portion of epicranium with moderately pronounced longitudinal
striations.
Vertex with a broad and deep sulcus, rugulose to the transverse intra-ocular
suture; the two sutures meeting in a slight depression.
Clypeus faintly and distantly rugulose; near the lateral margins on each
side a flattened, or even excavate area; upper row of four irregular, large,
shallow punctations ; lower row of seven or eight punctations on each side of,
but none above, the emargination. None of the punctations are furnished
with hairs, but each has a small rounded protuberance at the bottom.
Labrum with a deep emargination ; labral teeth very small and blunt and
distant from each other, above them a rather deep groove.
Eyes shaped like half the loop of a lemniscate, arranged 11 +10+9-+ 7 or
8+6+5-+2=50 or 51; distant from each other by about the transverse
diameter of an eye.
Antenne with the second joint longest, the others gradually decreasing in
length, the seventh very short; length 10 mm., diameter of joints about 1 mm.
Mandibulary stipe with the exposed surface nearly plane, oblong, with a
raised margin along the lower edge.
Masticatory plate triangular, about twice as long as broad, with a raised
edge; upper portion a deep groove, the exterior edge of which does not attain
to the plane of the larger triangular portion, and is without spines.
Mandibulary tooth triangular, obtuse at point, about twice as long as broad.
Dentate lamella with five blunt teeth.
Pectinate lamelle of eleven complete rows of blunt spines.
Hypostoma with longitudinal striations on the inferior surface of the broad
ends ; anterior margin medianly produced, otherwise nearly straight.
Mentum tripartite, the median piece oval, about half as long as the lateral
pieces, and nearly equal to them in width; lateral pieces trapezoidal, the
posterior interior corner produced.
Promentum with posterior corners produced ; anterior margin but little con-
vex outwardly ; anterior third beset with numerous bristles.
Stipe with four or five large bristles on the anterior edge, and a fringe of
them along the anterior two-thirds of the lateral edges; portion bordering on
the promentum also beset with bristles; a stout, blunt, dark-brown spine is
located near the anterior-interior corner.
Lingual laminz beset with bristles on the posterior half, and three large
ones toward the anterior end.
First segment nearly smooth, slightly rugulose on the sides ; anterior lateral
angle considerably produced, rounded, the lateral edge straight, directed
slightly upward posteriorly, posterior corner very obtuse ; four complete stria-
tions, sometimes branched, or with one or two short striz.
32 Myriapoda of West Africa.
Subsequent segments with about seventeen concentric striations on the
anterior portion, on the striations small protuberances distant from each
other by a space equal to that between the striations ; posterior portion with
very fine longitudinal wrinkles and furrows ; the striations which are strongly
developed below, extend considerably above the pores on the anterior seg-
ments.
Repugnatorial pores below the middle line, longitudinally elliptical, situated
near the suture which is sinuate in front of them, especially on the anterior
segments.
Last segment with the posterior portion slightly depressed and more rugu-
lose, with rounded mucro, the margins slightly uneven below.
Anal valves nearly smooth, not very prominently inflated, the margins not
strongly compressed, of moderate thickness.
Pre-anal scale two and one-half times as long as wide, posteriorly very
obtuse, rounded.
First pair of Jegs with their large sternum hirsute on the median portion of
the expanded surfaces, and a fringe of bristles along its margin; coxa large,
flat, punctate, and hispid with short bristles, provided with a conic curved
dorsally directed process.
Third and subsequent pairs of legs with a large, pointed, transparent, chiti-
nous process arising from the distal half of the penultimate joints, becoming
smaller posteriorly.
Genitalia of male—see plate II, figs. 18, 19.
Color of alcoholic specimens: head, first segment, and posterior part of
subsequent segments brownish-black ; anterior portion of segments dull
reddish-brown; colors lighter below, feet and antenne dark reddish.
Length 170 mm.; greatest diameter 10 mm.; 72 segments.
Habitat.—Two male specimens with the label ‘‘ Congo, Dec. 25.”
5. Spirostreptus anodontus, sp. n.
Plate III, fig. 23.
Body cylindrical, gradually narrowed anteriorly to the fourth segment, then
increasing to the first; narrowed gradually posteriorly from the 60th to the
66th, and thence rapidly decreasing.
Covered portion of epicranium with strongly pronounced longitudinal stria-
tions running into the transverse furrow in front.
Vertex finely rugulose, with coarse strie running diagonally into the
strongly pronounced median sulcus which meets the transverse intra-ocular
suture in a longitudinally oval depression.
Clypeus finely rugulose; below and mesad of the antenne a deep, irregular,
rugose depression; median portion of lower part of clypeus strongly convex,
but the lateral margins rather abruptly flattened ; upper row of four nearly
obsolete punctations reduced to shallow depressions ; lower row also reduced
to shallow, longitudinally oval depressions, either without any protuberance
at bottom, or with it very small and blunt; about nine punctations on each
side of the emargination, and six or seven very rudimentary ones behind it.
EEO
Myriapoda of West Africa. 33
Labrum with a deep and rather narrow sinus and no trace of the teeth
which are so nearly universal in Chilognaths.
_ Eyes of the usual semi-lemniscate shape, distant from each other by a space
equal to the transverse diameter of an eye; ocelli of the right eye of the
specimen examined 10+ 114+10+9+9+45+5+1=60, of the left 10+
11+9+8+8+6+43=55. The ocelli of the upper parts of the eyes are,
as is usual in Spirostrepti, many times larger than some of the lower ones. In
the left eye the arrangement into transverse rows is so broken as to make the
above formula rather arbitrary.
Antenne with the second joint longest, but not as long as the fifth and sixth
taken together, the other joints decreasing in length from the second ; length
12 mm., transverse diameter of joint 1.2 mm.
Mandibulary stipe with its outer surface oblong, subrectangular, surrounded
by a raised margin.
Masticatory plate twice as long as broad, triangular, surrounded by a raised
margin; broad end a deep groove separated from the remainder of the surface.
Mandibulary tooth oval, with the sides rather straight and the end trun-
cate; more than twice as long as broad.
Dentate lamella of five teeth, which are either entirely connate or with-a
shallow incision separating them, so that the cutting edge of the lamella is
nearly straight.
Pectinate lamelle of eleven complete rows of blunt, curved spines.
Hypostoma arcuate, the ends longitudinally striate on the inferior surface,
anterior edge straight.
~Mentum nearly rectangular, about six times as long as broad, the surface
rough.
Promentum with posterior margin straight, the anterior but little convex ;
anterior two-thirds concave, with a curved line of demarcation; anterior third
beset with bristles.
Stipe with a fringe of bristles along the margin to near the base, and along
the interior margin opposite the promentum; a very short blunt bristle near
the anterior-interior corner.
Lingual laminz beset with bristles on the posterior portion, and with a few
long ones anteriorly.
First segment anteriorly finely wrinkled, posteriorly more coarsely, with
occasional shallow depressions, one of which on each side close to the median
line is much more pronounced ; lateral inferior margin nearly straight, corners
rounded, not produced; three of the usual striations run diagonally across
the segment, while one or two are interrupted. Starting from the middle of
the superior striation is a longitudinally directed furrow, and just above this
a very pronounced convexity of the surface of the segment, bearing on the
middle portion several shorter longitudinal furrows ; the whole posterior por-
tion of the segment is swollen, appearing noticeably convex when viewed from
the side ; posterior edge strongly emarginate, though the segment is twice as
long in the middle as near the lateral edge.
Subsequent segments have about twelve irregular and broken concentric
Annas N.Y. Acap. Scei., VIII, April, 1893.—3
34 Myriapoda of West Africa.
striations on the anterior portion, just anterior to each of which is a row of
very small protuberances about as far from each other as the striations are
apart; posterior portion of segments finely punctate, dorsally with poorly
defined longitudinally directed furrows, depressions, and ridges; laterally
these become more pronounced and gradually take on the cliaracter of the
striations which are strongly developed on the sides and below; well-devel-
oped striations appear above the pores on the anterior segments, but not on
the posterior.
Repugnatorial pores located below the middle line of side, longitudinally
oval on the anterior segments, where the suture is curved away from them;
they are farther from the posterior margin than from the suture, which in
the posterior part of the animal is nearly or quite straight.
Last segment posteriorly strongly contracted, rugose above on the small and
rather pointed, though broad, mucro which does not nearly cover the edges of
the anal valves.
Anal valves rugulose, more coarsely wrinkled above and along the slightly
compressed, rather thick margins.
Pre-anal scale with the exposed portion somewhat over three times broader
than long, the posterior margin rounded.
Color of alcoholic specimen: median parts of head, posterior part of each
segment, anal valves, and pre-anal scale very dark brown, nearly black; sides
of head, antenne, and legs of a more or less dark reddish-brown; the anterior
portion of each segment shading into dirty yellow, all the colors paler below ;
sides of the posterior margin of the last segment yellow.
Length 210 mm.; greatest diameter 14 mm.; 70 segments.
Habitat.—One female specimen is labeled ‘‘ Cape Town, Feb. 2,
1890.”
With the specimens which we have called tripartitus was a
female of about the same size as the above species, and differing
in the following characters :—
Body more compressed laterally toward the posterior end, and attenuate for
a longer distance anteriorly ; transverse furrow of vertex curved, medianly
obscure; the rugose area in front of the antenne more evident, and slightly
depressed ; upper row of punctations better developed, with blunt protuber-
ances at bottom; lower row less in number, and less pronounced; anterior
ventral corner of exposed surface of mandibulary stipe more produced; eyes
62; anterior edge of promentum without a distinct median convexity, though
the general outline of the rather irregular margin is anteriorly convex.
These differences do not seem to us of sufficient importance to
justify the establishment of another species, and yet it does not
appear advisable to combine the descriptions of the two specimens.
This species, supposing the two specimens to belong to it, has its
most important difference from S. tripartitus in the characters of
Myriapoda of West Africa. 35
the mentum and hypostoma. It is not impossible that these differ-
ences are sexual, but on this point no information is available.
We are aware that these three species of Spirostreptus do not
differ by any very important characters from many previously pub-
lished descriptions, though they do not appear to be entirely in
accord with any. A large part of the older descriptions consist
chiefly of accounts of the colors of alcoholic or dried specimens, in
which the colors depend on the strength of the alcohol, the rapidity
of the drying process, or the age of the specimens, as we have
frequently observed in collecting species of this family. There are
numerous descriptions which do not give a single morphological
character not present, in all probability, in every Spirostreptus, and
it appears to us that to describe these specimens as new will be
likely to cause less confusion than to make a random reference of
them to species practically undescribed, our species being character-
ized, we hope, with sufficient completeness to make their identifi-
cation possible to any one studying the older types. In the other
case such study would be quite as likely to prove the distinctness
of the forms before us, and to cause complications in the literature
of the subject much greater than the simple reduction of our specific
names to synonyms.
We are also aware that many of the characters mentioned by us
could probably be relegated to a properly prepared generic descrip-
tion, had such been drawn up.
The distinctions between Spirostreptus and allied genera are by
no means settled. Latzel puts forward the number of pectinate
lamella as an important generic character, and states that Allo-
porus has eight, and Spirostreptus nine or ten. We have found
eleven to be the constant number in the specimens referred to these
genera, but sometimes the rows are more or less incomplete, so
that variation in the number appears probable, and hence the only
remaining distinction between the two genera is the possession by
Alloporus of repugnatorial pores on the fifth segment, and the im-
portance of this character is more or less weakened by the fact that
on specimens of Spirostreptus, rudimentary pores, in the shape of
small depressions, sometimes occur on the fifth, fourth, and third
segments.
36 Myriapoda of West Africa.
6. Odontopyge furcata (Karsch).
Plate III, figs. 24-28.
Spirostreptus ( Odontopyge) furcatus, Karsch: Neue Juliden des Berliner Museums,
22.
Body cylindrical, narrowed posteriorly and very slightly anteriorly, not
constricted.
Covered portion of epicranium with two well-pronounced transverse stria-
tions, the space between which is finely striated longitudinally.
Vertex smooth or very finely striate longitudinally; sulcus obsolete, but the
suture distinct, as well as the transverse intra-ocular suture which it joins.
Clypeus smooth, with a large shallow depression slightly below the middle ;
upper row of six or eight punetations ; lower row of five to seven on each side
of, and six behind the emargination; each of the punctations has a bristle,
some of which are .125 mm. long.
Labrum with a shallow emargination and three rather blunt teeth which
project far enough to have their ends nearly in line with the edge of the
labrum, in which is a notch on each side near the emargination.
Eyes pointed-oval, distant from each other by about the transverse diameter
of one of them; not close to the antenne ; ocelli subequal, arranged 11+ 10
+9+8+745+43=53.
Antenne 4 mm. long, second joint longest, the others gradually shorter ;
fifth and sixth taken together longer than the second.
Mandibulary stipe with the exposed face convex, with a plane or slightly
raised margin, in outline subrectangular the anterior edge faintly emarginate.
Masticatory plate rounded-triangular, about twice as long as broad, divided
into a flat triangular, roughened surface with a raised margin, and a broad
groove much below the plane of the roughened surface.
Mandibulary tooth triangular, with rounded apex, about twice as long as
breadth of base.
Dentate lamella with five teeth, four of them rather long, with rounded
apices, the fifth very broad.
Pectinate lamellz nine.
Hypostoma moderately arcuate, the ends enlarged and with a chitinized
projection on their posterior edge.
Mentum about six times as broad as its median length, the ends very nar-
row. Between the narrow ends of the mentum and the hypostoma is on each
side a membranous pouch into which fits the large process of the coxa of the
first pair of legs.
Promentum without bristles, shaped like half of an ellipse divided by its
short axis; a narrow posterior portion plane, the larger anterior part concave,
with a distinct line of demarcation.
Stipe with bristles along the promentum and the anterior half of the exte-
rior margins.
Lingual lamine with a few short bristles at base and three long ones toward
the anterior margin.
Myriapoda of West Africa. 37
First segment smooth, anterior lateral angle rounded; one complete and
deep striation, and a branched, more shallow, marginal striation.
Subsequent segments: anterior subsegment with seven or eight concentric
striations on its anterior portion, the striations with small protuberances about
as far apart as the striations are from each other; some of the protuberances
not on the striations, but located without regularity on that part of the sub-
segment which is behind the striations. Posterior subsegment rugulose with
fine curved and branching wrinkles whose general direction is longitudinal ;
the coarser striations of the sides and inferior surface begin about two-thirds
of the distance from the dorsal median line to the repugnatorial pore. Supple-
mentary margin finely and equally pectinate, points of teeth free, prominent.
Repugnatorial pores small, longitudinally suboval, situated on the middle
line of side, and midway between the straight suture and the articulation.
Last segment rugose above, smoother below and finely punctate, carinate
on the median line above ; posterior angle somewhat produced, rounded.
Anal valves rugulose- punctate, each with a prominent carina which encloses
a crescentic space between it and the well-pronounced, but moderately com-
pressed margin; the carina is produced above into a large sharp-pointed,
slightly recurved mucro.
Pre-anal scale punctate, rounded, nearly twice as wide as long.
First pair of legs with the expanded portion of sternum provided with a few
short spines; coxa of male with a large, flattened, wrinkled, anteriorly and
laterally directed, curved process.
Third and subsequent pairs without chitinous processes on the penultimate
joints.
Genitalia of male—see plate III, figs. 27, 28.
Color of alcoholic specimens chestnut-brown, alternating with yellow; ante-
rior portion of each posterior subsegment brown, the posterior margin, and
usually a broad dorsal median line, yellow or buff; feet pale reddish, antenne
chestnut-brown ; anterior and ventral portions of segments buff. In the young
the colors are paler and less distinct, so that the general color appears to be a
dirty yellow.
Length 60 mm. ; diameter 4 mm.; 64 segments.
Habitat.—Two male, one female, and one young specimen from
“ Loanda.”
J
7. Scolopendra morsitans, Linn.
To this polymorphous species we have referred nine specimens,
all the Chilopoda of the collection. Six specimens, males and
females from Loanda (Accession 23406), and a female and a young
specimen from ‘‘Congo” present no noteworthy deviation from the
usual form of this species, except that the superior surfaces of the
basal joints of the anal legs, though somewhat flattened, are not
at all margined. In discussing this species Meinert remarks:
38 Myriapoda of West Africa.
‘‘Perhaps this Scolopendra is the most inconstant species among
all Myriapods, but also very few animals are so common and widely
distributed as Se. morsitans; yet through all its variations the
short, flat, marginated pedes anales with three rows of larger
spines on the underside of the femora are seldom missed.” Kohl-
rausch, however, has called attention to the fact that in African
specimens the margins are ‘‘ not very sharp,” and as all the other
characters of the examples before us, including the number and
arrangement of the spines, are those most usual in this species,
we can only refer them here. One female from St. Helena differs
from the others only in having well-developed margins on the three
basal joints of the anal legs. The specimens vary in length from
37 to 87 mm., and in color from pale olive-brown with green mar-
gins to the segments and ochraceous head and anal legs, to entirely
brown with no olive tinge. One of the two young specimens is
pale olive-green throughout, the other brown. All the brown
specimens appear to have been dried before being put into alcohol.
Myriapoda of West Africa.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
ERATE. T.
PARADESMUS THYSANOPUS, sp. Nn.
Fig. 1. Genitalium. The dotted line indicates the course of the duct.
Fig. 2. Different view of another genitalium.
Fig. 3. Leg—one of the first pair.
Fig. 4. Leg—one of the fourth pair.
Fig. 5. Leg—one of the ninth pair.
Fig. 6. Gnathochilarium.
SPIROSTREPTUS VARIABILIS, Sp. 0.
Fig. 7. Series of dentate lamelle.
Fig. 8. Series of labra.
Fig. 9. Gnathochilarium of male.
Fig. 10. Gnathochilarium of female.
PEATE: bb
SPIROSTREPTUS VARIABILIS (continued).
Fig. 11. First pair of legs.
Fig. 12. Third pair of legs.
Fig. 13. Genitalia, anterior view. Duct indicated as in fig. 1,
Fig. 14. Genitalia, posterior view.
ALLOPORUS BIPUNCTATDS, Sp. n.
Fig. 15. Gnathochilarium of female.
Fig. 16. Dentate lamella.
SPIROSTREPTUS TRIPARTITUS, Sp. 0.
Fig. 17. Gnathochilarium of male.
Fig. 18. Genitalia, posterior view. Duct indicated as in fig. 1.
Fig. 19. Genitalia, anterior view.
40
. 23.
. 24,
. 25.
. 26.
a 24fle
. 28.
Myriapoda of West Africa.
PLATE III.
SPIROSTREPTUS TRIPARTITUS (continued).
. First pair of legs.
. Second pair of legs.
. Third pair of legs.
SPIROSTREPTUS ANODONTUS, Sp. Nl.
Gnathochilarium of female.
OpoNnTOPYGE FURCATA (Karsch).
Gnathochilarium of male.
First pair of legs.
Second pair of legs.
Part of genitalium, anterior view.
Genitalia, posterior view. Duct indicated as in fig. 1.
III.—Studies on the Life-history of some Bombycine Moths, with
Notes on the Setz and Spines of Certain Species.
BY ALPHEUS S. PACKARD.
Read March 13, 1893.
The attempt has been made in this and other articles, so far as
material and opportunity have allowed, to describe the transforma-
tions of some of our Bombycine moths, in the light of the recent very
suggestive and stimulating work of Weismann, entitled ‘“ Studies
in the Theories of Descent” (1882). Until within a few years the
majority of descriptions of caterpillars have been prepared simply
for the purpose of identification, or for taxonomical uses, and with-
out reference to the philosophic or general zoological significance
of these changes. The transformations of some of the European
Sphingidze have been very carefully worked out by Weismann,
and also by Poulton, but it is believed that the life-histories of, the
lower, more generalized Bombyces, especially of the Notodontide,
Ceratocampide, Saturniide, Hemileucide, Cochliopodide, and La-
siocampide, will bring out still more striking and valuable results,
inasmuch as they, or forms near them now extinct, are believed to
be closely similar to the stem-forms from which all the higher Lepi-
doptera have probably been evolved.
The aim therefore in such studies should be—
1. To treat the larve as though they were adult, independent
animals, and to work out their specific and generic as well
as family characters.
2. To trace the origin of mimetic and protective characters, and
to ascertain the time of larval life when they are assumed,
involving—
3. The history of the development of the more specialized setx
(hairs), spines, tubercles, lines, spots, and other markings.’
1 Besides the work of Weismann, compare also the suggestive papers of H.
B. Poulton, in Transactions of the Entomological Society of London, 1884-88,
and my papers: Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History, xxiv—v,
1890-91.
Aynats N.Y. Acap. Sci., VIII, May, 1893.—4
42 Studies on Life-history of Bombycine Moths.
4. To obtain facts regarding the ontogeny of our native species
and genera, which when added to what we know of the life-
histories of European, Asiatic, and South American Bom-
byces, may lead to at least a partial comprehension of the
phylogeny of the higher Lepidoptera, viz., those above the
Noctuina and Geometrina, and the Microlepidoptera.
Thus far we have obtained facts sufficient, we believe, to enable
us to make a more natural classification than heretofore of the
families or groups of the Bombyces and allied forms, and these
facts are in general, though not always, correlated with the char-
acters of the imagines. The Notodontide appear to stand at the
base of the Bombycine series, the Ceratocampide stand next above
them, and from the latter have arisen the Saturniide and the Hemi-
leucide, while the Cochliopodide may have originated from the
Saturniide, or an allied but extinct group. On the other hand, the
Lasiocampide may have been the stem-forms from which the
Liparide, Arctiide, Lithosiide, and Zygenide, with their allies,
have sprung.
In describing caterpillars, particularly those of the Bombyces, I
have been particular to distinguish between the three thoracic and
the abdominal segments, because the former usually differ in the
number, arrangement, and relative size of the tubercles, warts,
and other markings, from the abdominal segments. The warts or
tubercles also are grouped into dorsal, subdorsal, and often a supra-
spiracular (though this may in some cases be the subdorsal row)
and an infra-spiracular row or series.
The author hopes finally toembody in a monograph of the Bom-
byces, which he has in preparation, not only the following but other
descriptions. And he would be thankful to collectors and students
for the eggs and larve needed to enable him to fill up the gaps in
our present knowledge of the group, also for such specimens for
illustration ; as the aim in the final monographic work is to illus-
trate, so far as practicable, each stage of each species, the earlier
stages to be drawn enlarged to the same proportions as the full-
grown larva, or larger, when the details need such enlargement.
| have given below a list of the species and genera of which I
would like the eggs or larve in different stages, and I venture to
indulge the hope that my friends will co-operate in rendering the
work as complete as possible—for without such aid no single person
ean hope to make such a work at all complete or satisfactory.
Studies on Life-history of Bombycine Moths. 43
Should any one rear any of these Bombyces, with a view to
publication, I should be greatly obliged for alcoholic specimens of
the eggs and different larval stages, which might be sent after such
descriptions were published. Such specimens would be carefully
kept and returned. It will only be by such co-operation that we
shall arrive at a fair knowledge of the transformations of this ex-
tensive group."
List oF DESIDERATA IN THE COMPLETION OF THE LIFE-HISTORIES OF
THE PRINCIPAL GENERA OF BOMBYCES AND ZYGENIDA.
NOTODONTIDA.
Gluphisia lintneri, danbyi, ridenda, and any other species of this genus except
trilineata, eggs and larve of any age.
ee ee ce
L phodonta angulosa,
Datana ministra and other species, = ‘i oe
Notodonta stragula, young larva.
Nerice bidentata, eggs and larve in all stages.
Seirodonta bilineata, eggs and young larva (stages I-IV).
Heterocampa marthesia, eggs and stages I-II.
os guttivitta, eggs and stage I.
uf obliqua, eggs and all stages.
ee subalbicans, eggs and earlier stages.
Litodonta hydromeli, eggs and larve in all stages.
Cerura aquilonaris, #6 Oy oe
oe ce oe “ec
scitiscripta,
ae ce oe ce
multiscripta,
CERATOCAMPID A.
Sphingicampa, any species but bicolor, eggs and larve in all stages.
Citheronia sepulcralis, ee ue uC
SATURNIID.
Saturnia galbina, eggs and larve in all stages.
ee mendocino, ‘‘ oe a
Platysamia ceanothi, ‘‘ iG a
! It is earnestly hoped that any one receiving this article will kindly recip-
rocate by sending the eggs and larve of whichever of the following moths
they can, packed in tin boxes, tu the author at Providence, R. I., or during
July and August, at Brunswick, Maine.
44 Studies on Life-history of Bombycine Moths.
HEMILEUCIDA:.
Hemileuca maia, eggs and larve in all stages.
» &Ss g
“ec juno iad ee ee
d
6 yavapai, * A tc
Euleucopheus tricolor, ‘‘ Je ee
Hyperchira pamina, ‘* es be
Coloradia pandora, ‘* a cs
Quadrina diazona, “6 se 6c
COCHLIOPODIDZA.
Isa (Sisyrosea) inornata, eggs and young larva.
Limacodes scapha, os os 1
Phobetron pithecium, UG ss ub
Monoleuca semifascia, or any other species, eggs and young larve.
> . p 7 “Od Af to)
Euclea penulata, ue “6 ot 2 te
Parasa chloris, 3h at 3 ag K
Packardia elegans, es ee ce es ob
PLATYPTERICID2.
Prionia bilineata, eggs and larva in all stages.
LASIOCAMPID 45.
Thauma ribesii, eggs and larva in all stages.
Gloveria arizonensis, ‘* of sie
Gastropacha americana, and other species, eggs and larva in all stages.
Clisiocampa constricta, eggs and larva in all stages.
25 strigosa, “ “ ‘
3 erosa, ce “ ‘
se fragilis, 66 6 “
Artace punctistriga, se “ “
Tolype velleda, “ &“ ee
Tolype laricis, ‘ & Ae
LIPARID2:.
Parorgyia achatina, eggs and larva in all stages.
“ec ce ee
Laria rossii,
ARCTIIDEA,
Nemeophila, any species, eggs and larva in all stages.
Kodiosoma, es As ee i
Leptarctia, sf ss ef
Antarctia, ce a w fe
Platarctia, a * ne Lt
“ce ae ae “ec
Callimorpha,
Studies on Life-history of Bombycine Moths.
Hypoprepia fucosa, eggs and larva in all stages.
Crambidia pallida,
Clemensia albata,
Arqyrophyes cilicoides,
Crocota, any species,
Emydia ampla,
Ameria unicolor,
Euphanessa mendica,
Cisthene subjecta,
Cydosia aurivitta, eggs
Lycomorpha pholus, etc.,
Pyromorpha dimidiata,
ee
c
oe
Triprocris smithsonianus,
Harrisina americana,
Acoloithus falsarius,
Gnophela vermiculata, etc.
Ctenucha ochroscapus,
Scepsis fulvicollis, etc.,
Syntomeida ipomee,
Cosmosoma omphale,
Ciris wilsoni,
Psychomorpha epimenis,
Edwardsia brillians,
Alypia mariposa, etc.,
Pseudalypia crotchii,
Famity PLATYPTERICID 4.
Notes on the early stages of DRYOPTERIS ROSEA.
ce
“cc
LITHOSHD.
ce ‘é
sé “cc
ce ce
se “ec
ee ee
ce “ec
ce ce
sé ee
ZYGAINIDA:.
66
6c
and larva in all stages.
Anatolmis grotei, etc., eggs and larva in all stages.
oe
ce
ec
45
The final stage of this species was described in my paper, ‘“ Life-
history of Drepana arcuata”’ (Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xxiv, 489),
and since then Mr. Bridgham has reared it from a Viburnum (proba-
bly V. lentago), the smallest larve occurring in Providence
in the
second week in July, and representing the vernal or spring brood.
He has made excellent colored figures, from which we draw
following descriptions.
Compare also Mr. H. G. Dyar’s descriptions in Psyche v, 421,
up the
46 Studies on Life-history of Bombycine Moths.
and vi, 179. He thinks there are six stages, and that it hibernates
in the 4th or 5th stage.
Stage IJ?—Length 7 mm. Feeding on the ends and also eating
very ragged holes out of the side, so that the young brown larva
closely mimics the ragged portions projecting from the edge of the
hole; the tail could be easily mistaken-for one of the lower filaments of
the withered edge of the leaf. Head as wide as the body, with two
large rough finely tuberculated conical processes on the vertex; they
are more conical than those in the next stage, There are two smaller
dorsal tubercles on the prothoracic segment, and a single large flat-
tened rounded one on the 3d thoracic segment. The body tapers
slowly from the Ist thoracic segment to the tail. The skin is rough,
with four transverse rows of fine granulations on each segment,
and the body is pale brown, like a withered leaf, while the tail,
which is now simple, straight, though spinulated, is scarcely twice
as long as the body is thick on the 5th abdominal segment.
Stage I1I.—July 14. Length 10 mm. The body and the pro-
portion of the tail and the shape of the tubercles as before, but the
body is darker than before, and the tail is now concolorous with the
body. This stage corresponds to the dark brown hibernation-stage
of the autumn brood of larve.
Stage IV._July 18. Length 16mm. In this stage the charac-
teristics of the last one are assumed, though the tail is still straight,
but with two paler long rings, the base and tip being darker.
The head narrows above and ends in two conical tubercles which
are not rough as before; it is dark in front, with a distinct V-shaped
yellow clypeal spot. The body is brown, with a broad paler dorsal
stripe, which encloses the stout short tubercle on the 3d thoracic
segment, and contracts on the 3d and 4th abdominal segments.
There are two parallel oblique pale brown lateral stripes, the front
one beginning at the base of the 3d thoracic legs and extending
upwards and backwards to the hinder edge on the back of the Ist
abdominal segment; the second one of the same length and blend-
ing with the dorsal stripe on the back of the 3d abdominal segment.
The last stage (length 22 mm.) was attained July 23d. It differs
from the preceding stage chiefly in the paler head, without the con-
spicuous yellow spot, and in the tail being swollen in the middle
and slightly at the end.
Late summer brood.—Several larvee were kindly sent me by Mr.
Tallant, from Columbus, Ohio, September 10; they were found
Studies on Life-history of Bombycine Moths. 47
feeding on the haw. They did not molt or grow, and undoubtedly
the species hibernates in this stage.
Stage II or /1I.—Uength 6 mm.; of the tail2 mm. The head
is as wide as the body in the middle, the skin rough and warty;
the vertex ending in two high conical tuberculated protuberances
which rise high above the level of the prothoracic segment. The
head is smoother in front than on the sides, being freer from the
tubercles; it is of the same color as the body, but the two pro-
tuberances on the vertex are paler than below, corresponding to the
lighter more ashen hue of the upper side of the body. The Ist
thoracic segment with the front edge considerably raised and thick-
ened, bearing two sharply conical warted tubercles about one-half
as large as the two on the head and situated directly behind them.
The Ist is not quite so wide as the 2d thoracic segment, but it is
slightly wider than the abdominal segments, which are all of the
same width as far as and including the 6th, when the body gradu-
ally tapers to the tail, or tail-like suranal plate which forms a long
cylindrical appendage gradually tapering to the rather obtuse end;
it is tuberculated like the rest of the body, and a little darker in
some specimens; it is as long as abdominal segments 3 to 6 taken
together. The skin of the body is coarsely tuberculated, form-
ing whitish close-set granulations; the segments are transversely
wrinkled, four wrinkles to a segment, in the middle of the body.
On top of the 3d thoracic segment is an irregular rounded knob or
tubercle, the surface of which is granulated, but not differing in
color unless a shade darker. At the base of both the thoracic and
abdominal legs are short stiff depressed hairs. The color of the
entire body, including the legs, is of a uniform dark walnut-brown.
Famity PSYCHID 4.
The larva of LAcosoMA CHIRIDOTA Grote.
I am indebted to Mr. James Angus, of West Farms, New York,
and to Miss Caroline G. Soule, of Brookline, for the material (sent
in September) from which the following description has been drawn
up. See also Dr. Riley’s notes on this caterpillar! Mr. Angus
1 Fifth Report U. S. Entomological Commission, on Insects Injurious to
Forest and Shade Trees, by A. S. Packard. See (p. 141) Riley’s notes on its
habits, and his description with my description of his alcoholic specimen.
48 Studies on Life-history of Bombycine Moths.
writes me that his larve occurred on the swamp oak. Though
belonging to the Psychide, both in their larval structure, as well
as their cases, and the characters of the moths, the two American
genera Lacosoma and Perophora differ remarkably from the normal
members of the family. The larve of both genera live upon the oak,
In the present form the case is made by simply folding over one
oak leaf on each side of the midrib, so that it is flat, one edge being
thin, and the other full and thick. It is difficult to dislodge the
caterpillar from its roomy sack, and in this respect it is just the
reverse in its habits from the ordinary leaf-rollers; this is perhaps
due to its heavy and highly modified body, since if it had to leave
its case and drop to the earth, it would perish. Still it can readily
turn around within its roomy case. It is, as Riley states in his
brief description of the habits of Perophora melsheimerii, like the
latter ‘‘active and savage,” as when I attempted to draw it out
of its case it would vigorously bite at the end of my forceps, an
unusual trait in caterpillars. On finally removing it from its case
without injury it was very sluggish and did not stir while I was
examining it. I put it back in the box in which it was sent, and
in the course of an hour it had found its case, and had sewed up
and mended the side of its case which I had to open in order to
draw it out without injuring it, as it promised to be a difficult task
to remove it without rupturing the body.
The special and striking adaptation of this larva to its life in a
loose case, which shows that it, with Perophora, is a stem-form,
connecting the normal Psychide with ordinary Bombycine cater-
pillars, is seen in the following points :—
1. The obsolete dorsal lines and stripes of the middle of the
body, this portion not being occasionally exposed to the light, as
are the bead- and tail-end. This plainly indicates the origin of this
form from a larva which may have fed on leaves, whose body was
continuously striped from head to tail, and which had the general
habits and mode of ornamentation of larve, for example like those
of the Phycitw, which are more or less chestnut-brown, striped with
darker, and which live among leaves or masses of their castings,
and which live partly shut up from the light. The cause, then, of
the atrophy of the normal markings is the absence of light.
2. The small ‘middle abdominal legs, which owe their reduction
in size to disuse. In this respect this larva connects the apodous
Psychid caterpillars with normal ones,
Studies on Life-history of Bombycine Moths. 49
3. But the most striking adaptive features are: (a) the peculiar
shape of the head, and also (b) of the suranal plate, both being
steeply inclined planes, and both serving as stoppers to close each
end of the case; both being broad, rounded, and the surface not
only sloping, but also so colored as to cause it to be easily con-
founded by the observer with the exterior of the sack. This is an
adaptation in direct relation to the form of its case, and must have
been due to the transmission of acquired characters during the life-
time of its ancestors, after they had begun to construct cases.
4. The body so flattened that the spiracles can be seen from above.
Its case is not so regular in form as that of Perophora; it is
quite irregular on the edges, the midrib on one side projecting in
front and behind; it is about an inch long and three-quarters of an
inch wide.
Full-grown larva —Length 25 mm. (one inch). The bead and
body are somewhat flattened, so that the spiracles can be seen from
above. The head is large, broad, and flattened, the dorsal surface
forming a rather steeply inclined plane, like that formed by the
dorsal surface of the suranal plate. The surface of the head is
rough and corrugated. It is pale yellowish clay-brown (luteous),
mottled with dark brown on the side; but in the middle and in
front dark brown. The mandibles are dark brown, very solid and
thick at the end. The antenne are normal. There are no traces
of the remarkable bulbous appendages characteristic of Peropbora.
The labrum is dark brown. The head is as wide as the prothoracic
segment, which is narrower than the rest of the body. The 2d and
3d thoracic segments increase in breadth, while the body is thickest
just behind the middle, not decreasing in width until the 8th seg-
ment. The end of the body is broad and rounded. The suranal
plate is large, broad, and well rounded behind; with the surface
slightly convex and considerably inclined so as to form a close
stopper for the posterior opening of the case; on the dorsal surface
are two quadrant-shaped rough semi-chitinous pale, parchment-like
areas, provided with a few whitish hairs arising from minute warts.
The body is smooth, nearly hairless, the minute set being short,
erect, blunt at the end, the two largest ones being situated on the 9th
abdominal segment. The body is flesh-colored above and slightly
luteous or clay-yellow on the sides; the body in my specimen was
not quite so dark as Riley describes. The spiracles are conspicuous,
black-brown, pale in the middle. The dorsal surface of the pro-
50 Studies on Life-history of Bombycine Moths.
thoracic segments is occupied by a large subchitinous plate, with a
pale median line, bordered on each side by a dark shade, also fol-
lowed on each side by a broad dark band, which is continued on to
the two hinder segments, and becomes on the 1st abdominal segment
split into two faint lines. This line on the prothoracic segment is
succeeded by two oblique dark stripes, the lower one situated just
above the spiracles, and twice as long as the upper of the two. The
dorsal surface of the abdominal segments with four diffuse obsolete
dusky stripes, not reaching the 7th and 8th segments, but on the
8th and 9th segments and on the suranal plate, these lines reappear
again (since this end as well as the front end of the body is often
exposed to the light) and form two parallel much broken and irregu-
lar bands which make a chain of about six pairs of dusky spots.
The two subdorsal bands are much broader, and each form a series
of about six dusky irregular spots; the lower line partly including
the 8th spiracle. There is a broad dusky band on each side of the
thoracic segments, at the base of the legs. The middle abdominal
legs are very short, but the hooks are very numerous and form two
complete alternating circles; the anal legs are much larger than the
others, and are also pale. The thoracic legs are dusky amber in
color, the general effect however being pale.
The larva is fierce and courageous, and its unusual shape adapts
it for resisting the attacks, of birds which might endeavor to draw it
out of its case. When attacked from behind, it will turn around
quickly in its case and present its hard head to receive further
attacks; its jaws being unusually solid, with a thick cutting edge.
Moreover, even when seized, it can shorten and dilate the body, so
that when seized by forceps or by the bill of a bird it can prevent
or hinder its assailant from pulling it out of its case.
The larva of PEROPHORA MELSHEIMERII Harris.
Several specimens were received from Prof. Otto Lugger, of St.
Anthony’s Park, Minn., where it seems more common than in
southern New England. His specimens were received September
13th, and being kept in a warm room they mostly pupated, and a
male issued from the case October 31st, and a female November 4th.
She laid from 75 to 80 eggs.
Egg.—Ueneth 1.7 mm.; diameter 0.7 mm. Long and slender,
cylindrical, slightly curved; both ends alike. They are fixed by
one end, adhering by a gluey mass to the surface on which they
Studies on Life-history of Bombycine Moths. dl
are deposited. The shell is ornamented with a longitudinal series
of parallel fine delicate ribs, between which are cross ribs, parallel
and very near together; on the upper (micropylar?) end of the egg
are faintly marked, rude, slightly raised polygonal cells, and at the
extreme end is a group of more raised smaller areas. Color yellow.
It will be interesting to examine the freshly hatched larva, and I
should be greatly obliged for a lot of fertilized eggs.
Young larva.—Length 9 mm. It is now of the same general
shape and colors as the full-grown worm. The head is dark chest-
nut, as is the now well-developed prothoracic shield. The shape and
pale color of the end of the body are as in the fully-grown worm.
The case is at this time very irregular, much more so than that
of the fully-grown larva; it is lined with silk, with which the
‘“frass”’ or casting are somewhat intermixed.
The case of the worm in the last stage is about an inch anda
quarter long, and half an inch wide; it is flattened cylindrical, and
formed of two leaves properly trimmed and sewed together; the
midrib of each half extending along near the middle of each surface.
Each end of the case is closed after preparation by an orbicular flat
silken lid, fastened all around.
Full-fed larva.—Length 30 to 38 mm., when retracted about 15
or 20 mm. The head is large, about as wide as the prothoracic
segment; somewhat flattened in front on the face, which forms a
declivity adapted to form a stopper to the opening of its sack; the
cuticle is dense black, deeply rugose and corrugated, especially on
each side of the clypeus; the region of the vertex is rough and
coarsely punctured, but without the irregular furrows of the ante-
rior region or face. The mouth-parts are all black; the mandibles
unusually thick and strong, and rounded on the cutting edge. The
antenne are very extensile, long, thick, and well developed. But
this larva is especially remarkable for new structures not known to
exist in any other caterpillars, viz., a pair of long appendages, the
use of which is quite unknown. They arise by a slender stalk
behind and a little above the eyes, on each side of the head; the
base is cylindrical, but the appendage soon becomes flattened or
compressed, and flattened bulbous at the end. The structures are
brittle, not flexible, and they easily break off; they are about as
long as the head.
The prothoracie segment is dorsally black-brown, solid, chitinous,
thick, smooth and shining, forming an unusually solid shield, which
52 Studies on Life-history of Bombycine Moths.
is crossed by fine impressed lines; there is a pale median line. The
2d and 3d thoracic segments are slightly wider than the prothoracie.
The abdominal segments gradually increase in width to the end of
the 8th segment. The skin is covered with coarse and dense granu-
lations, and in general is of a dark brown walnut-color, but paler
on the 2d and 3d thoracic and 1st and 2d abdominal segments, these
being dull flesh-colored, and faintly showing two parallel dorsal and
two wider subdorsal dark-brown stripes, which become obsolete on
the 3d and succeeding abdominal segments. The whitish granula-
tions are less dense on the 3d and succeeding segments than on the
front or striped portion.of the body.
The terminal segments of the body are singularly modified; when
retracted the body is thickest in the region of the 5th and 6th seg-
ments, but when extended to its full length the 8th abdominal seg-
ment is as wide as any; the hind edge of this latter segment is
raised into a high, thick, pale flesh-colored fold, which takes the
place of the suture between the 8th and 9th segments. The 9th
segment is remarkably large and specially modified, having a sub-
lunate dorsal surface, and separated by a slight, sometimes well-
marked, ridge from the suranal plate; this ridge is not directly
transverse, but is composed of three curvilinear portions, a middle
and two lateral ones. The suranal plate is not quite so wide as
the 9th segment, but very large, broad, rounded, with the edge a
little thickened and the surface rapidly sloping downward and back-
ward; the surface of this (10th) and the 9th segment taken together
form an admirable and perfect stopper, or back door, closing the end
of the case. The skin on this portion is (evidently from frequent
use) dense and thickened, and further strengthened by the granula-
tions, which all over the 9th segment and the suranal plate are
densely crowded, extending on to the middle of the upper or dorsal
surface of the 8th segment. This portion of the 8th segment is
pale flesh-colored (without any rosy or pink tint) and is concolor-
ous with the pale hue of the 9th segment together with the 10tb,
or suranal plate. The impressed lines and punctures of this region
are more or less blackish.
The body beneath on the anterior half is dark brown, becoming
paler behind. The thoracic legs are black; the abdominal ones of
the same color as the segments bearing them, with the addition of
a slight reddish tint and with a chitinous light pitchy piece above
the plante. On top of each thoracic segment are two dark minute
ES —_= —— ——
Studies on Life-history of Bombycine Moths. 53
piliferous warts, but on abdominal segments 1 to 7 are four piliferous
warts arranged in a trapezoid, and they are black, flattened, and
more or less radiate in appearance.
The body is not quite so much flattened as in Lacosoma, so that
the spiracles are not so distinctly seen from above as in that genus;
they are black, those on the 8th abdominal segment about one-third
larger than those on the 7th segment, and they are more easily
seen from above.
Compared with Lacosoma, Perophora differs in the presence of
the singular appendages of the head, in the broader, flatter, more
inclined face, the perfectly black prothoracie shield, which in Laco-
soma is banded, and is not black and opaque; in the presence of
whitish granulations, Lacosoma being without any; in the 9th
abdominal segment being without any suture, but on the contrary
having a ridge instead, where in Lacosoma the 9th segment is nor-
mal, being separated by a well-marked suture from the 8th segment,
and also separated by a suture from the suranal plate. In Pero-
phora the suranal plate is more highly specialized and modified,
broader, and granulated. Also the bands on the end of the body of
Perophora are entirely effaced, while they are retained in Lacosoma.
Thus Lacosoma is, as regards the larval characters, the less modi-
fied genus, and is more like the larve of the normal Psychide, such
as (ceticus and Thyridopteryx.
As the females of the two genera mentioned are winged like the
males, they are evidently in this respect, as well as in the larval
characters, less modified and more generalized Lepidoptera than
the true Psychide, and they should for these reasons be referred to
a distinct subfamily of the group, which may be called Lacosomine.
The adaptational characters of Perophora are the following :—
1. The large, solid, dark head serving to stop up the anterior
entrance to its case.
2. The consolidation of the 9th and 10th abdominal segments,
the entire dorsal surface forming a solid, firm, oblique surface tu
close the posterior, or, in fact, either opening of its case, and thus
to resist the attacks of insectivorous birds.
3. The wonderful power of shortening its body and thus dilating
it so as to enable it to retain its pore in its case and prevent its
being drawn out by birds.
4. Its stout jaws enable it to bite firmly.
5. Its unusually fierce and courageous disposition, undoubtedly
54 Studies on Life-history of Bombycine Moths.
developed as the result of successfully withstanding the attacks of
birds.
Pupa, $.—Length 12 to 13 mm. It is moderately stout, and
differs considerably from the normal shape. The head is armed
with two stout curved high prominent ridges, converging in front
and nearly meeting and almost touching the apex of the raised very
distinct clypeus. On the prothoracic segment is a high thin median
dorsal ridge; the continuation of it on the rest of the thorax is low,
but rather more marked than usual. The sutures between the six
basal abdominal segments form deep dorsal furrows, the front edge
of which is raised, with a row of teeth projecting over the furrow,
the hinder edge of which is toothed, but the teeth form rather long
straight ridges The end of the body is blunt or docked, and armed
with four small spines on each side, two of them on the outside near
together. On the surface of the 9th segment are a few minute sharp
spines. The head and thorax are a little darker than the abdomen,
the body in general being of the usual chestnut or mahogany-brown,
Notes on the habits of the newly-hatched larva of
THYRIDOPTERYX EPHEMERASFORMIS.
The habits of the freshly-hatched larva of this insect have already
been well described by Dr. Riley in his Bulletin No. 10, Division
of Entomology, on Shade-tree Pests, U. S. Dept. Agr., Washing-
ton, and the following observations may serve to supplement his.
From eggs kindly sent me by Dr. Riley, the larve hatched in a
warm room April 17th; they were found late at night, 11 o’clock,
in large numbers in a box on my study table and had eaten little
holes in the cloth covering. On the next morning some of them
had begun to make hat-like loose cases of the bits of cloth and
paper. One in particular, enclosed in a corked vial, had bitten out
rather large round mouthfuls or pellets of the cork and fastened
the bits together by silken threads, forming a loose sheet or rug-
like mass, in which the larva rolled about so as loosely to attach
itself to the silken threads, the mass forming a rude band encircling
the end of the body. One was seen to lie on its back in a rude
heap of the cork pellets, and by rolling over in it had formed a wide
girdle or loose band which nearly met around the body, the gap
across the metathoracie tergite being filled up in three or four
minutes more by three or four bits of cork (see Riley’s Fig. 8, c, d);
during this process the little restless creature would lie om its back
Studies on Life-history of Bombycine Moths. 55
and sometimes on its side, occasionally stopping to bite out with its
jaws additional pieces of the cork.
They appareutly do not take food until their case is completed.
In ten minutes this narrowest part on the back of the thorax was
three times as wide as at first, there being three rows of chips, the
case being nearly half completed in about half an hour.
During this operation the head constantly moved to and fro, the
labial spinneret giving out the silk thread, and fastening the cork
pellets together, the insect stopping now and then to bite off new
pieces of cork.
In 26 minutes from the time the band was bridged over by one
pellet, the case was so far completed that only the end of the body
projected out of it, and now instead of lving down on its side or
back, the tail or end of the short body was held more or less erect,
and was either withdrawn or pushed out, the basket-like case being
built out or added to on the anterior edge. I could finally see the
edge of the hole at the bottom of the basket drawn in by the
crotchets of the anal legs. To steady itself it would extend and
withdraw the terminal half of the body while completing the case.
In walking the third pair of legs are both moved together simul-
taneously, like a fork, and are extended forwards as if all of one
piece, thus propping up the body, while the two anterior pairs are
moved,
In one hour it had begun to walk around the end of the cork,
having been previously busied with making its case. I should
estimate that in general it requires between one and two hours for
a larva of this age to construct its basket.
Famity LIPARID A”.
The life-history of ORGyIA ANTIQUA (Linn.).
The eggs, kindly sent from Salem, Mass., by Miss Mary Nichols,
hatched May 15th. The larva was described May 18th. The second
molt took place the morning of the 22d, the third molt on the
morning of May 26th; the molts being nearly simultaneous in the
brood. I fed it on Wisteria, at Providence, R. I.
Egg.—Length .8-1 mm. Short, broadly cylindrical. The upper
end which the larva breaks off on hatching is depressed or crater-
like with a thick swollen edge around it. The surface under a
triplet is seen to be not very highly polished and closely pitted,
56 Studies on Life-history of Bombycine Moths.
and under a 43-inch objective the shell is seen to be coarsely, deeply
and irregularly pitted, the hexagonal shape of the edge of the pits
being nearly effaced. The larva often after hatching eats more or
less of the shell.
Larva, stage [—Wength 4mm. Head black, two-thirds as wide
as the body. The prothoracic segment is as wide as the body
behind; it is black above in the middle; on each side is a large
reddish-ochreous tubercle directed obliquely outward and giving
rise to about twelve long, mostly blackish (a few gray): hairs,
which, like all the others, are finely spinulated. The other two
thoracic segments are. pale flesh-colored with a whitish tint, with
a transverse row of blackish-brown piliferous warts, of which the
two in the middle are much smaller than the one on each side.
Abdominal segments 1-4 dark varnish-brown, with large dark
piliferous warts; segment 5th colored like the 2d and 3d thoracic,
being whitish-greenish pale carneous, with two minute but con-
spicuous piliferous warts. The three following segments with the
general color, tubercles, and hairs as on abdominal segments 1—4.
On segment 8 is a roundish dark dorsal patch enclosing two dorsal
blackish piliferous warts, the skin bordering the patch being reddish-
carneous. The lateral row of black hairs and those at each end are
about three-fourths as long as the body; the longest hairs, a pair
on each segment, arise from the sides of the prothoracic and 8th
abdominal segments. The eversible glands in this stage are not
noticeable and are not seen unless attention is specially called to
them; only the one on the 6th abdominal segment is to be distinctly
seen, that on the 7th segment is less apparent and not bright
colored. Duration of the stage 7 to 8 days.
Larva, stage IJ.—WLength 6-8 mm., varying somewhat in size.
Head black. The two lateral prothoracie tubercles are now very
large, pale coral-red on the basal two-thirds, black at the end, the
hairs arising from them are black. On the top between the tuber-
cles is a large black patch. The top of the 2d thoracic segment is
whitish, but the small dorsal tubercles, which are unequal in size,
are dark. The top of the 3d thoracic segment is pale, whitish,
bordered with ochreous, and bearing small pale piliferous warts.
Abdominal segments 1-4 are velvety black on the back, edged with
a narrow ochreous line, each segment bearing two large black pilif-
erous warts. The body is now a little humped over the Ist and 2d
abdominal segments. The dth segnient is yellowish-white above,
Studies on Life-history of Bombycine Moths. 57
with piliferous warts of the same size. Behind this segment the
body above is blackish, with a subdorsal line on each side, which
unite on the 9th segment, which is above pale ochreous. The body
beneath is livid. The thoracic legs are blackish, the abdominal legs
pale livid: Many of the dorsal thoracic and lateral abdominal hairs
are pale gray. The two eversible glands are now bright coral-red,
as bright colored and as distinct as in the final stages. At the end
of this stage, just before the molt, there are visible a few feathery
black hairs on the inner side of the two dorsal tubercles of the 8th
abdominal, and in some individuals they are present on the inner
side of the dorsal tubercles on the Ist and 2d abdominal segments.
Larva, stage IJ7.—Length 10 mm. At first the larva is scarcely
larger than in the preceding stage just previous to molting. The
head is black as before. The lateral prothoracic tubercles are pale
Indian-red with black between them, ana give off a pencil of puume-
like hairs, thickest at the end. This and the other pencils are as
well developed proportionally as in the full-fed larva. The top of
the 2d and 3d thoracic segments white and edged with ochre as
before. The four median dorsal tufts, one each on the four basal
abdominal segments, are now well developed, the two in front being
dark smoky-brown, the two behind snow-white, the 4th one being
somewhat smaller than those in front. The 5th segment is white
above, ochreous on the side, as in stage II. The 8th segment bears
a thick long tuft of black feathery hairs, as well developed in pro-
portion as in the adult. The row of largest lateral tubercles is now
conspicuous, the warts being bright flesh-colored instead of black,
as before. The hairs, especially along* the sides of the body, are
denser, more numerous, than before.
Note.—Two days later, in a few, the two anterior dorsal median
abdominal tufts have faded almost white, while the two posterior
are straw-yellow. In most, however, the two anterior tufts remain
black, the two posterior ones having changed to straw yellow.
Length of stage about 5 days.
Stage IV.—Molted May 31st, some as late as June Ist. Length
17mm. The chief change is that each of the four dorsal tufts has
now become pale buff-yellow, though immediately after molting the
two anterior tufts are at first dusky, gradually becoming paler. The
subdorsal rows of these tubercles on each side are coral-red, and the
upper lateral row of piliferous warts are now bright coral-red, while
lower down there is a small bright yellow dot, one on each segment
Annauts N. Y. Acap. Scr., VIII, May, 1893.—5
58 Studies on Life-history of Bombycine Moths.
between the piliferous warts. A small slender white lateral pencil
on 3d thoracic segment, and a thicker black one on Ist abdominal
segment of about the same length. The other black pencils are a
little longer than before. The 2d and 3d thoracic segments have a
pair of small dorsal yellow transverse slashes on each side, and the
dorsal tubercles on these two segments are bright yellow and very
conspicuous. The prothoracic piliferous tubercles are still bright
Indian-red. The lateral pale hairs along the body are whiter and
denser than before. The head is black, not coral-red as in O. leu-
costigma.
June 7th several began to spin a cocoon ($?). June 8th, 4 or 5
cocoons. The 2 larve were still molting June 14th; none yet in
cocoon; I think the ? larva must molt oftener than the %.
Variation in the four dorsal tufts of last stage: Some are all
cream-white, others are buff-yellow, in others the 2 anterior dusky,
and 2 posterior buff-yellow, and in one specimen of the 2 anterior
tafts, one is dusky and the 2 posterior are snow-white.
Of 12 cocoons, all up to June 15th seemed to be &. June 18th,
2 % moths appeared !
Fig. 1.
a
“One of the black plumose hairs taken from a lateral prothoracic
tuft is represented at Fig. 1; a, portions of a simple, spinulated hair.
Studies on Life-history of Bombycine Moths. 59
Recapitulation of appearance of early larval features.
1. Appearance in stage III of the pencils on the prothoracic and
8th abdominal segments.
2. The four median dorsal tufts on the four basal abdominal seg-
ments well developed in stage III.
3. The warts of the lateral row become bright flesh-red in stage
Til.
4. The two dorsal eversible glands become bright coral-red in
stage II. Thus, all the features of the full-grown larva, such as
the high colors and the white and black tufts or pencils, which
render it so conspicuous, appear in the 3d stage.
The early stages of OrGYIA LEUCOsTIGMA (Abbot and Smith).
Larva, stage I.—(Drawn up from alcoholic specimens from Dr.
Riley.) Length 3.5 mm. The head is small and not so wide as
the body. It is deep chitinous or amber-ochreous. The body is
rather long and slender, cylindrical, pale yellowish flesh color, with
two broad irregular, dark, more or less broken subdorsal lines,
which are most distinct on the abdominal segments, the space
between the lines being sometimes irregularly bridged over by
offshoots from the main lines.
The 1st thoracic segment is slightly wider and larger than those
behind it, but looks larger than it really is from the pair of very
large lateral piliferous tubercles which cause the larva to resemble
that of a Clisiocampa or rather a Gastropacha. These tubercles are
large, prominent, and rounded, bearing about 20 spinulated hairs of
varying length, the longest being about two-thirds as long as the
body. All the hairs are brown, some being paler and taper to a
point. There are no clavate hairs on the body. The piliferous
tubercles on the 2d and 3d thoracic tubercles corresponding to the
lateral prothoracic ones above described are slightly smaller than
those on the succeeding or abdominal segments; the latter, 7. e., the
subdorsal ones arising from the dark subdorsal lines, all being of
the same size. The two subdorsal lines run between two rows of
tubercles, the inner row being one of the two dorsal median rows ;
the tubercles of these two median rows are much smaller than the
outer rows, the latter set being a continuation of the large protho-
racie “lateral” ones. Now those of the two medio-dorsal rows are
small in front, but become larger on the 6th, 7th, and especially the
/
60 Studies on Life-history of Bombycine Moths.
8th abdominal segment, giving a slightly humped appearance to
this segment, from which the body falls off to the anal tip. There
is no prothoracic shield.
The rudimentary eversible glands are difficult to detect. I can
not with a Tolles triplet or 4 in. objective detect them on the 6th
and 7th segments. They must be rudimentary and much smaller
than any of the tubercles and must be colorless.
It will be observed that in this stage when the larve are small,
they show none of the markings of the later stages, not needing
the danger signals, though they are undoubtedly thinned out at
this time by insects and birds.
Stage I7.—(Found on Wisteria, June 15th.) Length 5 mm.
Head not so wide as the body. Prothoracic segment very wide,
with two very large prominent lateral tubercles extending out as
far as the front of the head, and each bearing a short black pencil
which is not so long as the body is wide. Yellow hairs project
over the head from the front edge of the prothoracic segment; they
are unequal in length, the longest ones being nearly as long as the
worm itself. The body is blackish, the lateral black line of stage I
being now very broad; connected by a black band on the hinder
edge of the prothoracic segment, while the end of the body is black
above and encloses the two retractile pale yellowish papille. From
the 2d thoracic to the 5th abdominal segment extends an irreguiar
broad yellowish band ending in a broad squarish, yellowish patch,
free from papille, and situated on the 5th abdominal segment. The
front edge of the Ist thoracic segment is luteous. The sides of the
body low down and beneath are greenish, with a faint yellowish tinge.
Stage ITI.—( Observed June 17th.) Length 6-7, and at end of
stage,10 mm. Jt has now assumed the characters of the last stage.
The head is at first amber-colored, afterwards deepening. There
are two dark pencils 4 as long as the body, and 4 white tufts, one
each on the first four abdominal segments. The two eversible
glands are now coral-red. A velvety-black dorsal band extending
from and enclosing the white tufts to the end of the body. The
sides of the body are of a peculiar bluish-gray. A dense anal tuft
arises from the 8th abdominal segment, giving rise to feathered hairs
like those on the full-fed larva, but not so well developed. Most of
the other hairs are whitish, some of them dark.
Fig. 2 represents the end of a black plumose hair from a protho-
racic tuft in the last stage; a, a similar hair of stage III, showing
Studies on Life-history of Bombycine Moths. 61
the simpler shape, with much fewer plumules; b, the end of an ordi-
nary spinulated hair.
Fig. 2.
S
For comparison a plumose hair of Parorgyia parallela is repre-
sented in Fig. 3; a, a hair taken from the dorsal tuft on the 8th
abdominal segment; 6, a very long and slender hair from a pro-
thoracic tuft; c, the base of b; d a spike-like spinulated seta inter-
mingled with the plumose hairs of the dorsal tuft.
Recapitulation of the more salient ontogenetic features.
1. The two dorsal eversible glands become bright coral-red in
stage IIT.
2. Appearance in stage III of the lateral prothoracic pencils, and
of the 4 dorsal abdominal tufts.
3. The dense dorsal tuft on the 8th abdominal segment, consist-
62 Studies on Life-history of Bombycine Moths.
ing of feathered hairs, is well developed in stage III, though not
so large in proportion as in the final stage.
Fig. 3.
Notes on the transformations of Oreyra cana Hy. Edwards.
Mr. Dyar has already given a detailed description of the life-
history of this species in Psyche, VI, No. 189, January, 1892. He
describes seven larval stages. The following notes are based on a
brood hatched from eggs kindly sent me by Mr. Dyar from the
Yosemite Valley, September 25th; they hatched in Providence on
the 30th of the May following, and fed on young tender oak leaves.
I publish them as they contain references to the glandular hairs
and a few points not noticed by Mr. Dyar.
Larva, stage —Length 3 mm. Head, body, and hairs all black,
except the hairs situated low down on the sides, where they are gray.
The pair of lateral piliferous tubercles on the sides of the protho-
racic segment is very distinct and prominent. All the hairs (except
those low down on the sides of the body, where they are gray) are
black, and of the same general length as in the freshly hatched
larva of O. leucostigma. Two days after hatching the body is
,
Studies on Life-history of Bombycine Moths. 63
slightly longer and somewhat paler, especially on the 2d and 3d
thoracic segments, and on the 5th, 6th, and 7th abdominal seg-
ments, but the piliferous tubercles are black, and contrast with the
livid black color of the segments. The dorsal tubercles on the 5th,
6th, and 7th abdominal segments are situated on a pale straw-yel-
lowish field, as seen under a 4-inch objective.
The shorter hairs on these three abdominal segments bear and
are enveloped by drops of a clear fluid; but these drops were not
seen on the hairs of the other segments,
I was unable to detect on the living larva placed under a 4-inch
objective the dorsal eversible glands, but I could see five or six
bulbous pediculate processes, which are most numerous on the back
of the 7th abdominal segment. The fluid envelops the hairs, and
is evidently exuded from them; on the other hand, the hairs situated
on the other segments both in front and behind do not exude the
fluid.
End of stage I.—About five days after hatching and just before
the first molt. Length 5 mm. The body is now paler than before,
livid, and marbled above and on the sides with white, with a vel-
lowish patch on the hind edge of the prothoracic segment, which
grows wider backwards covering the back (tergum) of the 3d thora-
cic segment. On each of the 5th, 6th, and 7th abdominal segments
is a dorsal yellowish patch, more distinct than in the early part of
this stage. The glandular hairs are as at first, being especially
developed on segment 7, where six are seen, and there are no signs
of the eversible glands.
Stage I[.—June 6th. Length 4-6 mm. All the larve with two
distinct corat-red eversible glands on the 6th and 7th abdominal
segments, and the short dorsal black tufts have appeared The head
is still entirely black. The yellow patches on the thoracic and the
5th abdominal segment are as before. The piliferous tubercles are
still black, the body dull livid, marbled with dull porcelain whitish.
A few white hairs arise from the dorsal surface of the thoracic seg-
ments, and a few from the dorsal surface of the 2d and 3d abdominal
segments. The lateral tubercles on the prothoracic segment are
large and prominent, but there are as yet no long lateral or dorsal
pencils, though on the 2d and 3d abdominal segments is a pair of
short thick dorsal tufts, but none on the other segments.
On June 7th A. M. the larva had increased to 8-9 mm. in length,
_and the white bairs were more conspicuous.
64 Studies on Life-history of Bombycine Moths.
Stage III.—Molted the second time June 10th. Length 11 mm.
Now the pair of prothoracic black pencils formed of feathered
hairs, and a short thick dorsal one on the 8th abdominal segment have
appeared. Two snow-white dorsal tufts, one on the 3d'and a much
smaller one on the 4th abdominal segment are now present. The
dorsal and subdorsal warts on the abdominal segments are now
bright rust-red, and very conspicuous. The body is jet-black, and
there are no lateral tufts. The white hairs on the sides of the body
are longer and more numerous and dense than before. The generic
characters are nearly all assumed at this stage, as in the other
species.
Stage IV.—June 15th-17th, molted again. Length, without the
pencils, 15 mm. The head is still black, with a whitish labrum.
There are two Jong black prothoracic pencils of feathered bairs, and
a single median dorsal one on the 8th abdominal segment. Two
brown-black tufts on abdominal segments 1, 2, each, succeeded by
a white dorsal tuft on the 3d, and one on the 4th segment. The
piliferous warts are now brighter red. Most of the hairs are white.
The yellow patches on the thoracic and on the 5th abdominal seg-
ments are distinct. It is now a gaily marked caterpillar.
Last stage.—(July 12th.) Length 18-20 mm. The head is
entirely black, except the labrum, which is yellow. The body is
black, with faint yellowish patches along the sides, but along the
back deep velvety black. A pair of stout prothoracic pencils. No
lateral pencils; a thick medio-dorsal oblique black pencil. The head
is partly concealed from above by a thin broad sheet of white hairs
arching over from the prothoracic segment. There are 4 thick short
dorsal black tufts of the usual wedge-shaped form, the outer hairs
on the base being white, though the 2 anterior tufts are in one
example tawny, and in the centre black, while the two posterior
tufts are white, the central hairs being somewhat buff-colored. The
piliferous warts are bright brick-red, but not of so bright a coral-
red hue as the two dorsal eversible glands. The hairs arising from
the piliferous warts are white, with scattered black ones, all, as
usual, radiating, and of different lengths. There is a brown and
yellow dorsal spot and two unequal subdorsal ones on each side of
abdominal segments 4 to 7. There are four flattened broad dorsal
piliferous warts on the front edge of the prothoracic segment, and
which are reddish-yellow behind. A pair of yellow dorsal spots
on the front edge of the metathoracic segment. A broken yellow
Studies on Life-history of Bombycine Moths. 65
lateral line, or rather a series of curved broad bright sulphur-yellow
spots each situated on the sutures between the two lateral piliferous
warts; these are especially noticeable on the abdominal segments.
The cocoon.—One July 10th. It is rather broad and rounded,
whitish, with numerous yellow hairs, some white ones, and a few
black ones mixed with them. Just where these yellow hairs come
from I do not understand, as there are none on the larva, unless
they have changed in color since death.
The first larval stage of OnGYIA DEFINITA Packard.
This stage has already been described by Mr. Dyar in Psyche,
VI, September, 1891, 145.
They hatched June 19th—-2tst. The freshly hatched larva differs
from the other species in being pale whitish, tawny, or luteous.
The body is almost white, including all the legs. The head is pale
honey-yellow. The body is a little flattened, with the prothoracic
tubercles large and prominent. The hairs are all pale tawny, with
no dark ones; those on the sides of the body and at each end very
long, some of them rather longer than the body. Otherwise the
larva is of the same general shape, and without tufts or pencils or
eversible glands, as in the freshly hatched larve of the other species
of the genus.
Famity ARCTIID A.
The transformations of HALESIDOTA CARY Harris.
The latest and fullest description of the different stages is by
Miss C. G. Soule in Psyche (VI, 158); she states that the larva
molted six times. Mr. Dyar gives nine stages (Psyche, V, 422).
A batch of eggs received from Mr. H. Meeske hatched June 19th,
A. M.; all (over a hundred) hatching nearly simultaneously. The
freshly hatched worms devour a part of the empty egg-shell, before
beginning to feed. They feed well on the elm, also will eat the
leaves of the wild cherry and chestnut. It is a remarkably beauti-
ful and conspicuous caterpillar.
Egg.—Diameter 0.8 mm. Hemispherical in shape, the dome
rather high; green when first laid. The shell is very thin and glassy,
when empty reflecting the colors of the rainbow; the surface is
smooth, and under a }-inch objective is seen to be indistinctly pitted
66 Studies on Life-history of Bombycine Moths.
with shallow polygonal areas, with an indistinct very slightly raised
edge. The micropyle forms a distinct rosette at the apex of the
dome, composed of oval wedge-shaped areas. The larva escapes
through a wide elliptical opening, and does not invariably eat up
its shell.
Larva, stage .—Uength 2.5 mm. Described two or three hours
after hatching. The head is very large and black, much wider than
the body, which is pale livid flesh-color, with chestnut-brown warts,
which are not so dark as the head. The prothoracic shield is large
and broad, crescentiform. On the 2d thoracic segment are two
double transverse warts, with a minute median wart between. On
the 3d thoracic segment the two corresponding warts are less united,
the inner ones larger than the outer, and sometimes a faint minute
median one is indicated. The four dorsal warts on each abdominal
segment are arranged in a trapezoid. Each wart bears a single
hair. Suranal plate transversely elliptical. Duration of stage I
about ten days (that of Miss Soule’s brood about 6 days).
Stage IT.—Described three or four days after the first molt, length
4mm. The body is now pale, almost whitish-carneous, the head
and warts strongly contrasting with the hue of the body. Usually
but one, and no more than two hairs arise from the warts, and the
hairs on the thoracic and last abdominal segments are longer than
those in the middle of the body. The head is black and the protho-
racic shield and warts are blackish-brown.
Towards the end of the stage (July 2) the larvee are still grega-
rious. Length 6 mm. The head is now black, not so wide as
the body, which is pale whitish as before, with black tubercles and
whitish tubercles, a few longer hairs at each end of the body; they
are sparse, with a few black ones intermingled. The warts are all
black, with only from 1 to 3 hairs arising from each one. Duration
of stage II about 10 days (duration stated by Miss Soule about
7 days).
Stage IJI.—Length 10 mm., becoming 13-14 mm. Described
July 12th. The body is now thick, tapering at each end, shining
pearly-white, with large black tubercles from which arise white
hairs, of very unequal length, most of the longest ones equalling
the diameter of the body; a few others, one from the side of each
segment, being twice as long as any of the others. On 2d thoracic
segment is a slender lateral black pencil of hairs, not so long as the
body is thick, containing a single black hair which is twice as long
Studies on Life-history of Bombycine Moths. 67
as the others. On each abdominal segment (1-8) is a pair of
- dorsal short, slender black pencils crossing each other, and arising
from the forward pair of tubercles; there being none on the thoracic
segments. All the legs, thoracic and abdominal, are black. As late
as July 18th many were molting into this stage, having spun a
carpet of silk on which to rest, and in which to fix their crochets
during the process of exuviation.
Stage 1V.—Length 18-20 mm. The body is now much larger
and thicker than before, but the arrangement of the bairs and their
color are as before, and the tubercles are of the same dark tint.
Full-fed larva, stage V.—Described September 25th. Length
35-38 mm. The head is entirely jet-black. The body is of a deli-
eate pale bluish-white, with the sutures in front broadly painted with
black, with irregular black spots and lines between the tubercles,
which are also black. The body is entirely concealed from above
by the very dense hairs, while on the sides the verticils are not so
dense and the body appears through them. On the back the hairs
are dense and evenly trimmed, while on the sides they are quite
uneven. The hairs are in general snow-white, those on the sides
spreading out widely, as in the other species. On the Ist abdomi-
nal segment is a pair of high, slender, lateral black pencils; and
another pair slightly shorter on the 7th segment. Along the back
is a series of 8 double wedge-shaped black median dorsal tufts, on
each side of which and between which on each side is a subdorsa]
row of transverse linear black marks, forming the center of trans-
versely elongated tubercles, the hairs radiating obliquely so as to
leave the top of the tubercles exposed. On the sides is a series of
round black tubercles, with several irregular black spots scattered
below; still below which is a series of smaller lateral black tuber-
cles giving rise to white hairs. A few black hairs on top of the
thoracic segments and more dorsal black ones arise from the end
of the body, some of them forming two slight pencils, each con-
sisting of about 9 or 10 black uneven hairs.
The life-history of HaLEstpora MACULATA (Harris).
I found the young larve from stage II to the full-grown larvee
feeding on poplar at Brunswick, Maine. Those in stage II occurred
on the under side of the leaf, August 5-7.
Stage I —Length 7mm. The head is black, nearly as wide as
the body, which is straw-yellow, with a black prothoracic shield,
68 Studies on Life-history of Bombycine Moths.
which is moderately large, rounded on the sides in front, but angu-
lar on each side behind. The rather large tubercles in general bear
from one dozen to two dozen spinose hairs. On the Ist abdominal
segment is a large conspicuous transverse oval black spot, bearing
a piliferous tubercle from which an irregular tuft of black hairs
arises, and another on each side of the same segment also sending
off a tuft of black hairs. On the 7th segment is a similar large con-
spicuous black swollen double wart. There is a large double dorsal
black wart on the 8th segment from which arises a double black
tuft. There are five black lunate warts on the side of abdominal
segments 2-7, and on each of these segments are four dark greenish
dorsal warts arranged ina trapezoid. The dorsal black tufts present
in the next stage are not yet indicated, as the hairs in general are
pale yellowish. The larva in this stage is a very conspicuous
object, but yet very different from the full-fed larva. The thoracic
and abdominal legs are blackish, the four pairs of middle abdominal
legs paler.
Stage I7Z.—August 10th to 18th. Length 13 mm. The char-
acters of the full-grown larva are attained in this stage. The head
is black, as wide as the body, which is now entirely concealed by
the hairs, the latter arranged in dense bunches and of unequal
length. A few long white hairs arise from the Ist to 3d thoracic
segments; the other hairs are straw-vellow, except a row of eight
double median dorsal black tufis, the first and last ones much larger
than the others. There is a pair of lateral thick black pencils on
the Ist and 8th abdominal segments. The tubercles giving rise to
these pencils are surrounded by black, and there is a broad black
lateral broken band connecting the black patches on the Ist and 8th
abdominal segments; elsewhere the skin is pale. (In one specimen
the broad lateral black band is wanting.) The generic characters
appear in this stage.
Final stage.—September 3d, Maine. Length, when at rest,
25 mm. Body blackish, densely covered with deep lemon-yellow
hairs so that it cannot be seen when the larva is at rest; they are
longer on the sides than on the back, so that, as in the other species
of the genus, the larva appears a little broader than high. Head
black, clypeus and antenne whitish; the head in general is provided
with sparse unequal black hairs. The hairs on the thoracic seg-
ments are all lemon-yellow above, and low down on the sides they
are also usually yellow, though sometimes black, according to
a
Studies on Life-history of Bombycine Moths. 69
Saunders. On abdominal segments 1 to 8 is a row of eight double
dorsal black tufts, appearing as if single wedge-shaped tufts; the
first tuft is higher and narrower than the others; the 7th one much
shorter and wider, the others in front gradually becoming more like
it in shape, going backwards. A pair of lateral black tufts on the
Ist and 7th abdominal segments, projecting slightly beyond the
yellow hairs; the hinder pair is a little thicker than the front pair.
From the thoracic segments arise about six slender long white
pencils composed of few hairs which are nearly as long as the body
is thick, and of uneven length. On the 8th and 9th segments are
(in all) three pairs of similar pale, whitish, very slender tufts. The
abdominal feet are pale livid; the thoracic feet are black.
For the sixth and seventh (last) stages, with a description of the
cocoon and pupa, see Dyar (Psyche, VI, 165).
Life-history of Hanisipora TESSELLATA (Abbot and Smith).
The following notes were made while watching the development
of a brood found feeding socially on the under side of a white ash
leaflet at Brunswick, Maine, August 12th. The brood had evidently
all undergone their first molt. When disturbed they fell off and
let themselves down by a thread. (Since these notes were prepared
Mr. H. G. Dyar has published in Psyche, VI, 164, descriptions of
all the stages (nine) of this larva; but without giving measurement
of the length of the larva, though careful measurements of the head
are given. )
Stage JJ.—Length 6 mm. The body is rather broad and flat-
tened, slightly decreasing in width to the end. The head is shin-
ing black, nearly as wide as the body. The body is greenish-yellow,
with a livid hue; it is yellow on the three thoracic segments, and
on the 8th abdominal. The piliferous warts are large, black, con-
spicuous, giving rise to sparse radiating bunches of grayish-white
hairs of unequal length. Some of the dorsal hairs are blackish, and
of these about half a dozen arising from the thoracic segments, and
two from the 8th abdominal segments are about half as long as the
body, the longest ones, however, occurring on the thoracic region
of the body.
Stage 11[.—Length 12 to 15 mm. (Described soon after exuvi-
ation.) Now the generic characters are assumed. The head is
entirely black, except the front of the clypeus, the lobes of the
labrum, and the basal joint of the antenne, which are white. ‘The
70 Studies on Life-history of Bombycine Moths.
body is in general black, honey-yellow on the sides, including the
abdominal legs. The dorsal warts emit short radiating even white
hairs; those low down on the sides spreading and much longer and
more uneven. From the second thoracic segment long white hairs
project over the head, with several black ones on each side. Prom
the third thoracic segment arise two subdorsal oblique distinct black
fufts. On abdominal segments 7 and 8 is a short conical double
black dorsal tuft, that on the 8th segment twice as large as the one
on the 7th segment, and from each side of the same segment pro-
jects a black pencil ; among the black hairs composing the pencil is .
a white hair longer than any of the others. The base of the tuber-
cle, from which the pencil arises, is whitish, and in part deep flesh-
colored, and the spiracles of the ninth pair are white and conspicuous,
The end of stage III just before moulting.—( Described Septem-
ber 18th.) Length 14-20 mm. Head as before, black with the front
part of the clypeus, the labial lobes and the basal joint of the antennz
white. The body is not entirely livid, blackish, there being a broad
pale whitish band along the sides of the body between the white
spiracles and the base of the legs. Along the back the median
dorsal tufts on abdominal segments 1—6 of the two last stages are
still wanting, so that the blackish body shows through the hairs. On
the 7th abdominal segment is a median dorsal black double wedge-
shaped tuft, and on segment 8th there are two double wedge-shaped
black tufts, a little longer than in front, and composed of black hairs
arising from the four dorsal tubercles of this segment; the outer of
these warts have, arising from the side, the short radiating whitish
hairs, the pencil of black hairs arising from the inner side, so that
from one aud the same tubercle originate short radiating whitish
hairs, and also long black hairs. From the largest lateral tubercle
on the same segment besides about sixteen whitish radiating hairs
of unequal size and length, arises a pencil consisting of nine long
black hairs. This pencil in the present stage is smaller and shorter
than in the last stage, and easily overlooked. The anterior black
pencils also arise from warts which also send off the short radiating
hairs. The four anterior black pencils are also smaller and slighter,
composed of a less number of hairs than in the last stage.
In this stage, also, in larve 20 mm. in length, the three thoracic
segments are whitish behind on the back, and dusky in front.
Stage I V.—Length 24-25 mm. (Described September 18th.) The
head as before. The radiating hairs are now whitish-yellow to pale
EEE
Studies on Life-history of Bombycine Moths. 71
golden-yellow. The black pencils are now large and well developed,
and now the first sia abdominal segments have well-developed dorsal
tufts. This is due to the increase in number and size of the hairs
arising from the inner side of the median dorsal tubercles or warts.
In the fully fed larva they are still denser, and form the series of
median dorsal tufts, eight in all, one to each segment. Compared
with the final stage, the body is still visible through the hairs, and
the white infraspiracular band is still in part retained, while the
radiating hairs are paler, shorter and sparser, and less silky.
Stage V and last.\—Length 30 mm. (Maine, on willow, Septem-
ber 10th to 15th.) It is of the same size as H. maculata,’ also on
the willow in Maine. The head is black, but with the anterior
division of the clypeus, together with the basal joint of the antennex,
labral lobes, labium and maxilla, white with a yellowish tint. The
body is black, but beneath pale livid yellowish along the middle.
Thoracic legs pale pitchy ; abdominal legs pale flesh yellow. Spi-
racles whitish. The tubercles are black, but the hairs radiating from
thei are dense, and all uniformly pale golden-yellow, those of the
dorsal median wedge-shaped tufts dusky at the end. The last of
these tufts is slightly longer than the others. There are two long
black pencils arising from the 2d thoracic segment and projecting
nearly horizontally in front; a second pair of similar black pencils
from the third thoracic segment, the latter giving rise to a pair of
lateral whitish pencils. A few long black hairs are mixed with the
long white hairs projecting from the prothoracic segment and reach-
ing over the head. Two irregular white pencils, but slightly dis-
tinguishable from the other white hairs, project out from behind at
the end of the body.
On the thoracic segments between the Ist and 2d pairs of black
pencils are, on the 2d and 3d thoracic segments, two pale yellowish-
ochre dorsal patches, which only become visible when it is creeping ;
in fact these two segments are yellowish-ochre above, with blackish
patches.
1 As those raised from the white ash were poorly and irregularly fed, they
were much less developed than those feeding wild on the willow, and which
reached maturity early in September. The ash caterpillars were only 25 mm.
in length, and the yellowish hairs even much paler than in normal larve.
The median dorsal wedge-shaped tufts in all are dusky at the end, the inner
hairs of the tufts being blackish, either the whole hair or the ends only.
2 In my report on Insects Injurious to Forest and Shade Trees, p. 353, this
caterpillar is wrongly referred to as probably A. maculata.
72 Studies on Life-history of Bombycine Moths.
Summary of the more salient ontogenetic features.
1. But a single hair arises from a tubercle in stage I (Dyar).
2. Several hairs arise from a wart in stage II.
3. The generic features begin to appear in stage IIT, since from
the third thoracic segment arise two subdorsal oblique distinct black
tufts; and on the 8th abdominal segment is a black pencil.
4. The abdominal segments 1-6 are provided in stage IV with
well-developed dorsal wedge-shaped tufts like those in the last stage.
Note on H. waArristt Walsh.
This is the yellow variety of Halesidota tessellata, with a honey-
yellow head and orange-colored pencils.”
Mature? larva.—This variety was found at Providence, R. L.,
September 15, 1890, by the roadside on the carraway. Length 18mm.
The head is honey-yellow, the anterior division of the clypeus,
with the labrum and antenne, whitish. The budy is so densely
covered with uniformly silky-white hairs as to conceal it when at
rest. There are no hairs of any other color except the four anterior
dorsal pencils, which are of a rich ochre-orange buff color ; of these
the front pair arise from the 2d segment, and the hinder pair from
the 3d thoracic segment. There are two shorter lateral pairs of
white pencils, one in front arising from the 2d thoracic, and the
other from the 3d thoracic segment.
From the 8th abdominal segment a pair of dorsal pencils of white
hairs project outward and backward, while a few long hairs project
back horizontally from the very end of the body.
There is a pale chitinous broad and short prothoracic shield
divided into two halves by a pale line.
The body is whitish, with a lateral row of large black patches
situated on each segment near the spiracles when they are present ;
the latter are ringed with black, and lower down is a row of large
irregular black patches at the base of the legs. The thoracic and
1 For interesting remarks and descriptions of the seven stages of this form
see Dyar (Psyche, VI, 162); in this paper Mr. Dyar regards H. harristi as a
distinct species from H. tessellaris of Abbot and Smith, as the larve differ in
their first as well as later stages, and he finds differences in the male genitalia.
2 Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., IX, 1864. Walsh does not mention the color
of the head in either of his two forms of tessedlatu.
ae At SE Hees Ap TE Sa
Studies on Life-history of Bombycine Moths. 73
abdominal legs are all pale whitish, like the body. All the setifer-
ous tubercles are white like the body.
This larva is entirely unlike the 4th stage of normal ZH. tessellaris
(Abbot and Smith).
The egg and mature larva of EucHETEs coLLARIS Fitch.
The larva (2) occurred at Brunswick, Me., on the dogbane
(Apocynum androsemifolium), August 16th. On the 25th it spun
a cocoon.
August 29th the pupa was still whitish. The moth appeared in
the breeding-box on May 27th succeeding. For some eggs I am
indebted to Mr. H. Meeske.
Hgg.—Diameter 0.7 mm. Of the usual hemispherical shape, the
dome moderately high, and at the apex slightly raised. The shell
is thin, glassy, and perfectly smooth under a 4-inch objective, with
no traces of pits or polygonal areas. :
Freshly-hatched larva.—( Described from several alcoholic speci-
mens.) Length 2mm. Head scarcely wider than the body, pale
whitish flesh-colored; the eyes situated on a dusky patch; with a
few scattered dusky hairs. The body is cylindrical, whitish, with
pale umber-brown piliferous warts. Prothoracic shield rather large
and broad, with a pale median suture, partly dividing it into two
parts; each half bearing two piliferous warts in front, and three
behind. The 2d and 3d thoracic segments with suboval dorsal warts
each bearing two unequal black hairs, the longest ones nearly twice
as long as the body is thick. The subdorsal and lateral warts each
bear a shorter single white spinulated hair. Along all the abdomi-
nal segments are two additional small hemispherical approximate
dorsal warts, each bearing a single dark hair; these, in addition to
the dorsal two-hair-bearing tubercles of the 2d and 3d _ thoracic
segments. On each side of these abdominal segments not bearing
legs, are two piliferous warts below the lateral ones. All the
abdominal legs have a longitudinal large dusky patch on the out-
side, which is also present on the anal legs. The longest hair arises
from the Ist abdominal segment, and these two are twice as long
as the body is thick. All the hairs are spinulated as usual in the
family. The abdominal legs each bear but four ungues.
Full-fed larva.—Length 22mm. The body is cylindrical, rather
thick, pale whitish, and completely concealed by beautiful long
silky woolly slate-gray hairs; the longer hairs being considerably
Annaus N. Y. Acap. Scr., VIII, May, 1893.—6
T4 Studies on Life-history of Bombycine Moths.
longer than the body is thick; the shortest ones are of the same
color as the longest. The spiracles are pale, surrounded with a
narrow black ring. The piliferous tubercles are pale, but mostly
speckled with dark at the origin of the hairs.
The larval stages of LeucarctTia acraA (Drury).
It feeds voraciously on plantain leaves, and makes a great quan-
tity of frass. The eggs were laid June 19th, at Brunswick, Me.,
the larve hatching June 25th, in the morning, their first act, after
breaking out, being to devour the shell.
Egg.—Diameter 0.6—7 mm. Hemispherical, rather high, white,
with a coarsely pitted surface as seen under a triplet; under a
t-inch objective the deep pits are seen to be closely crowded, and
surrounded with smooth swollen polygonal edges; the pit itself
being rounded. The larva eats away the upper half of the shell,
the edge being scalloped, each scallop representing the cut made by
the jaws.
Larva, stage J.—Length slightly over 2 mm. The body is pale
or somewhat dusky flesh-colored, without any reddish tint. The
head is shining black, large, wider than the body. The prothoracie
shield is well-developed, crescent-shaped, contracted in the middle,
the surface on each side gibbous; dark chestnut. The piliferous
warts are rather large and quite convex. The two dorsal tubercles
of 2d and 3d thoracic segments bear two hairs, the lateral ones
bearing each two hairs... The abdominal dorsal tubercles all bear
but a single long spinulated hair, except the lateral ones, which
bear two small short hairs of unequal length; all the subdorsal
warts bear but a single hair. Some of the hairs are nearly as long
as the body. The double dorsal row of small warts are rather
peculiar. ‘he thoracic legs are chestnut, the abdominal ones of a
dusky flesh color. There are 2 sets of ungues on each abdominal leg.
It moulted June 30th to July 2d, the duration of the stage being
about 5 or 6 days.
Stage I.—Length 5 mm. The head is, after it has fed a few
days, narrower than. the body, chestnut-black; the clypeal and
labral region pale flesh The body is pale greenish, with yellowish
tints. The prothoracic plate is now divided into halves. The
tubercles are dark, the hairs blackish ‘lhe dorsal and subdorsal
warts bear usually five hairs, one very long, the four others shorter
Studies on Life-history of Bombycine Moths. 75
and smaller, varying in size; the longest ones are three times as
long as the shorter ones; the lateral warts still bear but two hairs.
There is a subdorsal row of reddish-brown irregular spots, and
another similar row on the sides low down. ‘The thoracic and
abdominal legs are blackish.
It molted July 10th to 12th; the duration of the stage being
about 10 days; and was described after molting on the 12th of
July.
Stage 17I.—Length 15 mm., finally becoming 20 mm. The head
is small, black; the body thick, tapering at each end. All the
tubercles are black, with black and white hairs of unequal length,
the longest equalling the diameter of the body. A broad, some-
what broken white, conspicuous dorsal line finally becoming yellow.
An interrupted yellowish broad band on the side, bounded above
and below by a whitish-yellowish line somewhat wavy, and inter-
rupted by the yellow patch on each segment forming the broken
band; the tubercles being situated in the yellow patches, one in
each; they are black at each end of the body, but yellowish or
nearly so in the middle segments. All the legs are blackish.
Molted July 20th to 25th; the length of this stage being about
10 days.
Stage 1V.—Length 35 mm. Much as before, but much larger,
the pale yellowish dorsal line is now wanting and the entire dorsal
region has become dark leaden-gray, with short spreading verticil-
late hairs on the two middle rows of tubercles, the subdorsal ones
giving out longer unequal hairs, which are more or less leaden-
gray. There are now two parallel lateral rows of small bright
yellow spots; between each set of spots are two light reddish-
brown tubercles which give off gray hairs, mixed with whitish
ones. The hairs cover the body more densely than before; and
the head is black and the body beneath deep leaden-gray. All the
feet, both thoracic and abdominal, are black. The spiracles are
whitish on a blackish field. The bead with the clypeus above and
the antenne are yellowish, but the yellow spot on the clypeus is
smaller by one-half than in stage IIT.
It molted again July 30th to 31st, hence the length of stage IV
was about 10 days.
Stage V and last.—Length 35 to 40 mm. A great change takes
place at this molt. Now the hairs are long and slender, fine and
soft, and most of them as long as the body is thick, with a few at
16 Studies on Life-history of Bombycine Moths.
each end of the body twice as long as the others, the long ones
more numerous at the end than on the thoracic segments. The
dorsal hairs are sable-brown-black, so thick that the outlines of the
body can be scarcely seen through them; the warts are also dark,
though the lateral warts are still reddish-tawny. From the lower
side of the supra-spiracular tubercles arise hairs which are all red-
dish-tawny; those arising from the upper edge are reddish at base,
and blackish on the end, or remainder of the hair. The lateral hairs
are bright tawny. The light buff-colored spiracles are now very
conspicuous, and are situated directly in front of the large tubercles.
Vote. There is a tendency in this and other Arctians to become,
after the 2d molt, much more hairy, so as nearly to conceal the
body, and thus, as by this time they feed in more conspicuous
situations, they are less edible to birds and less exposed to attacks
by ichneumons and Tachine.
This is now a very handsome caterpillar, the close dorsal hairs,
like the fur of the sable in general appearance, contrasting with the
bright tawny hairs on the sides, the bright conspicuous spiracles
showing through them.
Life-history of PyRRHARCTIA ISABELLA (Abbot and Smith).
Dyar remarks that this larva has ten stages, Psyche, V, 422.
The eggs of this moth were received from Mr. H. Meeske, of
Brooklyn, N. Y., and were laid in confinement May 12th. The larve
were active, feeding on the wild cherry; after hatching they scatter,
and eat away the surface of the under side of the leaf, not eating
holes in the leaves. Another set of eggs, laid in a small patch, was
found on the under side of an oak leaf at Brunswick, Maine, July
6th, hatching a day or two later.
Egg.—Diameter 0.7 mm. Hemispherical, but the dome is quite
high and regularly rounded, white, smooth and shining, and smooth
seen under a Tolles triplet, but under a Tolles 4 inch-objective the
shell is seen to be marked with a network of very fine, minute,
quite irregular polygonal areas, bounded by very slightly thickened
edges, as if they were the imprint of the cellular walls of the ovi-
duct.
Larva, stage I.— Length 2.5 mm. Hatched June 14th. Head
dark chestnut, moderately large, no wider than the body. Protho-
racic shield moderately large, irregular in shape, with a transverse
furrow behind the middle; on the front arise four hairs, and on the
Studies on Life-hislory of Bombycine Moths. 17
hind edge are two hairs. The 2d and 3d thoracic segments bear
each a transverse row of four flattened dark brown conical tubercles ;
the two inner and larger of which bear two hairs. All the abdomi-
nal tubercles bear but a single hair.
The median dorsal tubercles (two on each segment and wanting
as usual on the thoracic segments) are elongated, while the outer
ones are irregularly rounded; the lateral tubercles are rather narrow
and elongated parallel with the length of the body. The hairs are
long and spinulate. A few hairs are longer than usual; these arise
from the 2d and 3d thoracic and also the 8th abdominal segments,
and are about a third as long as the body.
Stage I.—Length 4-5 mm. Described about one day after the
first molt. The head is as wide as the body and of a dark chest-
nut-brown. The prothoracic shield is distinct, crescent-shaped.
All the warts are concolorous in hue, moderately dark chestnut,
and most of them bear 5-6 hairs. The dorsal thoracic hairs are
about twice as long as the body is thick, as also are those on the
8th abdominal segment, but the others are rather shorter, and all
the hairs are uniformly of the same rather dark brown color, of the
same hue as the head. There are about 10 spinulose hairs arising
from the larger dorsal tubercles. The body is livid purplish all over,
the piliferous warts are now higher and fuller, but are chestnut-
colored, with a slight ruddy or purplish tint. The body is fuller
and thicker than before, while the hairs are somewhat shorter, and
all are of the same dark-brown color. The small median dorsal
tubercles bear 2 to 3 hairs, and the larger ones from 10 to 12 hairs.
When 5 mm. long, later on in this stage, the body is purplish pale
flesh-colored; the warts purplish and quite convex, the hairs all dark
and longest on the 2d and 3d thoracic segments, those on the other
segments only a little longer than the body is thick. The body
beneath is paler.
One about to molt is 7 mm. long. The body is mottled with
short irregular purplish lines, and there is an irregular lateral broken
pale narrow line. The warts are black at the end, and there is no
difference in the color of the hairs on any part of the body, all of
them being nearly black, with no reddish ones.
Stage III.—Molted June 29th, and described before beginning
to eat on that date. Length 7mm. The body is now stouter, and
the hairs on the three thoracic and Ist abdominal segments, also on
segments 7 to 10, are black-brown as before, while those on the
18 Studies on Life-history of Bombycine Moths.
middle of the body (abdominal segments 2 to 7) are much paler, being
of a brown flesh-color, though with no reddish tint; among the pale
flesh-brown hairs are a few scattered black lateral and dorsal ones.
The tubercles are large, bearing numerous hairs. The head is uni-
formly of a pale horn color.
On June 30th, the colors of the black and of the tawny-brown
hairs are now respectively more pronounced and dissimilar, so
that we have indicated the differences in color between the reddish
abdominal segments 2-7 and the bluish hairs of the rest of the body,
characteristic of the mature larva. A dorsal pale indistinct stripe
is present.
Stage IV.—Length 15 mm. A specimen bred from the oak is
now almost exactly like the adult. The head is dark chestnut, and
the five succeeding segments are black; the tubercles and hairs of
the hinder edge of the 2d abdominal, and the whole of the three
succeeding segments (3-6) scotch-snuff reddish-brown or tawny,
exactly as in the full-fed larva, while the 8th to 10th segments are
black with black hairs and tubercles. On the 2d thoracic segment
are a few reddish hairs. A few hairs in front and on the hinder
end are nearly or quite twice as long as the others, which in general
are about two-thirds as long as the body. The thoracic feet are
black; the abdominal feet dark, with the plantz flesh-colored. This
caterpillar remained alive and without molting till the 8th of
September. I saw several full-grown larvee September 8th.
It appears from the above-stated facts that the characters of the
mature larve, 7. e., the dense hairs, those on the 3d—-6th abdominal
segments being reddish, are indicated in stage III, and completely
appear in stage IV.
The freshly-hatched larva of Sprnosoma virernica (Fabr.).
Eggs laid May 20th and hatched June 2d to 4th; mostly dead,
but one or two hatching June 5th.
Larva just hatched. Length 2mm. Body pale greenish; head
large, slightly wider than the body, dark chestnut-brown; the two
sides full and swollen, with a pale suture between. All the pilifer-
ous warts dark chestnut, conical, very distinct, contrasting with the
pale greenish body. Hairs blackish, very long, some of them over
one-half as long as the body. A faint crescent-shaped prothoracie
ett
Studies on Life-history of Bombycine Moths. 79
shield bearing two transverse rows of piliferous warts. No middle
dorsal small twin warts on the thoracic segments.’
A very dark almost black Arctian was found crawling in the city
of Providence September 26th, from which I reared a moth of this
species. I describe the larva as follows :—
Full-grown larva.—Length 35-38 mm. Body dull smoky black,
with white spiracles. The hairs all black, except a dark reddish
tan-brown shade on the abdominal segments. The head is rather
small, black, the clypeus, antenne, and labrum, as well as mouth-
parts, pale greenish. The body is of the same general shape as that
of P. isabella, but the hairs are not so stiff or dense. The body is
black, as are also the tubercles. The verticils are dense, composed
of hairs of uneven length, those on the back (dorsal and subdorsal)
of abdominal segments 3 to 7 are mostly dark reddish chestnut-
brown, almost blackish, mixed with black ones, but the lateral tuber-
cles all seud off black hairs. Besides these there are a few very
long hairs, which are grayish at the end, and these are a little more
numerous at both ends of the body, a few more arising from the last
three abdominal segments than from the three thoracic segments.
Suranal plate and sides of a]l the black abdominal legs speckled with
white granules like fine white sand (it does not brush off, and can’t
be sand!) Under side of the body dark livid smoky black. The
thoracic legs are pitchy black, pale at the tip. A very richly colored
velvety-black, handsome caterpillar.
The cocoon is unusually dark, being blackish-brown, while the
moth, a male, had the black sput on the under side of the base of
the forelegs unusually large; otherwise it does not differ from typi-
eal specimens.
A foxy-red larva of Spilosoma viryinica ( Fabr.).—Head, includ-
ing the mouth-parts, amber;. The body is livid black. No pale
lateral band is visible, but the sides of the body, including the
spiracles, are paler than above, and especially beneath. The spira-
cles are white. All the hairs are foxy reddish-brown, except those
' Mr. Bridgham’s drawing of S. virginica, stage I, does not very well repre-
sent my larva, as in mine the head is wider than the body, dark chestnut,
and not as he represents it pale, with two darker spots. The warts are also
darker. The volor of the body is good. The shape of the prothoracic shield
differs, as in my larva it is crescentiform, not transversely oblong. Yet his
drawing is not that of H. cunea or A. virgo!! Lam, of course, sure my moth
is virginica and not cunea.
80 Studies on Life-history of Bombycine Moths.
of the prothoracic segment, and the sides, low down, of the 2d and
3d thoracic segments. Most of the hairs, especially along the back,
are not quite so long as the body is thick; some are very long, as
described in the yellow variety, and the lateral ones are less evenly
cut and longer than the dorsal verticils. A few black hairs are
mixed with the reddish ones along the sides. The tubercles are
not foxy-red like the hairs. The thoracic legs are pale amber,
while the abdominal ones are black, with pale planta,
The two last larval stages of Serrarcrra EcHO (Abbot and Smith).
The following descriptions have been drawn up from specimens
from Punta Gorda, Fla., collected in March, 1891, and presented
by Mrs. Slosson. They will feed on almost any kind of leaves. As
my descriptions in Psyche (V, 351) were drawn up from colored
figures, the following notes may take the place of my descriptions
of the two last stages.
Larva, stage V?—Length 12 mm. The head is fully as wide as
the body, ochre-yellow, concolorous with the setiferous tubercles,
which are large, high, and prominent, bearing bristles as long,
some longer than the body; they are black-brown, becoming ochre-
ous at the base, while in front and at the end of the body there are
a number of gray bristles. On each abdominal segment the two
median dorsal small tubercles are crowded in front of the two much
larger lateral ones. The segments are transversely banded with
two parallel rows of cream-white irregular linear slashes, three in
each row, varying somewhat in shape and in distance apart. The
prothoracic segment is ochreous-yellow like the head. The body is
dark black-brown, contrasting with the reddish-ochreous tubercles.
(This does not entirely agree with Mr. Bridgham’s figure of the
5th stage, as the head is all ochreous.)
Full-fed larva.—Length 30 mm. Head cherry-red all over;
anterior division of the clypeus and the antennez whitish. Tuber-
eles reddish-ochreous; the hairs mostly reddish-ochreous at base
and black on the outer half. Body dark Vandyke-brown. Protho-
racic segment like the head, but of a duller hue 2d thoracic seg-
ment with a pale cream-white spot in the middle, and a transverse
whitish slash on each side, while behind is a faint cream-white
broken transverse line; on the 3d thoracic segment are two trans-
verse cream-white lines, and between them, but nearer the hinder
Studies on Life-history of Bombycine Moths. 81
line, is a median and two lateral cream-white spots. Each abdomi-
nal segment with two similar transverse lines, without the inter-
mediate spots; in the anterior line isa dilatation in the middle. In
the hinder abdominal segments the hinder of the two cross-lines
may be obsolete or represented by a median and a lateral spot. (It
agrees very well in general appearance with Bridgham’s drawing of
the sixth stage, also in the position and color of the tubercles and
of the markings, allowing for variation in the latter.
Egg.—Diameter 0.9 mm. MHemispherical in shape, rather high.
The empty shell is thin, glassy, and seen under a triplet to be rather
coarsely pitted; under a 4-inch objective the pits are deep, of uneven
size, round, but bordered with a raised swollen irregularly poly-
gonal margin. The egg is much like that of Leucarctia acrea in
shape and ornamentation, the pits being very similar.
The fully-grown larva of EcPANTHERIA SCRIBONIA (Stoll).
I found a larva on the alligator pear (?) growing on Mr. McCor-
mick’s grounds at Lake Worth, March, 1891. It will feed on
geranium, and will eat almost anything except orange leaves.
Very hardy, standing transportation to the North well.
Length 60 mm. The head is black, becoming cherry-red on the
sides and along the front at the base of the labrum. Body deep
velvety-black, and with dense fascicles of long dense barbed brown-
black hairs.
When the caterpillar is in motion the sutures on opening are seen
to be stained with Indian red or brown madder, forming a conspicu-
ous stripe.
All the eight stages of this species, raised from Florida, have been
described at length by Mr. Dyar in the Canadian Entomologist,
XXIII, 106.
The full-fed larva of EcPANTHERIA PERMACULATA (Pack.).
I received two larve, from one of which this moth was reared,
from Mr. Th. D. A. Cockerell, of West Cliff, Colorado. He wrote
me under date of April 28, 1890, that the caterpillars were collected
near Grape Creek, West Cliff, April 28,1890, and he sent me the
brief description, from life, given below. Mr. Cockerell was un-
acquainted with the food-plant.
82 Studies on Life-history of Bombycine Moths.
The caterpillar began to pupate between May 9th and 15th, spin-
ning a slight cocoon between the leaves offered the larva (which,
however, took no food). The imago appeared about a month later,
viz., June 19th.
Mature larva.— Length about 30 mm. Head shining black ;
body purplish-gray; each segment with dark tubercles (twelve on
most of them), each emitting a bunch of shortish spinulated hairs.
These hairs are of two colors, the anterior part of the bunch being
black, and the posterior pale shining ochreous. Legs reddish-ochre-
ous.” (Cockerell. )
The partial life-history of UTETHEISA BELLA (Linn.).
The eges and freshly-hatched larve were kindly sent me by Miss
Caroline G. Soule. The food-plant was Myrica gale. The eggs
are laid in confinement, either singly or in patches. The young
larva was described August Ist.
£gg.—About half a millimeter in diameter. When alive it appeared
on the leaf to be hemispherical, though rather high, but the alcoholie
specimen is certainly spherical. Under a Tolles triplet magnifying
10-12 diameters, the living egg is seen to be smooth, shining, with
no pits or granulations. The color was not noted; but the alcoholie
one is yellowish. Under a 4-inch Tolles objective the shell also
appears to be smooth, with no granulations visible.
Larva, stage I.—Length 2 mm. Head large, considerably wider
than the body; dark chestnut-brown, being of the same color as the
piliferous tubercles. The body is pale greenish with a yellowish
tinge. It slightly narrows from behind the head to the end. The
prothoracic plate is rather large, bearing four sete on the front edge,
and four others on the hind edge. The dorsal tubercles on the 2d
and 8d thoracic segments each bear two hairs, the lateral warts
each bearing oue. The dorsal abdominal tubercles on segments 1
to 7 each bear a single hair, though the largest lateral one on the
8th segment bears 3 hairs, and the dorsal ones each 2 hairs. The
dorsal abdominal tubercles are arranged in a trapezoid, the two in
front nearest the median line are larger than those behind, instead
of being much smaller, as in typical Arctians, such as Spilosoma,
Leucarctia, etc., moreover the trapezoid forms a moderate curve
rather than an exact trapezoid. Under a 4-inch Tolles objective
the hairs are seen to be very minutely spinulose and tapering; they
Studies on Life-history of Bombycine Moths. 83
are all dark brown, and their average length is a little longer than
the body is thick. The plantz in the alcoholic specimens are borne
on a very long stalk. Each planta bears four hooks.
For the full-grown larve I am indebted to Mr. Otto Seifert, who
sent me several which he collected in New Jersey early in October.
Last stage —Length 23 mm. The body is cylindrical. The head
is rather small, being about one-half as wide as the body in its
middle; it is pitch-red, or reddish-chestnut, smooth, and shining.
The body tapers towards each end, and is armed with moderately
large, acutely conical though not very noticeable tubercles, each of
which gives rise to a single long, thick spinulated hair, the four
(on each segment) dorsal tubercles each bearing a black hair; those
on the sides of the body bearing shorter, smaller white hairs. The
body is beautifully variegated with black, yellow, and white. The
segments are black above, with two transverse rows of cream-white
angular spots, the sutures broadly marked with buff-yellow. A
lateral broken, irregular broad cream-white line. The abdominal
legs are buff-yellow, with a dusky patch on the outer side. The
thoracic legs are entirely black. The body beneath is buff-yellow.
The life-history of Crenucua vireinica (Charp.).
In the Proceedings of the Essex Institute’ I described the trans-
formations of this moth, including the two later stages, which I
supposed to be the fourth and fifth. During the summer of 1890 I
was able to complete the life-history of this interesting form, and
the following notes may be added to those already published. The
6th and last stage was described in my first paper.
The males appear to be more common than the females, and were
abundant on the shores of Casco Bay, Maine, at Merepoint, Bruns-
wick; but about three miles from where they were observed in 1862.
In 1863 a larva in the fourth stage was observed as early as May 16th,
while June 6th of the previous year, larve both in the fourth and last
stages of growth were observed, a few mature caterpillars crawling
restlessly about. June 13th the larva began to construct its cocoon,
and it pupated four days later, and after remaining in the pupa state
nearly a month, the moth emerged July 15th The eggs were laid
in a patch side by side, as in the case of Arctians. The young
hatched July 28th, so that the egg state lasted a little less than two
1 Vol. IV, No. 1, Notes on the Family Zygenidz, April, 1864.
84 Studies on Life-history of Bombycine Moths.
weeks. In 1890 a larva in stage IV was observed feeding on grass
June 22d, and two days later a full-fed caterpillar was found; they
were observed more frequently a week or two later, but the last
fully-fed caterpillar was seen July 27th. The first appearance of
the moths in 1890 was July 13th, when three males entered the
window in the night attracted by the light, and males appeared
sooner and were afterwards much more numerous than the females,
Confining a number of both sexes eggs were laid July 27th to 28th,
and these hatched August 8th to 10th, so that the duration of the
egg or embryo state is between ten or eleven days and two weeks.
Egg.—Length 0.8 mm. or a little less than a millimeter. The
egg is regularly hemispherical in shape (not spherical, as stated in
1864), slightly higher than broad. Under a Tolles triplet of high
power the shell is seen to be very finely, minutely pitted, but under
a low power appears to be smooth and shining. Under a Tolles
Z-inch objective the surface of the shell is seen to be divided into
very minute quite regular polygonal areas, bounded by a slight
ridge; from this ridge on one side of the area project horizontally
across the middle of the area one, or more usually two very delicate
slender tapering hair-like processes nearly reaching the opposite side
of the polygon.
The eggs are deep yellow when laid, remaining so till the embryo
forms, when they are dark ash-colored, darkest above.
Larva, stage I.—Hatched August 8th tol0th. Length 2.5 mm.
Head black, smooth, shining, and rather broader than the body.
The body tapers slightly to the end; it is at first light yellowish,
afterwards becoming darker. In the older, darker ones the body is
pale flesh-color, as usual in Arctians. The prothoracic shield is
moderately large, being antero-posteriorly quite short, but rather
broad, sublunoid; it bears on its front edge four piliferous warts,
all of nearly the same size, and each bearing a single hair, which is
fine, tapering, like those on all the rest of the body, there being
apparently in the Zygenide, as in the Arctians, no bulbous glandu-
lar hairs. There are no piliferous warts or hairs on the hinder edge
of the shield. On each of the two other thoracic segments there
are but two large dorsal flattened piliferous warts, which are oval,
each bearing three long black hairs, the longest being about twice
as long as the body is thick.
Abdominal segments 1 to 8, with four dorsal flattened piliferous
warts, each bearing a single hair, arranged in an obscurely marked
Studies on Life-history of Bombycine Moths. 85
trapezoidal manner. ‘The two median ones are hemispherical, situ-
ated on each side of the median line, the opposing sides being straight
and parallel. There are four lateral warts; the upper one much
larger than the others; the 2d minute, situated behind and below
the uppermost; the 3d and 4th are narrow and long, the 3d being
situated directly beneath the Ist.
On the 9th abdominal segment the four piliferous warts of the
other segments are coalesced into two large flattened warts, each
bearing three sete. On the 10th and last segment is a large dark
suranal plate with irregular edges, bearing on each side 8 to 4 hairs.
All the warts are dark horn-color, and most of the hairs arising
from them are dark, some almost blackish, and about half as long
as the body.
Stage II.—Molted August 18th to 20th. Length 5 mm., becom-
ing August 25th 7 mm. in length. The head is black, rounded, not
so wide as the body. The prothoracic shield as in stage I. The
2d and 3d thoracic segments each with two large widely separate
dorsal black warts, bearing about 14 hairs of unequal length, both
white and black, the longest of which are about one-quarter as long
as the body. On each side are two lateral tubercles, slightly larger
than the homologous ones on the abdominal segments, these, espe-
cially the upper one, on the 2d thoracic segment being larger than
the corresponding one on the 3d thoracic segment.
On the abdominal segments (uromeres) are four dorsal piliferous
tubercles arranged in a trapezoid, of which the two middle ones are
sublunate, the others round; the former bear 23-4 short fine hairs;
the round ones from four to five longer and thicker hairs.
The body is chestnut-brown, but the warts are surrounded by
pale carneous spaces; and the hairs above dark brown, becoming
gray on the sides. ‘There is a broad irregular brown dorsal band,
and a broad irregular lateral chestnut-brown band, below and above
which the body is pale whitish flesh-color, the flesh-colored lines
after wards forming the two lines so distinct in the next stage. The
lower of these pale bands become towards the end of the stage a
distinct, lateral white line, broken at the sutures; it surrounds the
base of the third lateral tubercle, while the fourth and lowest tuber-
cle is surrounded at base with an irregular whitish ring. This infra-
spiracular line remains white throughout this stage.
The thoracic legs are chestnut-brown; the abdominal legs pale
chestnut, the plante still paler.
86 Studies on Life-history of Bombycine Moths.
Stage III.—Length 10 mm. Molted August 30th to Septem-
ber Ist. The characters of stage IV are now indicated. The head,
however, is still shining entirely jet-black, and is rather narrower
than the body. The body is black, witha subdorsal stripe at first
white and afterwards becoming yellow as the larva becomes older
and larger; also an infraspiracular lateral wavy white longitudinal
stripe, the latter the most sharp and distinct, and containing on
each segment a black piliferous wart.
From the tubercles on the 2d thoracic segment long white and
black hairs overarch the head; similar tubercles and hairs, but
shorter, arise from the 8d thoracic segment. The dorsal tubercles
are black, arranged in a trapezoid, and from each arises a verticil
of 15-16 straw-yellow hairs varying in length. The verticils on
the sides of the body are black, with shorter white ones intermixed.
On the first abdominal segment are two twin dorsal black pencils
appearing as if one; they stand up straight, and are about as long
as the body is thick. There are none on the succeeding segments
until the 8th, which bears a black pencil not quite so thick as the
anterior one, and more irregular, and directed backward. The
thoracic and abdominal legs are black, the plante pale.
Stage IV.—Molted September 5th, and described the next morn-
ing. Length, directly after molting, 10 mm., afterwards reaching
a length of 15mm. Just after exuviation and when 10 mm. long,
the row of seven median dorsal double arched black tufts have
appeared, these being undeveloped in the previous stage. The
body also is thicker, though at first little longer, and the verticils
of hairs are longer, and the hairs themselves much more numerous
and dense, so that the body and subdorsal stripes cannot be seen
through them, though it can easily be in the third stage. The long
dorsal hairs in front and at the end of the body are black; those on
each side of the seven black median tufts straw-yellow, while the
ground-color of the sides of the body, and the hairs low down, are
black. Zhe head is black. The lateral or infraspiracular line is
now white. A part of the overarching prothoracic hairs are white.
All the legs are dark, the abdominal ones livid at the end and on
the plante.
Not having carefully observed and noted all the transformations
of an individual larva, I had supposed that there were only five
stages, but while writing out these notes, one larva brought with
me from Maine to Providence, and which was in the stage just
hk
Studies on Life-history of Bombycine Moths. 87
described, having an entirely black head and measuring 15 mm. in
length, molted September 29th, and assumed a red head; and hence,
as I am sure my first three stages are as above described, I feel
quite confident that there must be five stages before the last, and
that the fifth stage, next to be described, is the one in which the
insect hibernates. The following description is taken from several
specimens observed June 22d and later in the summer of 1890; my
living one, just molted, being somewhat dwarfed. At first the
head is entirely light chestnut-red, and the abdominal legs are of
the same color.
Stage V.—Length 18 mm. The head light chesinut-red, becom-
ing blackish in front. Body densely hairy, the head and body when
not moving completely concealed by the dense stiff hairs, which are
of even length. Those overarching the head and those on the sides
of the body are coal-black. The verticils on the prothoracic seg-
ment and 9th abdominal segments are snow-white, and white hairs
are mixed with the black ones on the sides. The dorsal hairs bright
sulphur-yellow. There is a series of nine dorsal double median black
tufts, the first pair of which are slightly larger and higher than the
others, and directed a little forwards, while the last pair are directed
obliquely backwards.
A broad, irregular brown, somewhat scalloped white subdorsal
line, while the infraspiracular line is decidedly narrower ; it is scal-
loped or wavy and is bright snow-white, besides being much more
distinctly seen than the subdorsal one.
In this stage it continues to feed conspicuously on grass, both in
June, and the second brood in September, hibernating in this stage.
It transforms into the last larval stage as early as June 24th, and
in the summer of 1890, which was very favorable to caterpillar life,
the full-grown larve were observed as late as July 27th.
Summary of length of the different stages.—Kgg stage 11 to 13
days; larva, Ist stage 10 days; 2d stage 10 to 12 days; 3d stage
5 to 6 days; 4th stage? 23 days; 5th stage from late in September
to late in June; prepupal stage 3-4 days; pupal stage 28-30 days,
imago stage probably about two or three weeks.
Recapitulation of the more salient larval features.
1. As in Arctians and Lithosians no glandular hairs in stage I.
Body and hairs as in Arctians. A well-developed prothoracic chiti-
nous shield and suranal plate in stage I.
38 Studies on Life-history of Bombycine Moths.
2. Great increase, in stage II, of hairs, the unipiliferous warts
transformed to verticillate polypiliferous warts. At end of stage
II the infra-spiracular white line appears.
3. Assumption in stage III of Glaucopidian characters. Appear-
ance of the subdorsal white stripe, becoming yellow at the end of
the stage. The yellow dorsal and subdorsal hairs appear. Appear-
ance in stage III of the dorsal black tufts on abdominal segments 1
and 8.
4, Appearance in stage IV of black tufts on abdominal segments
Rito T.
5. The head previously black, becomes red in the penultimate,
or 5th, stage.
6. A decided change in coloration from the penultimate to the
final stage, the hairs of the latter stage being all yellow, with no
black dorsal tufts.
It will be seen that in stages I and II the larva resembles that
of the Arctians; it is minute, not easily detected by birds, and
feeds on the leaves of plants enjoying on account of its small size
and neutral tints a comparative immunity from the attacks of birds
and the visits of insects. When the spiny hairs become dense and
gaily colored, and the larva a very conspicuous object, feeding as it
does on the spears of grass, it is protected from birds and insects
by its dense stiff spiny hairs, and like some, if not most, Arctian
larve it is comparatively free from the attacks of ichneumons and
Tachine ; in fact I have not seen any Ctenucha larve which have
been parasitized.
Whether the moths, which fly not very rapidly in the bright sun
and are much exposed to the attacks of birds, are distasteful or not
to birds remains to be proved by experiments, which I have been
unable to make. They do not give out the strong odor of Leu-
carctia and other Arctian females.
Hibernation of the larva in the two last stages.—Like some
Arctians, as Pyrrharctia isabella; Clenucha virginica and the
Rocky Mountain species (probably Ct. cressonana), kindly sent
me by Mr. Cockerell, wintered over in the larva state, but while
P. isabella hibernates in the final stage, that of Ctenucha, whether
near the coast of New England or in the higher elevations of the
Rocky Mountains, does not attain the final stage before the winter,
us the eggs are not laid before midsummer (those of Arctians are
laid early in June), so that the Jarva does not have time to com-
Studies on Life-history of Bombycine Moths. 89
plete its growth before the autumnal frosts set in at the end of
September, and it is thus compelled to winter over, as is the case
with some butterfly larve, before the last stage. It will be inter-
esting to ascertain whether this is the case with the more southern
California species, and. those of Scepsis.
The young larva of CTENUCHA CRESSONANA Grote?
In March, 1890, L received from Mr. T. A. D. Cockerell, of Cliff
County, Col., a larva which had hibernated. It could not be kept
alive. It is evidently a Ctenucha in the penultimate (5th) stage,
and congeneric with Ct. virginiana in its hibernating or penulti-
mate (5th) stage; and as (. cressonana is the common species in
Colorado, I am disposed to refer it to that species.
When disturbed it lies curled up on its side, the black dorsal tufts
projecting like spikes, and the head touching the tail.
Length 18-20 mm. The head is nearly as wide as the body,
reddish-yellow, but not so deep red as in Ct. virginiana, and with-
out the two diverging black bands in front. The body is not so
densely hairy as in the Sth stage of Ct. virginiana, but is more as
in stage IV of that species. The body is now scarcely concealed
by the rather sparse hairs. The body is dark leaden, and the verti-
cils of hairs are also dark. There is a distinct subdorsal yellowish,
and a whitish lateral stripe. On the thoracic segments there are
rather long hairs, which arch over the head. On each of the
abdominal segments 1-8 there is a long double dorsal pencil of
black hairs, the first one inclining forwards, and the last one back-
wards, the others being more or less erect. All the legs, both
thoracic and abdominal, are yellowish, the latter distinctly so.
The larva of PHRYGANIDIA CALIFORNICA Pack.
These larve, two living examples (and others dead), were described
May 5th, and others June 5th from life, while the colors were still
fresh ; most of them had pupated. They were sent April 30th by
Prof. J. J. Rivers.
full-grown larva.—Length 12-15 mm. The head is a little
wider than the body; it is large, full, globose, smooth, with a few
long scattered hairs; pale flesh-colored, with an oblong black patch
on each side extending upon the black mandibles; labrum pale.
The body is cylindrical, of the same width to near the end; the
Annaus N. Y. Acap. Scr., VIII, May, 1893.—7
90 Studies on Life-history of Bombycine Moths.
8th abdominal segment being distinctly humped, while the segments
are transversely wrinkled. The body is pale straw-yellow, with
three broken reddish dorsal lines, the median one being the broadest
and least broken; the space on each side whitish. Two parallel
subdorsal distinct reddish lines enclosing a whitish band, connected
in front by a transverse dark reddish-black line on top of the pro-
thoracic segment. The upper of the two subdorsal lines dilates or
spreads inward a little on the Ist, 3d, and 5th abdominal segments,
and bends up angularly on the 8th, connecting with a transverse
dark line crossing the hump. A similar one on the 9th abdominal
segment. On the middle of the 5th abdominal segment the median
line dilates into a large distinct transverse oblong reddish mark.
There are two parallel longitudinal stripes on each segment above
the legs, the lower broad and firm, the upper slight and broken up
into spots. There are four pairs of well-developed middle abdominal
legs; the 5th or anal pair being one-third smaller than the others.
There are a few moderately long hairs on the back and sides of the
body.
One example has black lines and marks on a greenish-yellow
ground. This caterpillar is a true Agaristid in appearance, the
hump being well marked and the body naked, as in that group,
though not marked with transverse bars, as in Alypia and Eudryas.
Larva at close of final stage.—Length 18-20 mm. Several of
the larve when older, having been observed June 17th, presented
the following characters. Whether they had molted or not I did
not observe. The description was drawn up from living examples,
just before pupation, nearly a dozen of the lot having pupated. The
head is large, rounded, as wide or slightly wider than the body,
smooth, with a few hairs, and now the head is deep cherry-red.
The body is smooth, of uniform thickness, with a decided, though
not very large and prominent hump on the 8th abdominal segment,
and with a few hairs, as before. Along the back are four rather
wide broken yellow lines, more, or less connected laterally ; the lines
are broken on the anterior slope of the hump, forming two lunate
yellow dorsal spots on the 9th abdominal segment, and a single
large yellowish spot on the 10th segment in front of the smooth
rounded anal plate. Along the under side is a broad median livid
yellowish-green band. Both the thoracic and anal legs are blackish;
the four middle abdominal legs being reddish-lilac, and rather large
Studies on Life-history of Bombycine Moths. 91
and long. The sides of the body are dark; the body itself in
general dark blackish-brown.
In another and fresher specimen there is a bright yellow spiracular
line, somewhat broken by the deep transverse wrinkles of the seg-.
ments, while the entire under side, including the middle abdominal
legs, is greenish-yellow.
In my Report on Forest Insects (1890) Fig. 39, by an unfortu-
nate mistake, owing to lack of lettering, I copied Stretch’s figure of
Leucarctia acrea instead of his figure of Phryganidia. I am still in-
clined to follow Stretch in placing this moth in the Zygenide ; though
it should be, as Butler claimed, associated with the ‘‘ Dioptide.”’
The larva of Phryganidia is smooth and humped, and thus very
near the Agaristide, and quite unlike those of the Zygenidx, which
are hairy; but the characters of the moth are like those of the
Dioptide, of whose transformations nothing, I believe, is known.
As regards its venation, Phryganidia comes very near Gnophela
vermiculata; the number of subcostal branches of the fore wing is
six (in Ctenucha five), but there is an independent vein, not present
in Gnophela. The median vein of Phryganidia differs in that the
Ist and 2d branches arise at some distance from the discal vein.
In the hind wings the venation of Phryganidia is nearly identical
with that of Gnophela. I see as vet no good reason for placing
Phryganidia in a separate family, nor for placing the ‘‘ Dioptide,”
as Smith does, between the Psychide and Notodontide, as it has
no affinities with either group.
Famity COSSIDA.
The freshly-hatched larva of PRroNoxysrus ROBINIA Peck.
The eggs were received from Mr. H. Meeske, and hatched on
July 3d. ;
Egg.—Very large, length 2.7; greatest diameter 1.8mm. Irregu-
larly oval in shape, with the surface more coarsely pitted than in
any lepidopterous egg I have examined. The shell is not very
thick, but examined with a triplet is seen to be divided into unusu-
ally large shallow irregular polygonal areas. Under a $-inch objec-
tive the areas are seen to be very irregularly polygonal, often nearly
4-sided and oblong; the areas are somewhat depressed and with
raised edges, which, however, like the areas, are smooth, not granu-
lated.
92 Studies on Life-history of Bombycine Moths.
Stage I.—Length 8mm. A very large larva for one in the first
stage. The body is much flattened, somewhat Tortricid-like, taper-
ing somewhat towards the end. The head is broad, flattened, dark
chestnut. The prothoracic segment is broad and flattened, the pro-
thoracic shield very large and thick, of the same color as the head.
The body is pale flesh-colored; across the front of each segment is
a broken reddish-pink line of spots, while on the end of each seg-
ment is a conspicuous broad band of the same color. The pilifer-
ous warts are dark and conspicuous, giving rise to a long slender |
hair, some of them as long as the body is broad, or a little longer.
In some specimens the piliferous warts are almost reddish.
The subsequent changes are probably of little interest, as the
adaptation of form to burrowing habits, so striking in the fully-
developed larva, is already exhibited in the freshly-hatched cater-
pillar.
IV.—A Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder.
BY ALEXIS A. JULIEN.
Read April 24, 1893.
LITERATURE.
Bolton, H. Carrington. Scientific jottings on the Nile and in the desert.
Transactions of the New York Academy of Sciences, IX (1890), 110-126.
Cooley, James Ewing. The American in Egypt, with rambles through Arabia
Petrea and the Holy Land. New York, 1842.
Dalrymple, Donald. Meteorological and Medical Observations on the Climate
of Egypt. London, 1861.
Delesse, A. Sur la syén.te rose d’Egypte. Bulletin de la Société Géologique
de France. 2° Série, VII (1850), 484. Paris, 1850.
Description de VEgypte, ou Recueil des Observations et des Recherches qui
ont été faites en Egypte, pendant Expédition de 1’Armée francaise.
Paris, 1809.
Coutelle, J. M. J. Observations Météorologiques faites au Kaire en 1799,
1800, et 1801. Histoire Naturelle, Texte, I, 334.
Gratien-le-Pére. Mémoire sur la Ville d’Alexandrie. Etat Moderne, III,
279.
Jomard, Edmé Francois. Description de Syéne et des Cataractes. De-
scription. Mémoires, I, 61.
Nouet. Observations Météorologiques et Hygrométriques faites dans
diverses Villes de l’Egypte. Histoire Naturelle. Texte, I.
Draper, Daniel. Abstract of Registers: New York Meteorological Observatory
of the Department of Public Parks, Central Park. New York, 1880-
1889.
Dudley, P. H. Transactions of the New York Academy of Sciences, V (1885),
67. New York, 1886.
Egleston, Thomas. The Disintegration of the Egyptian Obelisk in the Central
Park, New York.* American Society of Civil Engineers, XV (1886),
79-84. New York, 1886.
Foissac, Pierre. De la Météorologie dans ses rapports avec la science de
Vhomme. Deux tomes. Paris, 1854.
Frazer, Persifor. Cleopatra’s Needle: Mineralogical and Chemical Examina-
tion of the Rock of the Obelisk, lately transported to New York by
Lieut.-Commander Henry H. Gorringe, U.S. N. [From Transactions
of the American Institute of Mining Engineers, XI (1883), 353-379. ]
New York, 1883.
Annats N. Y. Acap. Scr., VIII, June, 1893.
94 Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder.
Lane, Edward William. Account of the Manners and Customs of the Modern
Egyptians, 1833-35. Fifth edition. Two volumes. London, 1871.
Lefévre. Bulletin de la Société Géologique de France. 1° Série, X (1838).
Paris, 1839.
Lebas, Jean Baptiste Apollinaire. L’Obélisque de Luxor; Histoire de sa
Translation a Paris. Paris, 1839.
Lepsius, Karl Richard. Letters from Egypt, Ethiopia, and the Peninsula of
Sinai. Translated by L. and J. B. Horner. London, 1853.
Lockyer, J. Norman. On some Points in the early History of Astronomy.
Nature, Vols. 43, 44, and 45. London, 1891.
Mariette-Bey, Auguste Edouard. Karnak: Etude Topographique et Archéo-
logique, avec un Appendice comprenant les principaux Textes hiéro-
glyphiques. Planches. Leipzig, 1875.
Newbold, Lieut. On the Geology of Egypt. Proceedings of the Geological
Society of London, June 29, 1842 (See Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London,
IV (1848), 324).
Petrie, W. M. Flinders. Kahun, Gurob, and Hawara. Memoir of Egyptian
Exploration Fund. London, 1890.
Poole, R. 8. Encyclopedia Brittanica. Article ‘‘Egypt.’’ VII.
Report on the Condition of the Obelisk in Central Park, New York, by Com-
mittee of Experts appointed by the Department of Public Parks. Ex-
tracted from Official Documents of the Board. Document No. 118. June
18,1890. New York, 1890.
Savary, Claude Etienne. Letters on Egypt. Translated from the French.
Two vols. Second Edition. London, 1787.
Shaw, Thomas. Travels or Observations Relating to Several Parts of Barbary
and the Levant. Oxford, 1738.
Stelzner, Alfred. On the Biotite-holding Amphibole-granite from Syene
(Assuan). Transactions of the American Institute of Mining Engineers,
XI (1883).
Volney, Constantin Francois Chasseboeuf, Comte de. Travels through Syria
and Egypt, in the years 1783, 1784, and 1785. Translated from the
French. Two vols. London, 1787.
Wigner, G. W. Analyst. London, 1878.
Wilkinson, John Gardiner. Topography of Thebes and General View of
Egypt. London, 1835.
Wilkinson, John Gardiner. Thebes and Pyramids. Topographical Survey
of Thebes. Maps. London, 1830.
See also List of Literature preceding my paper on
The Misfortunes of an Obelisk. Bulletin of the American Geographical
Society, XXV (1893), 66. New York, 1893.
To the geologist, musing over a rusty coated, ice-scratched peb-
ble—picked up, perhaps, the other day in Central Park, not far from
the base of the Obelisk, or over some huge boulder, which, on tap
phe reyes
Study of the New York Obelisk asa Decayed Boulder. 95
of hammer or thrust of cane, tumbles at once into fragments, a
fascinating but most perplexing problem is offered in trying to
unravel the vicissitudes of its past history. Through the work of
Dolomieu, T. Sterry Hunt, and others, we have caught some glimp-
ses of its quiet youth, when, locked up within the original rock-
stratum, its rounded form was first slowly etched out by the under-
eround gnomes—the forces of subterranean disintegration and
chemical decay.
Then followed the stirring experiences of its middle age, when,
in our latitude, torn out by torrent or by the continental glacier
from its softened bed, it was rasped by partly decayed and angular
gravel, hurled down deep fissures, crushed under the enormous
weight of thousands of feet of ice, jammed against other boulders,
ground down over the rocky glacier-bottom, and at times rolled
over and over in the rush of a glacier-river.
At last came old age, when, stranded upon the surface of the
land, it was drenched by rains or melting snow, repeatedly surface-
dried by intense heat of summer’s sun, even roasted at times by
passing forest-fires, frozen and thawed again and again, and soaked
in organic acids from soil or swamp, until completely changed in
molecular arrangement, and partly in material, through and through.
Within, by absorption of oxygen and water, and consequent
production of new salts and combinations of increased molecular
volume, the entire aggregate of mineral crystals remained locked
in intense strain, the relief attained by partial closing of old joint-
planes having been offset by development, through such minerals
as the feldspars, of innumerable fine clefts and spongy vacuoles.
Without, by the insinuation of water and thrusting force of frost-
erystals, the co-adherence of the grains was loosened, the inner
strain largely relieved, and the outer part of the boulder expanded
in a series of coats, successively softer, more porous and swollen
toward the exterior.
So at last the successive crusts have tended to exfoliate and fall
away, until many an aged boulder has crumbled to fragments and
dust, with its story forever untold.
In the case of some particular boulder, the student may often
make out part of this history, its original site and source, its glacial
experience, the distance of its transport, etc.; but as to the exact
agents of decay, their relative efficiency, and, especially, the dura-
tion of the trial, he possesses no measure and can make no estimate.
96 Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder.
If only some boulder could be found whose whole story was known,
whose hieroglyphic striz could be entirely interpreted!
It has occurred to me that on many of these points we may be
able to gain some facts of value through a special study of at least
one huge block of hewn granite, whose known but vast antiquity
renders it, to some degree, comparable with a natura] boulder, while
its record of varying experiences of natural and artificial agencies
of destruction is quite definitely known. A recent re-awakening of
public interest in the Egyptian Obelisk, now in Central Park, New
York, and of anxiety as to its permanent preservation, led to the
appointment, in 1890, by the Board of Commissioners of the Public
Parks, of two successive Committees of Experts to consider these
subjects. Service on these committees gave me the opportunity of
commencing a series of experiments, whose continuance, at inter-
vals, during the last three years, has yielded the results presented
in this paper.
Moreover, the Nile valley, as well as the streets and squares of
European capitals, is strewn with similar Egyptian boulders, of huge
size and of the same homogeneous granite, which have long lain in
definite positions, exposed to known agencies of geological change,
during periods coeval with the establishment of ancient dynasties,
often yet plainly recorded upon their faces. For at least the partial
elucidation of our problem, we are fortunate to possess, in this
peculiar class of historical monuments, a happily arranged series of
trial-boulders of approximately known age and tests.
The history of the Obelisk is naturally divided into four periods,
corresponding to the four sites it has occupied: Syene (Sun-t or
Assouan), where it was quarried; An (On or Heliopolis), where it
stood erect for about 1050 years, and then perhaps lay prostrate for
513 years longer; Alexandria, where it stood for 1893 years; and
New York, where it has fought with the elements for over 12 years,
since its re-erection, January 22, 1881.
J. SYENE.
At this point, 560 miles north of Cairo, the great range of the
Libyan Mountains, called the Gebel Silsilih, ‘‘Mountain of the
Chain,” is crossed by the Nile through a narrow gorge. Above,
its obstruction of the waters of the river, with a chain, as it were,
of rocky ledges, forms the famous First Cataract. In these moun-
Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder. 91
tains, on the east side of the river, a short distance above the present
village of Assouan, lie the old quarries of Sun-t (‘‘ Entrance giver’’)
of ancient Egypt, which yielded the so-called ‘‘oriental granite,”
“syenitic marble,” or ‘“‘Thebaic Stone,” out of which nearly all
obelisks and colossi were cut. This was the ‘‘ machet” or ‘‘mahet,”
“heart-stone,”’ of the old Egyptians, so-called, it may be, on account
of its hardness and durability,’ perhaps in connection with its bright
red color. For the same reason, on account of its flame-colored
erystals of microcline, the Greeks afterward called it pyropecilon,
the fire-variegated stone.
1. Mineral constitution of Syene granite.
According to the observations of Russegger, as Prof. Alfred
Stelzner states:
“The structure and composition of the ‘Oriental granites’ are
very variable. Coarsely granular varieties, made porphyritie by
microcline? crystals, which are distributed without regularity in the
main mass, seem to be the most usual. They occur immediately in
the neighborhood of Syene (Assuan). Out of these are developed
locally (for instance, on the road along the cataracts of Syene) such
coarsely granular masses, that the individual feldspar and quartz
constituents reach the size of a cubic foot; in other places, the size of
the grains diminishes, and then there results, by a parallel arrange-
ment of the flakes of mica, a gneissoid rock. Among the varieties
of composition three are especially given. That which seems to be
most widely distributed is an amphibole-granite, containing biotite,
in the composition of which microcline,’ oligoclase, quartz, amphi-
bole, and biotite take part. Some of the principal localities for this
are the old quarries near Syene, and, besides this, Djebel Gareb and
Djebel Ezzeit. This principal rock, by the gradual diminution of
its hornblende, either merges into normal biotite-granite, which may
be either rich in mica (east side of the hill on which the town of
Syene is built) or poor in mica (Debu); or it passes, by disappear-
ance of its quartz and the predominance of its hornblende, into nor-
mal syenite.”’
By the last term, Stelzner refers to the combination of microcline
(or of orthoclase) with hornblende, free from quartz, to which the
German petrographers now confine the name syenite. The por-
phyritic hornblendic granite of the old quarries of Syene varies also
1 Lenormant, op. cit., 25. 2 Frazer, loc. cit., 367.
98 Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder.
greatly in lithological constitution. Commonly it consists of bright
red to yellowish red microcline in large twins; white oligoclase,
sometimes yellowish or greenish; smoky and gray quartz; black
biotite, sometimes brown or green; the last often replaced in part
or altogether by black amphibole. Less commonly occur yellow
mica, pyrite, magnetite, and dark brown garnet. Hematite in
hexagonal or rhombic reddish plates, yellowish red titanite, color-
less apatite, zircon, viridite, and yellowish green needles of pistazite
have also been detected. Newbold also reports:’ ‘‘Schorl, black
and green, and actinolite are minerals occasionally found in the
granite of Upper Egypt, as well as the chrysoberyl.”
In the quartz, Stelzner also distinguishes capillary black needles,
which I have recognized as rutile; and in its larger grains, cloud-
like zones of fluid cavities, in the smaller of which the bubbles
show invariably more or less motion. To this I can add, from
examination of my own thin sections of rock from the Obelisk, that
the fluid contents of these cavities consist sometimes of brine, some-
times of liquid carbon dioxide. Delesse attributes its smoky tint
to the presence of a very small quantity of organic matter.
As to the proportion of the main constituents, the following per-
centage results have been reported :—
By volume. By weight.
Mica . Z 3 : Ae ec 36
Quartz : : 5 : . 44 33
Microcline . ‘ - . 33043 1 3]
Oligoclase . : - : ~ ¥§ |
100 100
In my examination of the four sides of the Obelisk in 1890, while
hanging in a chair from its summit during several days, I recog-
nized, in addition to the common constituents already named, the
occasional presence of magnetite, and, on the upper part of the N.N.E.
face, very rare particles of pyrite, giving rise to slight ochreous
rings of decomposition.
2. Distribution and condition of minerals on the surface
of the Obelisk.
In examining the W.N.W. face of the shaft, black mica was found
to he specially abundant, in bright scales in large part inclined about
1 Newbold, loc. cit., 340. 2 Delesse, loc. cit., 489.
3G. W. Wigner, loc. cit.
_.
Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder. 99
45° toward the north. Occasional large bunches of granular horn-
blende occur, elongated, with their major axes inclined to the N.N.E.,
marking the original bedding plane of the granite. The microcline
erystals are often 1 inch long by $ to ? of an inch wide, with high
lustre on many fresh faces. Those of the white feldspar (oligoclase)
were occasionally bright, but, in larger part, dull and whitened.
However, I was rarely able to detect fine cracks in any of the feld-
spar, even on the old weathered surface. Near the bottom of the
shaft occurs a thin seam of hornblende-gneiss, several yards in
length, dipping sharply toward the north like the vein at the bot-
tom of the E.S.E face.
On the N.N.E. face of the shaft, the feldspar generally looked
dull, except on small half inch cleavage-planes, here and there.
. Many masses of hornblende occur, all of dull black color, but with-
out products of decay. A small bunch of pyritous material, nearly
2 cm. in length, was seen, blackened and dull. A large crystal of
white oligoclase, 2 cm. long, was covered with a dull white crust, 1
mm. in thickness. In and around the two cartouches of the second
row from the top, a large amount of hornblende occurs. At the
two cartouches of the third row, below the middle of the shaft, the
decay and dropping out of mica scales have caused much pitting of
the surface.
On the E.S.E. face of the shaft, between the legs of the middle
bull, a streak of hornblende-gneiss occurs, 10 cm. in length, with a
dip of 35° to the north; others are found in that vicinity, with the
same inclination. Most of the feldspar presents a waxy lustre (in
part due to the paraffin absorbed during the water-proofing treat-
ment in 1885), with occasional cleavage-planes of microcline, show-
ing bright lustre; in places, however, below, the feldspar is often of
brownish red rusty appearance. Between the two cartouches of the
second row, across the body of the owl, runs a black seam of horn-
blende-gneiss, two feet in length. A little above a lower cartouche,
in the north column, are rusty stains, like those from decomposing
pyrite; the feldspar grains are sprinkled with bright red spots; and
the surfaces of the oligoclase crystals are dull white and pitted. The
bottom of this cartouche is crossed by a lenticular black mass of
hornblende-gneiss, dipping about 40° to the north; smaller ones
occur beneath. Below this, fresh and bright surfaces of oligoclase
were noticed, but it was generally dull and whitened; and indeed
the feldspar planes, all the way down this side, are often softer and
100 Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder.
more inclined to powder than on the north side. At the bottom of
the shaft occurs the great seam of hornblende, of which the cleft has
now been partly filled with cement.
On the S.S.W. side of the shaft, at the top, the feldspar and mica
appear bright on all the fresh surfaces. About a third of the way
down, near the second row of cartouches, the red microcline, quartz,
and mica continue to be wonderfully bright and glittering; the
feldspar crystals sometimes 3 inches long by ? of an inch wide, and
the quartz in occasional flakes, 3 to 4 inches long. A small lens of
hornblende-gneiss, 2 inches long, was seen just below the pyramid-
ion, but none further down. About 22 feet above the bottom of the
shaft, the grains of quartz and feldspar are often bright, and appa-
rently with as few cracks as in any fresh granite; the feldspar crys-
tals are salmon-colored to pink, generally 14 inches long by } to $ -
inch wide, and some show dull lustre. The white grains of oligo-
clase are here abundant, dead-white and covered with snow-white
films (calcium carbonate?), forming irregular dull spots, $ to ? inch
in length. Many little flakes of black hornblende here occur, ap-
parently as numerous as those of black mica, and often surrounded
by ochreous particles and spots. The scales of black mica are shin-
ing and flat, and never show curling. Along the bottom of the
lowest cartouche, in the east column, near the bottom of the shaft,
the black streaks consist of flakes of black hornblende. A crystal of
microcline was noticed below, with pale altered edge.
In regard to the distribution of the biotite and hornblende on the
four faces of the Obelisk, I found that it varies greatly, biotite in
general largely replacing the hornblende. Where the latter occurs,
it may be alone and scattered in grains, or intermixed and closely
interpenetrated with biotite, or concentrated in large masses, often
lenticular in outline, or thinning out at one or both ends into wedge-
like seams. In these masses, the plates and bunches of hornblende,
as well as of any biotite intermixed, are arranged in nearly parallel
planes; so that, in fact, they present all the features of intermixed
masses of hornblende-schist, more or less biotitic. Still further, the
planes of these schist-enclosures lie very nearly parallel, so that this
obelisk-mass presents to us the last stage of a transition of horn-
blende-schist into a gneissoid hornblendic or biotitic granite. The
most extensive of these enclosures of hornblende-schist is that near
the base of the shaft which forms a narrow black seam running up
the W.N.W. face, and, on the E.S.E. face, has in olden time partly
Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder. 101
weathered or fallen out and formed the well-known rift or notch! at
the east base, partly filled and pointed with cement, at the time of
the treatment of the Obelisk in 1885.
There is an interesting correspondence, in both constitution and
origin, between the rocks of New York Island and those of Syene.
The so-called ‘‘Graywacke Knoll,’ on which the Obelisk now
stands, consists of biotitic hornblende-schist and gneiss, closely
resembling the black seams in the monolith. This mass is crossed
by a vein of coarse endogenous granite, very similar in places to
that of the Obelisk itself, which is now covered by the western
steps leading up to the platform; some branching seams of this
granite still project on the sides of the steps. On account of this
resemblance, except in the brighter red color and porphyritic char-
acter of the Obelisk-granite, a box of fragments of rubbish from this
vein was kept at hand by the workmen, at the time of the water-
proofing of the monument in 1885, to satisfy the constant demands
of visitors from all parts of the country for specimens from the
monument, and admirably answered the purpose to the gratifica-
tion of both parties.
It would appear that the strongly marked bedding, apparent in
photographic views of the old quarries at Assouan, and in con-
formity with which all the obelisks were hewn, is not, at least in
all cases, the true plane of original stratification. This bedding
plane is shown in the gneissoid structure of our Obelisk and now
stands upright in the shaft. But, to the geologist’s eye, the New
York Obelisk is merely a long block of biotitic, porphyritic granitoid
gneiss, in part hornblendic, crossed by seams and lenticular nodules
of black hornblende-schist, whose lamination (probably signifying
the true original bedding) now happens to be set up, so to speak,
with a strike of W.N.W. to E.S.E., and a dip of 40° to N.N.E.
3. Entasis of E.S.E. face of the New York Obelisk.
While here discussing the locality and original source of the
material of Egyptian obelisks, we may refer to one feature of the
New York monolith to which my attention was first called by
Prof. R. O. Doremus, a slight curvature, longitudinally convex, of
its present E.S.E. face. On farther examination, there appeared to
me, also, a very slight lateral convex curvature of the same face,
1 Gorringe, op. cit., 12.
102 Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder.
from each edge up to a central line; but the opposite (W.N.W)
face appears to be plane and its edges straight. The exact determi-
nation of this point could not be well carried out from my unsteady
position in a swinging boatswain’s chair.
A corresponding curvature or entasis has already been noticed in
several Egyptian obelisks. In the northern erect Obelisk of Queen
Hatasu at Karnak, a decided convexity of at least one of its faces
was observed by Verninac St. Maur.’ In the Obelisk of Thothme-
ses III, now in front of the Church of St. Giovanni in Laterano,
at Rome, of which the shaft is 105 feet 7 inches in height, the
western face is slightly convex, and the pyramidal finish at the top
has a small convexity on each of the four sides.2 But the best
known and most marked entasis occurs in the two obelisks of
Luxor (of which the western is now at Paris). In each, the N.W.
and §8.E. sides are convex, to an extent of 0030 and 0.035 meter®
respectively (13 and 134 inches), at the middle of the rounding,
measured from a straight line across from edge to edge. In regard
to the object of this curvature, Wilkinson states :* ‘‘ The faces, par-
ticularly those which are opposite to each other, are remarkable for
a slight convexity of their centres, which appears to have been
introduced to obviate the shadow thrown by the sun, even when on
a line with a plane surface. The exterior angle thus formed, by the
intersecting lines of direction of either side of the face, is about 3°.”
Both the Luxor obelisks, however, have also a longitudinal curva-
ture of the same two faces, amounting to 0.020 and 0.045 meter
respectively, in the Paris Obelisk, that on the N.W. face being con-
vex and that on the 8.E. concave. Hence all their longitudinal edges
are convex to the N.W., 7.e., toward the Nile. By Prof. Donald-
son’ these curvatures are looked upon merely as defects in quarry-
ing, as he states: “I imagine that the first block must have been
irregularly marked out and worked, and the second one compelled
to follow the faulty line in the quarry.”
In regard to this feature in the New York Obelisk and those of
Luxor, I think it probable that at least longitudinal curvatures,
especially if with corresponding concavities on opposite side of the
blocks, may be but instances of tendency to curvature in splitting,
commonly observed in natural joints of granite and on the longer
1 Gorringe, idem, 121. 2 Long, idem, 336.
3 Lebas, idem, 63. 4 General View of Egypt, 167.
5 Parker, idem, 33.
Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder. 103
faces and bedding-planes of its quarries ; of this some evidence seems
to be shown in photographs of ledges in the Syene quarries.
It may be added that there is abundant evidence in the old
quarries of Syene of the great care and economy with which the
Bgyptians worked their highly prized ‘‘heart-stone,” and therefore
of the probable good condition in which their hewn blocks were
delivered ready for transport. But natural flaws occurred in the
stone, and the unequal strains produced by rude methods of quarry-
ing may have occasionally resulted in injury to some of the larger
blocks, e. g., the apparent cross-fissure in the famous partly hewn
quarry-obelisk. Such defect may be now represented in local weak-
ness in parts of the New York Obelisk and others, and in fractures
to their pyramidia.
The most noted example was the cracked base of the western
obelisk at Luxor, discovered, on the arrival of the French, by the
hollow sound it yielded to a gentle blow of a hammer.’ This caused
the engineer Lebas, at the time, great dismay and embarrassment,
lest he might afterwards be charged to have cracked the obelisk
while lowering it from its pedestal. The main fissure was twelve
feet in length, running along about one-sixth of the length of two
of the faces (as now shown in photographs of the Paris Obelisk).
It was ‘crossed by two dove-tailed mortises, filled with a yellowish
dust, the remains of wooden dogs, which must have been driven in,
before the erection, to prevent any possible widening of the crack.”
4, The nick in the north-northwest edge.
About half-way up the shaft, on the N.N.W. corner or edge, a
peculiar deep nick occurs, easily remarked from below, which also
appears in all photographs of adjacent faces of the monolith, taken
while it stood at Alexandria, previous to 1879. This seems hereto-
fore to have escaped particular attention, doubtless because it has
been considered a mere defect, like others of smaller size along that
and other edges of the shaft. I had opportunity to examine it with
some care, during my trips in the hanging chair up and down the
adjacent sides, and found it to pussess quite a symmetrical form,
that of a quarter section of a hemisphere. The height of the little
curved vault of the cavity is 7 inches, and the depth of its floor,
measured from the angle (radius of the hemisphere), 5 inches.
1 Lebas, idem, 45.
104 Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder.
Through the rock in its vicinity small bunches of black hornblende
are scattered, but none on the sides of the cavity. It does not
therefore appear to be the result of weathering away and dropping
out of any hornblende-mass or of other ordinary products of decay;
and its outlines do not conform to the natural cleavage of the stone.
Its peculiar shape, and its position—which is, I believe, exactly
half-way up the shaft, suggested the possibility that it may have
been an ancient artificial cut, perhaps a niche or shrine excavated
for the reception of a small golden image of some deity. If so,
whether this was done during the construction of the shaft at
Syene, or by Egyptian, Greek or Roman, at later date, at An, can
now be but a subject of conjecture. No corresponding cavity ap-
pears in photographs of other Egyptian obelisks, however, nor in
that of the fellow-obelisk now in London.
5. Decay of granite at Syene.
A general opinion has long prevailed that the climate of Syene
is one not only of extreme heat, but of unvarying aridity, and that
its rocks are consequently fresh and free from any but the most
superficial decay.
Thus Jomard,' in 1809, refers to Syene as ‘‘a place surrounded
on all sides by naked and browned rocks; a burning sky, never
tempered by a drop of rain. Martial has characterized in a single
line this aridity and this sombre color of the ground:
‘Scis quoties Phario madeat Jove fusca Syene.’2
If you break off a chip from these dark colored rocks, you are
surprised to see the rose-colored and brilliant tint which the frae-
ture has revealed. You wonder whether it is the action of the
air or that of the sun to which the surface owes its brown and deep
color. But what could an atmosphere of perpetual dryness pro-
duce on so hard a material? And, as to the heat, one can hardly
attribute this effect to it, except on the supposition of a period of
prodigious length ; because the hieroglyphs inscribed on these rocks
for a long time are still of a quite bright rose-color.”” Elsewhere
he explains that the wedge-marks and hewn surfaces in the granite
quarries still retain the same bright color. Lefévre,* in 1838, refers
to the more ancient syenite forming ‘‘cliffs resembling heaps of
1 Jomard, op. cit., I, ch. ii, 61. 2 Epigramm, Bk. IX, epigr. 36.
3 Lefévre, loc. cit., 144.
Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder. 105
rounded altered blocks,’’? and Delesse also states,’ ‘‘ Near the cata-
ract, the separated blocks of syenite have sometimes a spheroidal
form, and they disintegrate in concentric layers.’’ Lieut. Newbold
also reports :’ ‘“‘The granite of Egypt is freer from the decay, the
maladie du granit, than that of India, arising probably from the
peculiarly dry atmosphere of Egypt, which has been mainly instru-
mental in preserving, almost in their original freshness, its magnifi-
cent sculptures and vivid frescoes.”
As to the climate, however, there is abundant evidence of past
exaggeration of its arid character, and of the occurrence of heavy
falls of rain, though at long intervals, as well as of the constant
heavy dews. These render it certain that the action of water in
erosion, infiltration, and hydration has ever played a slow but
important part in effecting decay of the rock in that region.
For example, Lepsius relates, in his account of travel through
Egypt, that he encountered at Assouan a violent thunder-storm,
with heavy rain, which afterwards rolled down the Nile valley for
nearly 600 miles, as far as Cairo.®
Concerning the Libyan hills, Ebers also states :* ‘‘ From time to
time—trarely indeed, and in most cases only once a year, in the
winter months—dark storm-clouds gather around the heads of the
mountains; and soon the rain pours down with such violence, on
the hill country, that it seems as if all the collected vapors of the
year were being restored to the earth in one tremendous torrent.
The brooks and cascades that tumble down the rifts and crevices in
the mountains collect in the valleys; the streams form a regular
system of little rivers; and at last, gathering in one main valley,
the flood rolls on, either slowly and majestically, or vehemently,
ruining all it meets with on its way, till it loses itself in the Red
Sea or the Nile.”
Further data on this subject are given beyond, in the notes on
the climate of Alexandria (Section 11).
It is also apparent, by a study of views and photographs from
this region and of references to its scenery by passing travellers,
that the picturesque character of the vicinity of Syene is mainly
due to the extent and character of general rock-dlecomposition
which there prevails, Thus Denon,’ in 1802, describes the scenery
1 Delesse, loc. cit., 488. 2 Newbold, loc. cit., 340.
3 Lepsius, Letters from Egypt, 119. 4 Kbers, op. cit., I, 333.
5 Denon, op. cit., 83.
Awnats N. Y. Acap. Sc1., VIII, July, 1893.—8
106 Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder.
near the First Cataract: ‘‘These mountains, all bristling with
black and sharp projections, cast their sombre reflections in the
waters of the stream. ... After passing the cataracts, the rocks
grow loftier, and, on their summit, blocks of granite are heaped up,
appearing to cluster together and to hang in equipoise, as if with
the purpose of producing the most picturesque effects. Through
these rough and rugged forms, the eye all at once discovers the
magnificent monuments of the Island of Phil.” Miss Amelia B.
Edwards' also refers to the same scene: ‘‘ Perhaps the most entirely
curious and unaccustomed features in all this scene are the moun-
tains. . . . Other mountains are homogeneous and thrust them-
selves up from below in masses suggestive of primitive disruption
and upheaval. These seem to lie upon the surface foundationless;
rock loosely piled on rock, boulder on boulder; like stupendous
cairns, the work of demi-gods and giants. Here and there, on shelf
or summit, a huge rounded mass, many tons in weight, hangs
poised capriciously.”
The peculiar features which mark an extensive, deep and long
continued decay of rock in place are well shown in the accompany-
ing illustration, from a photograph made by my friend, Dr. H.
Carrington Bolton, of a granite-cliff about 2 miles south of Syene
(PI. 1V). We have here all the indications of a slow decay, progress-
ing most rapidly along the planes of bedding and jointage, also eating
out the latent lines of shrinkage and weakness, and so dividing the
whole mass into angular fragments, with slight adherence, only
remaining in place by gravity, like the boulders in a stone-wall.
Exfoliation has partly rounded the angular blocks at their corners
and edges, even in position; while those on the crest, and those
that have rolled out into full exposure to sun and to night-radia-
tion, have been largely rounded off into true boulder form.
[At this point a series of recent photographs was exhibited, in-
cluding the following: View of the First Cataract from the S.W.,
with deeply etched and roughened boulders and tops of columns,
on the crest of the cliff in the foreground: View of an old watch-
tower near Syene, showing horizontal bedding and strong joints
in the cliff, and several well rounded boulders, with surface scaling
off in successive coats: Frith’s view of Phil, from the head of the
cataract, on the north, showing the deep erosion of the strong joints,
1 Edwards, op. cit., 231.
at > “ag
Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder. 107
and etched surfaces of rounded boulders, near the level of the river:
Views from Phil to the N. and to the 8.W., showing development
of columnar structure by the decay, in the direction of the strike,
and formation of elongated boulders: Views of Phil from the E.
and from the 8.W., showing the eroded columns of ‘ Pharaoh’s
Throne,” rounded ledges, with hard seams (of quartz?) projecting
above the eroded surfaces, and huge exfoliating boulders. |
These forms are so familiar to the geologist’s eye, as character-
istic of rock-decomposition in a climate of heavy rainfall and winter
frosts, that it is at first hard to believe that these occur in one of
the most arid regions on the globe, where frost is unknown. The
topographical features suggest the probability that, throughout the
entire upper stratum of granite, to which the Egyptian quarrymen
were compelled to limit their exploitation, not exceeding a thickness
of 60 or 70 feet, the stone was already quite uniformly affected by a
kind of “dry rot.”’ Further light on this matter will be presented
beyond, in physical tests made on the freshest stone I have been
able to procure from the Assouan quarries.
To Villiers Stuart’ we owe an archeological observation at the
First Cataract, whose geological importance seems to have been
overlooked: ‘‘We landed at the island of Schael, just below the
falls, to examine the inscriptions on the rocks; they are very
numerous and curious, and extend over a period of 2000 years.
The earliest we saw was of Ousertasen the Third, of the XIIth
dynasty (2200 B. C., Lepsius) . . There is a special interest about
Ousertasen’s, for it was inscribed while the Nile was still at its
original level, 23 feet higher than now; and accordingly it stands
high upon the rocks. . . . They are all cut in granite, and Ouser-
tasen’s showed its great age by the fact that a process of decay in
the granite itself had set in, the once polished surface being corroded
and eaten by the tooth of time, and the outlines somewhat blurred.
High up among the loftiest rocks of the island, however, I found
another inscription and a statuette cut in bold relief in a niche
which must have been much older even than Ousertasen; the
granite had so entirely decayed that the features of the statue had
dissolved and were undistinguishable. There were many lines of
hieroglyphics in like manner quite decayed and illegible. No clue
therefore existed to the date except the condition of the stone,
1 Nile Gleanings, 203.
108 Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder.
which, though in a sheltered angle of the rocks and less exposed
than Ousertasen’s, was much further gone. It may have been of
the Pyramid period” (IVth dynasty, 3124-2840 B. C., Lepsius).
This would involve an exposure of 50 or more centuries.
On the other hand, Delesse states :' ‘In the Egyptian Museum of
the Louvre, the feet and the head of the colossal statue of Amenophis
III, as well as a large number of sculptures, which, under the per-
petually pure sky of Egypt, have not experienced any alteration
during the greater part of the time, have even preserved the most
perfect polish after nearly 4000 years.”
From all these observations at Syene, the following conclusions
may be drawn :—
(1). The predominant destructive process has not been external,
such as disintegration by the heat of the sun, attrition by sand
whirled by the wind, ete.; here, as elsewhere, these have played a
secondary part. A certain degree of polish has been produced on the
surface of ledges by sand-attrition, by occasional heavy rains, and
by the mud-laden waters of the Nile up to the limit of its flood-line.
(2). The main process has been one of internal decay, most
efficient along the joint- and bedding-planes of the granite, even to
the lowest depths now observable, and producing long columnar
masses. The chemical decay and disintegration have also seriously
attacked the irregular planes of contraction and eaten them out into
an irregular network of fissures, which mark the latent lines of
weakness throughout the material, and divide it into angular blocks.
(3). The gradual decomposition of the ferruginous silicates over
the surface of the ledges (biotite, hornblende, and the feldspars) has
left their feebly soluble bases, in this arid climate, as a polished
black crust of iron and manganese oxides. The other more soluble
and finer products of decay have been removed by occasional rains
and constant action of the wind.
(4). The outer forms assumed by the cliffs largely indicate their
variation in materials and in their resistance to decomposition and
erosion: the projecting masses consist of the more compact kinds of
granite and porphyry, and even thin projecting seams and nodules
of quartz: the hollows and fissures, of softer granite and of inter-
calated seams of hornblende-schist. A considerable internal expan-
sion of material is shown by the general scaling of the surface and
1 Delesse, loc. cit., 490.
etmek ot
Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder. 109
rounding of angles and edges. The predominance of these rounded
forms in loosened and isolated blocks, and in the projecting tops of
columns, probably signifies the efficient help of the heat of the sun
and of alternations of temperature.
(5). As to the amount of degradation of the surface, we may
probably get some estimate through the observations of Stuart on
the effacement of the older hieroglyphs on the island of Schael.
Since the ordinary depth of such carvings is from 2 to 4 centi-
meters, we may infer that the granite has decayed in these places,
during the period which has elapsed since their execution, from 40
to 50 centuries, to the depth of at least 1 centimeter and perhaps
over 2 centimeters.
It must always be a subject of regret that Commander Gorringe,
during his stay at Alexandria for the removal of our Obelisk, was
not able to visit this region and to become impressed with the uni-
versal and deep decay prevailing throughout this durable rock of
Syene. In that case, it is probable that he would not have replied,
as in 1880, to a suggestion of the need of the New York Obelisk of
protection from the weather by some preservative: ‘It has lasted
nearly 4000 years and will probably last 4000 more. I think we
need not trouble ourselves about it.”? It was but a repetition of
the mistake of his predecessor, Rameses IT, who, in his invocation
to the gods, recorded in the poem of Pen-ta-our, alludes to the
“ eternal stones’ which he has erected in his temples to their honor.
i Atne
The next step in the history of our Obelisk was its conveyance
from Syene to the ancient city of An (or Heliopolis, as the Greeks
called it), near the site of the present Arab village of Mataria, about
6 miles N.E. of Cairo.
6. Position of our Obelisk at An.
This city of An was built upon a somewhat raised, artificial plat-
form, extending over an area (according to Mariette-Bey) of about
4560 by 3450 feet. Here our Obelisk, together with its companion,
now in London, was raised before the Temple of the Sun by Thothb-
meses III of the XI Xth dynasty, about the year 1600 B.C. As
1 Report on Condition of Obelisk, 4.
110 Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder.
to the situation of the great Sun Temple, and of the great gate or
propylon standing before it, archwologists agree in assigning it to
the western part of the city, toward the Nile and the setting sun.
The English traveller, Pococke, in 1743, traced out the boundaries of
the mounds, as indicating the outlines of the ancient city. Brugsch,
however, maintains that these mounds show only the limits of the
walls of the temple, and are themselves but the remains of the walls
of a Coptic town which occupied the site of the temple, a few cen-
turies before our era.
The temple was specially devoted to Atum-Ra or Tum, the God
of the Setting Sun. Before the great propylon, in approaching it
from the west, rose a pair of Obelisks of Usertesen I of the XIIth
dynasty, probably erected about 2300 B. C., fully 700 years before
our own monolith. Pococke located these almost opposite to the
passage through the mounds which he considered to be the west
city gate, but a little more to the south. One of the pair fell in
1160 A.D , having been undermined by treasure-hunters, and has
long disappeared. It was perhaps last seen prostrate in 1753 A.D.,
by Robert Clayton;! of the present erect shaft, Savary stated in
1787, ‘this and one sphynx of yellowish marble, thrown in the
dust, are the only remains of Heliopolis.’”
Passing next through the propylon and between two rows of
marble sphynxes, the temple itself was reached, with two pairs of
obelisks before it. The pair next the portal of the temple was the
more ancient, consisting of the monolith which now stands at Con-
stantinople (the Atmeidan Obelisk, with its lower end broken off,
but still 554 feet in height), and of a missing companion, of whose
fate nothing is now known. The outer pair consisted of the obelisk
now at London, on the right (S.W.), and of our own Obelisk on
the left (N.E.).
1. Orientation of sides of our Obelisk at An.
In regard to the position in which the sides of the Obelisk were
then placed, a consideration of the inscriptions within the pictured
squares on the four faces of the pyramidion throws some light. In
those of the present N.N.E. and E.S.E. faces,’ the King Thoth-
meses is represented in the form of an androsphynx, worshipping
the God of the Rising and Noon-day Sun, Hor-kKhuti-Ra. In the
1 A Journal from Grand Cairo, 7. 2 Savary, op. cit., I, 123.
3 Moldenke, op. cit., 54 and 47.
a ere
Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder. 111
pictures of the 8.S.W. and W.N.W. faces! of the pyramidion, the
object of the king’s worship is Atum-Ra, the God of the Setting
Sun, to whom the Sun Temple at An was specially dedicated, at
least during and after the XIIth dynasty, by the re-builder of the
sanctuary, Amenemhat I. In harmony, therefore, with the pur-
pose and custom of the sun-worship, the former two faces must
have been originally so placed, on the erection of this shaft at An,
as to have been lit by the rays of the rising sun, and the latter two, by
those of the setting sun. The similar pictures on the pyramidion
of the London Obelisk intimate that its faces were arranged in a
corresponding position. Indeed the same key to the position of
their faces is afforded by the similar pairs of pictures on the faces
of the pyramidia of several other obelisks.
A more definite indication is probably shown in the position of
the faces of the present Obelisk of An, which probably stood in
front of the pylon of the Sun Temple, at a site more westerly than
that of the New York and London obelisks. As to this, Niebuhr
has noted that its angles are now directed to the 8.S.E., N.N.W.,
E.N.E., and W.8.W.? Archeologists, however, have pointed out
the evidences of a historical catastrophe, in early Egyptian history,
unrecorded in the inscriptions, during which, perhaps by a great
revolution or invasion, all the monuments, temples, and obelisks of
Lower Egypt were overturned ; some writers attribute it to inva-
ders, such as the Hykshos, 2398 B.C. Some of the monuments
have ever since lain prostrate, e.g., the stela of Begig of Userte-
sen I, in the Fayoum. Others, like this Obelisk of An and its
former companion, were afterwards re-erected by the Egyptians.
Their ancient low pedestals, consisting of a layer of sandstone
blocks, had been probably undisturbed, and probably guided their
re-adjustment in their former and proper position. The evidence
of this surviving obelisk on the site of An is therefore that the
front of the pylon, the facade of the Sun Temple beyond, and the
corresponding western faces of all its six obelisks (if Niebuhr’s
observation is exact), faced to about W.N.W., ¢.e., W. 22° N.
We have evidence, in the ancient documents, of a ceremonial
attending the foundation of an Egyptian temple, which signified a
deliberate design as to the direction in which it was to be laid out;
1 Moldenke, idem, 50 and 52. 2 Long, idem, 316.
3 Cooper, idem, 17.
112 Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder.
in this, the King and the God are represented holding stakes upright
between them, around which a looped cord is drawn tightly, so as
to indicate a definite direction; along the line then shown by the
stakes, driven into the ground, a boundary wall of the new temple
was erected. In an inscription dating over 2000 years B. C., this
ceremonial is related concerning the foundation of this very Sun
Temple at An, by the founder of the XIIth dynasty, Amenemhat I,
and his son and co-regent, Usertesen I, who afterwards set up the
present Obelisk of An:
‘“‘Arose the King, attired in His necklace and the feather-crown ;
All the world followed Him, and the Majesty of Amenemhat.
The Kolchyt read the sacred text, during the stretching of the
measuring-cord and the laying of the foundation-stone on
the piece of ground selected for this temple.
Then withdrew His Majesty Amenemhat;
And King Usertesen wrote it down before the people.”
As to the intent of the particular direction given to the measuring-
cord, we now have a satisfactory explanation through the investiga-
tions of Nissen, in 1885,’ and of Lockyer (op. cit.) in 1891. The
varying courses of the axes of different Egyptian temples appear
to have been directed to points on the horizon which marked the
periodical rising or setting of the sun, moon, or certain stars, par-
ticularly at the summer and winter solstices. The apertures in the
huge pylons and in the series of separating walls and portals beyond,
toward the Holy Place, exactly represent the diaphragms in the
modern telescope, and were intended to keep the light pure, from
the luminary rising or setting on the horizon, and so lead it directly
into the sanctuary at a definite moment. A solar temple was there-
fore so oriented to the horizon, at a solstice, that, either at sunrise
or at sunset, the light of the sun should pour along the axis from
end to end. Several of the solar temples were thus directed toward
the point of the setting sun at the summer solstice, when the day
was longest; and to this class, of course, must have belonged the
Sun Temple of Atum-Raat An. There, once a year, past its double
emblem before the pylon, the pairs of obelisks, the sunbeam sped
through the huge portal, through the double line of sphynxes and
the colonnade of temple-columns, through opened doorways and
parted curtains, and flashed through the portal of the dark Holy of
1 Rheinisches Museum fiir Philologie, 1585.
Rr os
Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder. 113
Holies as a glittering spot of light upon the end-wall—for a few
moments only, it may be, and then vanished away. So began the
first day of Thoth, the first month of the Egyptian year. The
orientation of the axis, over a quarter mile in length, of the mag-
nificent Solar Temple of Amen-Ra, at Karnak, has been determined
with an amplitude of W. 26° N.,! and that of Abydos, W. 27° N.
The latitude of Karnak is about 26° N., and that of An about 30°
N., which (according to an approximate calculation made for me by
Prof. J. K. Rees, of the Astronomical Observatory at Columbia
College, New York) would add about one degree to the amplitude
of the sun-setting point at the summer solstice.
Although, therefore, not a single stone remains of the ancient
Sun Temple of An, it appears quite certain that its axis was directed
to W. 27° N., and to that point faced the front side of the New
York Obelisk, over thirty-five centuries ago.
8. The mutilation of the Obelisk by jire.
After standing, probably undisturbed, for about 1050 years, the
Persian Invasion of Egypt occurred, during which, about 525 B. C.,
the city and Temple of An were destroyed, as related by the geo-
grapher Strabo,’ who visited Egypt 24 B.C.:
““There, too, is Heliopolis, situated on a large mound. ... At
present the city is entirely deserted. It has an ancient temple con-
structed after the Egyptian manner, bearing many proofs of the
madness and sacrilegious acts *of Cambyses, who did very great
injury to the temples, partly by fire, partly by violence, mutilating
in some cases and applying fire in otbers. Jn this manner he in-,
jured the obelisks, two of which that were not entirely spoilt were
transported to Rome. There are others, both here and at Thebes
(the present Diospolis), some of which are standing, much corroded
by fire, and others lying on the ground.”
There are two reasons for believing that our Obelisk and its com-
panion would particularly attract the fierce indignation and attack
of the Persians, perhaps above all the others which gave to the city
its name of the ‘‘City of Obelisks:” first, their prominent position
before the facade of the Temple of the Sun: secondly, the names
of the two kings repeatedly inscribed in cartouches, among the
hieroglyphs over every side of these two shafts.
1 Compare Map No. 1, Wilkinson, Thebes and Pyramids.
2 Book XVII, i, 27.
114 Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder.
To the westward, for reasons before explained, the present W.S.W.
angle of our monolith must have been directed, so that, to one who
approached the Temple, the inscriptions on the present S.8.W. and
W.N.W. sides first became visible. This conspicuous position might
have been sufficient in itself to invoke the special fury of the destroyer.
But to this must have been added the intense hatred of the Persian
toward the two warlike and ambitious monarchs of Egypt, Thoth-
mese$ III and Rameses II, who had both in succession, at an inter-
val of two centuries, not only extended the sway of Egypt over
Persia, but had subjected the native land of the present invader,
Cambyses, to special cruelty and humiliation. We may then fairly
infer that the fires must have been the hottest and longest continued,
and the utmost efforts at mutilation most persistent, toward this
Obelisk and its mate, on which the cartouches of these Pharaohs,
constantly repeated and glittering with gold, caught the Persian
eye. Such fires would be specially kindled and fed on the two
prominent faces of our Obelisk, above designated. The lesser in-
jury to the Obelisk of Usertesen, before the pylon, is thus explained,
reaching merely for a few yards above its base.
What evidences of such violence, then, still remain upon our
own Obelisk ?
(1). The strange condition of the pedestal. It has probably re-
sulted from the envelopment of the bases of nearly all the obelisks,
in Upper Egypt, by sand, as at Luxor and Karnak at Thebes, and,
in Lower Egypt, by mud from the overflow of the Nile, that but
little is known in regard to their pedestals.
At Luxor, the excavation of the bases of both the obelisks of
Rameses II, which preceded the removal, by the French engineer,’
of the western obelisk to Paris, revealed, beneath each shaft, an
elaborately sculptured granite pedestal, resting upon a platform of
three blocks of sandstone. The monolithic pedestal (see figure in
my paper, Misfortunes of an Obelisk, loc. cit., page 90), which
originally stood under the western obelisk and was left behind by
the French, was decorated with figures of pairs of cynocephali or
apes (representing the god of wisdom, Thoth) on two opposite
sides, and, on its face, with figures of the Nile god, Hap, present-
ing offerings to Thoth, and with rows of hieroglyphics, once proba-
bly filled with gold; this block was 2 6 meters (10 feet) in height.
1 Lebas, idem, 71.
“wi
Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder. 115
The other pedestal, beneath the eastern obelisk of Luxor, and now
buried in sand twenty feet deep, out of sight, was 3.4 meters (11}
feet) in height, sculptured and decorated in the same way.
At Karnak, the standing obelisk of Queen Hatasu, the sister of
Thothmeses III and his predecessor on the throne, has a low square
pedestal, whose sides are covered with rows of hieroglyphs, also
probably filled with gold like those on the shaft above."
The Corfe Castle Obelisk, formerly on the Island of Phils, nas a
sandstone shaft, 22 feet and 14 inches in height; its sandstone
pedestal is 5 feet 9 inches in height, and covered with Greek in-
scriptions of Ptolemy Euergetes II, in part cut in the stone, and
in part painted upon it, or, according to Cooper, originally written
in letters of gold.’
The Obelisk of An, according to Lenormant, stands upon a
simple foundation, now buried several feet beneath the Nile silt,
consisting of two broad steps or slabs of sandstone, each about 2
feet high;*> but, on account of its ancient disturbance, we have no
certain knowledge concerning its original support.
In regard to the Campensis or Monte Citorio Obelisk, at Rome,
which the Romans tried to use as a sun-dial, it was stated in 18053,
“there can still be seen at Rome the original pedestal of the horary
obelisk overturned on the Campus Martius,’ and also that there
was in the Vatican ‘‘a granite base cut with a cavity, probably to
receive an obelisk.’
Note the singular fact, however, that we find the huge granite
pedestal of the New York Obelisk devoid of sculptures, inscrip-
tions, or even polish; its sides approximately even, but with
roughened surface; its edges and angles nicked and uneven; its
corners greatly rounded off; and many large spots, showing inter-
nal cracks by their hollow sound, when lightly tapped. Yet the
shaft above shows amusing evidences of the struggle of two suc-
cessors of Thothmeses III on the throne of Egypt, Rameses II
and Osarkon I, to find sufficient room on which to record their
inscriptions of self-appreciation ; while apparently there were over
220 square feet of blank space waiting for glory on the pedestal
below. It seems more than a probability that this pedestal, in its
original condition at An, was completely covered with hieroglyphs
1 Lepsius, Denkmiiler, Plate 24. 2 Gorringe, idem, 159.
3 Gorringe, idem, 123.
* Quatremére de Quincy, De l’ Architecture Egyptienne, 198, 108.
116 Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder.
and sculptures, like those which Rameses II had carved upon the
pedestals of his fine monoliths at Luxor: that their entire disap-
pearance, succeeded by a roughened surface, points to the violent
mutilation and fire of the Persians: and that, at the time of its
transfer to Alexandria, the Romans were content to dress the
damaged faces somewhat, to an even surface, rather than to cut
new figures or hieroglypbs into the hard granite; of their poor work
in imitation hieroglyphs, they bave left us samples in some of their
own Obelisks at Rome.
A corroborative fact is found in the pedestal of the fellow-obelisk,
which the English left buried in the sand at Alexandria. As this
consists of limestone, it seems likely that the original granite
pedestal of that shaft at An was found by the Romans so badly
injured or destroyed, that they replaced it at Alexandria with a
block of the easily hewn and abundant material, limestone, from
the quarries beyond the Nile, adjacent to Heliopolis, at Masara or
Turra.
(2). The extreme mutilation of the bases of the two shafts (and
these only, of all Egyptian obelisks), particularly at their corners.
These are so greatly and irregularly rounded off, that Gorringe
estimated that not over two-thirds of the area of the bottom of our
Obelisk could come into contact with its pedestal. So great is the
rounding on the heel of each shaft, that one old writer, in 17388 A.D.,
describes it as hemispherical, fitting into a corresponding cavity or
hollowed-out socket in the pedestal, and states: ‘‘but the Basis or
Foot may perhaps be the most remarkable Part of these Obelisks,
especially if that at Alexandria is to instruct us. .. . They would
bear a nearer resemblance to Darts and massive Weapons, thus
more expressive of Rays of the Sun.’
As Gorringe states, ‘‘that marring of the heel, to the extent of
breaking off large masses at the corners, cannot be attributed to
the present age. The fractures are also too irregular to admit the
theory that they were purposely broken off to facilitate the opera-
tion of raising the Needle.’” The mutilation must have occurred
before the erection of the Obelisk at Alexandria, since the Romans
then found it necessary to introduce their bronze crabs as supports
beneath the four corners. According to one author, ‘one effect of
the removal of the obelisks by the Romans was to break off the
1 Shaw, op. cit., 411. Also Pococke, op. cit., I, 7.
2 Gorringe, idem, 102.
Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder. 117
edges at the bottom. . . . During the transportation, a large por-
tion of the edges at the base was very badly damaged.’ Such
rude and clumsy handling, however, is not likely, in view of the
known skill of the Roman engineers: their experience twelve years
before, according to Strabo, in conveying a pair of obelisks from An
to Rome: and the perfect condition of the bases of the Egyptian
monoliths now in Rome, and, in fact, that of the delicate pyramidion
of this very Obelisk. The mutilation must have occurred at An, and
it is significant that it occurs, in both obelisks, in just that part of
the shaft which must have been most exposed to the fire. If the
obelisks were then overturned, the injury may have been intention-
ally increased by mechanical violence.
It is also highly probable that the destructive action of fire was
aided by dashing cold water upon the heated stone, as far up as it
could be thrown from below, a method of destruction of rock well
known to all the ancient nations, and commonly used in their
mining.
(3). The partial to complete obliteration of a large portion of the
inscriptions on all sides of the base of the shaft, with a peculiar
smoothing of the surface, up to a height of 10 or 12 feet above the
top of the pedestal. The upper limit of this, the so-called ‘“ sand-
line,” running horizontally around the shaft, begins on the N.N.E.
side, about half-way between the two lowest rows of cartouches.
In addition to the effacement of hieroglyphs, the peculiar even and
shining surface should be noted, which is, to a large degree, free
from the pitting, often deep, which covers the surface of the shaft
above the line. On the E.S.E. and 8.8.W. faces, the same round-
ing of corners and of edges of the hieroglyphs occurs. But on the
W.N.W. face, many sharply carved intaglios remain but little
injured, near the bottom of the shaft and for a yard above; thence
the same rounding and partial effacement of characters extend up
to the same line. All these facts point to an ancient destruction of
the lower surface of the shaft by some agency which left it covered
with smoothly cleaved planes and broken corners, and to a subse-
quent protection of the smooth surface from the weathering which
caused the pitting above the line.
It is known that at least as far back as the visit of the traveller,
Paul Lucas, to Alexandria, in 1714 A. D., the shaft was buried in
1 Moldenke, idem, 20, 39.
>
118 Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder.
sand up to the height of 12 feet, and to its action the obliteration
of the characters has been attributed by some, the upper limit
having been denominated the ‘‘sand-line.” But envelopment in
sand has served usually, in Egypt, as the best protection. Thus it
is stated of two of the most ancient obelisks discovered, those of —
King Entef of the XIth dynasty, over 2400 B. C., ‘the hiero-
glyphics in these obelisks were very well preserved, owing to the
friendly protection of the sand beneath which they were buried.”
The same protection of hieroglyphs, on the under side of the fallen
obelisk at Alexandria, was noticed at the time of its exhumation in
1801. The same fact may be even more strongly shown in the
remarkable preservation of the Greek and Latin inscriptions upon
the bronze-crabs, during nineteen centuries, among whose charac-
ters, only partly filled with metallic oxides, the keen eye of our
American archeologist fortunately detected the important lost
numeral.’
The upper line which bounds most of the obliteration seems to
me therefore, perhaps, to mark the highest limit of the most intense
flames of the fires at An, and more surely the limit of protection of
this smoother fire-flaked surface, from much subsequent erosion and
pitting by the weather and drifting sands, during its envelopment
to that depth.
(4). The belts of obliteration which stretch up the S.S.W. and
W.N.W. sides of the shaft, uniting in the cracked W.S.W. corner.
This effacement of hieroglyphs bas been attributed to several causes.
(a). Lhe damp climate and sea-breezes* of Alexandria This
will be discussed beyond, where it is shown that the side which
then faced the Mediterranean is the present E.S.E. side, on which
the inscriptions remain in excellent state of preservation.
(b). The long continued action of the sun. This view appears
at first the more plausible, since it is probable, for reasons already
given, that the badly injured W.N.W. and 8.8.W. faces did really
stand at An for about 1050 years, as they do now, in full exposure
to the afternoon sun. But the present N.N.E. side faced the sun
afterwards still longer, at Alexandria, for 1891 years, to the W.S.W.,
and is the best preserved of all the faces. Nor has such injury
been noted on any other of the obelisks, constructed of exactly the
same granite, which have stood, in the same climate, at An and at
1 Stuart, Nile Gleanings, 273. Long, idem, 302.
2 Merriam, loc. cit. ; 3 Clark, op. cit., 31.
Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder. 119
Thebes, for still longer periods. The present Obelisk of An has
remained on its site, only a few rods distant from that of our
Obelisk, for at least 700 years longer, since about 2300 B. C., and
the condition of its surface may throw light on the present ques-
tion. In 1743, a traveller reports:' “It is discolored by the water
to the height of near seven feet. It is well preserved, except that,
on the west side, it is scaled away for about fifteen feet high.”
In 1755, Capt. Norden states:? ‘‘I have represented the western
side of this obelisk, because it is the best preserved. I should further
state that the bottom of the obelisk on the east is almost entirely
ruined, to such an extent, that almost no trace of a hieroglyph can
be distinguished upon it.” :
In 1787, Savary remarks:* ‘“‘ The obelisk is in good preservation
except toward the southwest, where the granite is chipped to a
certain height.” These travellers show the usual careless designa-
tion of the decayed side; Niebuhr found that the sides faced N.N.E.,
E.S.E., 8.S.W., and W.N.W. No evidences of present decay and
sealing are on record, after an exposure of 43 centuries.
As to the obelisks at Luxor, erected about 1350 B. C., before the
pylon of that Temple, and fronting N.W., Pococke reported :* ‘‘The
hieroglyphics are cut in with a flat bottom, an inch and a half deep;
and the granite has perfectly retained its polish, which is the finest
I ever saw. . . . They are exceedingly well preserved, except that
about half the pyramid of the western obelisk is broke off, and the
southwest corner of the eastern one is a little battered for about
six feet high.’’ The one still at Luxor, and also that of Queen
Hatasu at Karnak, remain renowned for the perfect sharpness and
exquisite polish of their hieroglyphs, even on the sides which have
faced the afternoon sun, undisturbed, for 32 to 35 centuries.
In regard to the stela of Begig, in the Fayoum, which lies, fallen
and broken, about 438 feet in length, erected also by Usertesen I,
Pococke observed,’ that ‘the obelisk is much decayed all around,
for ten feet high, but mostly on the south side; the west side is
almost entirely defaced.”
(c). Attrition by the whirling sands of the desert. On this, a
writer remarked, in 1847: ‘‘ The obelisk that is still erect among
the ruins of Alexandria retains much of the freshness, sharpness,
1 Pococke, idem, I, 23. 2 Norden, op. cit., I, 104.
3 Savary, idem, I, 123. ~ 4 Idem, I, 107.
5 Long, idem, 319.
120 Study of the New York Obecisk as a Decayed Boulder.
and high polish of its first execution on its north and east faces;
but the minute particles of sand with which the air is charged, in
passing over the desert, have entirely defaced its south and west
sides, by beating against it during the 1600 years in which it has
stood in its present position.’”
In favor of this view is the fact of the greater injury on the
present 8.S.W. and W.N.W. sides, those which fronted the Kham-
seen, which, in Egypt, blows at intervals from the S. and 8.W.,
driving fine sand, though seldom for more than a day in duration.’
But, even on these sides of the shaft, the deepest injury is at the
upper part of the W.S.W. corner, most out of reach of flying sand,
and of a different character from the superficial erosion effected by
that agency. It was only during the last few centuries that the
obelisks have been exposed to sand at Alexandria, having been
previously protected within the wall of the city; while, at An, the
sands of the desert have never reached their site.
The excellent condition of the partially sand-enveloped obelisks
of Thothmes I and of Hatasu at Karnak, and of Rameses II at
Luxor, show how limited is the erosion attributable to this agency,
as well as to the heat of the sun, on Syene granite, during long
periods.
(d). Disintegration by nitrous efflorescence. Injurious action of
this origin was noticed in 1809 by Hamilton,*® on sandstone from
the quarries at Hadjar Silsilis: ‘‘The rock, in which these quarries
have been excavated, is a very uniform, compact granular sand-
stone, enclosing sometimes ligneous petrifactions. It is extremely
hard when exposed to a dry climate and a warm sun, but easily
softened by rain, so as to be damaged when moist by whatever
touckes it too rudely. The exterior of those temples which have
been built of it preserves a very clear sandy color; but the walls
of the inner apartments are blackened by the confined damps, and
by the action of the nitre with which the air is impregnated. In
these rooms, the surface of the stone is easily detached in thin
flakes.”
In his study of the Great Temple at Karnak, Mariette-Bey
observed, in 1875: ‘‘ Every year the river penetrates it by infiltra-
tion, and, uniting with the saltpetre with which the soil is impreg-
1 Osburn, op. cit., 49. 2 Rawlinson, Hist. Anc. Eg., I, 46.
3 Hamilton, op. cit., 85.
Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder. 121
nated, corrodes and eats away the foundations of the monument.
The Grand Temple holds itself up, only because it is supported by
the soil in which it is plunged. Naturally there is not a temple in
Egypt where the fall of walls happens more frequently.’”!
Elsewhere, he repeats: ‘‘ For many years the grand Temple of
Karnak has been assailed, more than any other Egyptian temple,
by the infiltration of the Nile, whose water, saturated with nitre,
eats away the sandstone ;” and again, ‘“‘ Karnak has found its prin-
cipal enemy in the nitre that corrodes the base of its walls.’”
Dr. Rossiter W. Raymond has also called my attention to the
deep disintegration and scaling away which he observed at the
bases of the great pillars in this Temple, and which can also be
readily distinguished in some photographs. My brother, Rev.
Matthew C. Julien, recently in Egypt, informs me that he also
observed the same scaling on the vertical walls at the entrance of
the Serapceum.
There can be no question of the decay and serious damage which
have been caused, in Egypt, as elsewhere, by efflorescent salts, but,
in that country, only on porous sandstone, in enclosures whose soil
is saturated with these salts in the immediate vicinity of filthy Arab
villages, and to a height of but a few feet above the ground, rarely
over a yard.
Therefore, although an early description of ancient Alexandria
refers to its ‘‘battlements decaved and the stones corroded and dis-
figured by saltpetre,’” there is no evidence nor probability of any
granite obelisk having suffered exfoliation from this agency.
(e). Hrosive solution by the Nile-waters or Nile-mud. This
theory, often suggested, of attack by the Nile-waters, or by organic
acids of the rich black soil of the Land of Cham, I think, has not
been supported by observed facts. No such decay surrounds the
shaft of the Obelisk of Heliopolis. Its base was found, by the
French expedition in 1807, to be buried in the alluvial plain to the
depth of 1.88 meters‘ (6 feet, 2 inches), of which Wilkinson found
that 5 feet, 10 inches had accumulated during the last 1700 years.
The actual rise of the waters was found to have reached 1.52 meters
higher (5 feet), but no corresponding band of exfoliation is noted.
Nor have the carved flutings and hieroglyphs suffered in sharp-
ness, on the colossal statue of Rameses II, once erected before the
! Karnak, 7. 2 Monuments of Upper Egypt, 180, 197.
* Volney, op. cit., I, 5. 4 Histoire Naturelle, Texte, I, 407.
Annaus N. Y. Acap. Sc1., VIII, July, 1893.—9
122 Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder.
Temple of Ptah at Memphis, which has since lain buried in the
Nile-mud, face downward, for over twenty centuries, until its
recent exhumation near Cairo
Even though we grant, in the absence of proof, that our Obelisk
was overturned in the destruction of the Temple at An, about
515 B. C., it seems impossible that five centuries of burial in the
soil could have effected the damage we now see upon its faces.
(f). Lhe burning of the stone by the Persians. This appears to
me the only satisfactory theory to account for the great injury to
the 8.S.W. and W.N.W. sides of the shaft. The fiercest flames of
the Persian fires, naturally kindled at the inost prominent W.S.W.
angle, seem to have licked up the adjacent faces, and were probably
aided by throwing water upon the heated stone. With the flaking
away and fall of the lowest of the hated cartouches of Thothmeses
and Rameses from those sides, and the blackening of the rest, the
Persian vengeance was sated.
A consideration of all these facts has led me back to the old view,
which was thus readvanced, some years ago, by Dr. W. C. Prime:
“Tt is hardly to be questioned that this ancient destruction of the
surface was due to the fires of Cambyses, before the stone was
transferred to Alexandria. It is probable that, when so transferred
and erected in front of the Sebastion, the best preserved side was
placed in front, facing the sea. That the monolith was once sub-
jected to severe fire, especially affecting the lower part, and more
intense on one side, seems very probable.’ If also overturned
and prostrate for five centuries, as some believe,’ it may have so
fallen as to have buried its present N.N.E. and E SE. sides, with
its summit under the sand, its heel exposed to mutilation, and its
present S.S.W. and W.N.W. sides mainly uncovered to the action
of the weather, down to the line now marked by the preserved
eastern column of hieroglyphs on its present S 8. W. face.
Our conclusion also confirms that of Denon, at his examination
of the two obelisks in 1801:. ‘Inspection of the actual condition
of these obelisks, and the fractures which existed at the very time
when they were erected on this site, prove that they were already
fragments at that period, and transported from Memphis or Upper
Egypt.”
1 N. Y. Journal of Commerce, Dec. 16, 1889.
2 Gorringe, idem, 72. 3 Denon, idem, I, 33.
Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder. 123
ITI. ALEXANDRIA.
In the year 12 B. C., the New York Obelisk and that of London
were conveyed by the Romans to Alexandria, probably on a float
through a canal and down the Nile, and re-erected near the seashore
on the New Port, to ornament the approach to the Cesareum or
Sebastion. There is little likelihood that they suffered any injury
while in the care of the skilful engineers of a nation so experienced
in the handling of architectural materials, a care exemplified by the
elaborate bronze crabs devised and introduced under each shaft, to
ensure its permanent support and safety.
The substitution, already suggested, of a limestone pedestal for
the ruined granite block which probably supported the London
Monolith at An, suggests also that the present limestone founda-
tion of our own Obelisk, with its various enclosures and the sub-
stratum of sandstone blocks, may not be of the same age as the
pedestal and shaft above, but more likely Roman. Limestone has
been the easily quarried, abundant, convenient, and cheap building-
stone of Lower Egypt, in all ages; and the limestone blocks in the
three tiers of the foundation retain a suspiciously new look and
wonderfully sharp arrises, to have passed through the fires and
mutilation of An.
9. Position of Obelisk at Alexandria.
On its new site, it was shaken by at least the two recorded earth-
quakes of 1301 and August 8, 1303, A.D., one of which was suffi-
ciently violent to hurl down its companion. Later, it shared with
the city, but apparently without harm, its varied experiences in
insurrection, siege, and sack, and remained in the same place un-
disturbed until the close of 1879. Frequent references are made to
it by passing travellers and visitors, such as Abd-El-Latif, Philo,
Sandys, ete.
In 1714, the English traveller, Paul Lucas, found the pedestal
completely buried in sand, and even the shaft up to a height of 12
feet. But this sand had evidently blown away in part in 1738,
when Shaw’ states, “the Height of it is found to be fifty (French)
Foot, three whereof are buried underground.” Again, in 1743,
Capt. Norden observed: ‘This Obelisk of Cleopatra is situated
1 Shaw, idem, 412.
124 Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder.
almost in the middle, between the New City and the Little Phar-
ilion. Its pedestal, of which a part is buried, is elevated 20 feet
above the level of the sea. Between this monument and the Port
runs a thick wall, flanked with a great Tower on either side of the
Obelisk; but this wall is in such a ruined state, that its top is
almost level with the pedestal of the Obelisk. The inner part of
the wall is but ten feet from this monument, and its outer part but
four to five steps from the sea.’”
In 1787, the pedestal seems to have been visible, according to
Savary: ‘Towards: the eastern part of the palace are the two
obelisks, vulgarly called Cleopatra’s needles, of Thebaian stone, and
containing numerous hieroglyphics; one is thrown down, broken,
aud covered with sand; the other still rests on its pedestal.’”
In 1801, it was remarked by Mayer: ‘‘The Obelisk near Alex-
andria, called Cleopatra’s needle, is a block of granite, not quite six
feet in diameter at it’s base, and near seventy feet high originally;
but it’s pedestal, and part of it’s base, are buried in the sand.’”
Aguin, in 1848, Cooley represented‘ the base of the Obelisk free
from sand, but its pedestal still buried, standing in a pit from which
the sand had been dug out, for examination by the visitor.
On old maps, the position of the two monuments is commonly
marked by two little squares, whose sides on Pococke’s ‘ Plan of
Alexandria” face about N.W.,° but, on most maps, are placed parallel
to the shore, which here runs about E.N.E., z.e., they front about
N.N.W.
In the more elaborate and faithful drawings of the many repre-
sented in plates, in early works of travel, I have made a careful
examination of the hieroglyphs, and of the cartouches, whose posi-
tion and number differ greatly on the different sides of the shaft;
also in many photographs, taken at Alexandria at various periods,
which show clearly the inscriptions and the well-marked nick, which,
as already explained, was probably directed nearly to N.N.W., as
the Obelisk stood at An.
[ Here the following drawings and photographs were exhibited by
lantern projection: View of Alexandria from the sea, in 1755,
showing the erect obelisk and remnant of the wall: Views of the
Obelisk in 1755, showing the present E.S.E. side, then facing the
1 Norden, idem, I, 5. 2 Savary, idem, I, 36.
3 Mayer, op. cit., 29. * Cooley, op. cit., 155.
5 Pococke, idem, I, 2.
Rivne «MP ake
CA St et gh ae
WE Ses
Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder. 125
N.N.W.: Views of Obelisk in 1801, with truncated apex on pyra-
midion, in 1830, and in 1842, with the sand dug away from pedestal :
Photographs in 1870 and about 1880, showing the ‘‘nick” directed
landward: Views of the fallen obelisk in 1755, and the present
London Obelisk, with fractured edges and pyramidion. |
All these plainly and certainly show that, in the position of the
shaft at Alexandria, this nick was directed toward the 8.S.W.
In other words, when the Romans re-erected the shaft at Alex-
andria, they placed it before the new Temple of the Cesars, front-
ing the sea and the water-gate, 7. e., toward the N.N.W.; and
moreover, turned the shaft about half round from its original orien-
tation, so that its two best preserved sides would meet the view of
the visitor, on bis approach to the Temple from the north. The
two burned and mutilated sides were turned to the 8.S.E. (toward
the Temple) and to the E.N.E. The same position, and probably
a similar rotation, were carried out in the re-erection of the com-
panion monolith, now at London.
The view above expressed, however, does not agree with that of
Gorringe. In Plate XI of his work, evidently prepared in very
eareful detail, he gives a plan of the pedestal and steps of the foun-
dation, as they stood at Alexandria, with the angles marked N., S.,
E., and W., each with an arrow, as if to impress its exactness. On
the opposite page (18) he also refers to the ‘‘S.E. face of the strue-
ture” and the ‘‘S.W. face.”” Nor does he make any reference to
the change and rotation in the position of the faces of the shaft
above.
10. Condition of the Obelisks at Alexandria.
We may now report some of the testimony of travellers in regard
to the condition of the surface of these monoliths and their theories
to account for the injury observed.
In 1738, Shaw related: ‘‘But the Alexandrian Obelisk, lying
nearer the Sea, and in a moister Situation, hath suffered very much,
especially upon that Side which faceth the Northward; for the
Planes of these Pillars, no less than those of the Pyramids, seem
to have been designed to regard the four Quarters of the World.””
In 1740, a Danish gentleman in the squadron of Admiral Had-
dock, reported thus? in Florence: ‘‘The hieroglyphs on two adja-
1 Shaw, idem, 412. 2 Norden, idem, I, f.
126 Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder.
cent sides (the W. and the N.) are of great beauty; but the others
(on the E. and 8.) have been much injured by wind and damp;
that is why I have represented them exactly as they occur.”
In 1743, Capt. Norden observed: ‘‘ There are only two of the
faces which are well preserved; the two others are defaced, and the
hieroglyphs can hardly be seen by which they were anciently
covered. . . . The injury and effacement on two sides of a stone of
such hardness enable us to understand the great difference between
the climate of Alexandria and that of all the rest of Egypt; for it
has neither been fire nor the hand of violence which has injured
these stones. It is clearly evident that it has been only the injury
of Time which has eaten away some of the characters and has
effaced others, although incised to considerable depth.’”!
In the work of Mayer in 1801, it was remarked: ‘The sides
facing the N.W. and S.W. are best preserved, the hieroglyphics on
the other two sides being greatly defaced, especially toward the
lower part, large scales falling from the stone, notwithstanding its
hardness.’”
Lenormant, in 1841, concluded: ‘‘The obelisk, which has re-
mained erect, has suffered greatly from the saline and corrosive
dampness of the sea, principally on the N. and W. faces which front
the Mediterranean ; that which lies overturned is perhaps still more
worn than the other.’”
In 1842, Lepsius observed: ‘The two obelisks, of which the
one still standing is called Cleopatra’s Needle, are very much de-
stroyed on the sides which are exposed to the weather, and in part
have become totally illegible.’
It was remarked by Long: ‘Only two of the faces are in a state
of good preservation; the other two, the E. and § sides, being so
much damaged by the moist atmosphere of Alexandria, that one
can hardly see the sculptures on them. The S. side has suffered
most of all.’”
In 1864, Clark observed that these obelisks were ‘sadly out of
place amid the poverty and dampness of a sea-town. One of these
is fallen, and the other is wasting away in the unfriendly air.’
In these quotations several careless references occur in naming
the sides, as those of the N.N.W. and W.S.W. (usually called the
1 Norden, idem, I, 7. 2 Mayer, idem, 29.
3 Lenormant, idem, 47. 4 Lepsius, Letters from Egypt, 42.
5 Long, idem, 302. § Clark, idem, 31.
Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder. 127
N.and W., or the N.W. and 8.W.) were the ones in good preserva-
tion, and those of the E.N.H. and S.8.E. (usually called the E. and
S.) were the ones badly decayed.
As to the fallen (London) obelisk, whose base or pedestal prob-
ably still lies a few yards S.W. of the former site of the New York
Obelisk, two of its sides, ordinarily designated as fronting N. and
W.' at Alexandria, exhibit very good hieroglyphs, but its heel and
edges are battered.
Cooper also states: ‘‘The apex is roughly cut and damaged,
having been covered, like most of the obelisks of Thothmes ITT,
with a bronze cap... . The base of the monument and its two
steps or gradués remain entire; they are of limestone and are nearly
seven feet high. . . . Owing to the position in which it fell, the
monolith has been much exposed to injury, alike from the friction
of the sand and the corrosive action of the salts in the sea-breezes ;
indeed, the 8. side has suffered most of all, the hieroglyphics being
in many places wholly illegible; the E. face has also suffered
severely; the W. face and that which rests upon the ground have
been better preserved.’”’ The following statement in regard to the
surface of the under side of this obelisk, in 1801, after five centuries’
_ partial burial in the sand, implies that the influence of this material,
even so near the seashore, has been for protection rather than cor-
rosion: ‘‘The Needle was likewise turned over, and the hiero-
glyphics, on the side it had so long Jain on, found fresh and entire.’”
It will be readily seen, on reviewing these opinions, that there is
no agreement as to which were the faces of our Obelisk on which
the hieroglyphs were damaged. So unquestionable were the two
facts, the mysterious but serious effacement of hieroglyphs on two
sides and the great difference of climate in the new home of the
Obelisk, that the passing traveller was often unable to accept the
evidence of his own eyes. However, it is equally beyond question
that it was the present E.S.E. and N.N.E. sides of our Obelisk and
the corresponding sides of its London fellow which bore the brunt
of attack by the sea-winds at Alexandria for nineteen centuries,
and that these are in excellent condition. The injury to the other
two sides must then have preceded the Roman transfer of the
monoliths from An.
1 Gorringe, idem, 97, 108. 2 Cooper, idem, 125.
3 Bombay Courier, June 9, 1802.
128 Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder.
11. Climate of Alexandria.
As the unanimous conclusion of the authors just quoted was to
attribute the decayed condition of the surface of the obelisks to the
damp and saline atmosphere of Alexandria, it is pertinent to con-
sider here some notes on the climate of that city, in comparison
with that of Upper Egypt. M. Gratien-Le-Pere, Chief-Engineer of
the Corps Royal des Ponts et Chaussées, in the French Expedition
to Egypt in 1801, states: ‘“‘The climate of Alexandria is quite
healthy; although very warm in summer, this is tempered by the
coolness of the nights. The dews of evening, especially in the
season of the Etesian winds, are here, as in the entire maritime
border of Egypt, of a saline dampness which penetrates all bodies.
Winter is very rainy at Alexandria.’”
Viscount Valentia, in 1802, observed: ‘‘The climate is by no
means unpleasant, as the heat is tempered in summer by the strong
gales, which almost constantly blow from the north, and carry with
them the thick black clouds, that, after breaking on the mountains
of the interior of Africa, return in the floods of the Nile to fertilize
the plains of Egypt.’”
In Southern Egypt, during the summer (April to October), the
temperature varies during the day from 100° to 112° F. in the
shade; in Northern Egypt it is cooler. The minimum rarely falls
below 40° F. In the French Expedition, the observers noted a
minimum of 363° F., in January, 1799; the average during the
night was 46° F. In 1874, a minimum temperature of 23° F. was
observed by Rohlf in the Libyan desert. In the Upper Nile val-
ley, showers ordinarily fall only on about 5 or 6 days in the year;
heavy rains are rare, occurring about once in 15 or 20 years. It is
commonly stated that frost and snow are wholly unknown in Kgypt;
yet it is recorded that frost has been seen at Cairo,’ and in the Alge-
rian desert, in latitude but a few degrees further north, snow fell
in the year 1847.
At Alexandria, ‘‘rain is as common in winter as it is in the south
of Europe. But during the rest of the year, as little falls as in the
upper country; and at 50 or 60 miles from the coast, the winter
rains cease, the climate of Cairo being no less dry than that of the
Thebaid.’”*
1 Gratien-Le-Pére, op. cit., III, 279. 2 Valentia, op. cit., 466.
3 Foissac, op. cit., II, 263. 4 Rawlinson, Hist. Anc. Egypt, I, 43.
Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder. 129
“The general height of the thermometer in the depth of winter
in Lower Egypt, in the afternoon and in the shade, is from 50° to
60°; in the hottest season, it is from 90° to 100°, and about 10°
higher in the southern parts of Upper Egypt.’”
“On the coast of the Mediterranean rain is frequent, but, in other
parts of Egypt, very unusual. At Cairo, there is generally one
heavy storm in the winter, and a shower or two besides. . . . At
Thebes, a storm occurs but once in about four years, and lizht rain
almost as rarely. The wind most frequently blows from the N.W.,
N., or N.E., but particularly from the first direction. . . . The
southerly winds are often very violent, and, in the spring and sum-
mer, especially in April and May, hot sand-winds sometimes blow
from the south, greatly raising the temperature.’”
A recent traveller’ states concerning the rainfall between Feb-
ruary 1 and April 15, 1889: ‘‘My first experience in Egypt was
calculated to give the impression that it is a rainy country, for I
saw two showers in three days. In passing through the Suez
Canal (January 31st), a heavy shower, lasting half an hour, drove
the passengers to shelter, and a brilliant rainbow delighted be-
holders. Two days later, rain again fel] at night in Cairo, making
the dirty streets more nasty still. Of course this experience was
exceptional, as rain is a rarity in Cairo. Authorities give the rain-
fall at Alexandria as about 8 inches per annum, and at Cairo about
1.2 inches; while in Upper Egypt the precipitation of moisture is
far less; there are adults living there who say they have never seen
rain.
I noticed, on the other hand, unmistakable signs of recent rains,
such as dried mud-puddles, raindrop-prints, etc., at several points
near Cairo, east of Thebes (Wadi Bab-el-Molook), and in the penin-
sula of Sinai, and I was impressed with the belief that more rain
falls in Egypt than is usually supposed. A local shower, passing
over a sandy gravelly region, makes but little impress on it; and
there is no corps of trained observers, outside of Cairo and Alexan-
dria, to record the phenomenon. . . . On February 16th I visited
a wild valley west of Thebes, known as Wadi Bab-el-Molook. . . .
The valley throughout shows that water has at some time been
energetically at work; the floor resembles a dried-up mountain
1 Lane, Modern Egyptians, Introd.
2 R. 8. Poole, Encyc. Brit., VII, 703.
3 Bolton, loc. cit., 113, 117, 118.
130 Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder.
torrent; banks of gravel, sand, and boulders rise several feet above
the bridle-path on each side; and, at the lowest part, small channels
wind about the large rocks. The hillsides are furrowed by ravines
excavated by water. Here and there, in low places, usually at the
foot of a large boulder, are unmistakable signs of recently formed
mud. The scales and mud-cracks were quite fresh, and seemed to
indicate that water had accumulated in pools not more than two or
three weeks before. On my return to Luxor, I was informed that
rain had fallen about three weeks before (February 16th).”
In a discussion of the heavy dews in Egypt, Volney states:
‘These dews as well as the rains are more copious towards the sea,
and less considerable in proportion to their distance from it; but
differ from them by being more abundant in summer than in win-
ter. At Alexandria, after sunset in the month of April, clothes
exposed to the air and the terraces are soaked with them, as if it
had rained.’ *
All these facts, therefore, bear out the idea of the moist character
of the climate at Alexandria.
12. Removal of the Obelisk from Alexandria.
The details of the great enterprise of the lowering of the huge
monolith at Alexandria, in 1879, and of its conveyance to New
York, have been fully set forth by the engineer in charge, the late
Commander H. H. Gorringe. It will be sufficient here to refer only
to certain points which might be considered to have some bearing
on possible strain or injury to the monument in transit On Octo-
ber 29, 1879, the work of excavation began, and the bottom of the
lowest step of the foundation was found to lie nearly at mean sea-
level. This indicated a probable subsidence of the coast of about
17 feet in 1900 years, attended with a decided and increasing incli-
nation of the top of the shaft toward the sea, which must have soon
resulted in its fall.
The sides of the lower part of the shaft (as illustrated by a photo-
graph of the bottom of the W.S.W. side, taken at the time of the
removal of the London Obelisk) showed the same effaced hiero-
glyphs, rounded corners, and peculiar smoothed surface as now
seen.
Gorringe states that in turning the Obelisk, its bottom bound
against the top of one of the crabs, and ‘‘ removing the crabs was
1 Volney, idem, I, 56.
Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder. 131
very difficult, by the lead which had been poured into the mortices
in the pedestal while molten.’”" From this it may be inferred that
he found the crabs attached only to the pedestal.
In December, 1879, while the shaft, carefully sheathed in heavy
plank, was being turned on enormous trunnions, supported on steel
towers, a little accident occurred, which he has thus described :’
“Immediately following a creak louder than any previous one, the
motion was suddenly arrested; then there was a sharp snap—one
of the tackles had parted. Instantly the order was given to slack
the other tackle rapidly, using it merely to retard the motion and
not to arrest it; but the man attending the fall had lost his wits,
and, instead of slackening, he held it fast and it very soon broke.
The obelisk was at that moment about half over. It moved slowly
at first, and then more and more rapidly, until it struck the stack of
timbers. rebounded twice, and came to rest in the position” shown
in an illustration. ‘‘There was intense excitement; many of the
Arabs and Greeks about the grounds had fled precipitously, when
the obelisk began to move rapidly ; and when it rested on the stack
of timber uninjured, there arose a prolonged cheer. . . . The two
upper tiers of plank were crushed; aside from this, no loss or injury
to any person or anything resulted from the successful accomplish-
ment of the first essential feature of the work of removal.”
Later, during the launching of the caisson which enclosed the
Obelisk, its safety was endangered in the surf by a rising storm,
and Gorringe allowed the caisson to fill, in order to diminish its
buoyancy and prevent it from thumping heavily on its ways. The
shaft thus remained immersed in salt water for several days.
After the monolith had reached the floating dock, and had been
at last safely introduced into the hull of the Steamer ‘‘ Dessoug,”’
Gorringe states, ‘‘to obviate all risk of breaking the Obelisk by the
working of the ship, it was placed on a bed of Adriatic white pine,
very spongy. and soft, and ten feet of the extremities left without
support. To prevent it from moving laterally, a system of hori-
zontal, diagonal, and vertical shores were fitted into the hiero-
glyphs, and driven against stringer-pieces of the steamer’s hull.’”
During the voyage of 37 days, some stormy weather was encount-
ered, both in the Mediterranean and the Atlantic. In spite of all
1 Gorringe, idem, 14. 2 Gorringe, idem, 15.
3 Gorringe, idem, 27.
132 Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder.
care, it looks probable that certain projecting hieroglyphs may
have been subjected to some undesirable degree of strain.
IV. New York.
On its arrival at New York, the pedestal was directly landed
upon New York Island, but the shaft was first landed on Staten
Island, September, 1880, then towed to the foot of West 96th
Street, again landed, and thence dragged around Central Park and
re erected on ‘‘ Graywacke Knoll,” January 22, 1881.
13. Position of the Obelisk at New York.
The foundation of the monolith was laid upon the outcrop of the
vein of endogenous granite, already mentioned. Gorringe states:
“The earth having been removed from the top of the Knoll, the
surface of the granite was levelled and the cavities filled with
cement. A thin layer of this was then laid over the granite, and
the foundation was replaced exactly as it bad stood in Alexandria,
each piece in the same relative position to the others and to the
points of the compass.’
In Plate XI of the same work, as already explained, he desig-
nates these points of the compass, for the angles, as N., E., 8., and
W. Elsewhere, he refers to the four sides of the shaft, as facing
N., S., E., and W., taking those terms from Chabas and Brugsch,
who used them, it may be presumed, loosely, in a general way.
On examination with a compass, however, I was surprised to find
that the sides do not now face N. 45° BE. (N_E.), S. 45° E. (S.E.),
etc., but respectively N. 27° E. (nearly N.N.E.), S. 63° E. (nearly
E.S.E.), ete.
Gorringe’s statement refers only to the foundation of the Obelisk,
but a reader would naturally infer that the shaft was also replaced
here ‘‘exactly as it had stood in Alexandria.’”” However, I must
call your attention again to the tell-tale nick, now directed to about
N. 18° W., while at Alexandria it pointed to about 8. 23° W. It
thus appears that, on its re-erection in New York, not only was the
whole foundation changed in position from that which it occupied on
its Alexandrian site, but that also the shaft was twisted nearly half
round to the right: so that both shaft and pedestal now stand once
1 Gorringe, idem, 32.
Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder. 133
more in the original position at An. The incorrect statement of
Gorringe as to the Alexandrian position of the foundation, and his
silence on the readjustment of the shaft, remain without explanation.
But in his fortunate accuracy in that readjustment, I can only con-
jecture that he may possibly have been guided by a knowledge of
the true orientation of a surviving companion of our Obelisk, the
one still on the site of An: if it shall be found, by more close obser-
yation than that recorded by Niebuhr, that this really faces to the
present direction of the W.N.W side of the New York Obelisk,
ei? N.
I have plotted, on the accompanying illustration (Fig. 1), the
Fig. 1.
positions which our roving monolith has successively occupied on
its three sites, always accompanied, until now, by its London fellow
6n its left: viz., its positions at An and at New York, by the square
with dotted line and nick; its position at Alexandria, by the square
with broken line and nick; and, for comparison, its position at Alex-
andria, according to Gorringe, by the square with continuous line.
The interspaces, between the two obelisks and between them and
the shore, are contracted in the illustration, for convenience.
It is much to be regretted that a satisfactory explanation of the
statement in question has probably been lost by the death of the
eminent engineer, in July, 1881, only five months after the comple-
tion of his great enterprise, in the successful transfer and re-erection
of the Obelisk.
134 Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder.
14. The sudden decay of the surface of the Obelisk.
In regard to the condition of the surface of the New York Obe-
lisk, immediately after its arrival, there is the following testimony
by an experienced geologist,' in February, 1883: ‘The first thing
that strikes one is the freshness and soundness of the rock. No
‘maladie du granit’ is observable, and this fact will answer the first
and natural question as to why this rock was so much preferred by
the Egyptians for monumental purposes.”
On thin sections from the same specimen, Prof. Alfred Stelzner?
also states, though with some confusion of the products of meta-
morphism with those of decay: ‘‘The microcline . . . is very fresh
and free from interpositions. . . . Secondary formations are almost
entirely wanting in the sections before me; in only two places ap-
pear viridite and ‘yellowish green translucent needles of pistazite.
The rock of the ‘ Needle’ can therefore be regarded as unusually fresh
and ‘healthy,’ in spite of the honorable age which it possesses.”
The specimen, on which these examinations were made, probably
formed part of the material cut off, in 1880, from portions of the
base of the shaft, by direction of Commander Gorringe, in order to
increase its bearing surface on the pedestal and stability, and to
facilitate the attachment of the new bronze crabs. About four
barrels full of pieces were at that time removed, and are now pre-
served in the American Museum of Natural History.
Within about a couple of years afterward, the incipient decay of
the surface seems to have been first indicated by small pieces of
granite, lying around the base, evidently fallen from above. This
sudden and strange disintegration was met at first with great in-
credulity, since it was plainly not due to old age; the monolith had
yet seven centuries to catch up with the age of its sturdy old com-
panion, still on the site of An.
In October, 1883, this change was brought to the attention of
Dr. F. A. P. Barnard,’? who found ‘‘the surface of the stone step,
immediately below the plinth, sparsely strewn with minute frag-
ments of the rock,” carefully swept them off, collected and weighed
them, to the amount of 24.56 grams (about { of an ounce). From
this he calculated the waste per square meter of the surface of the
1 Frazer, loc. cit., 364; Gorringe, op. cit., 161.
2 Frazer, loc. cit., 372-374; Gorringe, op. cit., 166-167.
3 Evening Post, New York, Oct. 30, 1883.
Dye ROEM
Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder. 135
monument per annum to be 0.457 gram, or, from the entire wasting
surface, 10.88 grams; and estimated that if ‘“‘the mass of fragments
actually collected was not more than a tenth part of what had fallen
during the time the Obelisk has been in our Park, it would still
require 6000 years to reduce its volume to the depth of one centi-
meter on each side.”
During the next year, 1884, the progress of the decay became
still more manifest by the flaking away and fall of fragments, some-
times of considerable size. Commander Gorringe could hardly be-
lieve that they came from the monolith, and expressed the hope that
some day it would be polished.
In the autumn of the same year, the attention of the Park Com-
missioners was directed to this serious decay, and they finally
decided to make use of a waterproofing process, founded on the
application of melted paraffin to the artificially warmed surface of
the stone. This was begun on September 25, 1885, after the Obe-
lisk had stood, entirely unprotected from the elements, for 4 years
and 8 months after its re-erection.
In the notes of another observer,' made at this time, on the
weathered exterior of the Obelisk, it is stated: ‘‘ Most of the frac-
tures of the flakes seemed of recent origin, although under most of
them was found a green vegetable growth of unicellular plants.
However, beneath some pieces, the accumulated black dirt showed
the fractures to be of more remote origin. . . . Placing a fragment
of the rock under the microscope, portions of it show decided dis-
integration, parts of the hornblende being broken down and dis-
solved, while some of the white feldspar is broken into such minute
fragments that they exhibit the Brownian movement when placed
in water. In the minute crevices can be seen the green cells of
vegetable growth, and, on either side of the crevice, may sometimes
be seen, with the microscope, the rosy hue indicating internal strains
in the very minute fragments, a slight increase of which would
complete the fracture ; and it is possible that the growing cells may
furnish the necessary strain.” All these vegetable cells were green,
some rod-shaped, others round like those of Protococcus pluvialis.
On the 8.8.W. side of the shaft, where the decay was most pro-
nounced, some of the adheriug flakes of rock were found to be
parted above from the shaft as much as one-quarter of an inch, a
crevice of that width being sometimes found filled with moss and
black earth.
1 Dudley, loc. cit., 67.
136 Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder.
In regard to the Protococcus, I may reply that its superficial
adherence to stone-work is of common occurrence in this country
as abroad; and, though often considered unsightly, its presence has
never been connected with the decay of stone. The naturalist fami-
liar with its delicate isolated cells will need proof of their ability to
produce internal strains in the crevices where they find refuge.
In the preliminary cleaning of the surface, before the waterproofing
process was begun, it was discovered that very many spots were in a
deplorably decayed condition, especially on the 8.8.W. and W.N.W.
sides of the shaft. Some large pieces were so loosely attached that
they would scarcely bear the hand upon them without falling away.
One large slab on the E.S.E. face, with the hieroglyphic symbul
of the sun in its centre, actually dropped off in the grasp of a person
who laid his hand upon it, to steady himself, while walking by upon
the scaffold. This piece was left below, stolen over night and never
recovered. No attempt was made to harden or recement this erum-
bling surface, but it was decided to remove only the looser flakes,
most likely to fall, and then apply the preservative. In the course
of this removal, one fragment, showing hieroglyphs, was separated
from the upper part of the W.S.W. corner of the shaft, which
measured 18# inches in length, 34 inches in width, and # of an inch
in thickness; but most of the scales were small pieces, often cracked
and ready to crumble. In all, about 23 barrels of pieces were
removed, found by the Park Superintendent to weigh 780 pounds;
of these, three-quarters or more came from the S.8.W. and W.N.W.
faces of the shaft.’ In regard to the great error of judgment shown
in the above action, I have elsewhere’ expressed the universal pub-
lic opinion.
15. The waterproofing treatment of the Obelisk.
The entire surface of the Obelisk was then warmed,’ in successive
portions, by the application of a square pan of burning charcoal,
with front of wire grating, for two or three minutes, at a distance
of about one inch. The projections and hollows on the surface
were warmed by means of a benzine blast-lamp. Immediately
after the warming, the compound of paraffin, containing creasote
1 Misfortunes of an Obelisk, loc. cit., 132.
2 Robert M. Caffall, Scientific American, XXI (1886), Supplement, p. 8391;
and in paper on ‘‘ The Preservation of Building Materials by the Application
of Paraflin, as recently used upon the Obelisk,’’ Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci., V
(1885), 56-66.
io se are eh
Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder. 137
dissolved in turpentine, was applied at its melting-point (146° F.)
by means of a brush, and the stone then warmed again until the
excess of paraffin was absorbed beneath the surface. The surface
treated, on shaft and plinth, amounted to about 220 square yards,
and absorbed 67? pounds of paraffin, to an estimated depth of half
an inch or a little more. An equal surface of brownstone would
have taken from 40 to 50 pounds, and of brick from 70 to 110
pounds; so that the great porosity of the weathered coating of the
Obelisk is clearly shown. Little difference in the action of different
parts of the surface toward the paraffin was noticed, except that the
black masses of hornblende were particularly absorbent.
A few months afterwards, Dr. T. Egleston presented views founded
on an inspection of the Obelisk and of pieces derived from its decayed
surface. In these he observed, under the microscope, deep irregular
cavities, near the grains of hornblende, empty or partly occupied by
that mineral, and crevices containing the green Protococcus referred.
to by Mr. Dudley. He concluded that disintegration had been long
going on and was still in progress in the interior of the stone, not
of chemical but purely physical cause, mainly the repeated expan-
sion and contraction produced by the rapid and extreme changes of
temperature in this climate. In regard to the waterproofing process
applied to the Obelisk, he states: ‘‘The method of applying the
present protecting coating seems to have been a fatal mistake,
Nothing of any account has been dissolved out of the stone; there
is therefore nothing to be replaced. If there had been, paraffin in
solution would have been one of the best materials to fill them.
Granite is not porous; there were, therefore, no cavities to be filled.
The stone being full of cracks from natural causes, the heat which
Was used to cause the paraffin to sink into the body of the stone,
when applied to the outside, would cause an expansion, which would
not be responded to by the interior of the granite, and the cracks
already there would increase in size, and pieces would chip off as
they did, and new cracks would be formed in the stone, already
weakened by long exposure. . . . Even if the surface was entirely
waterproofed, the cold of winter and the heat of summer would act
below the surface both of the coating and of the stone, causing the
coating to break or fissures through it to occur, so as to let in the
moisture, and then both causes would operate together as before.”
1 Egleston, loc. cit., $1.
Annats N. Y. Acap. Ser., VIII, July, 1893.—10
138 Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder.
The crumbling decayed stone from the surface of the Obelisk was
very unsatisfactory material from which to determine the condition
of the stone beneath, and misled the three observers to quite oppo-
site conclusions concerning the decay: Dr. Barnard, to disbelieve
in its extent and progress: Mr. Dudley, to connect it with strains
produced by the cells of Protococeus: and Dr. Egleston, to attribute
it mainly to temperature-variations in our own climate. However,
the slight plant-growth was doubtless merely accessory. It will be
shown beyond that granite is really porous, and its cavities occupied
by a substance, moisture, which must be displaced for the proper
introduction of any preservative: that this is too powerful a stone
to be injured by gentle warming: and that oscillations of tempera-
ture had nothing to do with the sudden disintegration of the surface
of the Obelisk in 1882-1885.
In regard to this mooted and important question—the effect of
moderate elevations of temperature on granite, I have next to pre-
sent, first, the results of a series of experiments on the application
of artificial heat to various building-stones and to the granite of
Syene: secondly, some comparative statistics, reduced and tabu-
lated, from meteorological reports on thermometric oscillations in
Egypt and New York.
16. HKxrperiments on granite with artificial heat.
In view of objections taken against the application of heat to
granite, as used in the process of waterproofing the Obelisk in 1885,
I have made sundry experiments to determine the degree of heat
then used and the exact periods of time during which it was applied,
repeating exactly the same process with the same apparatus and
workmen.
On testing with a thermometer the melted paraffin compound in
the ‘U.S. pot’? used in the process, it was found, if the paraffin
was allowed to become entirely fluid, that its temperature rose to
70° to 75° C. But when, as always occurred during work, a cake
of solid paraffin was kept floating in the liquid, the temperature
varied from 59° to 67° C., closely approximating 63° C. (146° F.).
During the autumn of 1889, the ordinary waterproofing of stone
buildings near New York City was carefully studied. On a cold
day, at Orange, N. J., I carefully watched the application of the
process to surfaces of Nova Scotia sandstone, in a state of incipient
decay, to ascertain the periods during which the stone surfaces
Nie pee
_
Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder. 139
were heated, the melted paraffin applied, and the stone reheated.
A condensed statement of the observations is here presented.
Periods (in seconds),
Ne of | my 5
Experi- observa-| First | Paraffin-| Second |
ment. Surface treated. tions. heating. ing. | heating. | distal
== | :
1 Stone chimney . . By le ee 21 | 18 68
2 | Decayed brick wall bee |. ie 17 | 34 |
3 Stone jambs and mullions |
of awindow .. . an) ol hai Ife i aly 55
+ The same . 5 | | 45
5 The same . “lieh 4 | 65
Go) | Brick wall «+... Gea an2s ay 4
The temperature of the air was 6° C. (43° F.), which happens to
be about that which prevailed during the waterproofing treatment
of the Obelisk in 1885. In the treatment of Nos. 1, 2, and 6, the
charcoal-stove was applied, at a distance of 1 to 3 inches from the
surface; in that of Nos. 8, 4, and 5, the benzine blast-lamp, over a
surface of about 40 square inches. During the heating, a few sandy
particles fell from the decayed and softened surface. From the
totals, it appears that the entire treatment of a stone-surface, as
observed with several workmen, was completed, on the average, in
58 seconds.
These results served as a basis for arrangement of a series of
experiments, carried on some weeks later, with the same process
and apparatus, in the north court of the old building of Columbia
College, at 50th Street, New York City. The treatment was
applied in the usual way to various surfaces of old brickwork,
covered with hard and dry cement-stucco. In each experiment a
thermometer was so inserted, beneath the stucco, that its bulb lay
at the depth of 3 mm. (¢ inch) below the heated surface ; the object
was to determine the rise in temperature of the superficial layer of
cement. Temperature of the air, 15°.5 C.
Original | First heating. | Paraffining. | Reheating. ke
tem- pe a eee eae | LSveoaeey, oe Pree = 5
Ex- Bor auure | | = 5
peri- oO Source of |Period(in) Resultin sg lm, a mn <=fer
ment.) cement. heat. | seconds). fetipeeaaiee |Period./Temp.|Period./Temp. a
ae ae pats ae
7 | 12.° |Blast-lamp.| 85 | 35 25 | 145
8 | 13°.5 | Blast-lamp. 55 |24° to 34°C.) 35 (89°.7) 25 |40° | 115
9 Stove. 135 35 By) | 205
10 | 17°.5 | Stove. 50 34° 30 20 |42°.5) 100
|
140 Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder.
It was apparent that the temperatures recorded by the thermome-
ter only indicated the inferior conduction of heat by the layer of
cement. Other tests satisfied me that, with a layer of compact
stone like granite, the final temperature in each experiment would
have risen at least 20° higher than those above observed.
In order to determine the surface-temperature attained during the
heating, the treatment was then applied to a series of dressed cubes
of various building-stones, one inch square, imbedded in square
cavities, one inch deep, cut in the surface of the cement, so that
the outer faces of the cubes in each group lay in the same plane
with the surface of the cement. At the end of the second heating,
the bulb of a thermometer was instantly applied to the surface of
the cubes and covered with felt to prevent radiation.
Ex- First | Paraf- | Second Total Final
peri-| Source of heating: fining: | heating:| period (in|tempera-| Kind of stone.
ment. heat. Period. | period.| period. | seconds). ture.
11 | Stove. 85 35 15 135 |42°.1C.) Dark sandstones.
12 | Stove. 95 | 27 30 152 |64°.7. | Granites and
marbles.
13 | Stove. 112 | 38 Oo i SOR SIee6 Limestones.
14 | Stove. 94 | 22 24 140 |62°.7 | Light-colored
sandstones.
15 | Blast-lamp. 49 16 19 84 |67°.3 | Granites.
16 | Blast-lamp.| 73 3 13. | 117 |70°.1 | Granites.
17 | Blast-lamp. 68 34 16 118 |69°.8 | Granites.
To the final temperatures found, I saw reason to attach no im-
portance, as they were evidently much diminished by the rapid
radiation, before adjustment of thermometer and felt. So both
stove and blast-lamp were then each applied directly to the bulb of
a thermometer, at a distance of one inch, shifting the source of heat
about in the usual way. It was thus found, on repeated trials, that
a temperature approaching 80° to 85° C. (185° F.) was momen-
tarily attained.
From these results we may gather the following as probable
conclusions, in regard to the conditions of temperature during the
waterproofing treatment of the Obelisk in 1885 :—
(a). The period of heating by stove or blast-lamp and by the
melted paraffin was probably a little longer than in the regular pro-
cess, 7.e., 2 to 3 minutes (instead of 1).
(b). The temperature of the melted paraffin, as applied, did not
exceed 67° C. (153° F.), and in general was about 63° C. (146° F.).
Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder. 141
(c). The surface of the stone was rarely subjected to a higher
temperature than 85° C. (185° F.), and probably never, when the
stove was used.
(d). Only a very thin outer layer of the granite of the Obelisk
was heated beyond the melting-point of paraffin, 60-68° C. (146°
F.), probably between 6 and 12 mm. (4 to 4 inch) in thickness.
Some effort was also made, in these experiments, to ascertain
whether the surface of the granite of the Obelisk could have suffered
damage from the temperatures (60° to 85° C.) and treatment indi-
cated. Among the samples of granite imbedded in the surface of
the cement were pieces of the original fresh stone of the Obelisk,
each with a polished face set in flush with the general surface. These
faces had been previously studied under pocket-lens, and then under
a microscope, with magnifying power of 30 diameters. On re-
examination, after the conclusion of the treatment, no effect what-
ever was detected on the surface subjected to the stove; on the
other, treated by the blast-lamp, two or three very minute checks or
crevices, perhaps a millimeter in depth, seemed to have developed.
On the same question, some information may be derived from
the experience of lithologists, in the mode of mounting thin rock-
sections for microscopic examination. After having been ground
down to transparent pellicles of extreme thinness and delicacy, these
are commonly immersed, on a slide, in a drop of partially inspissated
and hardened Canada balsam.
In the first experiments on this subject, a drop of balsam on a
glass slide was heated upon a mounting-table, usually from 3 to 5
minutes, for the partial evaporation of the excess of turpentine, its
natural solvent. At this point, in place of a rock-section, the bulb
of a delicate thermometer was inserted into the drop, and a tein-
perature of 107° C. (220° F.) was noted.
Again, a quantity of the balsam, about 200 ¢c.c., was slowly
evaporated in a shallow tin-pan, over a low flame. The tempera-
ture, 50° C. during the first half hour, then rose to 108-110° C.,
and so remained for 3 hours; after 7 hours, when the medium had
attained the proper viscidity, the temperature fell to 80°, and, while
cooling and still viscid, to 60°.
Since, therefore, the scrupulous needs of the lithologist, in the
investigation of intricate structures of rocks and minerals, are not
endangered by subjecting a thin rock-section to a temperature of
«ven 107° C. for a minute or more: there seems to be no reason to
142 Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder.
presume that any injury could have been done to the surface of the
Obelisk, in the waterproofing process, by warming at a temperature
which rarely approached 85° C., during a period not exceeding 2
or 3 minutes.
17. Effects of the sun’s heat on granite.
In regard to the action upon granite of high natural tempera-
tures, it should be noted that those of rock surfaces, exposed to the
sun during the heats of summer, often rise to 150° F. (66° C.) and
over, especially if the rock is dark-colored; and that of the sands
of African deserts sometimes reaches 200° F.
An interesting application of this natural warming of surfaces of
stone occurred during the hottest period of August, this last sum-
mer (1892), at Sandy Hook, N. J. The casemates of the fortifica-
tions are constructed of a dark concrete, in large part composed of
fragments of ‘bluestone’ (flagstone from the base of the Catskill
Mountains). On account of the porosity of the concrete and its
permeability by rain-water, these constructions had been under-
going for some months the same waterproofing treatment with
paraffin as that applied to our Obelisk in 1885. On certain hot
afternoons, it was found that the surfaces of those bomb-proofs
which lay exposed to the sun had already become heated to such
a degree that artificial heating could be dispensed with and the
melted paraffin directly applied.
It is a question of some interest, in reference to the durability of
building-stones used in New York City, to determine how often the
direct heat of the sun reaches its maximum in this climate. By a
collation of the observations of Mr. Daniel Draper,’ the Director of
the Meteorological Observatory in Central Park, the following table
has been prepared, presenting for ten years the maxima in the sun
of 140° F. or over and of 146° F. or over. The latter temperature
(63° C.) is that of the melting-point of the particular paraffin re-
ferred to above.
1 Abstract of Registers, 1880 to 1889.
Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder. 143
NUMBER OF Days ON WHICH MAXIMA IN SUN REACHED OR EXCEEDED:
140° F. 146° F.
YEAR. | May.| June. Fulye| Aug.| Sept.| Oct. | Total. | May.| ES July. | Aug.| Sept.| Total.
| | |
me) S| 6 | 4) 7| 5] 2h [aye | a, tals Ss
1881 AE es a i A a Boe fe be
1882 2 1 1 4 | } oe
1883 Tate ed 2 ae |e eral
1884 2 | 3 Be) al iit i Dele
1885 Le ees ih 17 yea 9 es ee:
1886 ep fi ae 9 2 rae be
1887 | 2 | 2 Wee!
1888 0 Hy 40)
1889 0 oar
— — — — —— — | ~
Total number of days for ten years | 103 | | 32
The extreme maxima reached were 151° F., on September 6,
1880, and 154° F., on September 7, 1881. The hours at which
-the temperature in the sun reached its maximum are recorded for
each day in 1885, 1886, and 1887; from these we may conclude
that the maximum continues on an average for about 14 hours, or
perhaps somewhat less. If we assumed that the light colored sur-
face of the granite of the Obelisk reached on these days the same
temperature as that indicated by the bulb of the maximum ther-
mometer in the sun, which is not probable, we might infer that the
surface of the monolith is occasionally heated to the temperature of
146° to 150° F. for short periods, which amount, on an average, to
less than five hours during the whole year.
There is then no foundation for the fear, expressed by some
persons, that the paraffin, at that melting-point, may flow or has
already flown down from the surface to the base of the monument,
under the attack of our summer sun. It is more probable, so far
as the heat of the sun may ever cause the surface of the paraffin
to melt, that this will receement and solidify, during each summer,
the superficial minute cracks produced in the paraffin through con-
traction by the cold of the preceding winter.
As to the intense heat of the Egyptian sun, there is abundant
evidence. Burckhart observed the temperature of the air at Hsné
at 139° F., and Coutelle, that at Cairo at 127° F., and at Phil,
129° F." Coutelle records a constant temperature at Phil, from
1 Foissac, idem, II, 272.
144 Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder.
12to3 P.M., at 107°.5 to 109°.5 F., on the north and in the shade;
in the sun, in open air, up to 113° F.; in the sand, 158° F.* Nouet
found, opposite the ruins of Thebes, that a thermometer in the sand,
at noon, rose to 153°.5 F.; in the shade, 100°, with light wind from
N.W Also at Phile, he observed thermometer in the sand at
153°.5 F., and in the shade, 109°. During the removal of the
western Luxor Obelisk to Paris, in July, 1836, the engineer in
charge, M. A. Lebas, states that the sands burned his feet, the
temperature of the air, on one day, remaining for four hours at 66° C.
(151° F.): a sun which strongly recalled, as he feelingly remarks,
‘‘the energetic and fitting expression of Moses in regard to Egypt
‘this furnace of fire.’ ’”
Dr. Donald Dalrymple,‘ in 1861, called attention to the considerable
diurnal variations of temperature in the climate of Egypt. His series
of observations of the temperature of the air, on a Nile boat, during
the winter of 1859-1860, showed the following average ranges :-—
December, 1859. . . . 36°F. IMME Oo 9 0 0 BS IR.
Jennings UND 5 6% 5 Betoun, March). s\..) fo mieten USE
He also states that ‘“‘the minimum never registered within 6
degrees of freezing-point out of doors.”
More definite on this point are the meteorological observations of
Dr. J. D. Hutcheson,’? at Thebes, during five months of the coolest
season, from November, 1881, to March, 1882, inclusive. During
each of these months, the daily maxima in the sun, when reduced
from his tables, are found to vary as follows :—
November, 1881 . : . 5 TBA Al Ne (GES (es))
December. : 5 : - 136°-145° F. (58°-63° C.).
January, 1882 - : : . 125°-139° F. (52°-59° C.).
February 5 : : : - 119°-143° F. (48°-62° C.).
March . 2 : 4 : » U34°=1b do (oe —bsos)s
These figures show that the maximum heat of the sun must be
in Egypt far more intense, continuous, and severe upon stone than
-in the climate of New York. This surprising conclusion is exactly
contrary to the prevailing opinion, frequently expressed, concerning
the trying climate of New York, with its supposed extraordinary
and sudden ranges in temperature. To these has been mainly
attributed® the mysterious and sudden destruction which began to
affect the surface of our Obelisk, soon after its re-erection in New
1 Coutelle, loc. cit., 334. 2 Nouet, loc. cit., 341.
3 Lebas, idem, 60. 4 Dalrymple, op. cit.,.7, 11, 25.
5 Stuart, Fun. Tent of Eg. Queen, 146. © Egleston, loc. cit.
Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder. 145
York (January 22,1881). As it fortunately happened that the
period covered by Hutcheson’s observations began in the autumn
of that year, it would be interesting to compare the similar obser-
vations made by Draper at the same time in this city. As conclu-
sions from averages are also often deceptive, it appears desirable to
present the daily observations at both localities. In the following
table, I have therefore reduced the daily ranges in temperature
during those five months, at each place, in Fahrenheit degrees,
between the maximum in the sun and the minimum in the shade,
Daily Ranges in Temperature (F.) between Maximum in Sun
and Minimum in Shade.
NEw YorK. THEBES.
1881, 1882. 1881. 1882.
OAS Rw
lor
or
po
SS SD
on
(=)
lor)
lor)
lo 0}
w
(0 0)
oo
19 9)
Ve)
fo)
we)
12 208 | 45 | 57 |res |) 43 |) 77 | 86 | 80 | g0 |) ‘89
18 30 66 20 68 70 86 92 87 93 92
24 55 58 61 67 55 84 | 90 | 89 72 84
25 69 57 44 79 69 292) ie 83 86 89
26 68 41 18 62 65 BE OD he 87 87 87
27 foete me | va) O | gE ss | 86. |. 86 | 83
Saeetacaieeo (a. lego | eg cl Be) Bs | 68 | 91 | 90
29 67 0 66 69 85 90 87 | 87
30 76 54 62 63 87 88 85 82
ol 51 7 66 88 87
Averages} 51 | 44 Ad 54 a 83 | 88 85 86 87
146 Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder.
The similar averages, at New York, for the remaining months of
1882, were as follows :—
Ayal 5 5 9 o oY) July. . . . 60 | October aye
WHEN Se ok og deo ell August - « « O9 “| November 0 ueemau
Jamey ee ee a OL September. . . 38 | December . . . 50
These figures show that while the changes in the range of tem-
perature at New York are frequent and sudden, and correspondingly
trying from the physiological point of view, the actual daily ranges
of temperature at Thebes are 60 per cent. greater than those at New
York, constant, and proportionately severe in the amount of repeated
expansions and contractions of the surface of stone caused by such
daily oscillations. The ranges at Thebes do not lose in importance
from the fact that they occur somewhat further up the scale than at
New York, since the question of frost is a distinct subject for con-
sideration.
A natural conviction as to the severity of our climate, with its
intense heats of summer, bitter cold periods during midwinter, and —
frequent and sudden alternations of rains, snow, and sunshine,
thawing and freezing, during spring and autumn, has influenced
the popular judgment on the true causes of stone-decay.
The common, and, as I think [ have shown, mistaken view,
thereon upheld, may have been partly founded on inexact apprecia-
tion of the intervals between conspicuous extremes of temperature
at New York. Thus, in January, 1882, the observed temperatures
varied at one time from 97° F. in the sun to —6° F. in the shade,
but with an interval of six days between these extremes, and no
greater range than 58° on any one of those days. At Thebes, in
the same month, the variation of 94° occurred on a single day (the
2d), viz., from 45° to 139° F.
But the actual ranges of temperature to which the surface of a
solid body must have been subjected at Thebes, between the extreme
heat of the burning sun by day and the cold produced by radiation
toward the cloudless sky of Egypt by night, may be probably better
estimated with reference to the minima recorded at night by a
thermometer on the grass. From Hutcheson’s tables for these
minima and for the maxima in the sun, I have deduced the follow-
ing variations of the daily ranges of temperature during each of the
same five months.
Study of the New York Obelisk asa Decayed Boulder. 147
November, 1881 : : : - 90°-111° F. (50°-62° C.).
December - : : - . 94°-109° F. (52°-61° C.).
January, 1882 : : : . 86°-106° F. (48°-59° C.).
February c : : - « F2°-110° BF. (39°-61° C.).
March . ° : - - - 76°-117° F. (42°-65° C.).
It therefore appears that, even during the coolest season at
Thebes, the surface of solid bodies must be subjected to daily
yariations of temperature approaching 72° to 117° F., 7. e., about
100° F. every day. Also, from the table of maxima already given,
that a surface of stone is daily heated for a time, during eight or
nine months of the year, to a temperature at or above that of melt-
ing paraffin (146° F.). So far then as concerns mere oscillations in
temperature, the climate of Egypt must be far more trying to the
surface of stone than that of New York; the Obelisk, since its
transfer to New York, has been in much less need of protection
from injury by mere variations of heat and cold; and its sudden
decay immediately after its arrival here was certainly not due to
this agency.
This subject has been here considered and discussed in some
detail, on account of the divergence of my conclusion from the
common view, and of its practical bearing on the true cause of
injury to building-stones, as well as to the Obelisk, to be feared
from our climate, and on the proper method for their protection.
We have also invaluable evidence, already presented, as to the slow
action of even the burning sun of Egypt, as well as of its extreme
diurnal changes of temperature, upon the surface of granite, in the
condition of all the obelisks and of their sides which faced the mid-
day and afternoon sun (paragraph 8, (4), b), during recorded periods
of enormous length.
18. Waterproofing treatment of other Egyptian obelisks.
We may here pertinently refer to processes adopted abroad for
the protection from the weather of other Egyptian obelisks of the
same granite, and to the scanty testimony concerning their results.
(1). The London Obelisk.—This monolith, once the fallen com-
panion of our own at Alexandria, reached the Thames, January 20,
1878, and was re-erected on September 12 of the same year. As
to its condition on arrival, Prof. Bartlett, of London, has stated in
a letter: ‘‘Soon after it arrived in the Thames, I was requested to
examine its then condition, and to advise a professional friend at
148 Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder.
the Metropolitan Board of Works. My report was that the granite
had become largely decomposed at the surface, and was more or less.
undermined by the action of the weather during many centuries;
that one face was far more eroded by the attrition of the sand, and —
perhaps by the chemical action of the Nile water, than were the
other three sides. -In short, that the granite was precisely in that
absorbent state that it would imbibe dampness from our atmos-
phere, and become liable to exfoliate and throw off scale after scale,
under the influence of frost, until but little of the inscriptions would”
be likely to remain, after one or two of our English winters.” As to
the preservative soon after applied, Mr. John Dixon, the engineer
who conveyed the monolith to London, writes, in a recent letter
(May, 1891) to the London Times :—
‘My attention has been drawn to some statements in the House
of Commons as to the alleged decay of the Egyptian obelisk on the
Thames Embankment.
“After making a careful personal examination of the monument, |
my critical eye fails to detect upon its surface a sign of any decay
whatever. Were there such, there could be no doubt there would be _
grains of the stone lying on the altar steps and top of the pedestal.
I climbed up and could not see one sign of any decay. I also could —
see glittering points on the surface, of the solution of silica supplied
to me by the skilled chemists of the British Museum, at the sugges-
tion of my old friends, Sir Richard Owen and Dr. Birch, and of
which three coats or washes were given with the greatest care,
before the trunnions and fastenings for the final lift were placed —
around it.” }
However, it has also been stated,' probably in reference to a sub- t
sequent treatment, that the same monolith ‘‘was treated, in 1879, f
by Mr. Henry Browning, with a solution of gum dammar dissolved :
in benzin, to which a small amount of beeswax was added, and a :
very small quantity of corrosive sublimate.” 4
(2). The Paris Obelisk.—A fter its removal from Luxor to Paris, |
in 1836, this monolith lay untouched for 22 months, while its pedes-_ ia
tal was being quarried from a granite outcrop in the western part —
of France. After its erection, ‘‘as a protection against a climate so
much more rigorous than that of its native land, the surface of the
obelisk was covered with a concentrated solution of caoutchoue.””
1 Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci., V (1886), 67, and Gorringe, op. cit., 107.
2 Gorringe, idem, 92-93.
Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder. 149
It has also been stated that several attempts were made to
weatherproof this obelisk with the silica treatment.
As to the present condition of this monolith, Prof. Egleston'
‘states: ‘The obelisk in the Place de la Concorde in Paris is
reported cracked all over its surface. Both the European obelisks
are therefore in danger of being seriously damaged within the next
hundred years.”
19. Hxamination of Obelisk by Committees of Experts.
On November 30, 1889, the Commissioners of the Public Parks
of the city of New York requested the following persons to act as
a Committee of Experts, to make an examination of the Obelisk
and report to the Board, as soon as practicable, as to its condition,
with reference particularly to its preservation, viz., Lt.-Col. G. L.
Gillespie, of U. 8. Engineers, Profs. J. 8. Newberry, Albert H.
Gallatin, and R. O. Doremus, Mr. E. E. Farnam,’ former U. 8.
Consul General in Egypt, and the author. On May 20, 1890, the
Committee reported’ that they had found the general surface of the
Obelisk ‘‘in as perfect a state of preservation, apparently, as when
it was treated with the paraffin wax compound, over 4 years and 6
months ago,” and ‘‘in no present need of any additional treatment.”
They recommended an additional local treatment, by the same pro-
cess, of certain spots on the monument, which, before 1885, had
become more deeply decayed and yet give a hollow sound to a light
blow. Of these spots a full individual description was given in an
Appendix to the Report, together with a chart of the four faces of
the Obelisk, showing their exact location. It was further recom-
mended that the process should be modified for this special purpose,
by application of more gentle and longer continued warmth, with-
out the use of the blast-lamp; that no stone should be removed from
the surface of the monolith: that a preliminary experiment should
be carried on upon a large block of coarse granite, to determine the
depth of penetration of the compound into the stone: and that the
retreatment of these spots on the Obelisk should take place during
the hottest part of the following summer, July or August, when
the stone was in its driest state. The recommendation of re-treat-
ment of these spots simply meant that, in view of the deep decay
and exfoliation which had occurred up to 1885, the process had been
1 Loe. cit., 84. 2 Report, p. 10.
150 Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder.
then carried on too rapidly to insure, in such spots, an infiltration —
of melted paraffin to a sufficient depth for perfect safety. q
On June 30, 1890, the Park Commissioners appointed a Second
Committee, consisting of the late Prof. John 8. Newberry, (Prof.
Albert H Gallatin, who was unable to serve) and the author, to
carry out the proposed experiment and define the details of the
modified process. On July 24, this Committee sent in their Re-
port. This and the preceding Report (with the exception of its —
Appendix and chart) have been printed by the Park Department,
but only in small number. It is therefore desirable to present here —
the principal facts, including the more scientific and technical details. —
“The object of the experiment was to determine the best condi-
tions for the re-treatment of the decayed spots upon the Obelisk —
during the coming month of August. . . . It was necessary in the
first place to obtain a large block of granite of approximately the
same mineral composition and texture as that of the Obelisk, and, if
possible, of the same size.” After much exploration of the granite
yards of New York City to obtain the use of a block of sufficient
size, and many inquiries concerning the granite quarries up the
Hudson River, in Connecticut, near Saybrook and along the Sound,
and in the islands off the coast of Maine, ‘‘our attention was directed
to the many large transported boulders of granite or coarse granitoid
gneiss which are strewn over the surface of Westchester County.
In masses of rock like these, exposed to the weather for ages, we
might fairly expect to find the better material for which we were
looking—that which had experienced an incipient internal decompo-
sition and increased power of absorption, as in the granite of our
ancient Obelisk. Near Tuckahoe and New Rochelle several such
beulders were found, though of insufficient size, on the lands of
Mr. F. Wiede and of Mr. C. Morgan, to whom also our thanks are
due for offered assistance.
At last, near the summit of a hill on Midland Avenue, about two
and one-half miles southwest of Bronxville, an enormous boulder,
nearly twenty feet in height, of granitoid gneiss, was found on the
DeWitt property, which seemed well enough suited for our object.
Its mineral components were found to be very nearly the same as
those of the Obelisk, viz.: white feldspar (triclinic), potash feldspar,
quartz, hornblende, biotite-mica, and a little garnet, magnetite, ete.
The volume of the entire boulder was measured and ascertained to
be nearly three times that of the Obelisk; but it was divided in two
Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder. 151
parts by a deep cleft. Our application to Mr. William D. DeWitt for
its use met with his ready consent, and whatever help we needed.”
In the ensuing experiment, the Committee had two points in
view :—
First, ‘‘to determine the rate of penetration of a definite amount
of heat into a huge mass of granite, when applied continuously to a
small spot on one surface.”” The practical object was to ascertain
the time needed to bring the temperature of a layer of the granite,
one to two inches in thickness, up to or a little above the melting-
point of paraffin, without injury to the stone.
Secondly, to determine tbe most effective way, and proper appa- —
ratus, for the application of melted paraffin, to cause the deepest
penetration and thorough saturation of the warmed stone and of
any cavities or crevices lying beneath its surface.
(1). The application of heat.—The N.E. corner of the huge
boulder was selected for the main experiment, where two vertical
faces, approximately even and smooth, met nearly at a right angle.
The N. face presented, in cross-section, the edges of the vertical
lamine of the gneiss. The E. face was reserved for the application
of the heat, and on the N. face, at a point about 6 feet above the
ground, a series of 13 horizontal holes, about 2 cm. in diameter, were
drilled at right angles to the face, each to the depth of about 10 inches,
for the insertion of a set of thermometers in a sloping line. ‘The
direction of these holes was controlled by means of an instrument
constructed on the principle of parallel rules; by this also the exact
distance was ascertained between the bottom of the hole, where the
bulb of the thermometer would lie, and a marked spot on the east
face of the boulder, 10 inches south of the corner The holes were
arranged in a line sloping upward atan angle of about 45°, with the
purpose that every thermometer-bulb should lie horizontally behind
the warmed spot on the east face of the boulder, and yet without the
interposition of any other of the bored holes and interference with
heat-waves which might thence result. Into these holes the set
of long delicate thermometers, with open Centigrade scale, were
inserted and firmly packed with soft ashestos-wool or cotton, so
that their bulbs were arranged at the following successive distances
from the east face, 1.7, 2.4, 2.8, 3.1, 4, 48, 5.6, 6.5, 8.3, 24.6, and
50.1 centimeters: and so that the degrees above 20° C. were visible
at a glance, upon the projecting parts of the scales, from an observer
on a small platform near the corner on the north side.
In front of the east face a shears was erected, supporting the
152 Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder.
source of heat, a flat charcoal stove or upright pan, 20 by 14 inches
in dimensions, with its face covered by coarse wire-grating, kept
filled with charcoal at red heat. This stove was suspended usually
at a distance of about 25 inches from the marked spot on the east
face. In order to direct and control a uniform heat upon this spot,
the stove was partly surrounded by a sheet-iron screen, extending
from the stove to the surface of the rock.
The degree of surface temperature was determined by another
thermometer, whose bulb lay against the same marked spot. It
was controlled by moving the stove occasionally back and forth,
when the ignited charcoal varied a little in radiated heat, as on the
addition of fresh fuel, so that the temperature should remain at
about 88° C. (190° F.); it was found to be under easy control,
within a few degrees, with the apparatus described. The experi-
ment began at 11 A.M., on Tuesday, July 20, 1890, in charge of
both members of the Committee, and continued for 74 hours until
sunset, the thermometers being constantly observed and noted.
The day happened to be very suitable for the experiment, clear
and warm, the temperature during the afternoon varying from 25°
to 21° C.; the air was nearly calm, with only now and then a very
light breeze, which was continuous after 5 P. M. At any time
during the experiment, the observer could without discomfort lay
his hand on the warmed surface of the rock, alongside of the ther-
mometer. With constant and careful inspection of the surface,
during the heating and at its close, ‘‘no evidence whatever was
seen of cracking, scaling, or any other injury to the warmed stone”
on the east face, or on its section on the north face.
(2). The application of melted paraffin.—To the spot on the
east surface of the boulder, warmed for 4+ hours as just described,
meited ‘paraffin, colored red by alkanet root, was applied with a
brush for a few minutes, before the sun went down and brought
this experiment to an end. The reddened paraffin was found to
have penetrated at least 1.7 centimeters (§ of an inch), even with
so short an application.”’
“During that experiment, however, another stove was applied
in the same way to a neighboring boulder of the same stone, of
smaller size, during two hours. ‘To this spot a shallow metal tank
was taken quickly and tightly fitted, with its side open against the
warmed rock, and filled with the same colored paraffin, kept liquid
for one hour longer. The tank was then removed, and, on the next
day, the face of the rock was cut off and the depth of penetration
Shel SDR
EO Pie LI PN RTI OY
va
¥
pe
r.
Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder. 153
of the paraffin observed on the cross-section. At that part of the
face of the rock which had been subjected to the melted paraffin for
one hour, it was found that a layer of twenty-five to thirty-two
millimeters (one to one and one-quarter inch) had been saturated.””
To facilitate observation of the depth of penetration, the melted
paraffin had been previously dyed to a deep red color by alkanet
root. But the curious fact was observed that, although the color
was apparently held in true solution, it was strained out of the
paraffin by the outer layer of decayed rock, about 3 millimeters in
thickness, and only uncolored paraffin penetrated below. As the
latter was easily distinguished, this result was of no practical im-
portance. I presume that it may have been due to a precipitation of
the color, as a “‘lake,’”’ by the kaolin or free alumina in the weathered
crust of the rock.
The Report concluded with the following five recommendations
by the Committee :—
“1. That the comparatively slow penetration of paraffin into the
solid granite, after so long an application of heat, confirms the view
of the shallowness of the present layer so saturated upon the sur-
face of the Obelisk, as accomplished nearly five years ago by the
usual quick process. Therefore the experiments of the present
Committee lead us to renew the recommendation of local re-treat-
ment, in order to insure the safety of the cracked and more badly
decayed spots. The absence of the least indications of injury to the
stone, after four hours’ continuous warming, seems to us to show
that the process can be used without danger. .
“2. That the heat should be applied to each spot in the way and
with the apparatus already described, at a distance not less than
twenty-four inches, in such a way as to keep a thermometer, with
its bulb applied to the warmed surface, at a temperature not exceed-
ing one hundred and ninety degrees Fahrenheit, and for a period of
about two hours.
“3. That those decayed spots whose small size (three or four
inches), indistinct sound on tapping, and freedom from visible
cracks, indicate the probable shallowness of the decayed or loos-
ened flake, shall be then, while still continuously warmed by the
stove, repeatedly painted over with melted paraffin, by means of a
brush or sponge, for about one-half hour to one hour, until the
rejection of the paraffin shows their perfect saturation.
1 Report, 14,
Annaus N. Y. Acap. Sci., VIII, July, 1893.—11
154 Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder.
‘““4, That those decayed spots whose large area (sometimes reach-
ing a diameter of twenty inches), deeper hollow sound, and display
of cracks, indicate the depth of their decay and the possible exist-
ence beneath of a cleft or cavity of some size, shall be submitted,
immediately after two hours’ warming, to the action of a tank of
melted paraffin for about an hour, or until there is evidence of the
arrest of absorption of paraffin.
‘For this purpose we also recommend the use of tanks of greater
height, in order to increase the hydrostatic pressure of the melted
paraffin and its consequent penetration into the interstices of the
rock.
‘5. We particularly recommend the careful- treatment, in the
latter method, of the large loosened flakes upon the west face of the
pyramidion and vicinity, and of the southwest corner of the Obelisk
for thirty feet below, and that the cracks be left neatly filled up or
‘pointed’ with solid paraffin.”
20. Experiment on rate of penetration of heat into granite.
For the practical end in view in the experiment described, the
rough estimate stated was entirely sufficient. But the figures
obtained were available for a closer determination of the rate of
penetration of the heat-wave, and this has been since calculated
and is now presented below.
Before the experiment, the entire set of thermometers, Nos. 1 to
13, were carefully compared, in ‘the part of the scale used (above
20° C.), in warmed solutions at successively increasing tempera-
tures, with a pair of standard thermometers, made by Tonnelot, of
Paris, marked Nos. 50 and 52, kindly loaned to me for the purpose
by Dr. Charles F. Chandler. In these, the constants had been
already determined at the Yale College Observatory. The com-
parative trials were carried on in the Laboratory of Microbiology
of Columbia College, but need not be described in detail. The
results of the comparison yielded the following corrections, which
have been applied to all the observations recorded beyond.
No. of ther-
mometer. \ CL 2a | EAN ORO, PLO al ed 8 9 10° S019) alee
Correction. .| 0. | 0 | 0 | 0. | 4.7 | 0. | +.2 | —2 | —3 | +1 ] +1 | —6 | —2
In the following table, the corrected figures are given from the
observation note-book :
:
155
Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder.
"9Z90.1G, O[FUOY)
‘soTOUL G JO YJdop 07 WAIVM Opis GION | GZ 80S GO 89 99 GOL CLL GL @69 %LLL F'08 $98 6L
*0Z99.T1Q 9TUBH | GEG 9°66 ‘79 69 $199 TL - Sikh 16h TL %&“L8L 88 L198 “99
*9Z901q 9[FUIH | FES LG S19 £89 979 GL V8L @Sh 1h 18 gie8 6/68 G48
‘soqourt J Jo Yop OF WIV OPIS TALON | 9G 696 T6E GI9 e990 SG2 SOL ~L SOL 6L %Le8 188 o"88
OZ00AG V[JUIH *SOTOUL
g Jo YQdop 07 THIVA YOO JOOPIS YFION | FCG GFE SSS FLS 669 T6L VEL Tol 69 GLL §08 G8 $98
Veo Les V8r TOS eo 689 8rd 199 669 Teh 66L 08 G06
‘09 8'T8
ie F09
*(sompUr $2) 6 “ON OF
UMOp A[TvoU ‘UAIVA YOO JO OPIS YON | SIZ C3 Teh Soh Sh FSG BES 609 09 “L9 89° «8h cL
*So] NUTOL
OAY UT [LOOTED YIM Po[[Yor MOM 9AOJS | 9TZ BIG 68 Sh Bop GG eg L6G 89 «(9G 09 BEL "G8
Tes ‘cS «8368 «SOF «6OCF 66E8Sl69TS )6L09:«=F'GGSséT'99. "88
8°09
*‘(qout 1) g ‘ON Jo qydap 07 ‘puryq
0} WEM ATQISUBS YOOL JO opis YFION | FIG PIG LLG 88s IE OLE SCh GH S8co 60S 6219 G'98
GIG FIG 8'S6 GL 61 G6E 8S ‘OF PH sg “6
9°68 “LV
FRG = 8'S6 6&6 90 G9 T9S “SP GL8
‘uns Sutmazom ayy Aq pourra Ap UIIa.L
OdVJINS IY} WO, IAVA-JVOT 9} JO "88
OOUBAPB oy} Sajvorpur ATJUoAIedde ‘(6
0} F ‘SON Satojyomot49y}) s1ojou1yue0 ‘ WAS)
@'9 01 9% jo uidep ev ye ‘arnyes9du1e}
JO BSLAIOUT YSIS OY} ‘OUL] Puodas ON} UT] 60G FIG FE CGH LEG LE BSG LED LE GH CH LF 8°FG
‘SINOY 991} SULINP Zoos Jo oarnyeaod
“W9} OUUNSSE 0} POAMO][V SLoJoMOULIOY,L, 88S 9S =—8°GS “£G FG FG ='9G ax6 GOK os 10
‘soqour { OF wD it Salee tis ack tC Cee neat en oT I E ‘0
‘aovyANS payeoy
WOIF qinq Jo vouRySIG
rexojouryy ay | Fos 9F% 98 es ‘S'9 9g 8p v Ts 8G FG LT 0
“TOJOULOTIIY} JO ‘on { §T ai II or 6 8 L 9 g i € z T
” L&G
” T&%
” F0Z
” GLI
GS * SFL
” SOT
” 66
” 06
» gg
» ¢9
ica oF
” 1g
” 0g
” GG
” oT
GZ as
8T 9
cT i]
ye paid
9A0}g
*(saqour) | *(soqnurut)
yoor wo) Suryroy
9A048 JO | Jo porsod
aouRyIst(y [BIOL
Le
06%
‘Wid Sot
‘WV ST TT
*MOT}VA
-19sqo
jo our,
156 Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder.
From these figures I have plotted the curve (Fig. 2), showing
rate of penetration of heat into this stone.
Fig. 2.
Period of heating V our Dhours 3 hours 4hours _.
path |
in ) ‘
Centimeters,
a
(Lurch)
3
4
s (2 inches)
6
7
(aimee
g|:
7
From a consideration of the figures in the table, and this plotted
curve, the following conclusions may be drawn :—
(1). That the progress of the heat-wave into the stone is curiously
intermittent, with alternations of slow advances and rapid plunges,
lessening however in contrast, in proportion to the increasing depth.
As the stone, though gneissoid in structure, is comparatively
homogeneous, and the direction of penetration is normal to the
lamination-planes, we may reasonably attribute this character of
the curve mainly to the moisture locked up, in varying proportions,
in the interstices of the successive layers. The increment of heat
seems to be repeatedly absorbed, during a period of one-half to one
hour, during the vaporization of moisture in a layer of about one
centimeter in depth, and its advance thereby delayed. Then the
balance of forces is suddenly broken, possibly by a lateral escape of
vapor through some crevice, and a rapid advance of the heat-wave
ensues during a few minutes, at first to a depth of two or more
centimeters. Then comes the resistance of gathering vapor as
before.
(2). The determination of the rate of increment of heat, in this
experiment, has been affected by several sources of disturbance and
variation. The acquirement of exact and uniform figures would
involve the prevalence of the following theoretical conditions: the
a
ro
Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder. 157
emission of heat of definite amount, at a constant rate, from a point,
through a homogeneous medium; even thus, the rates of increment,
at successive points along a radius of the spherical heat-wave pro-
_ jected through the medium, would evidently decrease, at a rapidly
augmenting geometrical ratio with the distances from the center.
_ In our experiment, however, the following sources of variation and
- disturbance must have accompanied these theoretical conditions :—
(a). Irregular distribution of temperature through the rock,
_ before the experiment.
(b). Irregular source of heat: an indefinitely large number of
_ points, yielding heat in varying amount and intensity. The fuel
had to be re-adjusted in the stove, twice during the afternoon, with
distinct influence in cooling the surface of the stone; and farther
variation must have been produced by the slight breeze which
sprang up in the latter part of the afternoon.
(c). Heterogeneous medium: an aggregate of several minerals
of different conductivity of heat, chiefly quartz, feldspars, biotite,
‘and hornblende: the occurrence of these minerals in crystals of
varying size, lying in all positions, with interstices of irregular size
intervening: separation of the aggregate into lamine of varying
thickness (mostly 2 to 3 centimeters) and texture, with the biotite-
plates mostly arranged in parallelism with the lamination-planes
and in part along those planes. .
(d). Presence of moisture in the interstices, probably in varying
quantity in different layers of the rock, and producing irregular
conversion of sensible into latent heat, during the production and
the escape of vapor.
(e). Radiation of heat and vapor, both from the heated surface,
on the east face of the boulder, and laterally from the north face.
In considering the figures in the table, the influence of these, and
probably other conditions of variation, is strongly marked. Taking
as a standard the average number of seconds in time required for an
increment of one degree of temperature (Centigrade) to a depth of
one centimeter, we find great oscillation along any line, either of depth,
as marked by a particular thermometer, or of period of time, par-
ticularly of the latter. At any depth, within about 8 or 9 centi-
meters from the surface, the average increment of 1° per cm. varies
from 25 to over 50 seconds, say about 36 seconds; while at any
- periods, passing across the columns of depth, the average increment
varies up to more than 100 seconds. At the extreme depths of 25
158 Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder.
and 50 centimeters, which also were most affected by lateral radia-
tion and loss of heat through the north face of the boulder, the
average increment lessened to a rate of over 2 minutes for 1° of
temperature per centimeter of depth.
It would have been interesting to repeat the experiment from
the north side of the boulder, on a series of thermometers, with
bulbs lying at successive depths along the direction of lamination
or strike of the boulder. Our experiment has at least thrown
light on some conditions and precautions, which would require
attention, in properly carrying on a series of such experiments on
the conduction of heat through various species of rock, in directions
varying in reference to planes of structure.
The curve presents at a glance the practical result of our experi-
ment, that the temperature of the melting-point of the paraffin-com-
pound (68° C.) reached a depth of 5 to 6 centimeters in about 2
hours.
21. Absorption-coefficients of Syene granite.
With a view to determine the exact changes in physical condition
in the interior of Syene granite, under the influence of long weather-
ing, both by the conditions of the climate of Egypt and of that of
New York, I have made the following experiments, with particular
reference to absorptive power. The essential features of my method
are founded on a distinction between two modes of absorption of
liquid by a porous solid:
(a). Lateral absorption, i.e., from one surface; such as occurs
in construction, when ashlar is moistened by rain upon its face.
The soaking up of water is here but partial, effected almost entirely
by interstices between the constituent grains, which may be distin-
guished as the rock-pores:
(b). Total saturation, where water is forced into all the interstices
of the rock, including the more minute interstices within the con-
stituent mineral-grains, which may be distinguished as the mineral-
clefts. This therefore includes the.amount of liquid in the rock-
pores, and the difference enables us to estimate the volume of the
second class of voids.
All kinds of mechanical strain to which a rock may be subjected
(such as tension, jar, frost, etc.) are likely to develop mainly an
increased volume in the rock-pores; while the irregular contractions
and expansions, incident to the combinations, losses, and solutions
> olny
Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder. 159
which attend chemical decay, tend to develop mainly the micro-
scopic clefts in the interior of mineral-grains.
The rock-pores connect in chains of easily communicating voids,
forming an intricate network which freely imbibes water, by capil-
lary attraction, from any moistened surface, until completely filled.
The communication between the mineral-clefts is interrupted and
difficult, and their occupation by liquid is slow, on account partly
of their minuteness and partly of their content of air, probably as
a condensed film. The distinction of the two classes of voids, of
their origin, and of conclusions from their proportion, seems to me
important.
The apparatus and process employed for the purpose need to be
first described. After some modifications, they were applied by
me some years ago to a long series of trials on building-stones of
this country, and were found to yield uniform and satisfactory re-
sults.
The main apparatus consists of a low bell-jar, 12 inches in diame-
ter and 6 inches in height, with glass knob for convenient handling ;
this stands in about half an inch of distilled water in a large shallow
tray. Within the bell-jar and half immersed in the water, is a
round, soft clay tile, with even and smooth upper surface, 9 inches
in diameter and about 1 inch in thickness. Before use, this tile
must be repeatedly boiled in distilled water to remove all soluble
matter from its interstices.
On the top of the tile several pads of sheet-rubber, 3 to 4 inches
across, are laid. In the centre of each pad a square opening, 1
inch on a side, is occupied by a pad of thick soft blotting-paper,
which, of course, remains constantly saturated with water drawn
up from the tile. Each of the rubber pads is also kept covered with
a small low glass cover or inverted dish, to prevent the fall of con-
densed water from the vault of the bell-jar. The water lost by
evaporation outside the bell-jar is constantly replaced, so as to keep
a constant level. Without a suitable precaution, the raising of the
bell-jar from the water would be accompanied by a sudden inrush
of water and flooding of the tile. This is prevented, either by a
short bent piece of glass tubing, which passes from outside down and
around the edge of the bell-glass and so up into its interior, so as
to provide constant communication between the air outside and in;
or more conveniently by a half-inch hole bored through the vault of
160 Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder.
the bell-glass, closed by a cork, which is removed every time, before
the bell-glass is raised.
The stone to be examined is either cut into a dressed cube of an
inch on a side, or broken into a fragment of about that form and
size; with either, the result seems to be the same. A sawn cube is
always previously digested in ether or chloroform to remove any
oil or grease possibly adhering or absorbed during the sawing or
handling. All cubes are first dried in a desiccator, over sulphuric
acid. Before every weighing, the cube is wrapped tightly in a
doubled sheet of tin-foil of known weight.
The process consists of the following steps: The cube, on removal
from the desiccator, is weighed in its tin wrapper, pressed down
into firm contact upon the yielding wet pad of blotting-paper,
covered, and there left under the bell-jar until filled by lateral
absorption. This usually requires 2 or 3 hours, and is often indi-
cated by little drops of water exuding upon the upper surface.
The cube is then quickly pressed surface-dry in a piece of filter-
paper, instantly wrapped in the tin-foil and weighed. This is
repeated to insure constant weight. ‘The cube is then immersed
in non-aérated distilled water and put in the vacuum of an air-pump
until effervescence ceases, again wiped surface-dry, and weighed in
its tin wrapper; this is repeated to constant weight. Finally the
cube is weighed in distilled water at determined temperature.
Four specimens were examined in this way, viz. :—
A. Granite from the ancient quarry at Syene, selected from a
large number of specimens, on account of its fresh appearance.
B. Granite from the Syene quarry, apparently showing slight
decomposition, by dulled color and lustre, and by some fine cracks.
C. Fresh granite of the Obelisk, obtained in January, 1881, soon
after the erection of the Obelisk, and probably derived from chip-
pings off the heel of the shaft, done under direction of Commander
Gorringe.
D. Flake of disintegrated granite, removed from surface of the
Obelisk in 1885, supplied by the Park Commissioners.
The trial of these paired specimens yielded the following results:
The actual weights obtained, in grams, are given in the table
beyond.
Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder.
161
Cube Cube Cube in
Dried | moistened | saturated | distilled
Specimens tested. cube. by lateral | by immer-| water
absorption. sion. at 25° C.
A | Fresh granite, Syene quarry 28.539 | 28.586 | 28.595 | 17.770
B_ Decayed granite, Syene quarry 68.183 | 68.365 68.436 | 42.755
C | Fresh granite, Obelisk in 1881 82.415 | 82.483 | 82.640 | 51.193
D _ Decayed granite, Obelisk in 1885 32.735 | 32.792 32.886 | 20.513
From these weights the following coefficients have been calcu-
lated; a and 6, in percentage of weight of the rock: c, d, and e, in
percentage of its volume: and f and g, in percentage of its Total
Voids.
Determinations of Absorption of Syene Granite,
Sresh and decayed.
= a. b. é. d. é. fe alg h. i.
3
2 | | Specifie gravity.
oO | | on——s
= | Coefficient! Satura- | Rock | Mi taal Ie Enti
a a lateral aa vais wide: Hotel Lanes eae Mineral iguana
& absorption. coefficient.) (pores). | (clefts). SASHES AES | Sea lemat tern winters
¢ stices.
| =|
A 165 196 GABE! | aliveis} = | etpily/ 84 16 2.650 | 2.636
fb 267 371 SOS) |), cx4riey 985 72 28 2.681 | 2.655
Cc .083 273 216 | 500 | .716 30 70 2.640 | 2.621
D 174 461 461 | .759 | 1.220 37 63 2.678 | 2.646
|
I have long hoped to confirm and develop these results, by similar
fo) p Der w
experiments on a more extended series of specimens of granite from
Syene, for which I have been waiting.
These were to include,
especially, specimens of fresh rock, to be reached by blasting from
some depth below the present surface in the quarries.
chemical analyses were also to be made.
On these,
But the recent death, in
the midst of his own useful investigations, of the friend, Mr. F.
Cope Whitehouse, on whose offered assistance I relied to procure
this material from Egypt, has decided me to publish at once the
results so far obtained.
22. The causes and progress of the decay of the Obelisk.
From the foregoing figures the following conclusions, I think,
may be safely drawn, even from this limited series; though we
162 Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder.
must allow for differences in constitution of the rock, in considering
such small quantities, and for unknown variations in the length of
exposure of these specimens to the weather.
(1). This granite, from whatever source derived, is by no means
a compact mass, but is traversed by interstices in notable propor-
tion, amounting to (see column e on total voids) from one-half to
over one per cent. of its volume, according to its fresh character or
condition of incipient decay.
In other words, even the dense Syene granite is finely spongy
throughout, in its freshest state.
(2). In regard to the rock aggregate, the fresh granite (c) from
the Obelisk, probably broken from the ever sheltered heel of its
shaft, apparently represents either accidentally the most compact
variety, or else the freshest condition of the Syene granite in my
series, retaining the lowest coefficient of lateral absorption (.083),
7. e., the smallest proportion of rock-pores, about } of one per cent.
of the volume (.216). But in regard to the constituent minerals,
the fresh granite, as just arrived from Alexandria, contained nearly
50 per cent. more voids (716 to 517) than that at Syene, chiefly in
its more abundant mineral interstices. This may indicate the effici-
ency of hydration in the damper climate of the Egyptian sea-coast.
(8). The progress of decay of the surface chips of the granite, in
the quarry at Syene, was attended with increase in the minute inter-
stices of its component minerals rather than in the pores of the rock;
the original relationship (columns g and /) 16 to 84 became 28 to 72.
This seems to show that, in the arid climate of Syene, the chief
element of decay in the granite was chemical, consisting in the ab-.
sorption of oxygen and water by its minerals. The limited absorp-
tion of the latter, however, is shown by the determination of the
loss by incineration at 0.65 per cent., and in the microclin at 0.35
per cent."
(4). The progress of decay in the granite of the Obelisk, on the
other hand, from 1881 to 1885, has yielded an increased proportion
of rock-pores; the relationship of 70 to 30 having changed to 63 to
37. The mineral voids have increased 50 per cent. (.500 to .759),
and the rock-voids have more than doubled (.216 to .461).
This indicates the action of a chemical force on the minerals,
increasing their clefts, and a still more efficient mechanical action ;
1 Delesse, loc. cit., 489.
Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder. 163
the latter, between the arrival of the Obelisk at New York and the
autumn of 1885, had produced a widening of the pores in the sur-
face of the rock and incipient disintegration. This seems to me to
prove that the active absorption of water, in our rainy seasons, by
the minerals on the surface of the Obelisk, was the first and a con-
tinuous cause of decay. But there was, as plainly, a rending force,
apparently greater than that which can be attributed to expansion
by hydration.
(5). One result of decay, both in the granite of the quarry at
Syene and in that of the Obelisk during its 43 years exposure in
New York, consists in an increase of specific gravity, both in the
mineral matter and in the entire rock with all its interstices. This
is a further indication that the actual expansion by hydration, in
the decayed surface, just referred to above, must have been very
small, and that the rending force must be sought in some other
direction.
The specific gravity of the granite of our Obelisk was determined
by Persifor Frazer in mass, including its cavities, at 2.6618; when
determined in grains of the size of a pea, at 2.7188; giving the
weight of one cubic foot of the rock at 166.1625 pounds avoirdupois.
According to G. W. Wigner, the specific gravity of the stone of the
London Obelisk was 2.682; absorbent power of the fresh stone, at
the rate of 5.4406 grams of water per square meter, and of the
weathered surface at a rate six times as great.
There are only two other forces, to whose sudden application or
‘increased action the rapid exfoliation of the surface of the Obelisk
from 1881 to 1885 has ever been attributed.
One of these is our climatic variation in temperature, with fre-
quent sudden changes within a single day, enhanced by the strong
heat of the sun. But I have already shown, from the even wider
ranges of temperature in the climate of Egypt, at a higher portion
of the scale, and from the observed results upon the sun-exposed
faces of all obelisks, that this supposed cause had little or nothing
to do with the surprisingly sudden disintegration which attacked
the Obelisk immediately after its arrival.
It seems therefore established that we must attribute those visible
effects of decay entirely to the violent force which’was then exerted
upon the monolith, almost for the first time in all its history—that
of frost. The power exerted by the expansion of water in freez-
164 Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder.
ing, within the pores of a stone, is so well known, that it needs no ~
discussion here.
It is therefore evident that, for the protection of the Obelisk from
this fierce attack, it was only necessary to insure the complete ex-
clusion of moisture.
Any process, however, in which waterproofing material is applied
in solution, even to a theoretically dry stone, must be imperfect
per se. On the evaporation of the solvent, which constitutes the
chief volume of the solution, the outer pores of the stone, empty to
a slight depth, are in large part simply lined instead of filled with
the protective residue. Nor can this deficiency be supplied by fur-
ther applications of the solution, in successive coats: for already
many of the pores have been sealed to further permeation, and the
result must be a merely superficial cellular coat. On the other
hand, practically, in any large solid mass of stone or masonry ex-
posed to the weather in our climate, the pores are already occupied,
and permanently, almost to the surface, by water, even in the
hottest and driest weather. This forbids the satisfactory penetra-
tion of a waterproofing solution to any material depth.
The process theoretically called for by the decaying Obelisk, in
1885, was one by which the pores of the granite should be first
emptied of moisture to the depth of at least two inches, by some
gently applied but long continued absorbent, such as dry air or
gentle heat: and by which, secondly, the empty pores should be
completely saturated to that depth with a liquid preservative, of
melting-point above the mean temperature of the stone, strongly
adherent, permanent under weathering, and solidifying with slightest
possible contraction. These conditions were, I think, fortunately
approached by the process then applied, and will be still more closely
approximated by the modified process, recommended by the two
Committees, for the special retreatment of the decayed spots upon
the Obelisk.
Asan additional means of protection to the injured surface, I
have elsewhere! suggested the propriety of restoring the ancient
gilded cap to the apex of the pyramidion, regilding the remainder
of the surface of the pyramidion below the cap, and regilding the
hieroglyphic intaglios on the four vertical faces of the Obelisk.
Aside from the appropriateness of this restoration from the archeo-
1 The Misfortunes of an Obelisk, 128.
Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder. 165
logical point of view, already fully discussed in the paper referred
to, such an impervious metal film would serve as an efficient cover-
ing, to shed rain-water, sleet, and melting snow from the sloping
sides of the pyramidion and from the hollows of the deep intaglios
which cover the shaft below. To these hieroglyphs the Obelisk
owes its chief interest as a historical monument, and, unfortunately,
their cavities and projections, although still preserved, have suffered
the chief injury by the surface-decay. The regilding could be car-
ried out at small expense, and would be a most useful ally to the
waterproofing treatment. Nothing too much can be done by our
City authorities to secure both the preservation and proper decora-
tion of this unique Symbol of the Sun on American soil, and to
offset the deplorable neglect of our City, up to 1885, in its care of
this magnificent gift from a generous citizen, the late Mr. William
H. Vanderbilt.
Finally, then, when we return to our rusty pebble and the
Egyptian boulder, what conclusions may we fairly draw as to the
conditions attending their decay ?
A. The main agency, by far predominant over all others, in the
decay of these granite masses, has been aérated rain-water; this has
been aided in Egypt by extreme and constant oscillations of tem-
perature. Their means of action have been two-fold.
(1). Chemical, by absorption of water, together with oxygen, in
combination with part of the bases of the unlocked silicates, and
gradual removal of the rest in solution, producing irregular changes
of volume and proportionate increase of the mineral-clefts.
(2). Mechanical, through expansion by the sun’s heat and con-
traction by night-radiation, aided by artificial roasting in some
cases, tension and jar during transportation, further washing out
of soluble matters, and, in our climate, freezing: all producing
increase of the rock-pores.
B. The rate of action of each process is approximately indicated
by some of the facts stated :—
(1). Chemical action with a limited rainfall, efficiently aided by
oscillations of temperature, has tended, in the hot and comparatively
arid climate of Syene, to cause the disintegration and removal of a
layer, at least one centimeter in thickness, from the surface of the
granite-cliffs at Syene, during a period of five to six thousand years.
Forty-five centuries have been generally insufficient to produce any
visible external injury and exfoliation.
166 Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder.
(2). Mechanical action, predominantly that of frost, has worked
in the climate of New York at a vastly more rapid rate. On the
surface of the Obelisk, already scarred and weakened by fire, it
completely loosened a shell of about 0.73 mm. in thickness in 4#
years, equivalent to 1 centimeter in 70 years—or more nearly 1
centimeter in 50 years, when we allow for the decayed and parti-
ally loosened material which has not been removed from the surface
of the monument. But although this rate far exceeds that of the
estimate of Dr. Barnard (1 cm. in 6000 years) there is no evidence
that it must be continuous; the chief exfoliation has been probably
already effected in the weakened, thin outer layer of stone; the
main stone below is practically sound.
It appears then that an ancient column of granite like this, while
unfitted to mark the flying hours on a Roman dial, may yet serve
us as a true gnomon to record some phases of rock-decay at inter-
vals in geological time.
_
a .
ANNALS N. Y. ACAD. SCIENCES. VOL. VIII, PLATE I.
Ae RM Moet Pha! Uy SS TO a
uf
ANNALS N. Y. ACAD. SCIENCES. VOL. VIIL., PLATE II.
ANNALS N. Y. ACAD. SCIENCES VOL Vill Erb AtE Tie
4h
MN
Md
ane
4
(At
ANNALS N. Y. ACAD. SCIENCES. VOMiS Ville. Ply AcE lve
ANNALS
OF THE
NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.
The ‘‘ ANNALS,’’ published for over half a century by the Lyceum of
Natural History, are continued under the above name by the New York
_ Academy of Sciences, beginning in 1877. Five volumes of the new series
have now been issued, each covering three years (1877-9, 1880-2, 1883-5,
1886-8, 1889-91, inclusive).
With the beginning of the fourth volume, the Academy decided to
_ change somewhat the mode of publication. The ANNALS are henceforth
issued without particular reference to times or periods. The parts will
: appear as material for them shall be offered ; each single part, or number,
__, as before, will contain at least 32 pages, with or without plates ; twelve
te mrrs, as before, whenever published, will constitute a volume. The
Psize and general character of the parts and volumes will not be changed ;
nor is it intended at all to reduce the average yearly amount of matter.
‘The ANNALS include the more extended and elaborate papers laid before
the Academy. The briefer papers and discussions that form part of the
Academy’s meetings appear in its other publication, the TRANSACTIONS,
_ which it is designed to issue promptly and regularly, so as to give a
record of the current work of each year,—the single numbers appearing
monthly (or double, bi-monthly), and eight single numbers forming an
annual volume.
ay By vote of the Academy, both these publications will be sent FREE to
___ its Resident and Honorary members. To non-resident members the price
of the TRANSaAcTIONS will be $3.00 per year.
i To all others, prices will be as follows:
; Annals, single numbers, Fifty Cents.
* Fe double or multiple numbers in propor tion.
a ee per volume (12 numbers), 3 - . Six Dollars.
a Transactions, sper year, : é c : . Five Dollars.
x ce single numbers, : : : . Fifty Cents.
a
All communications should be addressed to
THOS. L. CASEY,
Army Building,
New York.
:
:
ae
Or to
N. L. BRITTON,
Columbia College, New York.
The Academy has for sale a number of back volumes of the ANNALS
of both series, each containing twelve or more numbers; the price per
volume is Five Dollars in the old (Lyceum) series, and Six Dollars in the
new (Academy) series.
=
“ff
a
=
x
s
an
he.
*,
CONTENTS.
I.—The Parallaxes of « and 6 Cassiopeiz, deduced from Rutherfurd Pho-
tographic Measures. By Harotp JacoBy . : : Sao
I].—The Myriapoda Collected by the United States Eclipse Expedition
to West Africa, 1889 and 1890. By 0. F. Cook and G. N. Coruins
III.—Studies on the Life-history of some Bombycine Moths, with Notes
on the Sete and Spines of Certain Species By Aupneus S.
PACKARD . : : ; ; : : ‘ : : :
IV.—A Study of the New York Obelisk as a Decayed Boulder. By
ALEXIS A. JULIEN _ 5 5 a 5 é 5 S 5 :
PAGE |
24
93
a me : : : ; : Si |
fol. VIII. = a May, 1894. No. 4.
ANNALS
OF THE
NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES,
LATE
Heo Pork:
PUBLISHED BY THE ACADEMY.
1894.
OFFICERS OF THE ACADEMY.
1894-95,
- President,
J. K. REES.
Vice- Presidents.
R. P. WHITFIELD, HENRY F. OSBORN.
Corresponding Secretary.
T. L. CASEY.
Recording Secretary.
J. F. KEMP.
Treasurer,
CHAS? F..COX:
Committee of Publication.
J. A. ALLEN, J F. KEMP,
HAROLD JACOBY, H. F. OSBORN.
THOS. L. CASEY (Epiror).
V.— Reversal of Cleavage in a Sinistral Gasteropod.
BY HENRY 'E. CRAMPTON, JR.
Read Feb. 12, 1894.
The purpose of the present preliminary notice is to communicate
an interesting series of embryological facts which have not hereto-
fore been published. They are the results of studies made during
last December upon the cleavage of the eggs of our common fresh-
water Pulmonates, Physa heterostropha, and Limnea columella.
Of these it will be remembered that the adult Physa has a sinistral
shell, and Limneza a dextral shell, the more usual form.
It was by a most happy accident that these facts were brought
to light. At the suggestion of Prof. E. B. Wilson, I was about to
study the development of Paludina, which, according to von Erlan-
ger, forms the mesoderm by archenteric pouches. As the Pulmo-
nates were commoner at that time of the year, the idea occurred to
me to study their development in order to have a more thorough
basis for comparison, when I came to study Paludina. But it was
with the full expectation of finding the usual method of cleavage,
and not with any idea of the presence of variation.
Owing to the short time of my investigation I have demonstrated
few stages beyond the formation of the mesoderm, which takes place
at the 28-cell stage. But the early stages have been most thoroughly
determined, and these I shall describe. I emphasize the point that
these are the determinative stages, in which the orientation of the
animal is completed, and are assuredly the most important.
The type of cleavage in these eggs is the spiral, well known in
many forms, notably Nereis (Wilson, Journ. Morph., vol. vi, No. 3),
Umbrella (Heymons, Zeit. f. wiss. Zool., Band 57, 1893), Neritina
(Blochmann, Zeit. f. wiss. Zool., Band 36, 1882), Crepidula (Conk-
Annats N. Y. Acap. Scr1., VIII, March, 1894.—12
168 Reversal of Cleavage in a Sinistral Gasteropod.
lin, Zool. Anz., No. 391, 1892), and others. To the facts of this
nature, I add, as my results, that the cleavage of Physa is typically
spiral, but totally reversed. 'This is not abnormal, for all the series
obtained developed reversedly, while Limnza eggs, laid in the same
jars, proceeded in the regular direct manner.
The eggs are smaller in Limnza than in Physa. Segmentation
begins about five hours after deposition, and about two hours after
the extrusion of the polar globules. As usual, the first cleavage-
plane is meridional, dividing the egg into equal parts, anterior and
posterior. The second plane, also meridional, divides each of these,
forming four nearly equal blastomeres, A, B, C', D (Figs. 1 and 2),
D. being slightly larger than the others. The first evidence of
variation in Physa appears at a late 2-cell stage. Here the spindles
for the next cleavage, instead of being inclined from left below to
right above, in side view, as they are in Limnea, are inclined from
right below to left above. This is a total reversion, which in the
completed 4-cell stage (Fig. 2), brings about the reversion of the
‘‘cross-furrows.’’ The appearance of these in Limnea and other
forms cited is that shown in Fig. 1.
And here it is plainly seen that the crossing of the upper and
lower cross-furrows is an expression of a spiral cleavage; for the
cells Band D being in contact at the lower pole, while A and @
are in contact at the upper, it follows that A and C are at a higher
level. And as A is separated off from B, and C from D, we have
a spiral cleavage, to the left in Limnea, and in Physa to the right.
A very noticeable feature at this stage is the enormous blastocoel.
The third cleavage plane is equatorial, and separates the first
group of micromeres, a’, b', c', d’, from the macromeres, A, B, C, D
(Fig. 3). These smaller cells alternate with the macromeres, show-
ing the spiral nature of the division. But it will be noticed that
they are derived in a /eft-handed spiral, the reverse of the case in
Limnea; and that this direction is opposite to that of the spiral of
the last division, as to be expected in a normal cleavage.
The twelve-cell stage occurs next. A second group of micro-
meres, a’, b’, c’, d’ (Fig. 4), is given off from the macromeres in a
right-handed spiral, this being opposite to their origin in other
forms; and also alternating with the spiral of the third cleavage.
Then the cells of the first group of micromeres divide unequally
(Fig. 5, a'!, a”, bY, b'?, etc.). Here again the reversal holds, as
Reversal of Cleavage in a Sinistral Gasteropod. 169
their division here is in a /eft-handed spiral. In Limnza and other
forms, they divide to the right.
A twenty-four-cell stage obtains by the division at about the
same time of the second group of micromeres and the macromeres.
A third group of micromeres arises spirally to the left, reversing
the condition in Limnea. And moreover the cells a’, b’, etc., divide
at right-angles to the direction in other forms.
There are one or two most interesting questions which arise in
view of the foregoing facts. I shall not attempt to discuss these,
contenting myself with merely pointing out their interest. First,
is there any correlation between the sinistral shell of the adult
Physa and the unique method of cleavage? The answer to this
will depend on further investigations on the embryology of sinis-
tral forms. Heretofore, we have had slight evidence of reversed
cleavage. Planorbis, as figured by Rabl (Morph. Jahrbuch, Band
5, 1879), is certainly reversed in some stages; whether this obtains
throughout is uncertain from the figures. The only other case is
that of Janthina (Haddon, Quarterly Journ. Micro. Sc., vol. xxii,
N.S8., 1882); there is a figure of an eight-cell stage, which appears
reversed. Janthina has an ordinary dextral shell.
Another important question is that relating to the origin of the
mesoderm. In all the spiral forms known cytogenetically, the
mesoderm arises from D, as one of the fourth group of micromeres,
which is given off in a left-handed spiral. And as D is on the left
side, d‘ comes to lie at the median posterior part of the embryo. Now
in Physa, D is on the right, and d* must arise in a right-handed
spiral; so that, while it occupies the same position as it does in
other forms, still in Physa, it is derived from the opposite side of
the egg. I shall not attempt to discuss whether this argues for
isotropy or preorganization, but will reserve full treatment for the
future.
CoLtumprA CoLuecE, 1894.
170 Reversal of Cleavage in a Sinistral Gasteropod.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.
Fig. 1.—4-cell of Limnea, from the animal pole.
Figs. 2, 3, 4, 5.—4-, 8-, 12, and 16-cell stages of Physa, all from animal
pole. I-I, first cleavage plane; II-II, second cleavage plane; A, B, C, D,
macromeres; al, b!, cl, d!, first group of micromeres; a®, b?, c2, d2, second
group of micromeres ; atl, al-2, b1-1, 512, etc., descendants of the first group of
micromeres. The arrows show the direction of the spiral division.
ANNALS N.Y. ACAD. SCIENCES. VOL.VIIL., PLATE V.
Fig 92
VI.— Certain New Derivatives in the Aromatic Series.
BY HARWOOD HUNTINGTON.
Read March 19, 1894.
TABLE OF NEW DERIVATIVES.
Phenylacridin-azo-alphaNaphtol.
Phenylacridin-azo-betaNaphtoldisulphonic acid, 2:6: 8.
Phenyldimethylacridin-azo-alphaNaphtol.
Phenyldimethylacridin-azo-betaNaphtol.
Phenyldimethylacridin-azo-Naphtylaminesulphonic acid.
Amidoazobenzol-azo-Naphtylaminesulphonic acid, 2: 7.
Para-Anisidin-azo-alphaNaphtoldisulphonic acid, 1:4: 8.
Para-Anisidin-azo-betaNaphtylaminesulphonic acid, 2: 5.
Para-Anisidin-azo-betaNaphtol.
Fluoren-disazo-betaNaphtylamine.
Fluoren-disazo-beta-gammaNaphtylamine.
FPluoren-disazo-alphaNaphtolsulphonic acid, 1: 4.
Fluoren-disazo-betaNaphtolsulphonic acid, 2: 6.
Fluoren-disazo-alphaNaphtol.
Fluoren-disazo-betaNaphtol.
Tetramethyldiamidodiphenylmethan-azo-betaNaphtylaminesulph-
onic acid, 2: 5.
Tetramethyldiamidodiphenylmethan-azo-betaNaphtylaminesulph-
onic acid, 2: 6.
Tetramethyldiamidodiphenylmethan-azo-betaNaphtylaminesulph-
onic acid, 2: 7.
Tetramethyldiamidodiphenylmethan-azo-beta-gamma-Naphtyla-
minesulphonic acid, 2—3.
Tetramethyldiamidodiphenylmethan-azo-alphaNaphtol.
Tetramethyl diamidodiphenylmethan-azo-alphaNaphtol sulphonic
acid, 1: 4.
Tetramethyldiamidodiphenylmethan-azo-betaNaphtol sulphonic
acid, 2: 6.
Tetramethyldiamidodiphenylmethan-azo-betaNaphtoldisulphonic
acid, 2:6: 8.
Tetramethyldiamidodiphenylmethan-azo-betaNaphtoldisulphonic
acid, 2:3: G:
Aniline-azo-dialphaNaphtol.
Aniline-azo-dibetaNaphtol.
Annats N. Y. Acap. Scr., VIII, April, 1894.
172 Certain New Derivatives in the Aromatic Series.
Para-Nitraniline-azo-dialphaNaphtol.
Para-Nitraniline-azo-dibetaNaphtol.
Toluidine-azo-dialphaNaphtol.
Toluidine-azo-dibetaNaphtol.
Xylidine-azo-dialphaNaphtol.
Xylidine-azo-dibetaNaphtol.
Amidoazobenzol-azo-dialphaNaphtol.
Amidoazobenzol-azo-dibetaNaphtol.
Sulphanilicacid-azo-alphadiNaphtol.
Sulphanilicacid-azo-betadiNaphtol.
AlphaNaphtylamine-azo-alphadiNaphtol.
Naphthionicacid-azo-alphadiNaphtol.
Naphthionicacid-azo-betadiNaphtol.
BetaNaphtylaminesulphonicacid-azo-alphadiNaphtol.
BetaNaphtylaminesulphonicacid-azo-betadiNaphtol.
Chinolin-azo-betaNaphtylaminesulphonic acid, 2: 5.
Chinolin-azo-alphaNaphtolsulphonic acid, 1: 4.
Chinolin-azo-beta-gammaNaphtyiaminesulphonic acid.
betaNaphtylaminesulphonic acid (2 : 6)-azo-alphaNaphtoldisul-
phonic acid, 1:4:8.
betaNaphtylaminesulphonic acid (2 : 5)-azo-betaNaphtol.
betaNaphtylaminesulphonic acid (2 : 5)-azo-betaNaphtoldisul-
phonic acid, 2:6: 8.
betaNaphtylaminesulphonic acid (2 : 5)-azo-betaNaphtoldisul-
phonic acid, 2:4: 8.
betaNaphtylaminesulphonic acid (2 : 5)-azo-alphaNaphtoldisul-
phonic acid, 1:4: 8.
Naphthionic acid-azo-alphaNaphtoldisulphonic acid, 1:4: 8.
Tribromaniline-azo-betaNaphtol.
Metadioxyazotribrombenzol. ~
Tribromaniline-azo-alphaNaphtolmonosulphonic acid, 1: 4.
Tribromaniline-azo-betaNaphtolmonosulphonic acid, 2 : 6.
Tribromaniline-azo-betaNaphtoldisulphonic acid, 2:3:6.
Tribromaniline-azo-alphaNaphtoldisulphonic acid, 2:6: 8.
Tribromaniline-azo-alphaNaphtylamine.
Tribromaniline-azo-betaNaphtylamine.
Tribromaniline-azo-betaNaphtylaminesulphonic acid, 2: 5.
Tribromaniline-azo-betaNaphtylaminesulphonic acid, 2: 6.
PREFACE.
It is a wide-spread, popular idea that the Coal-Tar Industry has
revolutionized the theory and practice of dyeing. This is only true
in part, because the improvement made possible by the brilliant
work of the leaders in Color-Chemistry has been in great measure )
annulled by the dyers, who, instead of using the best and most |
Certain New Derivatives in the Aromatic Series. 173
reliable of the inventions, have fallen into the reprehensible habit
of using those many fugitive derivatives of aniline with which the
market is flooded, because they are a little cheaper. All the colors
of the spectrum can now be made from the Coal-Tar Colors, and it
is perfectly possible to make them thoroughly reliable and fast—
fast to washing with hot and cold water, fast to acidulated water,
or alkaline water, and what is perhaps the supreme test of a color,
fast to the action of sunlight. If the dyers would conscientiously
use the really good dyes from coal-tar, and avoid the worthless ones
with which their trade is infested, the civilized part of the world
could compete successfully with those dyes used by the makers of
the Persian and Turkish carpets, in which the colors are as durable
as the rugs themselves.
To-day it is a fact, that, in spite of the many valuable and reliable
dyes, many of the old-fashioned dyes are not driven out of the
market. The natural dyes are still used in immense quantities—
Indigo for blue, Logwood for slates and blacks, Cutch for browns,
Fustic for yellows, and Sumac for mode colors. Then there are the
ancient uses of iron nitrate to make buffs with alkalies; the Prus-
sian blues from iron nitrate and prussiate; the brown from manga-
nese and alkalies; and the yellow from lead acetate and bichromate;
all these are of daily application. In many cases it is a pity, and in
most instances it is a sad waste of more or less expensive chemi-
cals, but as yet, only in the case of cochineal and madder is the field
completely occupied by the artificial dyes.
The writer cannot refrain from making one more observation
here. It is that the methods of dyeing are sure to undergo a
modification in the near future. Many dyes which now are made
for the works at the aniline mill or factory, will be made at the
works where the colors are applied to the fabric. As the patents
run out the number of colors available for manufacture at the
works will increase, and skilled color chemists will be as much a
requisite in works of repute, as the now omnipresent and some-
times omniscient Superintendent. This is not necessarily a factor
which will act to the detriment of the aniline manufactories, for
there will always be a demand for aniline dyes in the dry state; the
advantages of, and the necessities for the division of labor are too
apparent to be gainsaid; but in large works there is a deal of saving
and small economies to be effected, and the most progressive and
enterprising establishments are sure to be the first to profit by the
174 Certain New Derivatives in the Aromatic Series.
intelligent, conscientious work of able and competent chemists of the
new school.
In lieu of an historical introduction, I have drawn up a list of
all the important dyes now prepared from coal-tar, and have indi-
cated their modes of manufacture. This table forms no part of my
thesis proper, which is strictly original work, but is offered to show
the present status of the color industry, and to give its salient points.
The list by no means comprises the whole number of dyes which .
have been made, but simply gives the principal ones, and those
which have obtained a permanent place in the commercial world ;
and after all, that is a fair test of the usefulness and intrinsic value
of any product.
Nitro Dyss. Type, R.NO,,.
Naphtol Yellow. HNO, on a-Naphtoltrisulphonie acid, 1 : 2: 4:7.
R.NV
Avzoxy Dyus. ‘Type, |). 50
R.NZ
Curcumine. p-Nitrotoluolsulphonic acid and KOH.
Hyprazonge Dyes. Type, R—NH—NH—R.
Tartrazine. Phenylhydrazinemonosulphonic acid and dioxytar-
taric acid.
Azo Dyzs. Type, R.N=N.R.
Cochineal Scarlet G. Aniline and alphanaphtolsulphonic acid
CAL as:
Ponceau 4GB. Aniline and betanaphtolsulphonic acid, Scheef-
fer’s, 2: 6.
Orange G. Aniline and betanaphtoldisulphonic acid, ‘G”’, 2:6:8.
Chrysoidine. Aniline and phenylenediamine.
Wool Scarlet R. Xylidine and alphanaphtoldisulphonie acid,
Schellkopf’s, 1: 4: 8.
Palatine Scarlet. Metaxylidine and naphtoldisulphonie acid.
Erika B. Dehydrothiometaxylidine and alphanaphtoldisulphonie
acid.
Fast Red A. Naphthionic acid, 1 : 4, and betanaphtol.
Certain New Derivatives in the Aromatic Series. 175
Azo-Rubine S. Naphthionic acid and alphanaphtolsulphonice acid,
Neville and Winther’s, 1 : 4.
Fast Red E. Naphthionic acid and betanaphtolsulphonic acid,
Scheffer’s, 2: 6.
New Coccine. Naphthionic acid and betanaphtoldisulphonic acid,
a. :-6 : 8.
Fast Red D. Naphthionic acid and betanaphtoldisulphonie acid,
eke? 2: 3: 6.
Ponceau 6R. Naphthionic acid and betanaphtoltrisulphonie acid.
Azo-Coccine 7B. Amidoazobenzene and alphanaphtolsulphonic
acid, Neville and Winther’s, 1 : 4.
Brilliant Croceine. Amidoazobenzene and naphtoldisulphonic
pide Ge’, 2: 6: 8.
Croceine 3B. Amidoazotoluol and naphtoldisulphonic acid,
Schellkopf’s, 1:4: 8.
Double Scarlet. Amidoazobenzolsulphonic acid and betanaphtol.
Biebricher Scarlet. Amidoazobenzoldisulphonic acid and beta-
naphtol. .
Ponceau S extra. Amidoazobenzoldisulphonic acid and beta-
naphtoldisulphonic acid, ““R”, 2:3: 6.
Groceine Scarlet 7B. Amidoazotoluolsulphonie acid and beta-
naphtolsulphonic acid, Bayer’s, 2 : 6.
Bordeau G. Amidoazotoluolsulphonie acid and betanaphtolsul-
phonic acid, Scheeffer’s, 2 : 6.
Jet Black R. Amidobenzoldisulphonic-acid-azoalphanaphtyla-
mine and phenylalphanaphtylamine.
Naphtol Black 6B. Alphanaphtylaminedisulphonic-acid-azo-
naphtylamine and betanaphtoldisulphonic acid, ‘‘R”, 2:3: 6.
St. Denis Red. Diamidoazoxytoluol and alphanaphtolsulphonic
acid, Neville and Winther’s, 1: 4.
Chrysophenine. Ethyliring Brilliant Yellow.
Cresotine Yellow. Benzidine and cresotinic acid.
Chrysamine G. Benzidine and salicylic acid.
Diamine Black Rk. Benzidine and amidonaphtolsulphonie acid.
_ Sulfon-Azurine. Benzidinsulfondisulphonic acid and phenyl-
betanaphtylamine.
Delta-purpurine 5B. Tolidine and naphtylaminesulphonice acid.
Brilliant Congo R. Tolidine and naphtylaminesulphonie acids,
fm 2: 3:6, and Bronner’s, 2 : 6.
176 Certain New Derivatives in the Aromatic Series.
Toluylene Orange R. ‘Tolidine and toluylenediaminesulphonie
acid.
Rosazurine G. Tolidine and methylbetanaphtylaminesulphonie
acid.
Benzoazurine G. Dianisidine and alphanaphtolsulphonie acid,
Neville and Winther’s, 1 : 4.
Benzopurpurine 108. Dianisidine and naphthionie acid.
OXYKETONE DYEs.
Alizarine Black S. From dinitronaphtaline.
Alizarine No.1. From anthrachinonemonosulphonie acid.
Alizarine SDG. From anthrachinonedisulphonic acid.
Alizarine RX. From beta-anthrachinonedisulphonie acid.
Alizarine Orange. HNO, on alizarine.
Alizarine Powder 5WS. H,SO, on alizarine.
Alizarine Blue. Glycerine and H,SO, on betanitroalizarine.
D1-PHENYL-METHANE DYEs.
Auramine O. Tetramethyldiamidobenzophenone and AmCl and
ZnCl.
Tri-PHENYL-METHANE DYEs.
Malachite Green. Benzaldehyde and dimethylaniline.
Brilliant Green. Benzaldehyde and diethylaniline.
Magenta. Aniline and toluidine.
Methyl Violet. Dimethylaniline.
Hofmann’s Violet. Action of methyl halogens on Magenta.
Methyl or Cotton Blues. Sulfuriring Triphenyl-p-Rosaniline.
Alkali or Nicholson’s Blue. Sulfuriring Aniline Blue.
Fluoresceine, or Uranine. Phthalic acid anhydride and resorcin
Hosines. Bromiring Fluoresceine.
Erythrosine. Todiring Fluoresceine.
Phloxine. Bromine on tetra-chlor-fluoresceine.
Rose Bengale. Iodine on tetra-chlor-fluoresceine.
Galleine. Phthalic acid anhydride and gallic acid.
Coerulein. Galleine and H,SO,.
Certain New Derivatives in the Aromatic Series. iwi
INDOPHENOLS.
Indophenol. Nitrosodimethylaniline and alpha-naphtol.
OXAZINE AND THIAZINE DYEs.
Gallocyanine. Nitrosodimethylaniline and gallic or tannic acid.
Fast Black. Nitrosodimethylaniline and m-oxydiphenylamine.
Methylene Blue. From p-Amidodimethylaniline and dimethyl-
aniline.
Toluidine Blue. From p-Amidodimethylaniline and o-toluidine.
SAFRANINES.
Safranine. Oxidation of p-Toluylendiamine, Aniline and o-Tolu-
dine.
INDULINES AND NIGROSINES.
Nigrosine. Action of H,SO, on Indulines; latter from amido-
azobenzene heated with aniline.
Paraphenylenblue Rk. Phenylendiamine on amidoazobenzene.
ARTIFICIAL INDIGO.
Indigo Salt. Bisulfite compound of o-nitro-phenyl-lactic acid
methyl-ketone.
CHINOLINE DYEs.
Chinolin Yellow. Chinaldin and phthalic acid anhydride.
ACRIDINE DYEs.
Phosphine. Bye-product in manufacture of Magenta.
TuH10-BENZYL DYEs.
Primuline. p-toluidine heated with S., and sulfuring the pro-
duct.
Dyrs oF UNKNOWN CONSTITUTION.
New Gray. Boiling nitrosodimethylaniline with H,O or C,H,OH.
Aniline Black. Oxidation of aniline with chlorates, chromates
or copper salts.
178 Certain New Derivatives in the Aromatic Series.
Cachou de Laval. Fusing organic substances, as starch, bran,
etc., with Na,S.
Hemolin. Action of NaNO, on logwood.
This list covers the whole territory of the Coal-Tar Colors, and
gives representatives of every class of artificial dyes. I now pass
to the original work. It is a pleasure and a privilege to express
obligations and gratitude to Professors Charles F. Chandler and
Charles E. Colby for their kind encouragement and many favors
extended while this thesis was in the process of construction. The
creditors have been well chosen by their debtor, who only becomes
one of a large number.
THE PROPOSITIONS which this thesis undertakes to estab-
lish are :—
I. That Fluoren is capable of giving derivatives which will com-
pare with the dyes from benzidine, tolidine, and dianisidine.
II. That Leuk-Auramine can be used to give very resistant colors.
III. That Di-Naphtols increase the strength of dyes as they heighten
the molecular weight.
IV. That Chinoline will give reliable colors.
V. That Scheellkopf’s Acid, 1 : 4 : 8, gives, as a rule, colors which
are fast to light.
VI. That Bromine is disadvantageous in the Azo-Group.
The work described in the following pages was undertaken in the
hope of making new derivatives of coal-tar which would rival the
dyes already in commerce. Many now in common use in the prac-
tical world give colors which are fast in some respects, and not
easily to be surpassed in their special qualifications. But there are
no dyes which combine all the desirable qualities. To be perfect a
dye must be able to withstand prolonged exposure in the sunlight,
and further, resist washing with all the ordinary household chemicals.
To give an idea of the state of the field in which the work of this
thesis was done, a brief statement of the best three starting-points
for azo dyes is given here.
CH NE
a. Benzidine, | is used for yellows, blacks, and reds in
GH .N a,
the cases of the dyes—
Certain New Derivatives in the Aromatic Series. 179
Chrysamine G., made with benzidine and salicylic acid.
Diamine Black, benzidine and amido-naphtol-sulphonie acid.
Diamine Fast Red, made from benzidine and amidonaphtolsul-
phonic acid with salicylic acid.
Diamine Red NO, manufactured from ethoxybenzidine and naph-
tylamine sulphonic acid.
Diamine Blue 3R, from ethoxybenzidine and alphaNaphtol-sul-
phonic acid.
C 7H, CELINE.
b. Tolidine, | is used for a number of good colors—
C20, CHEN;
reds, yellows, oranges, and pinks.
Benzopurpurine 4B, made from diazotized tolidine and naph-
thionic acid.
Benzopurpurine B, from tolidine and naphtylamine-sulphonic
acid, 2: 6.
Chrysamine R, from benzidine and salicylic acid.
Toluylene Orange, from tolidine and toluylendiaminsulphonic
acid.
Rosazurine B, from tolidine and methyl-naphtylamine-sulphonic
acid.
c. And there are a number of dyes, blues and reds, made from
dianisidine, which hold a firm place in the commercial world. Di-
CAE OSC HONE
anisidine is, and is used for
CHO CAG NE:
Benzoazurine G, where the dianisidine is diazotized and coupled
with naphtolsulphonic acid, | : 4.
Benzopurpurine 10B, dianisidine and naphthioniec acid, 1 : 4.
From an observation of the constitution of the benzidine, toli-
dine, and dianisidine, it becomes evident that the chemicals which
give the best results must have, first, the amido group; second, as
much the polycyclical construction as possible; and thirdly, should
have the highest possible molecular weight.
I. The first chemical which was taken up in the course of these
researches, as a chemical possessing the desired properties, was
Fluoren, | NOH:
As had been foreseen, fluoren gave several very interesting dyes,
all of which had the properties most sought for in good colors—
180 Certain New Derivatives in the Aromatic Series.
brightness and stability. The results are given in detail in Part
Second of the thesis.
II. Another hold on the subject was suggested to the writer on
noticing the composition of leuk-Auramine,
( CN (CH),
CH <~ NH, :
C,H,—N(CH,),
That this compound was diazotizable was readily seen; and that if
it would link with the naphtols, naphtylamines, and their sulphonie
acids, it would give dyes with the unique characteristic of being
the first dye which had been made where the diphenyl-methane
group was linked with naphtols. Success was attained in the
coupling, and colors were made which possessed many desirable
properties. The detailed work of the experiments are given in the
technical part of the thesis.
III. For increasing the complexity of the molecule, it was deter-
mined to use dinaphtols in lieu of the ordinary naphtols; this in-
creased the molecular weight of the dyes made, and although it is
early to predict marked success, it is to be said that the colors dyed
from the dinaphtols are resisting the action of light to a remarkable
degree.
IV. Chinoline offered another chemical as a proper subject for in-
vestigation, as it had a polycyclical formation, was of considerable
molecular weight, and amido groups could be put into the molecule.
Ly
Le. eS
Ze
Bs ON 97
When changed to a nitro derivative, and then reduced to the
amido form, and subsequently diazotized and coupled with napbtol
or naphtylamine, sulphonic acids, several new compounds with the
desired characteristics were obtained.
V. It had long been noticed by the writer that the Schcellkopf’s
acid, C,,H,.OH(SO,H),, 1: 4:8, gave staunch azo dyes. Those
which are already commercial articles are—
Wool Scarlet R, where xylidine is diazotized and linked with the
Scheellkopf’s acid.
Croceine 3B, which uses amido-azo-toluol.
Certain New Derivatives in the Aromatic Series. 181
'
Bordeau G, in which instance amidoazotoluolmonosulphonie acid
is used.
In part II of this thesis three new dyes are described which have
been made from the Schellkopf’s acid by different amido derivatives.
VI. In proving that bromine was not advantageous, the work
simply resolved itself to the making of a series of well-known dyes,
and then making dyes of precisely similar character, starting with
chemicals into which bromine had been introduced. Three atoms
of bromine were used in all the cases. The results show that
bromine throws the hue of a dye toward the orange in the case of
the azo dyes. In the case of eosines, bromine is essential to the
formation of the color; here it turns the shade away from the
desired clear red. The manner in which the work was done is
shown in the practical work of the thesis.
A considerable number of other researches were made in the
course of the year, and some of them gave very interesting results,
and will lead to further work. But it has been decided not to
incorporate them in this thesis, as the main points which the thesis
attempts to prove are decided by the results obtained in the work
already outlined, and given in detail in the latter part of the work.
It may be as well to mention some on this additional work; chrys-
aniline when diazotized and linked with alphanaphtol gave a dark
purple (sample No. 9), and when coupled with the ‘‘G” salt, beta-
naphtol-disulphonic acid, 2: 6:8, a bright red dye (sample No. 10).
Chrysaniline is,
WyeX yi NX aN
NA
NE,
Benzoflavine, the isomer of Chrysaniline, gave results which were
not uninteresting. With alpha-naphtol it gave a crimson (sample
182 Certain New Derivatives in the Aromatic Series.
No. 11); with beta-naphtol also a crimson (sample No. 12). Naph-
tylamine-sulphonic acids generally gave reds. Benzoflavine is—
Vp ERLE
NH,” Ne we \NH,
Amidoazobenzene has been studied a great deal, but the writer
has been able to get new derivatives from it. The dyes now known
are Sudan III; Azo-Coccine 7B; Crocein B; Brilliant Crocein ;
Ponceau SS; and Ponceau 5R. The author diazotized in the
usual manner, and made four different browns or drabs, and one
red, the last being made with the union of the diazotized amido-
azobenzene with the Bayer’s acid, 2: 7, and it was found to have
the formula, C.H.-N—N:‘C. HN —= NC Be(S 0) Na) ane
Ortho-Anisidine, C,H,(1)O.CH,.(2)NH,, has been used since
1878, when it was applied in the formation of Anisol Red, some-
times called Anisidine Ponceau. Azo Kosine is another derivative
from the ortho-anisidine. But para-Anisidine seems not to have
been used. Three new dyes were made, one a pink, by the appli-
cation of Scheellkopf’s acid,
Crt (O:C EH,
(N= N—C_ Gor
(SO,Na),. Specimen No. 13.
The second an orange with Dahl’s acid,
CH) 0. CH,
(4)N = N—C,,H,.NH,.SO,Na.,2:5. Specimen No. 14.
The third a Bordeau with beta-naphtol,
CH GjG:CH, 1
(4)N = N—C,,H,(b)OH. Specimen No. 15.
Certain New Derivatives in the Aromatic Series. 183
PART IIL
PRACTICAL WORK ON. THE NEW DERIVATIVES,
I. The use of the three compounds, benzidine, tolidine, and anis-
idine, suggested the thought, that if other compounds of similar
character—that is, bearing amido groups, possessing if possible a
polyeyclical structure, and of high molecular weight—were to be
applied, perhaps dyes would result which would be as good or
better.
Fluoren, therefore, was taken in hand. It has the formula,
Fluoren has never been developed, probably on account of its
high price. But in the coal-tar industry, the price of a chemical is
never an obstacle which stands in the way of its application in a
color for a very long time, as-means are eventually found for the
more economical manufacture of the desired compound. As, for
instance, the alizarine industry, where the anthrachinone was only
a chemical curio in museums until its presence in enormous quanti-
ties was wanted, when it became as reasonable in cost as could be
expected.
Fluoren, or diphenyl-methane, is found in coal-tar, and can be
synthesised by passing diphenyl through hot tubes; or by the dis-
tillation of diphenyl-ketone with zine dust; or treating diphenyl-
ketone with phosphorous and hydriodie acid; and also by distilla-
tion of phenanthrachinone with lime.
Fluoren is changed to dinitro-fluoren by adding it to a mixture
of equal parts of nitric and glacial acetic acids. The fluoren which
was unconverted was separated from the dinitrofluoren by washing
with hot aleohol; then it was crystallized from glacial acetic acid.
Fluoren has a melting-point of 112; the dinitro-derivative melts at
199-201.
This dinitro-fluoren was changed to the diamido derivative by
the addition of tin to the acid solution. The formula of the diamido
fluoren is,
GENOME) A +
Awnnats N. Y. Acap. Scr., VIII, April, 1894.—13
184 Certain New Derivatives in the Aromatic Series.
On diazotizing two kilos of this with seven hundred grammes
of sodic nitrite and twelve hundred grammes of hydrochloric acid
of twenty Baumé, the diazotized compound will link with different
naphtols, naphtylamines, and their sulphonic acids, to give the re-
sults herewith appended.
beta-Naphtylamine, . : . . Brown.
beta and gamma naphtylamine, ; . Red, Sample No. 6.
Neville and Winther’s, Naphtol-sul-
phonic, 1: 4, : : : : . Red.
Scheeffer’s acid, naphtol-sulphonic, 2:6, . Purple.
alpha-Naphtol, : : : . Orange, Sample No. 7
beta-Naphtol, . ; : : . Rose, Sample No. 8.
The reaction is facilitated by stirring, and by heating the liquid
to about 80 degrees Centigrade. The dye is precipitated by the
addition of sodic acetate and common salt; then it is pressed, dried,
and analysed.
The dyes produced by the union of the diazotized diamido-fluoren
and the different naphtylamine sulphonic acids, are all reds, soluble
easily in water with a yellowish-red coloration; with hydrochloric
acid they turn to a pink, if the acid is fully concentrated; with
concentrated sulphuric acid the dyes dissolve, and give a violet
similar in hue to the Hofmann’s violet; with alkalies a yellow pre-
cipitate is produced.
It was desired to find out whether the diazotization effected both
the amido groups, or only one. Whether the formula of the new
coloring matter, in the case, for instance, of beta-Naphtol, was
C,H,(N : NC,,H,-OH(beta).) C2H, CN »NC;,H,;.OM(beta)y
Sls), or |—CH,
CE CNEL) C,H,(N : NC,,H,.OH (beta) )
Analysis showed that both amido groups were diazotized and
were linked,
Il. The second line of work was begun with the diphenyl-methane
‘compound, Auramine, which has the formula,
CBN CH),
CH NH
(C,H,—N(CH,),.HCl.
Auramine O should be used, for Auramine I or II is not pure.
Certain New Derivatives in the Aromatic Series. 185
This can be reduced by the action of sodium-amalgam, or indeed
any reducing agent, to the form of Leuk-Auramine,
(Re Als Pee qi.
CH.
te, H,—N(CH,),
If three kilos of the Auramine has been taken in the beginning
of the operations, seven hundred grammes of sodic nitrite should
be emploved in the diazotization, with twelve hundred grammes of
hydrochloric acid of twenty Baumé. The reaction is complete in
the course of half an hour, when the coupling is proceeded with.
It should be noted that it is not necessary in this reaction to isolate
the diamido product in the dry or solid state; the coupling with
the desired naphtol can be effected just as well in the same solution
where the reduction has taken place. In the instance of naphtyl-
amine-sulphonie acid, 3.22 kilos are taken. Coupling is facilitated
by stirring and by heating the liquid to about eighty degrees Centi-
grade. The dye is precipitated by the addition of sodic acetate and
common salt. Then it is filtered out, pressed, dried, and analysed.
In the case of naphtylamine-sulphonic acid, the dye is proved to
have the constitution,
hee Gar, ys
CH 4 N———N—C,,H,.NH,.80,Na.
(C,H, _N(CH,),
Other compounds can be linked, as is shown in the table which
is appended.
Naphtylamine-sulphonic acid, Browner's , 25 62 Red.
Naphtylamine-sulphonic acid, Dahl’s, 2:5, Red, Sample No. 22.
Naphtylamine-sulphonic acid, Bayer’s, 2:7, Brown.
Naphtylamine-sulphonic acid, mixture of
2and 5, . : 3 : . Red, Sample No. 23
alpha-Naphtol, . ; . Orange.
Naphtol-sulphonic acid, N. ia W., i . Kose.
Naphtol-sulphonic acid, Schveffer’s, 2 : ie . Brown.
Naphtol-disulphonic acid, 2: 6:8, “GG”, . Orange, bright.
Naphtol-disulphonic acid, 2: 3:6, “R”, . Orange, dull.
III. The third line of working, employed in the thesis commenced
with the naphtols, and employed the di-naphtols, as they have a
higher molecular weight.
The naphtols, both alpha and beta, are used in the manufacture
186 Certain New Derivatives in the Aromatic Series.
of many dyes, and the most important can be so readily seen in the
table given below, that they are not further specified here.
Di-naphtols are made by heating naphtols with water, and then
cooling; then the liquid is filtered, and to the filtrate ferric chloride
is added until the violet color will not increase in intensity. Filter,
dry, and recrystallize.
The reaction runs in accordance with the following equation,
2C,,H..OH + 2FeCl, = C,,H,,(OH), + 2HCI + 2FeCl,.
a-Naphtol. a-di-Naphtol. b-Naphtol. b-di-Naphtol.
Aniline, New red, Black-violet, Sudan TI, Orange.
p-Nitraniline, Rose, Violet, Ingrain red, ne
p-Toluidine, Bordeau, Rose, Brick red, Yellow.
Xylidine, Black-brown, Bordeau, No. 24, Sudan IT, Orange.
Amidoazobenzol, Black-violet, Violet, Sudan III, Rose.
Sulphanilic, Naphtol orange, Good red, se o6 Red.
a-Naphtylamine, Sudan brown, Black, eats
b-Naphtylamine, Sc ate Carmin naphtha,
Naphthionic, Naphtylam. brown, Violet-black, Fast red A, Brown-red,
No. 25, No. 26.
Bronner’s, Fast brown 3B, Red, Double brilliant Rose.
Scarlet,
Italicized names are old dyes.
IV. Chinoline, with its bi-cyclical constitution, gave a sugges-
tion for another line of work which it was hoped would terminate
successfully.
la EY a
Te RL Tbr Ho.
|
|
ox Ye
Be SN
Chinoline is found in coal-tar, and is also made artificially by
heating in a return condenser a mixture of nitrobenzene, aniline,
glycerine, and sulphuric acid.
The manner of working with the chinoline was as follows: First,
it was nitrated by allowing a solution of chinoline in nitric acid to
run into a mixture of nitric and sulphuric acids; this nitrochino-
line was reduced to the amido-chinoline, and the amido compound
diazotized in the usual way, and then coupled with sulphonic acid
salts of naphtylamines and naphtols. The most interesting results
were the following :—
Certain New Derivatives in the Aromatic Series. 187
When coupled with equal molecules of Dahl’s acid, naphtylamine-
sulphonic acid, 2: 5, a red dye was produced. Specimen is annexed,
labelled No. 16.
When combined with Neville and Winther’s acid, naphtol-sul-
phonic acid, 1 : 4, a crimson dye was made. Specimen No. 17.
When coupled with the technical mixture of beta and gamma
naphtylaminesulphonie acids, a brown-red was produced. Speci-
men No. 18.
All the dyes, No. 16, No. 17, No. 18, are precipitated by the addi-
tion of common salt, then filtered out and dried.
V. The fact that Schellkopf’s acid, alphaNaphtoldisulphonic
acid, 1: 4: 8, gave nearly, if not quite, the fastest of the colors
of the Azo Group, was proved by a series of experiments for
other dyes. Bronner’s acid, or naphtylamine-sulphonic acid, 2 : 6,
was worked upon for new derivatives, and although it has been
used with a-Naphtol for Fast Brown 3B; and with beta-Naphtol
for Double Brilliant Scarlet; and with Neville and Winther’s acid,
_ naphtol-sulphonic acid, 1 : 4, for Double Scarlet Extra; yet it was
found that other combinations were feasible, and that among half a
dozen other new derivatives, the best was that obtained when the
Scheellkopf’s was used. There a red was given which was very fast
to the action of sunlight. Analysis proves the constitution to be—
SO,H
C,H, : (O
Teg ea H
(x = aed ((SO,H),.
‘Theory. Found.
Carbon, . : . 44.6 per cent 44.4 per cent.
Hydrogen, ; ee ones ys ee
Oxygen, . : Sp DOr SS 29.4 ‘
Nitrogen, . , agree A oO aa
LaF
188 Certain New Derivatives in the Aromatic Series.
Of course, the dye when used is used in the form of its sodium
salt. The specimen attached is numbered No. 1.
The next step in the research was the examination of Dahl’s acid,
betanaphtylamine-sulphonie acid, C,,H,NH,(2)SO,H(5). Dahl’s is
already used for some of the dyes in commerce at the present time.
One of these is made by the linking of the diazotized Dahl’s acid
with Neville and Winther’s acid, naphtolsulphonie acid, 1 : 4, for
Pyrotin RRO. Several new dyes were brought out of this Dahl’s
acid: beta-Naphtol gave a red;° naphtol-disulphonie acid, ‘ @”,
2:6: 8, gave an orange; its isomeric modification “ R”, 2:3: 6,
gave a red; and then the Scheellkopf’s, 1 : 4: 8, gave the red which
was the most resistant. This again pointed to the Schellkopf’s
acid, as the most satisfactory to use, if fastness to light was desired.
The compound produced by the Dahl’s and Scheellkopf’s had the
proved constitution, C,,H,(SO,Na)N — N—C,,H,(SO,Na),.OH. A
sample numbered No. 34 is annexed.
The writer took up next Naphthionic acid. And it gave some
new derivatives, but again the Schellkopf’s acid was the best color
from the standpoint of the solidity to the action of the sunlight.
The sample of Naphthionic and Schellkopf is numbered No. 4.
All this seemed to indicate that the Schellkopf’s acid had some
very strong staying powers against light, and the Schellkopf acid
itself next became the object of investigation.
The Scheellkopf’s acid has already been used for several dyes,
patented by the Schellkopf Aniline and Chemical Co., of Buffalo,
N.Y. They are Wool-Scarlet R, where diazotized xylidine is used
with the Schellkopf’s acid; Buffalo Rubin, in which alpha-naphtyl-
amine is applied; Croceine B, which is made from diazotized
amido-benzene; and Crocein 3B, where amido-azo-toluol is utilized.
The experiments which had been made seemed to lead directly to
the inference that when any naphtylamine-sulphonic acid was used
with the Schellkopf acid, a dye would result which would be fast
to every common reagent. All the obtainable naphtylamine sul-
phonic acids were tried, and the results are appended. The weights
used and the method is given here; the statement is for all the
naphtylamine-sulphonic acids. Any naphtylamine-sulphonie acid,
of the general formula, C,,H,.NH,.SO,H, was taken, and 23.2 kilos.
were weighed, dissolved in water, and diazotized with 7 kilos. of
sodie nitrite and 12 kilos. of hydrochloric acid of twenty Baumé;
then 25.4 kilos. of the Scheellkopf’s acid, which had been previously
Certain New Derivatives in the Aromatic Series. 189
dissolved in water rendered alkaline by the addition of enough sodic
hydrate to effect a solution, was added when the dye was immediately
formed. The reaction could be facilitated by stirring, and by warm-
ing the solution to about eighty degrees C. The dye was salted
out in the usual manner, filtered, pressed, dried, and analysed. All
the dyes have the same elementary composition, and analysis gives
the formula—
Cee sO HEN. = N-C on OH SOJ8 SO 5H.
1 4 8
The dyes are reddish powders, readily soluble in water. Hydro-
cbloric acid, even concentrated, produces no perceptible change in
the color on the fibre; concentrated sulphuric acid on the dry
powder shows a change to a pink of an eosine shade; the dyes are
insoluble, as a rule, in alcohol, and are exceedingly fast to the action
of sunlight.
The naphtylamine sulphonic acids which can be used are—
Alpha-Naphtylamine-sulphonic acid, 1 : 2, patent No. 56,563,
NEL,
VEX RQ
Ee Ge FEN cry
| 3
nt cn Se
4 ea
Cleve’s alpha-Naphtylamine-sulphonie acid, 1 : 3,
NEG
Vay da
VES oy eN
ot Nohara
Sie.
Naphthionie acid, 1 : 4,
190 Certain New Derivatives in the Aromatic Series.
Alpha-Naphtylamine-sulphonic acid, 1 : 5,
NH,
7 NAS
LO EN RITES.
AS Cea
ee SS
SO,H
Alpha-Naphtylamine-sulphonic acid, 1:6. Bul. Soc. Chim. 26;
447,
Alpha-Naphtylamine-sulphonic acid, 1: 7. Ber. xxi, 3264,
NH,
ve phere
SO,H: “ :
|
| |
Gi | 7
Re oe A
Beta-Naphtylamine-sulphonice acid, 2 : 5, the so-called Dahl’s acid,
7 ee
A is.
SG a awe
SS
SO,H
Beta-Naphtylamine-sulphonie acid, 2: 6, the so-called Bronner’s
acid,
a
Ze
SO,H
bc heme
Se, A
Certain New Derivatives in the Aromatic Series. 191
The compound which appeals most strongly to the practical color-
ist was the derivative obtained when Bronner’s and the Schellkopf
acid were joined. This dye was a red which had very remarkable
powers of sustaining the prolonged action of the acids used in
bleacheries; this gives the dye a commercial value which is not
small; further, the dye was very resistant when exposed to the
sunlight.
Action of Bromine on the Dyes of the Azo Group.
VI. This group of experiments was carried out with the desire
of proving whether the presence of bromine in the dyes of the Azo
Group was detrimental or not. The halogens are essential in the
production of certain colors, namely, bromine in the production of
Eosine from Fluoresceine, and Phloxine from di-chlor-fluoresceine ;
iodine in changing Fluoresceine to Erythrosine; and the di-chlor-
fluoresceine to Rose Bengale. In general the results of the trials
seem to indicate that bromine alters the color to the orange side of
the red, and gives, as a rule, an undesirable hue.
The writer here wishes to express his sense of the many obliga-
tions he is under to Professor C. Loring Jackson, without whose
encouragement and counsel the experiments would not have reached
a successful termination.
The experiments resolved themselves into the making of a series
of chemically pure dyes, and then constructing analogous dyes,
which carried bromine in the molecule.
The first dye manufactured was Sudan I, and the corresponding
dye which was made with bromine was,
C,H,Br,.N = N—C,,H,.OH.
The two colors have the same formule, with the exception that
one holds the three atoms of bromine. The dyes are readily made;
in the case of the Sudan I, aniline is diazotized in the usual manner
with sodic nitrite in an acid solution, and coupled with naphtol.
For the bromated compound, tri-brom-aniline was made by draw-
ing vapors of bromine through an acidulated solution of aniline
hydrochloride, and the precipitated tri-brom-aniline was filtered off,
washed, and dried. After diazotization, it was coupled with naphtol,
and the dye immediately resulted. The colors are red and orange-
red.
192 Certain New Derivatives in the Aromatic Series.
When resorcine was utilized, dyes were made of the formule,
C.HN = N.C.H.( OB); “and (C,H.Br,.N = N.C (Ole
or written to show graphic constitution,
Br OH
eae ya’
Bt any = Nees x
ard Xe poe
DSA
Another proof was furnished by these two dyes that the bromine
was a detriment to clear colors, for the dye with the bromine in its
make-up was thrown towards the orange hue again.
Another derivative which would show the difference between
dyes holding bromine and those with no bromine in the constitu-
tion was the color made when diazotized aniline or tri-brom-aniline
respectively, were treated with Neville and Winther’s acid, alpha-
naphtol-mono-sulphonie acid, 1 : 4. The bromine-holding dye gave
the constitutional formula,
Br OH
mS UN
NO an wee SX
Bi . os N= N |
Nel
! Naa
SO,Na
The commercial name of the dye without bromine is Tropaolin.
Dyes with the hydroxyl] in the beta position were made with and
also without bromine. These are the analogue of Crocein Orange
or Ponceau 4GB. The formula of the bromated compound is,
(OH(2)
({SO,Na(6)’
Further details do not seem to be requisite. The comparison
of the two dyes, when purified and dyed on wool, show that the
bromine flattens the shade.
The isomeric beta-Naphtol-di-sulphonic acids, ““R” and “G”,
were the next naphtol sulphonic acids which were utilized with the
wish of giving another proof of the possibilities of bromine in the
C,H,Br,.N = N.C,,H,.
Certain New Derivatives in the Aromatic Series. 193
molecule. The bromine-holding dyes had the following constitu-
tion :—-
sé R”
Br
ie aie RS
Br =e Ne ef Son
NY SONa A _}80,Na
a ee
7; G”
Bi SO,Na
AOS Ve aunt ae
Bré aN N= TS ate NOH
x |
BreBeie SON Qe
WGA Wee ee
The dyes, when compared with their commercial relatives, Pon-
ceau 2G and Orange G extra, have distinctly more orange hues.
Many other dyes were made, but it is deemed unnecessary to
multiply instances. Some of this additional work may be men-
tioned however; when the diazotized tri-brom-aniline was linked
with alpha-naphtol a brown-red was made; alpha-naphtylamine
gave a red; beta-naphtylamine a brick-red; Bronner’s gave a
black-red; Dahl’s a crimson; tri-sulphonic acid of naphtol a bright
red, very soluble in water.
Scuoon or Mryes, CotumBiA CoLLeGE, March 15, 1894.
VII.—A Classification of Lepidopterous Larve.
BY HARRISON G. DYAR, S. B.
Read March 19, 1894.
In a recent paper’ Professor J. H. Comstock has proposed a new
classification of the Lepidoptera based on the methods of uniting
the fore and hind wings, and on the modifications of the wing veins.
It has occurred to me to review, in a general way, the arrangement
and external structure of the setiferous tubercles of the larvee of the
Lepidoptera, to see how a classification based upon these structures
would compare with this new classification. For, if the new classi-
fication is a natural one, it should be corroborated by a study of
any set of organs, as Prof. Comstock points out; and it would seem
that the tubercles of the larve are sufficiently different from the
wing veins of the adult to make the test severe.
It is to be noted that the larve of the Lepidoptera, on the whole,
live an exposed life, where they are subject to be preyed upon by
enemies of various kinds, many of which use the sense of sight to
find their victims. Therefore, it is not surprising to find these
insects modified in all sorts of ways for concealment or defence,
not only in color but in structure as well.? And the setiferous
tubercles are among the most frequently modified structural ele-
ments. Moreover, this modification takes place, in part, indepen-
dently of any corresponding change in the adult insect. - And it
may even be reasonable to suppose that where the larva is highly
modified, we should find the adult in a generalized condition. This
would result from the consideration that it might be advantageous
to the insects in question to shorten the length of adult life and
lengthen that of the well-adapted larva. So, if the adults had but
a short time to live, it would be unimportant that specialization
should take place. Hence it is not improbable that a classification
1 Evolution and Taxonomy, Wilder Quarter Century Book, pp. 37-113.
2 See E. B. Poulton’s ‘‘ Colors of Animals.’’
Annas N. Y. Acap. Sci., VIII, May, 1894.
A Classification of Lepidopterous Larve. 195
based on the larval tubercles might differ in important respects from
one based on the adult insect. That this is not the case in the
present instance for the major groups, shows that the classification
proposed by Prof. Comstock is the nearest to a natural one that we
have yet had. That it is frequently the case in the minor groups,
illustrates the principle to which I have just referred. It is, more-
over, a fact, that we see the greatest amount of modification in those
larve which live the most exposed life, and whose period of larval
existence is the most extended. Some of these cases will be speci-
ally alluded to.
GENERAL EXTERNAL STRUCTURE OF LEPIDOPTEROUS LARV.
The body of the lepidopterous larva is divided into thirteen seg-
ments, three thoracic and ten abdominal.’ The last two abdominal
segments are closely united in most of the higher families, so to
appear as one. On each of the third to sixth and tenth abdominal
segments are a pair of fleshy legs, furnished with prehensile hooks.
In special cases, certain of these legs are absent or modified for other
uses; or, much more rarely, the three pair of jointed, chitinous,
thoracic legs may be wanting. On each segment (when not too
highly specialized) are certain, small, chitinous tubercles, arranged
in a definite manner, each bearing a bristle or seta. The arrange-
ment and modification of these tubercles is the subject of this paper.
On the thoracic segments, the arrangement is different from that
on the abdominal ones. For simplicity, we will confine attention
principally to the latter, and to those segments of them which bear
feet.
Since all lepidopterous larve periodically cast their skins (vary-
ing from three to ten times in different species) before the final molt
to acquire the pupa stage, and since the external structure is not the
same in each larval stage, it is necessary to consider at what stage
the larval tubercles are to be compared. There are two types
among the more highly specialized larve. In the first, represented
by the Saturniide and Notodontide, the arrangement of tubercles
1 Dr. A. T. Bruce remarks in the case of the embryonic Thyridopteryx ephe-
mereformis: ‘It is questionable whether the terminal portion of the abdomen
which forms the so-called eleventh abdominal somite is to be regarded as a
true somite or not. It has no ganglion corresponding to it, and is formed... .
by the dorsal flexure of the posterior end of the embryo. ...’’ (Observa-
tions on the embryology of insects and arachnids, p. 9, 1887.)
196 A Classification of Lepidopterous Larve.
is the same in all stages. These larve rarely have more than five
stages. In the second, represented by the Arctiide and Lymantri-
ide, and by many Butterflies, the first larval stage is remarkably
different from the following ones. In these embryonic larve, which
have not passed a moult since leaving the egg, we find a generalized
condition of the tubercles and sete. I have concluded not to con-
sider the larve in their first stage for this reason, the more so as it
is doubtful if the character of the presence or absence of this gener-
alized first stage has any special phylogenetic significance. It would
seem, rather, to depend upon the necessity of shortening the larval
stages, or upon the condition of the environment of the individual,
which rendered it necessary for the little larva to come into active
existence fully armed, as is the case with the newly hatched larve
of Heterocampa and Cerura among the Notodontide or with the
Sphingide. Others, with less necessity for an active struggle in
very early life, have retained the primitive or generalized condition
till the first molt.
THE ARRANGEMENT OF THE TUBERCLES.
There are two types of arrangement. The first, which is by far
the more generalized, consists (considering only the abdominal seg-
ments) of five tubercles above the spiracle on each side, three in a
transverse row about the middle of the segment and two behind;
below the spiracle are two oblique rows, containing, respectively,
two and four tubercles. This type is found in Hepialus, and is
probably typical of the larve of the moths in Prof. Comstock’s first
suborder, the Jugate."
The second type contains two dissimilar lines of modification of
the first type; but, as they agree in number of tubercles and in
other characters, I will consider them together. The fundamental
arrangement of the tubercles is as follows: On each side above the
spiracle three tubercles; below, or behind the spiracle and above the
base of the leg, three more; on the base of the leg three (or four)
on the outside and one on the inside near the midventral line.
These I propose to designate thus, counting from the dorsal line
down the side: Tubercles i, ii, iii above the spiracle, iv, v, vi below
it; the group of three on the outside of the leg as vii, and the single
)
one on the inside of the leg as viii. Tubercles vii and viii are present
1 T have not had Micropteryx for examination.
A Classification of Lepidopterous Larve. 197
also on the legless abdominal segments (viz., segments 1, 2, 7, 8,
and 9 of the abdomen) in the corresponding position. On the last
two segments (segments 9 and 10) the number of tubercles is always
less than the fundamental number, even in generalized larve. This
is due to the fact that these segments have been partly aborted,
being without spiracles. The reduction of segment 9 has taken
place on the anterior portion, while segment 10 has lost the lateral
part.’
PHYLOGENY OF THE TUBERCLES.
In comparing the larve of other orders of insects with the Lepi-
doptera, we find but few which throw any light on the origin of the
present arrangement of the tubercles. The Phryganide, the imagos
of which seem to suggest an affinity with the Lepidoptera, have
larvee without any tubercles, and also without any abdominal feet.
They have, however, a dorsal shield on the mesothoracic segment,
as well as on the prothoracic segment, a fact which is very interest-
ing in connection with the structure of the Hepialide and Psychide.
In the larve of the phytophagous Hymenoptera (Tenthredinide)
we find well-developed setiferous tubercles, apparently in a more
generalized condition than in any Lepidoptera. They have the fol-
lowing arrangement (see Fig. 1): Above the spiracle nine tubercles
Fic. 1.—Diagram of a segment of a species of Tenthredinide (Hylotoma McLeayi).
Fie, 2.—A segment of Hepialus lupinulus (from a drawing by Mrs. P. N. Knopf).
in a square, three on each of the fundamental subsegments or annu-
lets. Below the spiracle is the substigmatal ridge, divided into two
oblique portions, each thickly covered with setiferous tubercles.
We may homologize these with the Lepidoptera as follows: In
the Jugate (see Fig. 2) the three tubercles of the middle annulet
1 Tn the generalized Pyralid Pantographa limata G. & R., tubercles i and iii
are lacking on segment 9, tubercles iv, v, and vi on segment 10.
198 A Classification of Lepidopterous Larve.
are all present, and the upper and lower of the posterior annulet
the two substigmatal tubercles may represent the substigmatal
ridge of the Tenthredinide. The others have no homologue in
these Hymenoptera.
In the Frenate we have the same arrangement still further
reduced. But here appears an important difference to which I
have alluded above. In the Psychide the three tubercles are
retained on the middle annulet, while both are lost on the poste-
rior one (see Fig. 3); the substigmatal tubercles are retained and
approximated; the anterior one of the four on base of the leg seems
to have been moved up, forming tubercle vi, which is thus anterior.
In the other type, which includes all the other families of the
Fig. 3.—Segment of an undescribed Psychid larva from New Mexico. :
Fie. 4.—Segment of Margarodia quadristigmalis (from figure in Insect Life, vol. I, p. 24,
with addition of set).
Fie. 5.—Arctian type of tubercles (diagram).
Frenatez, the middle tubercle of the three on the middle annulet is
lost, but the upper on the posterior annulet is retained; the two
below the spiracle are retained also, as in the Psychide; but they
are either approximated (see Fig. 4) or separated (see Fig. 5), giving
us characters for the next subdivision. Of the four tubercles above
the base of leg, the postertor one is moved up, forming tubercle vi.
These two types must represent dichotomous lines of descent. If
this is true, the Psychide should be separated from the other
Frenate as a great group, equal in rank to all that follow.’
1 This can be done, in most cases, also by characters of venation; viz., the
permanent cross vein in the Psychide between veins viii and ix on primaries,
which exists also in the Hepialide, and to which more classificatory import-
ance can be attached than has been done by Prof. Comstock.
A Classification of Lepidopterous Larve. 199
MOoDIFICATION OF THE TUBERCLES.
The primitive form of tubercle consists of a little chitinous button
on the skin bearing a single long hair. It is found in the less spe-
cialized families of all the groups discussed above, and exclusively
in the Jugate and in the Psychide. When this form is present,
there are, in general, no other hairs on the body.
The Frenate, exclusive of the Psychide, may be divided into
groups on the character of the tendency to coalescence or separa-
tion of tubercles iv and v, as I have remarked above. The first
group corresponds to Prof. Comstock’s division of ‘‘ Microfrenate”’
and ‘‘ Generalized Frenulum Conservers,”’ plus one family each from
his Zygznina and Saturnina.! The second group corresponds to his
“Specialized Frenulum Conservers” and ‘ Frenulum Losers” with
the exceptions just noted. If we shift the order of Prof. Comstock’s
characters, and disregard the two exceptions, we may say that the
first group corresponds to the Generalized Frenate, the second to
the Specialized Frenatze. Now, in the lower families of these two
groups, we have the primitive form of tubercles, as already stated.
In the higher families of both groups we have at first a parallel line
of modification, which consists in the tubercles becoming enlarged
and many haired. Each hair arises from its own minute tubercle,
and the whole are borne upon an enlarged base or wart.2 The
arrangement of the warts is, at first, strictly that of the primitive
tubercles, and they correspond in number and equality of develop-
ment. The next step is a reduction in the number of tubercles, by
unequal development and final obliteration of certain ones. In the
higher Generalized Frenatz, tubercle iv has disappeared by coales-
cence with v, and in the higher Specialized Frenate it becomes
1 Prof. Comstock informs me in correspondence that he has somewhat
changed his views in regard to these two latter superfamilies, so that he will
place them more in accordance with my own view, derived from stndies on
the larve. I omit reference to the Sesiide, which Prof. Comstock places
among the specialized frenulum conservers, as he states in the text of ‘* Evo-
lution and Taxonomy,’’ that they probably belong with the Microfrenate, a
conclusion which is abundantly justified by larval characters.
2 It is a striking fact that we do not find a series of intergrading forms
between the single-haired tubercle and the many-haired wart, though both
may occur in different genera of the same family. This can be understood on
the principle of discontinuous variation which is insisted upon by Bateson
(‘‘ Materials for the study of variation’).
Annas N. Y. Acap. Scr., VIII, May, 1894.—14
200 A Classification of Lepidopterous Larve.
smaller till it disappears, as may be seen in certain genera of the
Lymantriide. This obliterates the fundamental distinction that I
have drawn between these groups. The distinction is still equally
good theoretically; but it fails in practice. For this reason I have
been in doubt about the position of the Pyromorphide, Megalo-
pygide (= Lagoidx), and Eucleidee (= Limacodide), and I have
been obliged to give weight to the characters of the moths in locat-
ing these families. It is to be noted that the characters drawn from
the tubercles do not contradict the position which I have assigned
to these families, and I believe that I have correctly pointed out
the reason why the character of the tubercles fails.
Several lines may now be taken by the increasing specialization
The tubercles may entirely disappear, either leaving the skin smooth,
or the whole body covered with pile or soft hair. The bases of the
tubercles may persist and be produced into fleshy processes, often
of great length, while the sete become aborted as we see in certain
Nymphalide and Papilionide; or the sete may remain, and, becom-
ing glandular,’ secrete a poisonous, urticating fluid as in the Mega-
lopygide and Eucleide. Again, we may have the hairs greatly
complicated, developed into brushes, tufts, and plumes, or finely
feathered at the tips as in the higher Arctiide, the Lymantriide,
and EKuchromiide (= Zygznide of Kirby’s catalogue).
Perhaps the highest degree of modification exists in certain forms
in which the tubercles are partly retained, but tubercle i of each
side, approaching the dorsal line, has become consolidated with its
fellow of the opposite side, producing a row of dorsal tubercles ap-
parently unpaired. This seems to have taken place in two separate
lines of descent, and in a manner not quite parallel in the two. In
the first, namely that of the Saturnina (except the Lacosomide)
and the Sphingide, we have tubercles i consolidated dorsally on
abdominal segment 8, while ii are similarly consolidated on seg-
ment 9, tubercle i being absent on the other segments. In the
second line, which consists of a part of the Nymphalidex, tubercle i
is retained on all the segments, and we have a row of single dorsal
tubercles on abdominal segments 1 to 8 inclusive, without indication
of a consolidation of ii on the 9th segment.” In both these groups,
a further modification of the tubercles is undergone, in that the
1 Perhaps the primitive seta is glandular. See Dr. A. 8. Packard’s many
papers on the glandular set of young larve.
2 In some species, as Heliconia charitonia and Argynnis diana, this now is absent
A Classification of Lepidopterous Larve. 201
base is prolonged and chitinized, thus converting the tubercles into
large branching processes, each branch tipped with a hair. In the
Sphingide it appears that all the tubercles have disappeared except
the dorsal one on the 8th segment, which forms the well-known
‘‘caudal horn.”’ In some of the Saturnina, we have the sete modi-
fied into urticating spines as in the case of the Eucleide. This
similarity does not imply relationship as Dr. A. 8. Packard seems
to believe,’ since we have only a similarity in function, while the
structure of the bases of the tubercles is essentially different.
ON THE MATERIAL USED.
In the latest list of North American Lepidoptera’ there are
enumerated sixty-three families, eliminating a few which have
since been united with others. I have found it impossible to
obtain the necessary material to make observations on all of these.
Kspecially in the group Tineina, which contains nineteen families,
my material has been very scant. I have not been able to avail
myself of the numerous descriptions of lepidopterous larve scat-
tered in various journals, and only to a small extent of published
figures, since the former have been drawn up without any reference
to the arrangement of the tubercles, while the latter are (with a few
notable exceptions), either without accuracy or drawn in such posi-
tions that it is impossible to determine the arrangement of these
structures. I have not considered families which occur exclusively
outside of North America, on account of the total lack of material.
I am indebted especially to Professor J. H. Comstock for. many
alcoholic specimens, and to Dr. A. 8S. Packard for the loan of several
which I would not otherwise have seen.
Tue CLASSIFICATION OF THE LEPIDOPTERA.
Before proceeding to a detailed description of the tubercles of the
various species which I have examined, a few general remarks are
in order. I have already indicated how well the present classifica-
tion drawn from the characters of the tubercles of the larva corre-
sponds with Prof. Comstock’s classification from the venation of
the adult. The essential feature in which this classification differs
1 See Journal N. Y. Entomol. Soce., vol. I, p. 9.
2 List Lep. Boreal Amer., J. B. Smith, 1891. _
202 A Classification of Lepidopterous Larve.
from all heretofore proposed, namely, the division into Jugate and
Frenate is abundantly sustained.’ The divisions of the Frenate are
not strictly sustained ; but the general idea holds good, of general-
ized and specialized Frenate. More than this we seem to have two
lines of descent indicated by these terms. I have not found full
justification of Prof. Comstock’s further division of the Specialized
Frenate into ‘‘ Frenulum conservers” and ‘‘ Frenulum losers.”” In
fact, the use of these characters as a division of the Specialized
Frenate is not sustained by a study of the larve. The loss of the
frenulum is rather to be considered as a secondary adaption for
flight with broad wings, and it has arisen separately in several dis-
tinct lines of descent.
The two points in which my classification contradicts that of
Prof. Comstock now require attention.
1. Superfamily Zygenidx.—So far as the North American fauna
is concerned there are but two families which claim notice, the
Euchromiide and Pyromorphide. According to my views, these
belong to the two separate lines of descent, the specialized frenate
and generalized frenate respectively. I will not do more here than
call attention to this difference, as the Pyromorphide are one of the
families about which I have been in doubt.
2. The Family Lacosomide.—This is placed among the Saturnina
by Prof. Comstock, but from larval characters it belongs with the
generalized frenate. It is true that the moths bear a close resem-
blance to the Saturnina; but I believe that this will be found to
be fortuitous. I regard it as an instance where specialization has
taken the same form in different lines of descent, and has led toa
misinterpretation of the characters. The larve have retained a
generalized condition on account of their secluded life, and give us
truer characters for the classification of the family. It is a case
the converse of that of the Eucleide, where specialization has
taken place in the larva, and where the generalized adult gives the
best indication of the relationship of these curious insects.
To show how completely my classification of the larve contra-
dicts the generally accepted classification of Lepidoptera, it is only
necessary to briefly consider the ‘Superfamily Bombyces.” No
one has prepared a satisfactory definition of this group so far as I
1 This same division of the Lepidoptera has been made by G. F. Hampson
(Fauna of British India: Moths, vol. I, p. 8), but apparently without recog-
nition of the real distinctive character.
A Classification of Lepidopterous Larve. 203
am aware, and it has been stated that it could not be defined.*
Nevertheless, Dr. Packard has very recently prepared a list of the
families of the Bombyces,’ following in the main the old lines. It
is only necessary to compare his list with the following synopsis of
families to show how completely at variance the two systems are.
In fact, a more miscellaneous aggregation of families could not well
be imagined than the so-called ‘‘ Bombyces,” judged by the standard
of my classification of the larve.*
SYNOPSIS OF THE FAMILIES OF LEPIDOPTEROUS LARV4«.*
A More than one tubercle on the third annulet and more than six above the
BaSey Ob lepeico es aean'csnaneiats xescesceticaosceenviecs cusicbe aesieaeseviacs ens oxsineniseoD UNG ML CGE
Hepialide
AA Not more than one tubercle on third annulet and only six above the base
of leg... =n eenee HO DCREDO CLUES CDOS peacivecisesiesve=cien7 a eM Cae
B Three eiifercles | on rida antatbe: none on ets hid sales iv and v
approximate ; two thoracic shields................eeeseeeee es ... Psychidz
BB Not more than two tubercles on ara Analg a Henally one on
third annulet; one thoracic shield (prothoracic).
C Tubercles iv and v approximate or consolidated.
GENERALIZED FRENATE
D Tubercles simple, single haired .................Cosside, Pyralidina,
Tortricina, Tineina (in part), Lacosomide, Sesiidze
DD Tubercles absent, as well as all legs................ Tineina (in part)
DDD Tubercles modified, many haired.
E All present but tubercle i. asaisestoneiseclese ... Pterophoride
EE Subventral tubercles alee adneed: eae tired left.
Pyromorphide, Megalopygidz
EEE Substigmatal tubercle absent; only two left........... Hucleidz
CC Tubercles iv and v remote?............c0seeeeeeeeeee eee SPECIALIZED FRENATE
F Tubercles all present or with but slight tendency to unequal reduc-
tion, setiferous, or equally reduced.
1 J. B. Smith, List Lep. Bor. Amer., p.iv; Neumcegen & Dyar, Journ. N. Y.
Ent. Soc., I, 97.
2 Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., I, 6 (1893).
3 ‘The family Bombycide would certainly never have been formed if the
larval structure only had been taken into consideration. ... Are the im-
agines of the genera united under this family, at any rate morphologically,
as unequally related as their larve ?’’ Weismann, Studies in the Theory of
Descent, vol. II, p. 442.
4 Families which have been omitted have not been examined.
5 In the higher forms, where the tubercles begin to be lost, iv may dis-
appear, leaving the remaining tubercles in essentially the same arrangement
as those in the section above, where the consolidation of iv and v is complete,
and where vii has disappeared.
204 A Classification of Lepidopterous Larve.
G Simple, with a single seta.....Noctuide (in part), Agaristide,
Notodontidz, Geometridz, Drepanide,
Lithosiidz (in part)
GG Tubercles with many hairs.
H Without any development of hairs from the skin.
Noctuide (in part), Pericopide, Arctiide,
Euchromiide (= Zygenide), Lymantriide
HH Tubercles greatly reduced ; abundant hair from the skin.
Lasiocampideze
FF Tubercles with marked unequal reduction, or greatly modified or
absent.
I Tubercles still wart-like, hairy.}
Lithosiide (in part), Lyczenidz (in part)
II Tubercles greatly modified or absent.
J Tubercle i normal (when present).
K Tubercles produced into naked fleshy horns, or regresenee
by colored spots.....Papilionidee, Nymphalide (in part)
KK No trace of tubercles................ Nymphalidz (in part),
Pieride, Hesperidz
JJ Tubercle i consolidated with its fellow on the dorsum.
L No unpaired dorsal tubercle anterior to abdominal segment 8.
M Tubercles largely present ................00......+.- gaturnina
MM Only the dorsal tubercle on segment &...... Sphingide
LL A line of unpaired dorsal tubercles the length of the abdo-
men anterior to segment 8, or largely so.
Nymphalide (in part)
Suborder Jugatz.
Family Hepialide.
Very little is known about the larve of our native species. D.
S. Kellicott has described Stenopis argenteomaculata,’ and this is
the only one of our species of which the larva is known. Unfor-
tunately the description is inadequate for my purpose. I infer from
it, however, that the larva has the sete single and possesses a
dorsal shield on the mesothoracic segment as well as on the pro-
thoracic and the anal (10th abdominal segment). See Fig. 2 for
illustration of an European species.
Suborder Frenatze.
The isolated Family Psychide.
This family seems to be equal in rank to all that follow, taken
together. I have already alluded to the presence of a dorsal shield
1 The young larve of many Papilionide will also come in here.
2 Insect Life, vol. I, p. 251 (1889).
A Classification of Lepidopterous Larve. 205
on the mesothoracic segment. The retention of this primitive
character corroborates the above conclusion. The family must be
of great age, and the wide distribution of its members, which are
found in all quarters of the globe, confirms this view. It is the
only family of Lepidoptera in which the females of all the species
are wingless, and they are probably the most degenerate of all such
females. I have examined three larvee.
Oiketicus kirbyi Guilding.
Mr. B. Neumegen has given me a number of specimens received
from a collector in Guadalajara, Mexico. In this species, as in all
the others, the sete are very fine and difficult to determine, while
the tubercles have almost disappeared. The arrangement is that
of my Fig. 3, though I could make out but two hairs on the base
of the leg.
Oiketicus townsendi Riley Ms.
This is the species shown in Fig. 38, which I have received from
Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell, of Las Cruces, N. M. The U.S. govern-
ment entomologist has attached the above name to it, I am informed.
It is to be hoped that Dr. Riley will soon give us an account of it.
Judging from the larval case, I have doubt about the propriety of
the reference to the genus Oiketicus.
Thyridopteryx ephemerezformis Stephens.
I have examined a specimen prepared by Mr. Wm. Beutenmiiller.
The sete are very obscure, and I could not make out any below
tubercle v. There is a circular corneous plate behind tubercle iii,
another bears tubercles iv and v, and there is a third one corre-
sponding in position to tubercle vi.
THE GENERALIZED FRENAT OR MICROLEPIDOPTERA.
The term Microlepidoptera may be retained for these families,
though several are included which were formerly classed among
the Macrolepidoptera.
The modification of the primitive arrangement of the tubercles
begins in the tendency to consolidation of iv and vy. Tubercles i
and ii are more nearly in line than they are in any of the Special-
ized Frenatz, and vii is developed into a distinct wart on the bases
of the legs, compensating for the absence of leg plates in this group.
206 A Classification of Lepidopterous Larve.
Thus there appear to be two subventral tubercles, the upper poste-
rior, the lower anterior.
There are two lines of specialization. The first consists in the
loss of all the tubercles as well as the feet, even of the thoracic ones.
This is seen in certain Tineids (e. g., Antispila nyssefoliella),
which are adapted to living in mines between the two surfaces of a
leaf. The second line occurs in larve living an exposed life. It
begins in the multiplication of the hairs of the tubercles and the con-
version of them into warts, exactly as in the Specialized Frenate.
Closely following on this comes the reduction in the number of
tubercles. This is seen in the Pterophoride, where tubercle i has
disappeared. Next we have the reduction and disappearance of the
subventral tubercles, leaving but three, two above the spiracle and
one below. This is probably in adaption to the form of the larva,
which is now becoming flattened with shortening of the abdominal
legs. The Pyromorphide and Megalopygide are in this condition.
Following this stage, the substigmatal tubercles (tubercles iv and v)
disappear, and the flattening of the ventral region reaches its ex-
treme. The hairs of the tubercles have also been gradually con-
verted into stinging spines. In the Megalopygide they are only
partially converted; but in the Eucleide the conversion is complete,
and we have, finally, the highest type of the Microlepidoptera, and,
perhaps, the most highly modified larva of all Lepidoptera. It is
interesting to note that the moths of the Eucleidze are much more
generalized than those of several of the families which precede
them, while the larve are so highly specialized. This illustrates
the principle to which I alluded at the beginning of this paper, that
specialization in the larva may be accompanied by a generalized
condition of the moth. It is notorious that the larve of the Eucle-
ide live for an usually long period.
Family Cosside.
Zeuzera pyrina Linneus.
Mr. J. Doll has kindly obtained for me some larve of this species,
recently renamed Z. decipiens’ by Mr. W. F. Kirby, of the British
Museum, on the supposition that our species is not the same as the
European. The sete arise from the centre of round black spots,
i, ii, and iii in the normal arrangement. In front of the spiracle is
a small black spot, suggesting a tubercle, but it bears no seta; iv
and v arise from a single spot, and below them posteriorly is vi;
1 Catalogue of Lepid. Heterocera, vol. I, p. 871 (1892).
A Classification of Lepidopterous Larve. 207
vii consists of three sete near the foot, and viii a single one on the
inside of the leg. There is a large dorsal prothoracic shield, but
no trace of a mesothoracic one.
Superfamily PYRALIDINA.
Family Pyraustide.
Mecyna reversalis Guenée.
The sete arise from the centre of large black patches, except vii
the tubercles of which are separated considerably; viii has also a
black patch; iv and v are approximate but not consolidated. The
tubercles are distinct, but the sete are much aborted, so that at first
glance the small supplementary white spots bordering the black
patches suggest the location of these structures. Larva received
from Prof. Comstock.
Pantographa limata Grote and Robinson.
In this larva there are no colored markings. The tubercles are
situated on rounded corneous areas, and are without sete, except in
the subventral region. Tubercle i is situated in the lower posterior
corner of its corneous area, and there is a distinct dark dot in the
opposite corner, suggesting a duplication of this tubercle. Tuber-
cles iv and v are approximate, iv on the upper posterior corner of
the area which bears v. The first annulet is not well marked; the
fold behind the second is distinct, and the third annulet is divided
by an oblique fold running posterior to tubercle ii. This produces
an arrangement seen in very many of the Microlepidoptera where
the segment is divided into three annulets differing from the primi-
tive ones.
Family Galleriide.
Galleria mellonella Linneus.
The larva is without marks, its tubercles very minute and with-
out corneous areas, though they bear distinct sete. The abdominal
feet are very short, but bear tubercles vii and viii in the normal
manner. ‘Tubercles iv and v, and the three composing vii are
approximated, but unconsolidated.
Family Phycitide.
Vitula edmandsii Packard.
The tubercles are small, dark, and bear pale sete. Tubercles iv
and v are consolidated, the two sete arising close together; the
208 A Classification of Lepidopterous Larve.
tubercle on the base of the leg (vii) is very weak, the hairs being
separated and obscure. The segments are divided into two annu-
lets, corresponding to the two posterior ones of the Tenthredinide.
Plodia interpunctella Hiibner.
The sete are very fine and the tubercles minute; both have nearly
disappeared, except that the subventral ones bear distinct hairs.
The arrangement of tubercles is the same as above, though I cannot
positively distinguish more than one seta from tubercle v. Perhaps
the other has disappeared.
Superfamily TORTRICINA.
Family Grapholithide.
Carpocapsa pomonella Linneus.
The sete are distinct and the tubercles are surrounded by corne-
ous areas. ‘Tubercles iv and v arise from the same area, while the
sete of vii, three in number, are without a corneous area. The
other tubercles are single, normal.
Family Tortricide.
Cacoecia cerasivorana Fitch.
The tubercles are quite large, having apparently occupied most
of their surrounding corneous areas, and suggest to us the origin
of the warts of the Pterophoride, though the sete are not increased
in number. Tubercles iv and v are consolidated into a single wart.
The large prothoracic dorsal shield is very distinct.
Lophoderus politana Haworth.
The sete are distinct, but the tubercles obscure. ‘'Tubercles iv
and v are not very closely consolidated. The arrangement is quite
normal. In all these larve we note that the 9th and 10th segments
of the abdomen are separated by a well-marked division.
Superfamily TINHBINA.
In this group we reach the highest degree of modification in the
line of abortion of tubercles, sete, and other normal body structures.
Here specialization has taken the course of degeneration. Since we
have at least four different lines of descent among the Generalized
frenulum conservers, I cannot arrange the families in a satisfactory
A Classification of Lepidopterous Larve. 209
serial order. Strictly the Tineina larve are more specialized than
those of the two next families, and should follow them.
Family Gelechiide.
Depressaria heracliana DeGeer.
The tubercles are situated in large, polished, black corneous areas,
and the sete are aborted, except subventrally. The arrangement is
normal; iv and v are closely approximated, and arise from a single
area, while the sete of vii are gathered together on a single black
area, forming a rather distinct wart. There is a single cervical
shield, and a distinct suture between abdominal segments 9 and 10
Family Elachistide.
Antispila nysszfoliella Clemens.!
There is a single cervical shield, a small projecting anal plate,
and the body is flattened. A few sete remain subventrally, but
the tubercles have disappeared, as have also all the feet.
Family Lacosomide.
In 1893’ I attempted to show that this group must be separated
from the Psychide and the Drepanide, with both of which it had
previously been united. I was unaware at the time that C. Plotz®
had already established the family under the name Perophoride ;
but the name is preoccupied. A little later Dr. Packard‘ recognized
this difference so far as to create a subfamily of the Psychide, where
he transformed my term into Lacosomine. In the same year
(1893) Prof. Comstock’s article appeared, in which the Lacosomide
(= Perophoride) are included among the Saturnina, in the highly
specialized group of Frenulum Losers. I had never seen the larve;
but, through the kindness of Dr. Packard, I have now been able to
examine both of our species, and Prof. Comstock has given me a
Brazilian form. From these larve I conclude that this family
belongs to the Microlepidoptera, as here set forth, a conclusion
which is contrary to any previously offered.
1 Dr. J. A. Lintner has kindly determined this larva for me.
2 Entom. News, IV, 36.
3 System der Schmetterlinge (1885).
4 Journ. N.Y. Ent. Soc., I, 8.
210 A Classification of Lepidopterous Larve.
Cicinnus melsheimeri Harris.
A single cervical shield; body granular; feet normal, the abdo-
minal ones very short. Spiracle on 8th abdominal segment higher
up than the others. Anal plate very large, covering the feet, con-
tinuous with a hardened area on the posterior part of the 8th seg-
ment, bounded in front by a transverse elevated fold. Setz fine,
short, very obscure so that their position could not be accurately
determined; but apparently as in the following :—
Lacosoma chiridota Grote.
A single cervical shield, but its distinctive coloration extends
back on the posterior thoracic segments; feet normal, the anal
plate scarcely enlarged. Body smooth, the sete arising from dis-
tinct tubercles; i anteriorly, ii posteriorly, only a little below i,
ili superstigmatal, a little anterior, iv and v in line subventrally,
vi above base of leg, vii consisting of several hairs on the base of
leg, and viii single, distinct on the apodal segments.
Family Sesiide.
The Sesiide (= A geriide) have usually been classified next to
the Sphingid, and this course is still followed by Dr. Packard.
Less conservative authors have reached the conclusion that this is
erroneous, and Mr. W. F. Kirby has omitted the family from his
“Catalogue of Sphinges and Bombyces.” A study of the larve
fully confirms this view, and I would place the family among the
Microlepidoptera. Prof. Comstock has kindly given me four larve.
Sannina exitiosa Say.
The tubercles are very small, but distinct, and all bear sete.
Tubercles iv and v are closely approximated, one being situated
immediately above the other. There are two distinct substigmatal
folds or ridges, each with two corneous patches. On the upper
one, iv and v are in the anterior patch, and on the lower vi is in
the posterior patch. The three tubercles of vii are on the anterior
side of the base of the leg. Segments strongly folded, biannulate.
A distinct suture between segments 9 and 10.
Harmonia pini Kellicott.
In this species the sete are much reduced, but the tubercles have
large, conical, corneous bases, so that they suggest low warts.
Iv and v are on the same elevation, and the three tubercles of vii
are in an oblique row as in the Hepialide. The larva is, other-
wise, very similar to the preceding.
A Classification of Lepidopterous Larve. 211
Sesia tipuliformis Linneus.
The tubercles are small and the sete fine, arising from slight
corneous elevations. There is an elevation just behind the spiracle,
and two others on the substigmatal folds, without sete, while tuber-
cle iv is very minute, though situated on the same elevation with v.
The general arrangement is somewhat deceptive at first sight, espe-
cially owing to the minuteness of some of the tubercles.
Melittia ceto Westwood.
The tubercles are very small and obscure. In fact most of them
seem to have disappeared. I was able to locate the position of i
and ii, and there are traces of the corneous areas which the others
occupied ; but they are all very degenerate. The larva is plump
and smooth, without any distinct annulets on the segments.
Family Pterophoride.!
We now come to a new line of modification, where the tubercles
have become converted into many haired warts. I could not obtain
any larve of this family, and my old notes are not sufficiently full,
though they indicate the conclusions expressed in my synopsis. A
careful study of this family would be full of interest, and I hope to:
be able to make it.
Family Pyromorphide.?
I take the following from my notes. It shows essentially the
same structure as in the two following families, though we have
no poisonous spines and the feet are normal.
1 Mrs. Knopf has examined and sent me sketches of the tubercles of the
larve of three European species, with the kind assistance of Mr. G. A. Poujade,
of the Natural History Museum of Paris. In all the species “there are single
sete only, without any development of warts, and in two they are all very
degenerate. In the third, Leioptilus scarodactylus Hiibn., the sete are all quite
well developed, and tubercle i is wanting, as in the American form with warts,
referred to above.
2 The European family Anthroceride, Kirby =( Zygenide of authors),
should come just before the Pyromorphide. I have examined the larva of
Anthrocera filipendule. The tubercles are converted into warts, but the warts
are greatly reduced, being represented by tufts of short hairs. Tubercle i is
absent, iv and v are consolidated, and vii is very distinct on the base of the
leg. Here we have direct evidence of the continuity of this series of families.
with the ancestors of the Pterophoride and allies.
212 A Classification of Lepidopterous Larve.
Harrisina americana Harris.
Head retracted and concealed beneath the prothoracic segment.
Body flattened, sides nearly perpendicular with a distinct substig-
matal ridge. Four rows of low, flattened areas, representing warts,
granular, and bearing numerous, radiating, short, fine bristles, and a
few longer whitish hairs from the extremities of the body. 'Tuber-
cles arranged (1) subdorsal, (2) lateral, (3) substigmatal, and (4)
obscure, above the base of the leg.
Family Megalopygide.
The arrangement of the tubercles is the same as in the Pyro-
morphide. The two additional pairs of abdominal feet, unique in
this family, have long been known. They were carefully described
by J. C. Sepp in 1830' in the case of Megalopyge xanthopasa and
M. lanata, and have recently been noticed by several authors. In
the case of our native species, IZ. crispata, Dr. Packard, in a recent
paper? gives a general summary of these structures with some ex-
cellent figures. He concludes thus: As to Megalopyge ‘‘ with its
rudimentary abdominal legs of the 2d and 7th segments of the hind
body, we feel warranted, in the present state of the subject, in con-
cluding that they may represent a persistent condition of two pair
of these deciduous abdominal legs” (which appear in embryonic
development). From this assumption he very naturally concludes
that Megalopyge ‘in respect to its abdominal legs, even if we do
not take into account other characters, is a survivor of an ancient
and very generalized type, and represents, as no other known cater-
pillar, the polypodous ancestor of all Lepidoptera.” Of course this
conclusion is entirely opposed to my view of the relationship of the
Megalopygidex, and I cannot accept Dr. Packard’s assumption. I
regard the development of these additional abdominal feet as secon-
dary. This family distinctly leads up to the Kucleide, and this
structure shows us how they probably derived their peculiar mode
of progression; for an extension of the modification of the ventral
surface which has here begun, would give us the slug-like structure
of the Eucleide, the most remarkable of all Lepidopterous larve.*
1 Surinaamsche Vlinders, vol. I, expl. to pl. 14.
2 Proceedings Amer. Philos. 5oc., vol. XXXII, pp. 275-292.
3 Dr. Packard has stated in several publications that the Eucleide (= Lima-
codidz = Cochliopodide) have’ no thoracic feet. This is an error; the feet
are distinctly present, though small.
A Classification of Lepidopterous Larve. 213
Family Hucleide.
In the most generalized forms we have only two rows of tuber-
cles present, the subdorsal and superstigmatal; the substigmatal
row seen in the two preceding families having here disappeared.
But there are two very different lines of modification in the family.
In the first the tubercles are retained and prolonged into fleshy
horns, while the sete have been modified into poisonous urticating
spines. This is accompanied by the development of bright and
gaudy warning colors. In the second line, the tubercles tend to
become reduced or entirely disappear, leaving the body smooth,
and either colored plain green or ornamented with certain other
colors designed for concealment.
I will describe these larve in detail.
First Group.
Adoneta spinuloides Clemens.
Head retracted under and folded in joint 2,’ joint 2 partly under 3.
Head green, jaws brown, eyes black. Body flattened, rather elon-
gate, the sides nearly perpendicular, but not high, the back flat, of
nearly uniform width, but narrowed toward head and rather more
so towards tail. Dorsum at joint 3, 2 mm. wide, at joint 7,3 mm.,
at joint 12, 2 mm. Lateral region has two rows of irregularly
elliptical depressions, between which the body is somewhat ridged
with a row of rounded elevations bearing minute spines. They are
situated just below the spiracle on joints 3, 4, 6 to 12. Color green,
covered with minute transparent granulations. The dorsal region
is nearly smooth, the sunken places being represented by small,
rounded whitish spots. On each side is a subdorsal row of spinose
tubercles, one on each segment 3-13 inclusive, those off joints 3, 4,
5, and 12 longer than the others and colored bright red, those on
joint 11 just tipped with red. Dorsal region yellow, containing a
broad purple band edged with crimson, of irregular outline. It
nearly covers the yellow on joints 3-5, being indented at each pair
of tubercles ; on 6 and 7 it is much enlarged; contracted at 8, almost
to a line; enlarged again at 9 and 10; contracted at 11 and ends in
a rounded enlargement on 12. It is divided by a pale dorsal line.
1 For brevity, in these descriptions, I use the terms common among Lepi-
dopterists, counting the head as ‘‘ joint 1.”’
214 A Classification of Lepidopterous Larve.
Length of larva 11 mm.; width 4mm. Thoracic feet very small,
pointed, green, tipped with brown. Abdominal feet absent, the
whole ventral region flexible and sticky.
Euclea indetermina Boisduval.
Head below joint 2, 2 below 3; thoracic feet small, pale; abdo-
minal none, venter soft and sticky, clear honey-brown. Dorsum
and sides flattened with subdorsal and stigmatal series of segmen-
tary horn-like processes, covered thickly with urticating spines.
Subdorsal horns on joints 3 to 13, those on 4, 5, 8,11, and 12 very
long, the ones on 3 and 13 moderate, the rest very short, subspheri-
cal. Stigmatal row on 3, 4, 6 to 12, short, except the one on 4
which is twice as long as the others. Spiracles round, the one on
joint 5 in line with the horns, those on 6 to 12 much below them,
the one on 2 usually concealed as the segment is retracted. Head
pale, blotched with red on its lower part; ocelli and mouth dark.
Joint 2 granular, honey-brown. Body (A) lemon-yellow or (B)
straw color, the tubercles (A) yellow, tinged with orange on 3, 6, 7,
9 and 10, or (B) vermillion-red with a red band along the subdorsal
line, laterally, along the superstigmatal horns, and along subventral
edge. Four narrow, dark purple lines in dorsal space, on a bluish-
white ground, the two central ones parallel, the outer undulating
to correspond with the locations of the larger horns. Four similar
lines in lateral space separated into two pairs by a (A) yellow or
(B) vermillion band, only slightly undulating. A similar single
pair of lines enclosing the spiracles, the one below them the most
distinct and separated from the sticky venter by a (A) yellow or
(B) vermillion band. On 13, close behind the superstigmatal horn
on 12, is a depressed pale area with purple border. Anterior edge
of 3 purplish. Size 18x77 mm. Horns on joint 8, 2.5 to 4 mm. in
different larvee.
Euclea delphinii Boisduval.
Elliptical; dorsal region flat, nearly level, and of uniform width,
rounded at the extremities; sides nearly perpendicular. Head
whitish, labrum and sutures of clypeus yellowish, eyes black. Head
retracted under joint 2. Along subdorsal ridge a row of elongate
processes on joints 3 to 13, covered with short black spines from
conical bases. The horns on 3, 4, 5,11, 12, and 13 are about three
times as long as the others.
ee ee, ee eg ee oe ae eee ee
ANNALS
OF THE
NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.
The ‘‘ ANNALS,’’ published for over half a century by the Lyceum of
Natural History, are continued under the above name by the New York
Academy of Sciences, beginning in 1877. Six volumes of the new series
have now been issued.
With the beginning of the fourth volume, the Academy decided to
change somewhat the mode of publication. The ANNALS are henceforth
issued without particular reference to times or periods. The parts will
appear as material for them shall be offered ; each single part, or number,
as before, will contain at least 32 pages, with or without plates ; twelve
numbers, as before, whenever published, will constitute a volume. The
size and general character of the parts and volumes will not be changed ;
nor is it intended at all to reduce the average yearly amount of matter.
The ANNALS include the more extended and elaborate papers laid before
the Academy. The briefer papers and discussions that form part of the
Academy’s meetings appear in its other publication, the TRANSACTIONS,
which it is designed to issue promptly and regularly, so as to give a
record of the current work of each year,—the single numbers appearing
monthly (or double, bi-monthly), and eight single numbers forming an
annual volume.
By vote of the Academy, both these publications will be sent FREE to
its Resident and Honorary members. To non-resident members the price
of the TRANSACTIONS will be $3.00 per year.
To all others, prices will be as follows:
Annals, single numbers, : Fifty Cents.
“¢ “double or multiple numbers, in propor tion.
ce per volume (12 numbers), . 2 - . Six Dollars.
Transactions, per year, . E a : . Five Dollars.
s single numbers, — - 5 . . Fifty Cents.
All communications should be addressed to
THOS. L. CASEY,
Army Building,
New York.
_ Or to
J. F. KEMP,
Columbia College, New York.
The Academy has for sale a number of back volumes or the ANNALS
of both series, each containing twelve or more numbers; the price per
volume is Five Dollars in the old (Lyceum) series, and Six Dollars in the
new (Academy) series.
CONTENTS.
PAGE
V.—Reversal of Cleavage in a Sinistral Gasteropod. By Henry E.
CRAMPTON, JR. : 167
VI.—Certain New Derivatives in the Aromatic Series. By Harwoop
HountTINGTON ; - : ; 2 : ; Resto Reece! b/s
VII.—A Classification of Lepidopterous Larve. By Harrison G.
Dyar, 5S. B. é : ; : - 2 z 2 5 Rees eal):
‘ill. February, 1895.
ANNALS
OF THE
~NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES,
LATE
LYCEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY.
Hew Pork: |
PUBLISHED BY THE ACADEMY. |
1895.
R. P. WHITFIELD, HENRY F. OSBORN,
OFFICERS OF THE ACADEMY,
1894-95,
President.
J. K. REES.
Vice- presidents,
Corresponding Secretary.
Th. CASEY.
Recording Secretary.
J. F. KEMP.
Crensurer.
CHAS: E2COX:.
Committee of Publication.
J. A. ALLEN, J. F. KEMP,
HAROLD JACOBY. H. F. OSBORN,
THOS. L. CASEY (Eprror or ANNALS).
VIIIL—A Monograph of Scytonotus.
BY O. F. COOK AND A. C. COOK.
Read March 26, 1894.
As is the case with nearly all the extra-European genera of Di-
plopoda, and especially with the American, the more important
characters of Scytonotus have been misunderstood or entirely
overlooked. This is evidenced by the fact that all the European
writers who have touched upon the subject have either made
direct misstatements concerning the characters and affinities of
the genus, or have referred to it species having scarcely any im-
portant features in common with the typical form.
The genus is furthermore interesting in that its secondary
sexual characters show it to be the most specialized of the Poly-
desmidze—characters which seem to be entirely unmentioned in
the literature of the subject.
Genus SCYTONOTUS C. L. Koch.
Systems der Myriapoden.
Segments 19, covered with setiferous granules ; supplementary
margin pectinate ; repugnatorial pores on smooth, rounded eleva-.
tions of segments 5, 7, 9, 10, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17; male genitalia bi-
hamate.
Body small, 5-6 times as long as broad ; cavity slightly depressed.
Antenne moderately clavate, third joint as long as the two preceding
joints taken together, joints in order of length: 3, 6, 5, 4, 2, 1, 7.
Mandibulary stipe with exposed surface divided by sutures into six
areas, five triangular, one trapezoidal.
Masticatory plate long triangular, with numerous (15-20) transverse
ridges.
ANNALS N. Y. Acap. Scr., VIII, Nov., 1894.—17
234 A Monograph of Scytonotus.
Dentate lamelle with four rounded teeth.
Pectinate lamellz six.
Mentum triangular-cordate, sub-equal in length and width, mod-
erately emarginate posteriorly, acute-angled anteriorly.
Cardo large, nearly half as long as the mentum.
Lingual lobes with few cones ; median lobe with styliform processes.
First segment sub-elliptical, narrower than either the head or the
second segment.
Anterior segments laterally curyed forward, the posterior with the
corners produced caudad; dorsal surface of all the segments densely
roughened with setiferous granulations more or less regularly arranged in
4-6 transverse rows.
Lateral carine narrow, + as wide as the body cavity, thick, granular-
serrate, reduced or obsolete on segments 6—9 in females,
Anterior sub-segments punctate.
Supplementary margins finely pectinate.
Repugnatorial pores opening dorsally on smooth elevations near the
posterior corners of segments 5, 7, 9, 10, 12, 15, 15, 16, 17.
Anal segment tuberculate, decurved, acuminate, truncate at apex, with
four sete.
Anal valves with two setigerous tubercles, not placed on the raised
margin.
Pre-anal scale semi-elliptic, with segiterous tubercle on each side.
Legs of male much larger than those of female, some of them crassate
and specially modified for copulation ; second joint without spine ; joints
of normal legs in order of length: 6, 3, 2, 5, 4, 1; terminal joint inferiorly
tuberculate-serrate in male, the sub-terminal inferiorly papillate.
First pair of legs free, small and slender, the coxa longer than any
other joint except the last.
Second pair of legs free in female; of the same shape as the succeed-
ing ; coxa not specially modified.
Genitalia of female sub-spherical, external, protrusible.
Genitalia of male bi-hamate, the distal hamus articulated at base, beset
with fine laciniz ; basal joint expanded to receive the distal.
Segments of adult 19.
Distribution.—N ortheastern North America,
From Polydesmus this genus differs in having the dorsal sur-
face uniformly covered with small, setiferous granulations,
arranged in 4 to 6 rows; in having 19 less segments and no
pores on segments 18 and 19; the pores on rounded elevations.
From Brachydesmus it is distinct in the convex dorsum coy-
vered with sub-equal squame arranged in 4—6 transverse rows,
instead of having three rows, with the anterior squamz and those
of the carinze several times as large as the others.
A Monograph of Scytonotus. 235
From both genera the bi-hamate male genitalia, with the distal
joint articulated at base,are a diagnostic character, for the eighth
legs of the other genera are replaced by a single falcate structure.
Polydesmus and Brachydesmus are much more closely related to
each other than either is to Scytonotus.
Porat seems to think that this genus is closely related if not
identical with Brachydesmus, because of the 19 segments, but
this inference would seem unnecessary. It is evident, too, that
he takes an expansive view of generic limitations, necessary to
include his species Scytonotus digitatus, mentioned again below.
Wood had already recorded in his Monograph that the present
species has but 19 segments, with no pores on the last two. He
also pointed out the fact that the distal joint of the male genitalia
is articulated at base, but all European writers seem to have
ignored these observations.
Notwithstanding the fact that several species from different
parts of the world have been referred by their authors to Scyton-
otus, it seems probable that the genus as here described is mono-
typic, or at least confined to Northeastern North America.
Reasons for this view may be stated briefly in detail as follows :
Scytonotus Lavicollis C. L. Koch.
System der Myriapoden, p. 131.
Die Myriapoden, II., p. 41, fig. 163. .
This species seems to have been founded on an entirely insig-
nificant difference, as the author himself admits. depthiss ence on. c-ol)-telr ere 56. ipanquianus.
zz. Scales in the lateral line 45-46.
A. Longitudinal series of scales 19. Caudal and humeral spot generally
absent. Caudal fin not scaly, the origin of the dorsal above the root
of the ventral fin. Width of the interorbital more than the diameter
of the eye. Head 4, depth 3. A. 26, scales 9-45-10...57. cordove.
AA. Longitudinal series of scales less than 19.
B. A broad silvery lateral stripe, no caudal spot, longitudinal series of
scales 12. Maxillary toothless, rather wide, extends little beyond
anterior border of the orbit. Head 4.2, depth 4.7. A. 20.
58. longior.
Collected by Charles Frederick Hartt. 267
BB. No lateral band, caudal fin black with two large orange spots on the
basal half. Maxillary toothless, extends to or nearly to the middle
of the eye. Dorsal fin over the ventral. Head 43-43, depth 33-4,
seales 745 or 46-44. A. 26-30.................-.37. melanurus.
zzz. Scales in the lateral line 40-43.
C. Maxillary without teeth.*
D. Mavillary long and narrow, extends to the middle of the eye. Caudal
fin black or blackish, with a pair of large, red spots on its basal half.
Dorsal fin somewhat behind the ventral. Head 44, depth 3}. A.
DQ AISCA ESCA Sm Ae 1a cuts ialarsvetevetorsi ae ciatsiasetsyelers) =) oyatavea= recente) © 59. affinis.
DD. Mazillary not extending to the middle of the eye. Dorsal over the
ventral. Caudal blackish with two red spots on its basal half. A.
eR CGR AS Tarot atalino a'e aia leia'sinTw oo)s/e~ 60. caudomaculatus.
CC. Maxillary with evident teeth its entire length.
E. Humeral spot and lateral band present, caudal spot generally ab-
sent. Head 41, depth 23-3. A. 26, scales 7} or 8-42 to 44-6 or 7.
61. huambonicus.
EE. No humeral spot present or lateral band, middle caudal rays
black. Origin of the dorsal fin midway between the tip of the snout
and root of the caudal, behind the ventral and over the anterior
anal rays. A. 27. Head 43, depth 33, scales 845-6.
63. polyodon.
zz2zZ. Seales in the lateral line 34-39.T
F. Lateral band, humeral and caudal spot present.
G. Lateral band black, scales in 13 rows. Dorsal tin behind the base of
the ventrals. Maxillary toothless, extends a little behind the an-
terior border of the orbit. Interorbital space much more than the
diameter of the eye. Head 33, depth 3. A. 28, scales 7-34-6.,
64. wappi.
GG. No black lateral band.
H. Caudal fin with a band on one or both lobes.
I. Upper caudal lobe with a black band, head 4 in the length. A sil-
very lateral band, pectorals do not extend to the base of the
ventrals. Dorsal fin nearly over the ventrals. Maxillary ex-
tends to the eye. Head 4, depth nearly 3. A. 24-25, scales
FO Ds = DOS OHA OL) Saarareerlele sieselatolevohe steer cieva ela 65. lepidurus.
Il. Each caudal lobe with a black cross-band, head 5 in the length.
A silvery lateral band. Dorsal over the Hinder ventral rays.
The maxillary does not extend beyond the anterior border of
the orbit. Depth 23. A. 25-26, scales 5-36 to 38-3 or 4.
68. dichrourus.
* T. teniatus Jen. (62) has scales 7-40-6. D.11, A. 25. Depth 3, humeral and caudal
spots present, united by a silvery band.
+ D. 10, A. 27, scales 5-37-3...... alburnus 66.
A. 29, scales 844-38-8......gronovii 67.
268 The South American Characinide
HH. Caudal fin without bands.*
J. Anal, dorsal and caudal fins with red markings, scales in 93 rows.
The blackish humeral and caudal spots indistinct. The trian-
gular vermilion spot on the caudal surrounds the basal black
spot. Head 4.2, depth 3.3. A. 26-27, scales 53-35-4.
69. phoenicopterus.
JJ. No red markings on the fins.
Kk. Seales in 15 rows.
L. A broad silvery band, head 4, depth 2, scales 7-—37-8.
A. 29. The dorsal a short distance behind the origin of
the ventral. Maxillary reaches a little beyond the orbit.
70. orientalis.
LL. Head 3%, depth 23-24%, maxillary reaches the anterior.
of the eye. A. 28, scales 8-35 or 36-7.
71. panamensis.
KK. Seales in less than 15 rows.
M. Head less than 4 in the length. Maxillary extends be-
yond the anterior border of the orbit. Head 33, depth 3.
A. 25, scales 6-37 or 28-5.............73. scabripinnis.
MM. Head 4, or more than 4 in the length.
N. A band-like caudal spot, sometimes extending forward
to the indistinct humeral spot. Maxillary toothless,
extends distinctly beyond the anterior margin of the
eye. Origin of dorsal fin immediately behind the base
of the ventrals. Head 4-43, depth 23-23, A. 25-29,
scallesiG:toydr30 dO. 39), 45 LOG! =e erate +74. rutilus.
NN. No band-like caudal spot, a silvery lateral band.
Maxillary toothless, extends beyond the anterior border
of the eye. Snout rather compressed. Head 4, depth
3. An Qi. SCAleSHaoI—1 oes eos ......76. petenensis.
FF. A silvery lateral band, and band-like blackish caudal spot. Head
4-44, depth 2%, interorbital much more than diameter of the eye.
Maxillary terminates below the front margin of the eye. Origin of
dorsal fin behind the root of the yentrals. Scales 7-35 to 37-8.
77. microphthalmus.
FFF. No distinct lateral band present in adult specimens.
O. Humeral and caudal spot present, the latter sometimes extending
to the end of some of the rays. Humeral spot vertically elongate,
situated in the centre of a pale area which is bounded posteriorly by
a vertically curved border. Head 4, depth 2}, scales 6 to 8-36-62.
A HOB ia foaets auntie cece mene ape sis isjat oie lol snaverenoeters 98. jacuhiensis.
OO. Humeral or caudal spot absent.
P. No humeral spot, caudal spot present, depth more than twice in the
T. caroline Gill (72) is perhaps related to 7. phanicopterus Cope.
+7. rutilus jequitinhonhe (75) has scales 38. A. 26, head 4%, depth 3
re
Collected by Charles Frederick Hartt. 269
length. No lateral band. The origin of the dorsal fin behind the
base of the ventrals. Maxillary toothless, reaches anterior border
of the orbit. Head 4, depth 2}-2%. A. 26, scales 7-35-6.
78. ceneus.
PP. Humeral spot present, no caudal spot, depth a little less than twice
in the length. Maxillary extends to the eye. Dorsal fin over the
middle of the base of the ventral. Head 4, scales 7-34-7. A. 28.
79. chrysargyreus.
zZzzzz. Scales in the lateral line 28-33.
Q. A series of seven deep-brown longitudinal lateral bands. Maxillary ex-
tends not evidently beyond the front margin of the eye. Head 32,
depth a little more than two in length. A. 27, scales 5-314.
80. lineatus.
QQ. No series of longitudinal bands on the sides.
R. A'silvery lateral band.
S. No caudal or humeral spot. The pectoral reaches the ventral. The
dorsal over the base of the ventral. Head 33, depth 24. A. 28,
Scalesth— 30 bOpes— yee theterele eperaieke cle a rantcterere 81. grandisquamis.
SS. Humeral spot present, generally more or less elongate. No
caudal spot.
T. Macillary with numerous minute teeth, extends beyond the front
edge of the orbit. Snout shorter than the eye. Dorsal fin
over the root of the ventral. A. 29-30, scales 5 or 6-32 or
33-43 or 5. Head 32, depth 2}-23............ 82. bahiensis.
TT. Maxillary without teeth.
U. The narrow silvery band edged above with greenish, humeral
spot indistinct. Origin of the dorsal fin just behind the ven-
tral. The pectoral reaches to the middle of the base of the
ventral. Head 32-33, depth 24-28 A. 24-25, scales 5-32
OF S3-a5-- == - ee ohare sna pe son Soon omoas 83. collettii.
UU. Silvery band not edged above with greenish, humeral spot
large, faded. Maxillary reaches nearly to the middle of the
eye. Dorsal fin over the base of the ventral.
84. xinguensis.
SSS. Humeral and caudal spot present, the entire anterior third of the
caudal dark colored. Maxillary toothless. Head 3?, depth 2+.
de Cte CCIE SS enim aU OOOr DOOM eo COE 85. agassizii.
RR. No silvery lateral band.
V. Seales 53-31-6. A. 26. Depth 2. Caudal spot diffuse extending
over the base of the fin. Humeral spot indistinct. Maxillary ex-
tends somewhat beyond the anterior margin of the eye. Origin
of the dorsal fin immediately behind the root of the ventral.
The pectorals extend beyond the ventrals, the ventrals to the
vent. Diameter of the eye more than the width of the interor-
hital, less than the snout, one-third of the head. Head 33.
86. ovalis.
270 The South American Characinidz
VV. Scales 5-28-33, depth 25. A. 24. Humeral and caudal spot
present. Origin of the dorsal fin behind the ventral. The max-
illary extends to the front margin of the eye. Head 4.
87. oligolepis.
aaaa. Anal rays 16-24.*
W. Scales in the lateral line 38-40. A silvery-gray lateral band present, a
dark caudal spot elongate horizontally, fading out forward. No humeral
spot present. Dorsal behind the ventral. Maxillary with two small
serrated teeth. Head 4, depth 2}-2 A. 21-23, scales 7 or 8-37 or
4 28 .
BOB elie oie ciradal aie cose Srey tel eer eteeato oto remtowal sue eke cle (atebeloreayatete +89. mexicanus.
WW. Scales in the lateral line 30-35.
X. Maxillary without teeth.
Y. Caudal and humeral spot generally absent.
Z. A silvery band present, sharply edged above with a dark band. Head
less than 4 in the length. Maxillary toothless. Dorsal fin a little
behind the ventrals. The pectorals do not entirely reach the ven-
trals, the ventrals reach the anal. Head 34, depth 3-34, scales
B= B2=SlOL By. 1) Ag Ol OO eee ois ois <1 a ehoneredehctoKe te eerstoteere 91? copei.
ZZ. The broad silvery band not edged above with dark, head more than 4
in the body. Maxillary toothless extending nearly to the anterior
border of the orbit. Anterior dorsal and anal rays markedly
elongate. A. 19, head 42, depth 34, scales 4-35-33.
92. diaphanus.
YY. Caudal and humeral spot present, the dark humeral spot sur-
rounded by a light-colored band. Maxillary extends to the pupil
of the eye. Snout short, 4 in the head. Dorsal fin just behind the
ventrals, pectorals reach a little beyond the origin of the ventrals,
the ventral somewhat beyond the front margin of the anal. A.
20-22. Head 33, depth 3}, scales 5-30-3....... 93. santaremensis.
XX. Maxillary with teeth.
a. Numerous minute teeth on the maxillary which extends either a little
or distinctly behind the front margin of the orbit. A vertically
elongate humeral spot, and a longitudinal caudal stripe extending to
the end of the rays and fading out anteriorly. A. 15-16, head 3}-3%,
depth 3-34, scales 5 or 53-33-4 or @f.............--- 94. jenynsii.
aa. Maxillary with only 1-3 teeth, extends to the anterior border of the
pupil of the eye. A silvery lateral band present, and a diffuse
caudal spot, no humeral spot. A. 19, head 33, depth 2}, scales
Sei Os AO So AOU AAG 1 OOD Once ad sad bidto.do'a 6 95. paucidens.
If. Lateral line interrupted or complete.
* Anal rays 19-24.
+ Scales of moderate size 5 or 6-35 to 38-6 or 7. Maxillary with 1 to 3
teeth. A dark caudal spot extends to the end of some of the rays and
* T. pulcher (88) A. 22, D. 10, Head 514, depth 324 (with caudal). Eye 3 in the head and
once in the interorbital. Caudal and humeral spot present.
+7. argentatus (90) is very near and may be identical with mexicanus Filippi.
Collected by Charles Frederick Hartt. 271
fades out anteriorly, being replaced by a silvery band. An indistinct
humeral spot present. Ventral and pectoral fins with red. Head 4,
longer than deep at the occiput, depth 23 to 3........*96. fasciatus.
+t Seales conspicuously larger, anal shorter than in fasciatus. The humeral
and caudal spots much less distinct. Head 4-44, depth 23-3, D. 10,
A. 3, 16-19, scales 5 to 53-35 to 37-3 to 4.............. 99. iheringii.
** Anal rays 29 to 31, scales 7 or 8-37 to 38-8; eye 3 in the head. Depth 3,
head 4 in length. An indistinct lateral band present. ....100. orstedii.
IK. Lateral line not complete ; only some of the anterior scales perforated.
B. Anal rays 15-27.
y. Seales in the lateral line 30-35.
0. Dark markings on some of the anal rays.
e. A large black spot on the upper part of the dorsal, no caudal or hu-
meral spot, golden blotches on the opercle. A narrow band of
black obliquely crosses four or five of the anterior rays of the
anal, commencing at the top of the first ray. Lateral line ex-
tends to the middle of the body. Head 43, depth 31, eye 32 in
3)
the head, scales in 12 rows. A. 27. ..... .....101. unilineatus.
on
o%
©. No conspicuous black spot on the dorsal. A faint dark lateral
band, a milk-white stripe on the fore edge of the anal, and a vio-
let stripe immediately behind it. A. 24, head 3}-32, depth
22-23. scales 5 or 55-30 or 31=4............2..-. 102. elegans.
00. No dark markings on the anal rays.
¢. Caudal or humeral spot present.
7. Caudal spot present, no humeral spot.
4. Anal rays 21-24, 6-12 scales in the lateral line perforated, the
caudal spot does not extend to the end of the rays, but extends
forward as a dark band, becoming less distinct anteriorly.
A more or less conspicuous silvery lateral band present.
Caudal deeply lobed. Dorsal behind the ventrals, the pec-
torals extend to the ventrals. A. 21-24, head 4), depth 4,
TEMES THBW Gil BK bso nad coe woesasopoosooopNS 103. gracilis.
46. A. 17-19, perfortaed scales in the lateral line 4-7, the large,
diffuse, dark caudal spot extends to the end of some of the rays
and fades out anteriorly. No humeral spot. An inconspicu-
ous silvery lateral band present. Pectoral almost touches the
ventral. Caudal deeply lobed. Size small, depth 4 in the
length. Scales 4-30 or 32-?........ sadocdonu lO are bay,
cc. No caudal spot, the humeral spot surrounded by a bright ring, round
or oval, when oval vertically elongate. A sharply marked blue-
gray line extends backward to the base of the caudal fin. Dorsal
behind the ventral, the pectoral extends to its base. The ventral
* 7. fasciatus interrupta (97), 11 seales across the back, in front of the dorsal between
the lateral line and lateral line. Scales 32-35, A. 22-24. Eye slightly less than the inter-
orbital.
bo
=
bo
The South American Characinide
extends to the origin of the anal. Diameter of the eye 2-23,
snout 4 in the head. Lateral line with 5-7 scales perforated.
A. 22-24, head 33-33, depth 34,-32 scales 5-31 or 32-3.
105. bellottii.
cog. Caudal and humeral spot present, the latter indistinct in
schmardex, where the caudal spot is conspicuous and extends to
the end of some of the rays.
4. Maxillary without teeth. Indistinct humeral spot small; a
small silvery-gray lateral band, not very evident, accompanied
above a part of its length by a sharp, blue-gray line. Pector-
als not quite reaching the ventrals. Diameter of the eye 2,
snout 33 in the head. Lateral line with 7-8 more rarely 13-16
scales perforated. A. 20-23, head 32, depth 3, scales 5-30 or
Ola Sieres sete rere: A Dnee SS tie soot Gooe 106. schmarde.
uw. Maxillary with teeth.
kK. Humeral spot surrounded by a bright ring. Maxillary with
slender teeth. Caudal spot deep dark brown. A sharp
gray line joins the humeral and caudal spot. Caudal partly
scaled, the peduncle very slender. The dorsal fin behind
the origin of the ventrals, 6-8 scales in the lateral line per-
forated. A. 26-28, head 34-32, depth 22-2%, scales 5—
SISOS Ae eee oes Sate Cae iereter seen erie .-....107. ocellifer.
kk. Humeral spot not surrounded by a bright silvery-gray border.
Maxillary with 5 small, stout teeth. A greenish lateral band,
the humeral and caudal spot indistinct. Middle of caudal
fin blackish. Body brown, muzzle black, cheeks black punc-
tate. Maxillary extends to the middle of the pupil. Dorsal
behind the ventrals. A. 27, head 35, depth 2}, eye 4 of the
head Sescalles 7/30 —Oreraeie stents etel-tgeaei rere 108. robustulus.
coce. No caudal or true humeral spot, the anterior end of the
very conspicuous dark, lateral band with an oval expansion
resembling a humeral spot. The dark band bordered above
by a very evident silvery band. Dorsal about midway be-
tween the tip of the snout and base of caudal and over the
space between the anal and ventrals. Anal with first six
rays elongate. Maxillary toothless, extends nearly to the
centre of the pupil of the eye. D. 10, A. 20-23, head 33,
ee 35, eye in the head 25 and once in the interorbital,
Scales /S2=345 2. co emeriior cients cs ee 109. heterorhabdus.
24. Tetragonopterus artedii Cuy. & Val.
Cuv. & Val. XXIT., 128 (not Synon. vide Ginther) ; Giinther, Cat. Fish.
Brit. Mus., V., 319; Eigenm. & Eigenm., Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XIV., 52,
1891.
Habitat :—?
Collected by Charles Frederick Hartt. 273
25. Tetragonopterus argenteus Cuvier.
Cuv. Mem. Mus., IV., 455 ; Cuv. & Val., X XII., 132 ; Mull & Trosch., Fish.
Brit. Guiana, 634, 1848 (Amuca); Kner, Denkschr. Acad. Wiss. Wien, XVIT.,
174, 1858 (Cujaba ; Gujana) ; Gunther. Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., V., 318, 1864 ;
Steind., Ichthyol., Beitr., V., 46, 1876 (Santarem) ; id. Flussfische, Sidameri-
ka’s, I., 7, 1879 (Orinoco near Ciudad Bolivar) ; id. Flussfische, Sidamerika’s,
TV., 13, 1882 (Rio Amazonas ; Iquitos) ; Eigenm. & Eigenm., Proc. U. 8. Nat.
Mus., XIV., 52, 1891.
Habitat :—Orinoco, Guianas, Amazon.
26. Tetragonopterus rufipes Valenciennes.
Valene. in d’Oerb. Voy. Amér. Merid. Poss. pl. 11., fig. 1, 1847; Cuv. and
Val., XXII, 136; Gunther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., V. 318; Eigenm. &
Eigenm., Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., XIV. 52, 1881.
Habitat :—Buenos Ayres.
27. Tetragonopterus pectinatus Cope.
Proce. Amer. Philos. Soc., 560, 1870 (Pebas) ; Eigenm. & Eigenm., Proc.
U.S. Nat. Mus., XIV., 54, 1891.
Habitat:—Pebas.
28. Tetragonopterus tabatinge Steindachner.
Ichthyol. Beitr.; V. 43, 1876 (Tabatinga) : Eigenm. & Eigenm., Proc. U.
S. Nat. Mus., XIV., 54, 1891.
Habitat :—Tabatinga.
29. Tetragonopterus bairdil Steindachner.
“Anz. Ak. Wien, 179, 1882 (Tabatinga) ;’’ id, Flussfische Stidamerica’s,
IV., 35, 1882 (Tabatinga) ; Eigenm. & Eigenm., Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XIV.,
53, 1891.
Habitat :—Tabatinga.
30. Tetragonopterus multiradiatus Steindachner.
Ichthyol. Beitr., V. 44, 1876 (Teffe) ; Eigenm. & Eigenm., Proc. U. S.
Nat. Mus., XIV., 54, 1891.
Habitat :-—Tefte.
31. Tetragonopterus caucanus Steindachner.
Ichthyol. Beitr., VIII., 71, 1878 (Cauca) ; id, Fischf. Cauca and Fliisse, 20,
pl. VI., fig. 2, 1880 (Cauca) ; Eigenm. & Eigenm., XIV., 53, 1891.
Habitat :—Cauea.
32. Tetragonopterus nigripinnis Perugia.
Ann. Mus. Genoy. (2), 643, 1891 (Matto Grosso, River Paraguay ).
Tetragonopterus anomalus Steind., Anz. AK. Wien, 1891 and SB. AK. Wien,
e. 1891, 173 and 369, pl. III. ( Rio Parana). e
Habitat :—Rio Paraguay; Rio Parana,
274 The South American Characinidz
33. Tetragonopterus hauxwellianus Cope.
Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., 560, 1870 (Pebas); id, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc.,
691, 1878 (Peruvian Amazon); Steind., Flussfische Sidamerikas, IV., 34, 1882
(Hyavary; Santarem); Eigenm. & Eigenm., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV.,
53, 1891.
Habitat :—Peruvian Amazon; Pebas; Hyavary; Santarem.
o4. Tetragonopterus spilurus Cuy. & Val.
Cuvend Val=, Xexd 156% Stee Cat. fish. Brit. Mus.,
Eigenm. & Eigenm., Bree U.S. Nat. Mus., XIV., 52, 1891.
Habitat :—Surinam.
V., 318, 1864;
30. Tetragonopterus brevirostris (Ginther).
Tetragonopterus chaleeus brevirostris Ginther, Proc. Zool. Soc., 420, 1859.
Brevirostris Gunther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., V., 321, 1864 (Western Andes of
Ecuador); Eigenm. & Eigenm., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV., 52, 1891.
Habitat :—Western Andes of Ecuador.
306. Tetragonopterus melanurus Bloch.
Salmo melanurus Bloch tab. 381, fig. 2
Tetragonopterus melanurus Mill. & Trosch., Hor. Ichth., I., p. 14, 1845:
(Surinam) ; Cuv. & Val., XXII., p. 155, 1848; Mull. and Trosch., Fische
Brit. Guiana, 635, 1848 (Rupununi) ; Giinther Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., V., 329,
1864 (British Guiana; Essequibo River); id. Proc. Zool. Soc., 247, 1868
(Surinam ).
Habitat :—British Guiana; Surinam ; Essequibo; Rupununi.
37. Tetragonopterus abramis Jenyns.
Zool. Beagle, Fish., p. 123, tab. 23, fig. 1, 1842 (Rio Parana) ; Gunther,
Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., V., 321, 1864 ; Steind., Flussfische, Stidamerika’s, I., 8,
1879 (Orinoco near Ciudad Bolivar) ; Ginther, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., 1880
(La Plata) ; Eigenm. & Eigenm., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV., 52, 1891.
Habitat :—La Plata; Rio Parana; Orinoco
38. Tetragonopterus jelskii Steindachner.
Ichthyol. Beitr., IV., 40, 1875 (Monterico, Peru) ; id. Flussfische, Stid-
amerika’s, IV., 25, 1882 (Huambo) ; Eigenm. & Eigenm., Proc. U. 8. Nat.
Mus., XIV., 53, 1891.
Habitat :—Monterico, Peru; Huambo.
39. Tetragonopterus maculatus (Linnzus).
Charax no. 54, Gronoy. Mus. Ichth., I., p. 19, tab. 1, fig. 5, 1754.
Albula maculata L. Mus. Ad. Fred. p. 78, tab. 32, fig. 2, 1754.
Salmo bimaculatus L., Syst. Nat., ed. xii., 513, 1766 (South America); Bloch,
taf. 382, fig., 2, 1758; Bl. & Schn., p. 413, 1801.
Tetragonopterus P acnbieie Mill. & Trosch., Hor. Ichth., I., p. 14, tab. 3, fig.
(teeth); id. Fische. Brit. Guiana, 634, 1849 (Rupununi; Essequibo); Giin-
Collected by Charles Frederick Hartt. 275
ther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., V., 321, 1864 (Demarara, River Capin; Pernam-
buco); Steind., Siisswf. Stidéstl. Bras., ITI., 568, pl. I., fig. 2, 1876, (Rio Para-
hyba; Rio Doci; Rio Mucuri); Peters, Mb. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 472, 1877 (Cala-
bozo); Steind., Fisch.-f. Magd. Stromes, 42, 1878 (Rio Magdalena); id.
Fisch.-f. Cauca & Fliisse bei Guayaquil, 21, 1880 (Cauca); Boulenger, Ann. &
Mag. Nat. Hist., XIX., 173, 1887 (Rio Grande do Sul); Eigenm. & Eigemn.,
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV., 52, 1891.
Tetragonopterus linnei Cuv. & Val., X XII., p. 142.
Tetragonopterus gronovii Cuy. & Val., X XII., p. 143; Kner, Denkschr. Acad.
Wiss. Wien, XVII., 175, 175, 1859.
Charax bimaculatus Gronoy. Syst. ed. Gray; p. 154, 1854.
Tetragonopterus vittatus Castelnau, Anim. Amer. Sud., Poiss. p. 66, pl. 33,
fig. 3. 1755 (Bahia).
Tetragonopterus microstoma, Hensel, Wiegm. Archiv., 83, 1868 (S. Brazil).
Tetragonopterus obscurus Hensel, Wiegm. Archiv., 86, 1868 (S. Brazil).
Habitat :—Brazil, Orinoco, Magdalena.
Seven specimens from the lower Amazons. Color very light,
perhaps faded. Six specimens from Para; Brazil, four specimens.
40. Tetragonopterus maculatus lacustris Litken.
Tetragonopterus lacustris Liitken, Overs. Dan. Selsk, M. 3, 131, 1874 ( Lagoa
Santa) ; id, Velhas-Flodens Fiske, XIII., 208, pl. V., fig. 15, 1875, Rio das
Velhas) ; Eigenm. & Eigenm., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV., 52, 1891.
Tetragonopterus maculatus lacustris Eigenm., Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., 1894
(Rio Grande do Sul).
Tetragonopterus maculatus Boul.; Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1887 (Rio Grande
do Sul).
Habitat :—Rio das Velhas; Rio Grande do Sul.
41. Tetragonopterus branickii Steindachner.
Flussfische Sitidamerica’s, I., 21, 1879, pl. I., fig. 3 (Rio Zurumilla on the
boundary of Ecuador and Peru); Eigenm. & Eigenm., Proc. U. 8. Nat.
Mus., XIV., 53, 1891.
Habitat:—Rio Zurumilla.
42. Tetragonopterus brevoortii (Gill).
Pecilurighthys brevoortii Gill, Fresh Water Fishes Trinidad, 57, 1858 (Trini-
dad).
Tetragonopterus brevoortii Litken, Vidensk, Medd. Nat. For. Kjob., 232,
1874 ; Eigenm. & Eigenm., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV., 53, 1891.
Habitat :—Trinidad.
43. Vetragonopterus stilbe Cope.
Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., 559, 1870 (Para) ; Eigenm. & Eigenm., Proc. U.
S. Nat. Mus., XIV., 54, 1891.
Habitat :-—Para.
276 The South American Characinide
44. Vetragonopterus moorii Boulenger.
Ann. N. H. (6) X., II., pl. II., fig. 1 (Matto Grosso, Brazil).
Habitat :—Matto Grosso, Brazil.
45. Vetragonopterus trinitatis Liitken.
Tetragonopterus ( Hemibrycon) trinitatus Litken, Vidensk, Medd. Nat. For.
Kjob., 234, 1874 ( Trinidad ).
Habitat :—Trinidad.
46. Vetragonopterus maximus Steindachner.
Ichthyol. Beitr., VI., 6, 1878 (syn. ); id, Ichthyol. Beitr., [V., 43, 1875, pl.
VII. (Tullumayo; Monterico); Eigenm. & Eigenm., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
XIV., 54, 1891. Tetragonopterus alosa Giinther, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.,
XVII., 399, 1876 (Monterico, Peru).
Habitat :—Tullumayo ; Monterico.
47. Vetragonopterus poiylepis Ginther.
Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., V., 320, 1864; Eigenm. & Higenm., Proce. U. S.
Nat. Mus., XIV., 52, 1891.
Habitat :—British Guiana.
48. Tetragonopterus orbicularis Cuy. & Val.
Cuv. & Val., X XII., 138; Casteln. Anim. Amer. Sud. Poiss. p. 65, pl. 32,
fig. 3, 1885 (Amazon); Kner. Denkschr. Acad. Wiss. Wien, 38, 1858 ( Villa
Maria); Giinther, Cat. Fish., Brit. Mus., V., 320, 1864; Steindachner, Stisswf.
Stdostl. Bras., III., 565, 1876 (Rio Parahyba, Amazon; Villa Maria);
Giinther, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1880 (La Plata); Eigenm. & Eigenm.,
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., X1V.; 52; 1891.
Tetragonopterus compressus Gunther, Cat. Fish., Brit. Mus., V., 319, 1864
( Essequibo; Surinam; Maranon).
Habitat :—La Plata; Rio Parahyba; Amazon; Maranon; Sur-
inam; Essequibo; Villa Maria.
49. Vetragonopterus peruanus Miller & Troschell.
Tetragonopterus peruanus Mill. & Trosch., Hor. Ichth., I., 28, tab. 8, fig. 1,
1845 (Perm) ; Cuv. & Val., X-XIT., 159:
Tetragonopterus peruvianus Ginther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., V., 327, 1864 ;
Steind., Flussfische, Stidamerika’s, I.,ii 22, 1879 (Pascamajo, Peru) ; Eigenm.
& Eigenm., Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., XIV., 53, 1891.
Habitat :-—Peru.
50. Tetragonopterus humilis Gunther.
Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., V., 327, 1864 (Gautemala).
Habitat :-—Gautemala.
51. Tetragonopterus astictus sp. noy.
Related to humilis.
Collected by Charles Frederick Hartt. 277
Body compressed, moderately elongate. Dorsal fin a little behind the ven-
tral and its anterior edge equidistant from the snout and base of caudal. Max-
illary toothless, extending a little beyond the anterior margin of the orbit. A
silvery lateral band, most distinct posteriorly. No caudal or humeral spot
present.
D. 10, A. 30, scales 5-35-33, head 33, depth 33, eye in the head 23 and once
in the interorbital space. Lateral line complete.
Habitat :—Brazil (one specimen 53 mm. long).
52. Vetragonopterus tzeniurus (Gill).
recilurichthys teniurus Gill ; Fresh Water Fishes, Trinidad, 58, 1858.
Tetragonopterus teniurus Litken, Vidensk, Medd. Nat. For. Kjéb., 233,
1874; Higenm. & EHigenm., Proc. U..S. Nat. Mus., XIV., 53, 1891.
Habitat :—Trinidad.
53. Tetragonopterus doceanus Steindachner.
Siisswf. Sudostl. Bras. III., 14, 1876 (Rio Doce); Eigenm. & Eignm.,
iProe: UW. S: Nat. Mrus;, XTV., 52; 1891.
Habitat :—Rio Doce.
54. Tetragonopterus chalceus Agassiz.
Tetragonopterus argenteus etc., Artedi, in Seba, III., tab. 34, fig. 3; 174,
1858 (Rio Negro, Surinam ).
Daregonus amboinensis Artedi, Species p. 44, 1738.
Tetragonopterus chalceus Agassiz in Spix, Pisce. Bras. p. 70, tab. 33, fig. 1,
1829; Cuv. & Val., XXII., p. 140; Kner, Denkschr. Acad. Wiss., Wien,
XVII.; Gunther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., V., 320, 1864 (British Guiana; Esse-
quibo); Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 260, 1871 (Ambyiacu); id, Proce.
Amer. Philos. Soc., 691, 1878 (Peruvian Amazon) ; Steind., Ichthyol. Beitr.,
V., 47, 1876 (Xingu near Porto do Moz) ; Eigenm. & Eigenm., Proc. U.S.
Nat. Mus., XIV., 52, 1891.
Tetragonopterus schomburgkii Cuy. & Val., X XII., p. 137.
Habitat :—British Guiana, Essequibo, Surinam, Amazons from
Porto do Moz to the Ambyiacu.
55. Tetragonopterus gibbosus Steindachner.
Stsswf. Sudostl. Bras., III., 4, pl. I, fig. 1, 1876 (Rio Parahyba); Eigenm. &
Kigenm., Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., XIV., 52, 1891.
Habitat :—Rio Parahyba.
56. Tetragonopterus ipanquianus Cope.
Proc. Am. Philos. Soc., XVII.. 1877 (Urubamba), id. Proc. Am. Philos.
Soc., 692, 1878 (Peruvian Amazon); Eigenm. & Eigenm., Proc. U. S. Nat.
Mus., XIV., 53, 1891.
Habitat :—Urubamba; Peruvian Amazon
278 The South American Characinide
57. Tetragonopterus cordove Ginther.
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., VI., Ser. 5, 12, 1880 (Rio de Cordova); Eigenm.
& Eigenm., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV, 53, 1891.
Habitat :—Rio de Cordova.
58. Tetragonopterus longior Cope.
’
Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., 691, 1878 (Peruvian Amazon); Eigenm. &
Eigemn., Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., XIV., 53, 1891.
Habitat :—Peruvian Amazon.
59. Tetragonopterus affinis Ginther.
Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., V., 322, 1864 ( British Guiana ).
Habitat :—British Guiana.
60. Tetragonopterus caudomaculatus Ginther.
Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., V., 330, 1864 (South America).
Habitat :—South America.
61. Tetragonopterus huambonicus Steindachner.
Flussfische Stidamerika’s. TV., 25, pl. V., fig. 1, 1882 (Callacate and Rio
Huambo, Peru); Eigenm & Eigenm., Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., XIV., 53, 1891.
Habitat :—Callacato and Rio Huambo, Peru.
62. Tetragonopterus tzniatus Jenyns.
Zool. Beagle, Fish. p. 126; Cuv. & Val., XXII., p. 145; Ginther, Cat.
Fish. Brit. Mus., V., 329, 1864.
Habitat :—Province of Rio de Janeiro.
63. Tetragonopterus polyodon Gunther.
Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., V., 330, 1864 (Guayaquil); Cope, Proc. Amer.
Philos. Soc., 45, 1877 (Guayaquil); Eigenm. & Eigenm., Proc. U. S. Nat.
Mus., XIV., 53, 1891.
Habitat :—Guayaquil.
64. Vetragonopterus wappi Cuv. & Val.
Cuv. & Val., XXII., p. 153; Giimther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., V., 326,
1864 (British Guiana); Eigenm. & Eigenm., Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., XIV.,
53, 1891.
Habitat :—British Guiana.
65. Tetragonopterus lepidurus Kner.
Denkschr., Wiss. Wien., XVII., 40, tab. 8, fig. 20, 1858 (Rio Guaporé) ‘
Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., V., 328, 1864 ; Steind., Flussfische, Siidameri-
ka’s, IV., 32, 1882 (Tabatinga ; Cudajas ; Obidos ; Villa Bella) ; Eigenm. &
EFigenm., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV., 53, 1891.
Habitat:—Amazons from Obidos to Tabatinga; Guaporé.
Collected by Charles Frederick Hartt. 279
66. Tetragonopterus alburnus Hensel.
Wiegm., Archiv., 85, 1870 (Rio Cadea) : Steind., Stisswf., Sudostl., Bras.,
III., 24, 1876 (Rio Cadea) ; Eigenm. & Eigenm., Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XIV.,
53, 1891.
Habitat :—Rio Cadea.
67. Tetragonopterus gronovii Kner & Steindachner.
Neue Fische aus Centr. Am., 46, 1864 (Rio Bayano) ; Eigenm. & Eigenm.,
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV., 53, 1891.
Habitat :—Rio Bayano.
68. Tetragonopterus dichrourus Kner.
Denkschr., Acad. Wiss. Wien, XVII., 177, tab. 9, fig. 9, 1859 ( Rio Guapore ;
Caicara ; Paraguay) ; Gtinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., V., 324, 1864 ; Eigenm.
& Eigenm., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV., 53, 1891.
Habitat :—Rio Guapore; Caicgara; Paraguay.
69. Tetragonopterus phoenicopterus Cope.
Proe. Acad. Sci. Phila., 260, 1871 (Ambyiacu); Eigenm. & Eigenm., Proc.
U.S. Nat. Mus., XIV., 54, 1891.
Habitat :-—Ambyiacu.
70. Tetragonopterus orientalis Cope.
Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., 559, 1870 (Para) ; Eigenm. & Eigenm., Proc. U.
S. Nat. Mus., XIV., 54, 1891.
Habitat :—Para.
71. Tetragonopterus panamensis Ginther.
Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., V., 324, 1864 (Pacific coast of Panama ; Yzabal);
Gill, Proc. Phila. Acad., 336, 1876 (Rio Frijoli) ; Eigenm. & Eigenm., Proc.
U.S. Nat. Mus., XIV., 52, 1891.
Tetrogonopterus fischeri Steind. Flusstische Stidamerica’s, I., 18, 1879, pl. L.,
fig. 1-2 (Mamoni River, Panama).
Habitat:—Panama; Yzabal; Rio Frijoli; Mamoni River.
72. Tetragonopterus caroline (Gill).
Astyanax caroline Gill, Proc. Phila. Acad. Sci., 92, 1870 (River Napo or
Marafion.
Tetragonopterus caroline Eigenm. & Eigenm., Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., XIV.,
53, 1891.
Habitat :—River Napo or Marafion.
73. Tetragonopterus scabriprinnis Jenyns.
Zool. Beagle, Fish. p. 125, pl..23, fig. 3, 1842 (Rio de Janeiro); Giinther,
Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., V. 325, 1864 (in part); Eigenm. & Eigenm., Proc. U.
S. Nat. Mus., XIV., 53, 1891.
Habitat :—Rio de Janeiro.
280 The South American Characinide
74. Vetragonopterus rutilus Jenyns.
Tetragonopterus rutilus Jenyns, Zool. Beagle, Fish., p. 125, pl. 23, fig. 2,
1842; Steind., Ichthyol. Not., IX., 10, pl. IL., fig. 2, 3, 1869 (Montevideo);
Hensel, Wiegm. Arch., 80, 1870; Steind., Stisswf. Stidéstl. Bras., III., 575,
pl. IL., figs. 1, 2, 1896 (Rio Parahyba; Rio Doce; Montevideo; Rio Janeiro;
Rio Jequitinhonha; Xamapa, Mexico); id. Fish. Cauca & Fliisse bei Guay-
aquil, 22, 1880 (Cauca); Boulenger, Proc. Zool. Soc., 281, 1887 (Canelos) ; id.
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., XIV., 173, 1887 (Rio Grande do Sul); Eigenm. &
Eigenm., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV., 52, 1891; Eigenm. Ann. N. Y. Acad.
Sci., 1894 (Rio Grande do Sul) ; Cope. Proc. Am. Philos. Soc., XX XIIL., 87,
1894 (Rio Grande do Sul).
Tetragonopterus fasciatus Cuy. ®& Val., XXII, p. 140; Giinther, Cat.
Fish. Brit. Mus., V., 322, 1864 (not synon. Brazil, West Ecuador; Huamuchal
Rio Guacalate; Rio Chisoy, Vera Paz, Mexico; Cordova; Central America;
Gautemala); id. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., 1880 (La Plata).
Tetragonopterus scabripinnis Kner. (not Jen.), Denkschr. Acad. Wiss.
Wein., XVIL, 175, 1858 (¢) (Xamapa, Mexico; Trisanga); Gunther, Cat.
Fish. Brit. Mus., V., 325, 1864 (in part).
Tetragonopterus microstoma Gunther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., V., 323, 1864;
id. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., 1880 (La Plata).
Tetragonopterus «neus Hensel, Wiegm. Arch., I., 87, 1868 (Southern Bra-
Zil).
Tetragonopterus cuvieri Lutken, Overs. Dan. Selsk., No. 3, 131, 1874 (Rio
San Francisco and Rio das Velhas with its tributaries) ; id, Velhas-Flodens
Fiske, XIII., 210, pl. V., fig. 12, 1875 (Rio das Velhas).
Habitat:—Brazil, West Ecuador; Mexico; Central America.
75. Tetragonopterus rutilus jequitinhonhe Steindachner.
Susswf. Sudostl. Bras., I1I., 27, pl. I1., fig. 3, 1876 (Rio Jequitinhonhe) ;
Kigenm. & EKigenm., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV., 52, 1891.
Hatitat :-—Rio Jequitinhonhe.
76. Vetragonopterus petenensis Ginther.
Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., V., 326, 1864 (Lake Peten ; W. Ecuador) ; id. Ann.
& Mag. Nat. Hist., VI, Ser. 5, 12, 1880 (Rio Negro; Argentine Rep.) ;
Eigenm. & Higenm., Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., XIV., 53, 1891.
Habitat:—Rio Negro; Argentine Republic; Lake Peten;
Western Ecuador.
77. Vetragonopterus microphthalmus Ginther.
Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., V., 324, 1864 (Pacific Coast of Guatemala ; Lake
Amatitlan ; Rio Rimac) ; Eigenm. & Eigenm., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV.,
52, 1891.
Habitat :—-Pacific Coast of Guatemala; Lake Amatitlan; Rio
Rimac.
Collected by Charles Frederick Hartt. 281
78. Tetragonopterus zneus Ginther.
Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 319, 1860; Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., V., 326,
1864 (Oaxaca) ; Hensel, Wiegm., Archiv., 87, 1870 (Rio Cadea ; Porto Alegre) ;
Kigenm. & Eigenm., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV., 53, 1891.
Habitat :—Rio Cadea; Porto Alegre; Oaxaca.
79. Tetragonopterus chrysargyreus Giinther.
Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., V., 328, 1864 (Essequibo) ; Eigenm. & Eigenm.,
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV., 53, 1891.
Habitat :—Essequibo.
80. Tetragonopterus lineatus Perugia.
Ann. Mus. Genov., (2) X., 644, 1891 ( Matto Grosso, River Paraguay) ; id.
Ichthyol., Beitr., XV., 26, 1891 (Iquitos).
Tetragonopterus steindachneri, Eigenm., Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XVI., 53,
1893.
Habitat :—Matto Grosso, River Paraguay ; Iquitos.
81. Tetragonopterus grandisquamis Miller & Troschell.
Hor. Ichth., I., 27, taf. 8, fig. 2, 1845 (Surinam); Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit.
Mus., V., 328 ( British Guiana); Eigenm. & Eigenm., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
XIV., 53, 1891.
Habitat :—British Guiana; Surinam; Brazil. Four specimens
from Itaituba ; Brazil, one specimen.
82. Tetragonopterus bahiensis Steindachner.
Susswf. stdostl. Bras., III., 13, 1876 ( Bahia); Eigenm and Eigenm., Proc.
U.S. Nat. Mus., XIV., 52, 1891.
Habitat :—Bahia.
83. Tetragonopterus collettii Steindachner,
Flussfische Sidamerika’s, IV., 33, pl. VIL., fig. 3, 1882 (Obidos; Hyavary);
Eigenm. & Eigenm., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV., 53, 1891.
Habitat :-—Obidos ; Hyavary.
84. Tetragonopterus xinguensis Steindachner.
Flussfische Siidamerika’s, IV., 32, 1882 (Xingu); Eigenm. & Eigenm.,
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XIV., 53, 1891.
Habitat :-—Xingu.
8. Tetragonopterus agassizii Steindachner.
Ichthyol. Beitr. V., 41, pl. VIIL., fig. 2, 1876 (Tabatinga ; Cudajas) ; Cope,
Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., 691, 1878 (Peruvian Amazon); Eigenm. & Eigenm.
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XIV., 53, 1891.
Habitat :—Peruvian Amazon; Cudajas; Tabatinga.
ANNALS N. Y. ACAD. Sct., VIII., Feb., 1895.—20
282 The South American Characinidx
86. Vetragonopterus ovalis Ginther.
Proce. Zool. Soc., 245, 1868 (Xeberos); Eigenm. & Eigenm., Proce. U.S.
Nat. Mus., XIV., 54, 1891.
Habitat :—Xeberos.
87. Tetragonopterus oligolepis Ginther.
Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., V., 327, 1864 (British Guiana); Eigenm. & Eigenm.,
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV., 53, 1891.
Habitat:—British Guiana.
88. Netragonopterus pulcher (Gill).
Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y., 1858, 419 (Trinidad).
Habitat :-—Trinidad.
89. Netragonopterus mexicanus Filippi.
Rev. et Magaz. de Zodlogie, 1853, p. 166 ; Steind., Ichthyol. Not. IX., 11,
1869, pl. IV., figs. 1-4 (Lake Mexico, Izucar); Eigenm., Proc. U. S. Nat.
Mus., XVI., 55, 1893.
Tetragonopterus brevimanus Gunther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., V., 325, 1864
(Guatemala ; Yzabal ; Rio 8. Geronimo).
Habitat: Lake Mexico; Guatemala; Rio 8. Geronimo.
90. Tetragonopterus argentatus (Baird and Girard).
Astyanax argentatus, Baird and Girard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VII,
27, 1854; Girard, U. S. Mex. Bound. Survey, 74, 1859 (Rio Nueces; Rio
Leona; Zoquito; Comanche Springs; Elm Creek; San Felipe; Devil’s River;
Brownsyille; Mouth of Rio Grande; Rio Sabinal).
Tetragonopterus argentatus Jordan and Gilbert, Syn. Fish. North Amer., 255,
1883 (Arkansas to Mexico); Eigenm., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XVI., 56, 1893.
Habitat :—Texas ; Mexico.
This species may prove identical with 7. mexicanus Filippi.
91. Vetragonopterus copei Steindachner.
Flussfische Stidamerika’s, [V., 35, pl. VL., fig. 6, 1882 (Santarem); Eigenm.
& Higenm., Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XIV., 53, 1891.
Habitat :—Santarem ; Itaituba; Para; Brazil.
One specimen from Itaituba, nineteen are recorded from Brazil.
Three of the specimens from Brazil have inconspicuous caudal and
humeral spots, and in thirteen of them the spots are very evident.
Hight specimens from the Lower Amazons and one from Para.
92. Tetragonopterus diaphanus Cope.
Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., 691, 1878 (Peruvian Amazon); Eigenm. &
Kigenm., Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., XIV., 53, 1891.
Habitat :-—Peruvian Amazon.
Collected by Charles Frederick Hartt. 283
93. Tetragonopterus santarememnsis sp. noy.
Body moderately elongate, the caudal peduncle rather slender. Head 33,
depth 3} in the body. The origin of the dorsal fin is just behind the base of
the ventrals. The anterior dorsal and anal rays elongate. The pectoral reaches
a little beyond the origin of the ventral, the ventral extends somewhat beyond
the front margin of the anal. Caudal deeply lobed.
Snout short, 4 in the head ; diameter of the eye somewhat more than the
width of the interorbital and 23 in the head. The maxillary with no teeth
extends to a vertical line touching the anterior margin of the pupil of the eye.
The,humeral spot and lateral band are much as in bellottii, the caudal spot is
somewhat more rhomboidal and extends to the end of some of the rays in all
of the specimens. The posterior part of the caudal spot is darker than the
anterior. The edges of the scales, especially above the lateral line, are marked
with a deeper brown color, giving the sides of the body a reticulate appearance.
A faint line on either side of the dorsal has also this color and extends back-
ward and forward. A similar line along either side of the anal. There are
faint blotches on some of the anal and dorsal rays.
D. 10, A. 20-22, scales 5-30—3, lateral line complete.
Habitat :—Santarem ; ten specimens 22—24 mm. long.
Related to copet and diaphanus.
94. Vetragonopterus jenymnsii Steindachner.
Stisswf. Stidéstl. Bras., III., 22, pl. III., fig. 1-2, 1876 (Rio Parahyha) ;
Higenm. & Eigenm., Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., XIV., 53, 1891.
Habitat :—Rio Parahyba.
95. Tetragonopterus paucidems sp. noy.
Related to diaphanus.
Body rather elongate, dorsal and ventral outline nearly equally curved.
Dorsal fin equidistant from the tip of the snout and base of the caudal. (The
ventral fins were destroyed.) Head 33, depth 2% in the length. Snout 35,
diameter of the eye 3in the head. Maxillary with two small teeth, extends
to a vertical line touching the anterior border of the pupil. 1 eo cleo CHEIRODON Girard. .
Deelateral Mime icommpleierrriraterteteter ted ile tenia rita (ODONTOSTILBE Cope. )
c. An oblique dark bar on the upper part of dorsal. Maxillary with teeth
along its entire length. A well defined silvery band on posterior part of
Collected by Charles Frederick Hartt. 289
body. Caudal spot very small but well defined. Humeral spot usually
absent. Dorsal in the middle of the length, behind origin of ventral.
Mouth very small, head 3%, depth 3}. Eye 23-2? in the length of the
head. Height of dorsal equals length of head. Caudal lobes longer
than the head. D. 11, A. 22, lateral line 35-36........ 124. pequira.
ec. Dorsal plain, maxillary with but two or three teeth.
d. Depth 23-2? in the length. Maxillary with but three teeth. In-
termaxillary with but 5 teeth on each side, each with 9 points, the
median most prominent. D. 10 or 11, A. 22-25, lateral line 33-34.
Humeral and caudal spots indistinct. Head 4, depth 35 in the
IGS) Oe orem one Spl OU abies Gor SoCo McnaoO OCD ce nice 125. pulcher.
dd. Depth 33 in the length, maxillary with two teeth. D. 10, A. 24, lateral
line 35. Five teeth in each pre-maxillary and six on each dent-
ary ; pre-maxillary teeth with seven cusps each, the median most
prominent ; those of the other bones with similar cusps of more
equal length. Head 4, eye in the head 25. A silvery band; a
dark spot on the caudal peduncle................. 126. fugitiva.
Doeebaterallimemncompletescac-w eerie cece: eo coe ac (CHEIRODON Girard).
e. Maxillary without teeth. A. 19-23, D. 11, lateral line 35, depth 23, head
4; pectorals extend beyond ventrals.
;
Collected by Charles Frederick Hartt. 295
1890 (Teffe; Tocantins; Villa Bella); Eigenm. & Eigenm., Proc. U.S. Nat.
Mus., XIV., 56, 1891.
One specimen from Para.
HYDROCYONIN®.
143. Amacyrtus gibbosus (Linnzeus).
Charax Sp. Gronoy. Mus. Ichth., I., 19, 53, tab. 1, fig. 4, 1754; Zoophyl.
p. 124, 380.
Salmo gibbosus L. Syst. Nat., I., 513, 1866 (Surinam); Bloch & Schn. p. 419,
1801; Schomburgh, F. B. G., 635, 1848 (Lower Essequibo).
Epicyrtus gibbosus Mull. & Trosch., Hor. Ichth., I., 17, taf. 2, fig. 1 (den-
tition) 1845.
Cynopotamus gibbosus Cuyv. & Val., XXII., 321, pl. 645, 1848: Casteln.,
Anim. Amer. Sud. Poiss. 75, 1855 (Amazon, Ucayale).
Anacyrtus gibbosus Gunther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., V., 346, 1864 (Surinam;
British Guiana); Eigenm. & Eigenm., Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., XIV., 57, 1891.
Epicyrtus macrolepis Kner. Denkschr. Acad. Wiss, XVIIT., 39, taf. 6, fig.
14, 1858 (Rio Guaporé; Cujaba; Caicara; Marabitanos; Surinam).
Marajo, two specimens; Itaituta, two specimens.
144. Roeboides bicornis Cope.
Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., 564, 1870 (Pebas); Eigenm. & Eigenm., Proc. U.
S. Nat. Mus., XIV., 57, 1891.
Para (one specimen).
145. Xiphorhamphus falcirostris (Cuv).
Hydrocyon falcirostris Cav. Mem. Mus. V., 361, pl. 27, fig. 3.
Xiphorhamphus falcirostris Mull. & Trosch., Hor. Ichth., I., 18, 1845 (Brazil) ;
Kner, Denkschr. Acad. Wiss. Wien, XVIII., 58, 1860; Giinther, Cat. Fish.
Brit. Mus., V., 354, 1864; (Demarara, River Cupai); Giinther, Proc. Zool. Soc.,
247, 1868 (Xeberos, Pebas); Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soe., XVIII., 688, 1878
(Peruvian Amazon ) ; Steind. Flussfische Siidamerika’s, IV.. 15, 1882 (Hualaga);
Eigenm. & Eigenm., Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., XIV., 58, 1891.
Brazil (five specimens).
146. Xiphorhamphus falcatus (Bloch).
Salmo falcatus Bloch, taf. 385.
Xiphorhamphus falcatus Mill & Trosch., Hor. Ichth., I., 17, 1845 (Brazil
and Guiana); Schomb., Reisen in Brit. Guiana, 635, 1848 (Essequibo and
Pomaroon); Kner, Denkschr. Acad. Wiss. Wien, XVIII., 57, 1860 (Caicara,
Matto Grosso); Ginther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., V., 354, 1864; Eigenm. &
Kigenm., Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., XIV., 58, 1891.
Xiphorhamphus faleatus Cuy. & Val., XXII., 337, 1848.
Three specimens from Brazil.
296 The South American Characinidz
147. Xiphystoma ocellatum Schomburgk.
Fish. Guiana, I., 145, tab. 23, 1841 (Essequibo, Rio. Negro and
Branco); Cuv. & Val., XXII., 355; Kner, Denkschr. Acad. Wiss. Wien,
XVIII., 61, taf. 8, fig. 18 (head) 1858 (Rio Branco and Rio Solimoco); Gitin-
ther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., V., 357, 1864; Eigenm. & Eigenm., Proc. U.S.
Nat. Mus., XIV., 59, 1891.
One specimen from Brazil.
148. Cynodon gibbus Spix.
Pisce. Bras. tab. 27, 1829; Cuv. & Val., X XII., 333, 1848 ; Castelnau, Anim.
Amer. Sud., 75, 1855 (Amazon): Kner, Denkschr. Acad. Wiss. Wien, XVIII.,
54, 1858: Gunther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., V., 359, 1864 ; Eigenm. & Eigenm.,
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XIV., 59, 1891.
Raphiodon gibbus Agassiz in Spix, Pise. Bras, p. 77, 1829.
Trocera on Tocantins (one specimen); Brazil (one specimen).
SERRASALMONINA.
149. Mylesinus macropteus sp. nov.
30dy deep, 13 in the length without the caudal ; head 33 (including the
chin in each case). Abdominal serrations 11 behind the ventrals, the posterior
4 in pairs, 22-25 smaller ones before the ventrals. Muzzle once and two-
thirds in the orbit which equals the interobital space. D I. 16, A. 36, V. 7.
Seales small, about 83. The lateral line rather deeply curved below the ori-
gin of the dorsal. Height of the dorsal fin 23 times its length ; the second and
third rays greatly elongate, the fourth ray about half as long. Anal not
lobed. The second and third rays about as long as the base of the fin ; the
sixth ray about one-fourth as long as the second and third. The ventrals
reach the anal, the pectorals nearly to the ventrals. Origin of the dorsal a lit-
tle nearer the tip of the snout than the base of the caudal. Ventrals beneath
the middle of the dorsal.
Snout little more than half as long as the diameter of the eye, the interor-
bital space a little more than the diameter of the eye. Lower jaw greatly
projecting. Teeth in the mandibles in one series, notched and wide apart.
Intermaxillaries with two rows of teeth close together, those of the outer row
far apart, the inner ones opposite the spaces between two of the outer row.
Habitat :—Brazil. (Two specimens 9 cm. long.)
150. Pygopristis denticulatus (Cuvier).
Serrasalmo denticulatus Cuy., Mem. Mus., V., 371; Giinther, Cat. Fish.
Brit. Mus., V., 367, 1864 (British Guiana).
Serrasalmo punctalus Schomb., Fish. Guiana, I., 223, taf. 17, 1841.
Pygopristis denticulatus Mill. & Trosch., Hor. Ichth. I., 21, tab. 9, fig. 1,
1845 (young) (Guiana); Schomb., Reisen in brit. Guiana, 637, 1848 (Esse-
quibo; Rupununi; Takutu); Cuv. & Val., XXII., 297, 1848; Eigenm. &
Kigenm., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV., 59, 1891.
Collected by Charles Frederick Hartt. 297
Pygopristis fumarius Mill. & Trosch., 1. ¢. p. 35, tab. 9, fig. 2; Kner.
Denkschr. Acad. Wiss. Wien, X VIII., 35, 1858 (Rio Branco).
Ten specimens from the Lower Amazons.
151. Pygopristis serrulatus Cuy. & Val.
Cuv. & Val., X XIT., 300; Casteln. Anim. Amer Sud. Poiss., pl. 38, fig. 3,
1855 (Araguay; Amazon); Gtinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., V., 367, 1864;
Eigenm. & Eigenm., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV., 59, 1891.
Brazil (one specimen).
152. Pygocentrus piraya (Cuvier).
Piranha Maregr. Hist. Nat. Bras., p. 69, 1848.
Serrasalmo piraya Cuy. Mem. Mus., V., 368, pl. 28, fig. 4 (bad); Ginther,
Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., V., 368, 1864 (Brazil; River Capin: Demerara).
_ Pygocentrus piraya Mull. & Trosch., Hor. Ichth. I., 20 (Brazil, Guiana):
Cuv. & Val: XXII., 291; Kner, Denkschr. Acad. Wiss. Wien, XVIII., 36,
1858; Eigenm. & Eigenm., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV., 59, 1891.
Serrasalmo piranha Spix, Pisce. Bras. p. 71, tab. 28, 1829 (San Francisco
River); Schomburgh, Fish Guiana I., 223, pl. XVI., 1841 (Branco).
Serrasalmo nigricans Spix, 1. ¢., p. 72, tab. 30 (Young?) (Equatorial rivers
of Brazil).
Trocera on Tocantins, one specimen; Brazil, five specimens.
In the younger specimens the second infraorbital is separated
somewhat from the preopercular limb by a naked strip of skin,
while in the older ones it is not thus separated.
153. Pygocentrus scapularis (Ginther).
Serrasalmo scapularis Ginther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., V., 368, 1864 (Esse-
quibo River).
Pygocentrus scapularis Eigenm. & Eigenm., Proce. U. 8. Nat. Mus., XIV.,
59) 1891.
Marajo, one specimen.
154. Serrasalmus marginatus Valenciennes.
Valenc., in D. Orb. Voy. Amer. Merid. Poiss., pl. 10, fig. 1, 1847; Cuy. &
Val., XXII., 277 (Goyaz) ; Kner, Denkschr. Acad. Wiss. Wien, XVIII., 32,
1858 (Guapore ; Cujaba) ; Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., V., 370, 1864 ; id.
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., 1880 (La Plata) ; Eigenm. & Eigenm., Proc. U. S.
Nat. Mus., XIV., 60, 1891.
One specimen from Brazil.
155. Serrasalmus spilopleura Kner.
Serrasalmo aureus Spix, Pisce. Bras., 72, tab. 29, 1829 (Brazil) ; Cuv. &
Val., XXII.; 282, 1848; Castelnau, Anim. Amer. Sud. Poiss., 71, 1855
ANNALS N. Y. ACAD. SciI., VIII,, Feb., 1895—21
298 The South American Characinidzx
(Goyaz) ; Kner, Denkschr. Acad. Wiss. Wien, XVIII., 43, 1860 (Montogrosso,
Rio Vaupe).
Serrasalmo spilopleura Kner, 1. ¢., tab. 5, fig. 11 (Montogrosso ; Rio Guapore ;
Bogota) ; Gunther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., V., 370, 1864 (River Capin) ;
Eigenm. & Eigenm., Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., XIV., 60, 1891.
Habitat :—Tocantins (one specimen); Brazil (three specimens).
156. Serrasalmus gymmnogenys Ginther.
Serrasalmus humeralis Casteln., Anim. Amer. Sud. Poiss. pl. 37, fig. 2, 1855
(Araguay).
Serrasalmo gymnogenys Gunther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., V., 371, 1864 (River
Capin ; British Guiana); Eigenm. & Eigenm., Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XIX.,
60, 1891.
Habitat:—Marajo (one specimen).
157. Serrasalmus maculatus Kner.
Denkschr. Acad. Wiss., Wien, XVIII., 41, taf. 4, fig. 10, 1858 (Matto-
grosso, Rio Guaporé); Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., V., 371, 1864; Steind.
Flussf. Stdamerika’s, [V., 16, 1882 (Huallaga); Eigenm. & Eigenm., Proc. U.
S. Nat. Mus., XIV., 60, 1891.
Habitat :—Tocantins. (One specimen).
158. Serrasalmus irridopsis Cope.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871, 268, pl. IX., fig. 2 (Ambyiaeu);
Kigenm. & Eigenm., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV., 60, 1891.
Tocantins (three specimens). Cope states that this species is
peculiar in the number of its abdomino-thoracie dentation, and
gives the number of serrations as 41. I find only 31 in two of
my specimens as Cope’s figure shows. The third specimen is
somewhat more slender, the dark edges of the caudal and anal
fins are conspicuous, the longitudinal series of round black spots
above tbe lateral line not evident and there are 36 abdominal ser-
rations.
159. Serrasalmus brandtii Reinhardt.
Lutken, Velhas-Flodens Fiske, XTV., 219, 1875 (Rio das Velhas); Eigenm.
& Eigenm., Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XIV., 60, 1891.
Habitat :—Brazil (two specimens).
160. Serrasalmus irritans Peters.
Monatsb. AK. Wiss. Berlin, 472, 1877 (Fernando de Apure); Eigenm. &
Eigenm., Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., XIV., 60, 1891.
Habitat :—Marajo, one specimen.
Collected by Charles Frederick Hartt. 299
One specimen from the Lower Amazon. D.I., 14; A. 32; V.
7, scales about 95; head, 34+; depth, 13; abdominal serrations,
35. Palatines with teeth, some indistinct dark spots above the
lateral line.
161. Myletes rhomboidalis Cuvier.
Mem. Mus., IV., 449, pl. 22) fig. 3; Cuv: & Val., XXII., 210, 1848:
“Casteln., Anim. Amer. Sud. Poiss., 67, 1855 (Amazon); Giinther, Cat. Fish.
Brit. Mus., V., 373, 1864 (Essequibo); Eigenm. & Eigenm., Proc. U. S. Nat.
Miss ech Ve. 60) 189:
Tetragonopterus latus Schomb., Fish. Guiana, I., 241, 1841 (Rivers of
Guiana).
Myletes latus Mall. & Trosch., Hor. Ichth., I., 37, 1845 (Essequibo).
One specimen from Brazil.
162. Myletes parma Gunther.
Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., V., 374, 1864 (River Capin); Eigenm. &. Eigenm.,
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV., 60, 1891.
Habitat :—Tocantins, one specimen; Brazil, six specimens.
163. Myletes orbignyanus Cuv. & Val.
Cuv. & Val., XXII., 220 (Parana) ; Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., V.,
370, 1864 ; Eigenm. & Eigenm., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV., 60, 1891.
One specimen from Itaituba. This speciinen may be referred
with some doubt to orbignyanus from Gunther’s short description
of it. I have not access to Cuv. & Val., XXII.
164. Myletes hypsauchen Miller and Troschell.
Hor. Ichth., I., 38, tab. 10, fig. 1, 1845 (Essequibo ; Guiana) ; Cuv. & Val.,
XXII., 219 ; Kner, Denkschr. Acad. Wiss. Wien, XVIII., 26, 1860 (Caicara ;
Marabitanos) ; Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., V., 376 (Essequibo River) ;
Eigenm. & Eigenm., Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., XIV., 61, 1891.
Habitat :—Tocantins (one specimen); Itaituba (two specimens).
165. Myletes oligocanthus ( Miller and Troschell).
Myleus oligocanthus Mull. & Trosch., Hor. Ichth., I., 40, tab. 8, fig. 4
(young), 1845 (Surinam).
Myletes oligocanthus Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., V., 378, 1864 (Demarara) :
Eigenm. & Eigenm., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV., 61, 1891.
Habitat :—Brazil (one specimen).
166. Myletes lippencottianus Cope.
Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., 561, 1870 (Para, Brazil), Eigenm., Proc. U. S.
Nat. Mus., XIV., 61, 1891.
300 The South American Characinide.
Two specimens from Brazil. The dorsal has a conspicuous
black bloteh on the upper part of the first rays and the ventrals
are dark colored.
167. Myletes nigripinmis Cope.
Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., 693, 1878 (Peruvian Amazon); Eigenm. &
Eigemn., Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., XIV., 61, 1891.
One specimen, 34 cm. long from Brazil. The depth is half the
length without the caudal, head 34 with the caudal as in Cope’s
specimens. D.18; A. 25; V. 8; P. 16; inferior paired fins not
very short, the first dorsal ray considerably behind the base of
the ventrals and the anal behind the dorsal. The orbit is con-
tained in the head more than five times, the labial beards quite
prominent. Opercle twice as high as long, abdominal serrations
fifty.
ANNALS N. Y. ACAD. SCIENCES. VOL. VIII., PLATE VI.
ANNALS N. Y. ACAD. SCIENCES. VOL. VIII., PLATE VII.
a ©
- -
, s ey
y's
m4 ’
. < 4 co
: 6 .
4 ~~
4 “
;
’
.
‘
i
.
7
~
ANNALS N. Y. ACAD. SCIENCES. VOL. VIII., PLATE VIII.
7:
5
4
4)
x
DB
.
is
L3
iz.
4 3
ps <
DP
Tee aS we ee) er ee
ae Wi eee eek i ded Ant OL Oa ;
é 5 , * 4a). phe
’ 2 [Tal ~y
ag ae :
- Lae fe Siem, leche ie ee Obl e
Le Oe % ’ r gan's ee SK eo : é
F ‘i
e
°
'
.
/
|
Fy
ANNALS N. Y. ACAD. SCIENCES. VOL. ViITI.; PLATE LEX,
a
MM
ANNALS
OF THE
NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.
The ‘“‘ANNALS,”’ published for over half a century by the Lyceum of
Natural History, are continued under the above name by the New York
Academy of Sciences, beginning in 1877. Six volumes of the new series
have now been issued.
With the beginning of the fourth volume, the Academy decided to
change somewhat the mode of publication. The ANNALS are henceforth
issued without particular reference to times or periods. The parts will
appear as material for them shall be offered ; each single part, or number,
as before, will contain at least 32 pages, with or without plates ; twelve
numbers, as before, whenever published, will constitute a volume. The
size and general character of the parts and volumes will not be changed ;
nor is it intended at all to reduce the average yearly amounts of matter.
The ANNALS include the more extended and elaborate papers laid before
the Academy. The briefer papers and discussions that form part of the
Academy’s meetings appear in its other publication, the TRANSACTIONS,
which it is desigued to issue promptly and regularly, so as to give a
record of the current work of each year,—the single numbers appearing
monthly (or double, bi-monthly), and eight single numbers forming an
annual volume.
By vote of the Academy, both these publications will be sent FREE to
its Resident and Honorary members. To non-resident members the price
of the TRANSACTIONS will be $3.00 per year.
To all others, prices will be as follows :
Annals, single numbers,
: ; : Fifty cents.
s double or multiple numbers, in proportion.
= per volume (12 numbers), . ; : . Six Dollars,
Transactions, per year, ; - ; : ; Five Dollars.
- single numbers, . : : : . Fifty Cents.
All communications should be addressed to
THOS. L. CASEY,
Norfolk, Va.
Or to ;
J. F. KEMP,
Columbia College, New York.
The Academy has for sale a number of back volumes of the ANNALS
of both series, each containing twelve or more numbers; the price per
volume is Five Dollars in the old (Lyceum) series, and Six Dollars in the
new (Academy) series.
CONTENTS.
' VIII.—A it aa of Seytonotus. By O. F. Coox and A. C.
COOK: 35. a2) Pi
IX.—The South Atberien Cat-fishes hey? to Cornell Uni-
versity. By Epwarp M. KINDLE.
X.—The South American Characinide Collected by Vigne
Frederick Hartt. By ALBERT B. ULREY .
Nos. 6-12.
| November, 1895.
ANNALS
LYCEUM OF N ATURAL HISTORY.
Heo Pork:
PUBLISHED BY THE ACADEMY.
1895.
H. F. OSBORN,
i KO BEES,
H. F. OSBORN,
D. 8. MARTIN,
OFFICERS OF THE ACADEMY,
1895-96. es
Corresponding Secretary.
D. 8S. MARTIN.
Gommittee of Publication.
THOS. L. CASHY (Epiror oF ANNALS).
President. ihe Re
J. K. REES. a
Vice- Presidents. pay
J. J. STEVENSON.
i
Recording Secretary. seh.
J. F. KEMP.
Creasurer.
CHAS. F. COX.
J. F. KEMP,
N. L. BRITTON,
WILLIAM HALLOOK.
XI.— The Parallax of 4 Cassiopeix, deduced from Ruther furd
Photographic Measures.
. BY HERMAN S&S. DAVIS.
Read Feb. 4, 1895.
Between July 30, 1870, and December 21, 1873, twenty-seven
negatives of the stars about 7 Cassiopeiz were taken by RutHEr-
FuRD. The conditions of exposure and, indeed, even the dates, as
well as also the methods of measurement and of reduction are
K _ almost identical with those of y and @ Cassiopeizx already reduced
for parallax.* Hence reference to that paper will make clear the
plan followed in the application of corrections for division errors,
the “ tangent correction,” for refraction and for aberration.
The observations have been reduced to the epoch 1872.0, using
AUWERS’ proper motion which is
da = + 0°.1346 dd = — o.'481,
corresponding to a motion of 1.’’1965 on a great circle whose
position angle is 113° 42’ 10’’.. Representing this motion by
(expressed in terms of one division of the glass scale as a unit of
measure = 0*.042712) and the angle by y at the time 1872.0, the.
time of observation by ¢, the position angle of the star relative to
n Cassiopeize by p and its distance by s after the corrections
named in the first paragraph have been applied, we compute}
T = t — 1872
S, = cos (y — p)
S, =— 5, sin? (y— Pp)
P, =79
Ps = T?0?
*The Parallaxes of « and 4 Cassiopeie, deduced from Rutherfurd Photo-
graphic Measures. By Harold Jacoby. Annals N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. VIII.,
gale
Tibid., p. 3.
ANNALS N. Y. Acap. Scr., VIII., April, 1895.—22
302 Rutherfurd Photographic Measures.
The numerical values of these quantities as applicable to the
present purpose are given in Table III., pages 308-9, and the cor-
rection for proper motion is
BNE PE soe oP
to be added to the observed distance s.
The distances thus completely corrected are to be found in the
second and third columns of Table 1V., pages 310-15. The fourth
and fifth columns respectively of the same table contain the swm of
the distances of the two comparison stars from 7 Cassiopeiz and
the difference of that sum from the mean given at the foot of the
fourth column. In the sixth, seventh, and eighth columns are
placed the difference of the distances as given in the second and
third columns; the scale correction, which is simply a propor-
tional part of the quantity given in the column ‘“‘ mean minus
sum ;” and finally the corrected difference to be used in forming
the parallax equations. The latter equations, together with their
solutions, are in Table V., pages 316-21, where the absolute terms
are expressed in units of the second decimal place equivalent to
o.’//2801 as the value of one division of the glass scale.
Using Avuwers’ values of the codrdinates of 7 Cassiopeiz
reduced to 1872.0
a =o" 4I™ 22.*108
0 ='57° 8'-10.’’50
and the almanac values of 7 and ©, the radius vector and longi-
tude of the sun respectively, the values of S,,.8,, P, and P, were
computed by the formulze*
g sin G = sin 0 cos «4 h sin H= sin Oo sin «
g cos G= sin a h cos H = —cos 0
fsin F=h sin (H+ ¢)
J cos & = —cos « cos
S,=/sin (p+ F)
S,=gsin (p+ @)
i 7 Sine)
P, =—r cos ©
m
*Annals N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. VIII., p. 4.
The Parallax of y Cassiopeie. 303
The resulting values for the separate stars and plates are given
in Table III., pages 308-9. From them we derive as the par-
allax coefficient for any one of the equations of Table V.
(S; Ti S’3) P, m1 (S, on S’,) yer
where S’, and S’, refer always to the less distant comparison
star of the pair.
It seemed to me desirable, in view of the exceedingly great
difficulty of getting comparison stars suitably situated either with
respect to position angle or distance, to take a larger number
than usual, and I have consequently reduced six pairs, being all
that were impressed on the plates sufficiently often in both sea-
sons of the year, and the present paper includes all six, though
only three of them are so situated with reference to the parallac-
tic ellipse as to give good coeflicients for z. Every observation
and every plate was used.
In Table II., page 308, will be found the approximate positions
of these stars relative to the central star which the accompanying
diagram also represents graphically, and shows in addition the
direction of the axes of the parallactic ellipse and of the proper
motion of 7 Cassiopeiz.
It should be stated, however, that the circle does not repre-
sent the limits of the field of view, nor are the distances given on
the same scale as those of the plates at the focus of the telescope;
the diagram is intended to give only roughly the relative location
of the stars used in this investigation. It will be noticed how the
N. E. quadrant is inconveniently void of stars bright enough to
be impressed on the plates at all seasons of the year.
The star designated as No. 16 was so numbered by RuTHERFURD
on the plates when measured, but is the same star as No. 45, in
order of right ascension, referred to on page 305.
304 Rutherfurd Photographic Measures.
NoRTH
EAST
SOUTH
The results are:
Prob. error
Comp. Stars. 7 Weight. y one equation
aand b +0.3490.086 21.7800 +0.260-0.081 +0.403
candd +0.385-=0.084 28.9724 +0.165-0.085 =to0.362
eandf +0.568-F0.056 29.6264 +0.378+0.078 =0.305
gandh -+0.662+0.078 8.2443 +0.232--0.049 =.2740
7~and j -+0.660-0.138 6.1457 —o.111+0.066 0.342
kand 1 +0.2970.155 6.1365 —0.070=£0.073 =E0.384
From these we get as the value of the parallax of 7 Cassiopeiz
12 — = 0.443 se 0.043 using the first three pairs only
or = + 0.465 +0.044 using all six pairs.
It would be quite unsafe to conclude that the small result de-
rived from the stars & and / is due to a parallax of one or other
The Parallax of 4 Cassiopeie. 305
of these two; yet it may not be amiss to state that if we combine,
to form a comparison pair,
1 with a we get 7 == + 0.282 + 0.197 weight 5.1956 p. e. one equation 0.4492
i with k T= + 0.359 + 0.124 8.0319 =0.3516
Results by other observers for the parallax of 7 Cassiopeiz are :
dé ad
O. Struve* 7 =-+ 0.373 + 0.098 by measures of position angle
=-+0.096 +0051 ‘ Ss ‘* distance
concluded mean -+ 0.//154 + 0.//045
dé “d
Schweizert and Socoloff 7 = -- 0.1386 + 0.0849 by measures of position angle
== —|10,3743 == 0.0723. “ s ‘* distance
concluded mean +- 0./’2750 + 0.’/0551
STRUVE is not explicit in his statement, but the evidence seems
to be that his comparison star was the same as that used by
ScHWEIzER, namely, No. 45 on these plates, and whose position, as
given by the RuUTHERFURD measures,} is
a= OF 41” 49.°555
= aie 6’ 8.1187
reduced from twelve plates whose mean epoch is 1873.016 re-
ferred to 7 Cassiopeie at the epoch 1872.0 assuming its coordi.
nates at that date to be as given on page 302. Thisis DM. 57°155.
From the values of y obtained in the solution of the normal
equations a correction for the assumed proper motion of 7 Cas-
siopeiz may be computed from equations of the form§
(cos p — cos p’) w + (sin p — sin p’) v — y =0
where w= the correction required by the adopted value of o cos ¥
v= 6é 66 66 oe p sin %
and p,p’ = the position angle of the comparison stars, the primed
letter referring always to the less distant of the two.
*Bulletin Physico-Mathématique de 1’ Académie de Saint-Pétersbourg, vol.
xiv., p. 228, published 1855.
fT Annales de l’Observatoire de Moscou, vol. viii., part 2, p. 89, published
1882.
{ The Rutherfurd Photographic Measures of Sixty-two Stars about 7 Cassio-
peiae. By Herman §. Davis. Contrib. from the Obsery. of Columbia College,
No. 7.
@ Annals N. Y. Acad. Sci.; Vol. VIII., p. 10.
306 Rutherfurd Photographic Measures.
The equations thus obtained are:
Stars a,b + 1.9146 w + 0.4593 v — 0.2598 =0
Cn) TRZ2)) "1017773 --— O59 — 10
é,f — 0.8337 + 0.8176 — 0.3781 =o
Gg, = 1.5436. | +E P26Ts.. — 16.2318 —"0:
ty J. = 1.9001" 420.1171 -- Ome —_ 0
k,l + 1.9950 — 0.0461 + 0.0698 =06
from which the normal equations are:
+ 18.0319 Ww — 1.4917 v — 0.2087 =a
yf 200 “12170 -——10
and the solution gives:
Ww — On O200 == 0. O147
v=-+ 0.220424 40.0264
the probable error of one equation === Gs olf
Applying these corrections to the values previously assumed,
Corrected p sin y = + 1./3160 = da cos 0
6 Arh a ee / = 4G
p cosy = 0.4512 = do
which gives da = + 081617 Ad = — 0.''4512
corresponding to a motion of 1.’’3912 on a great circle whose
position angle is 108° 55’ 30 ”’.
Considering the difficulties that beset the investigation of the
parallax of this star, and the probability that all previous deter-
minations have been made with a single comparison star, which
may itself have a parallax; considering also the large differences
exhibited by the separate results of other observers, it would
seem that the result here given is not impossibly large, if the
RUTHERFURD plates are subject to no systematic error. Whether
such error exist or not, these plates of 7 Cassiopeia seem at any
rate entirely unsuited for an investigation of it, and I have there-
fore in the preparation of this paper confined myself strictly to
the methods and formule and oftea even to the phraseology of
Professor Jacoby in his paper on py and @ Cassiopeie, already
several times referred to, since this is but one in a series of many
papers to be produced from the Rutherfurd measures, and since
in such a series uniformity is desirable.
A catalogue of all the stars (62) on these plates has been re-
served for a separate paper which will be published soon, as No.
T of Contributions from the Observatory of Columbia College.
The Parallax of 4 Cassiopeie. 307
TABLE I.—GENERAL DatTa.
OBSERVATORY OF L. M. RuTHERFURD, NEw York.
Lat. = 40° 43’ 48/7.5. JLong. = 4555™ 56s. 62 W.
Sidereal Hour Zen. Parall. Ext. Focal
Time. Angle. Dist. Angle. | Temp. | Mie’r.
ie} °
1870 July 30 | 21h 32™M15§8 202 50535 34.20 — 97.95
1870 July 30 7 320 | 21 26 $8 | 29.55 |—107.02
1870 Aug. 4 12 18.11 —1I49.92
1870 Aug. 4 26 22.26 —127.44
1871 July 17 20 46.34 |— 79.34
1871 July 17 39.30 — 89.58
Du —&W NH
POI II
lo oRNoyNe yok oO —o.62
15 T.00 -+1.02 —I.34 argh = © SR BE
16 I.00 +1.03 —1.36 + 3.84 == © 2.01
17 1.00 +1.03 —1.36 +4.05 = 50 2.22
18 T.00 +1.54 +1.46 ++0.08 == 50 +2,42
19 1.00 “1.54 +1.46 —1.39 ori Ho) -+0.95
20 I.00 +1.55 +1.55 + 0.80 = Oo +3.27
22 I.00 6, +1.56 +1.57 —2.81 = 0 —0.31
i 23 1.00 -+-1.96 —0.67 -+0.50 —— sO) -+0.16
24 1.00 +-1.96 —0.67 —2.73 = © —3.07
25 1.00 =- 1.97 —o.76 —2.15 == © —2.61
26 1.00 -+1.97 —o.76 —o.66 = 10) —1I.02
27 I.00 -+1.97 —o.84 —1.44 ==) 0) —2.01
2v?—62.46
Normal Equations.
+20.0000+ + 18.22007 — 0.42007 + 1.3200 =o
+ 34.7690 — 4.1472 — 4.3505 =o
+ 29.7612 —38.6706 =o
Solution.
In units of 2d dee. place. In Are.
T == —-1.3735 == ©3002 Qt = 0.3847 +0.0841
y = +0.5902 + 0.3036 y = +0.1653 0.0850
4% = —0.5748 + 0.2828 == —0.1610 0.0792
: Seale. Are.
Probable error of one equation = + 1.293 = + 0/’.362.
ANNALS N. Y. ACAD. Scr., VIII., April, 1895.—23
318
Rutherfurd Photographic Measures.
TABLE V.—PARALLAX EQUATIONS.
CoMPARISON STARS e€ AND f/f.
v
1.00% —I.42y --1.04m 1.39 = © SOLS?
1.00 —o.46 +1.30 +0.77 = © +1.74
1.00 —+-0.01 ——1- AA. +4.23 = © 0.27,
1.00 +0.01 —I.44 +4.87 = Oo +-0.28
1.00 -+0.50 +1.52 —2.86 = Oo —o0.15
1.00 -+-0.50 +1.52 —3.64 —— O —0.93
1.00 +0.55 +1.25 —6.24 = 6 —4.01
1.00 =+-0.55 SEAS —3.40 == © —I1.17
1.00 Sp sO2 —1.33 SEBS EZ = © 0.95
1.00 =-1.03 —I.32 Seog == © S102
1.00 +-1.03 —— ea aimee = © ee
1.00 +-1.54 +1.32 —4.19 = © —o.48
1.00 +1.55 SPUR —1.73 = © +1.81
1.00 +1.56 +-1,21 —o.558 = Oo +2.93
1.00 +-1.96 —1.58 +1.37 = © —0.24
1.00 -+-1.96 —1.58 +.2.31 = O +0.70
I.00 -+-1.97 —1.56 +-0.42 = © —I.14
1.00 Se sy7/ SSE —+-1.99 = € ++0.45
PAYS mes 218) 31)
Normal Equations.
--18.000cz +15.8300y — 1.48007 +- 0.5500 = oO
29.1481 — 9.7778 — 2.8854 =o
+34.4666 —58.2440 = oO
Solution.
In units of 2d dec. place. In Are.
ih —) —-2.027 7) ==0:2001 in = 0.5680 +0,0560
y = +1.3500 0.2792 y = +0.3781 0.0782
uw == —I.O51II 0.2567 “% = —0.2944 +0,0719
Seale. Are.
—— 1 OOO l——s-O111 205
Probable error of one equation
The Parallax of 4 Cassiopeix. 319
TABLE V.—PARALLAX EQUATIONS.
CoMPARISON STARS g AND h.
Plate. v
I I.oor —1.42y +0.177 +3.67 = ©¢ +2.75
4 1.00 —I.41 +0.04 III = 6) —o.II
7 1.00 —0.04 —I.01 +2.55 a) —0.02
8 1.00 0.01 —o.76 +1.61 = © —0.29
9 1.00 0.01 —o.76 +-2.01 = @ +o.11
Io 1.00 +-0.01 —0.70 —0.20 = € —1.96
II 1.09 +0.50 +0.84 —0.94 = ¢ +-1.31
12 1.00 0.50 +0.84 —2.78 = © ——O153
13 1.00 +0.55 =-0.42 —3.02 = 6 —I1.72
14 I.00 +0.55 +0.42 —2.69 = © —1.39
15 1.00 +1.02 —0.59 +1.35 = © +0.65
16 1.00 +1.03 —0o.56 +111 = © +0.49
17 1.00 +1.03 —o.56 +2.10 = © +1.48
18 1.00 +1.54 +0.52 —1.64 = © 0.72
20 1.00 +1.55 -++0.40 —1.46 = © +0.62
23 1.00 +1.96 —I.10 +1.85 = © +0.73
24 1.00 -+-1.96 —I.10 +2.16 = ¢ +1.04
25 1.00 +-1.97 —I.05 +0.87 = © —0.13
26 1.00 = 1.97, —1.05 -++0.91 = © —0.09
27 1.00 +1.97 —0.99 +0.87 = © 0,02
x v?—=23.80
Normal Equations.
+20.0000% +-15.26007 — 6.58007 +- 9.4400 = 0
+32.3736 — 9.7115 + 1.13000
+11.4706 —21.2136=o0
Solution.
In units of 2d dec. place. In Arc.
7 = + 2.3631 + 0.2780 T+ 0.6619 0.0779
y =-+ 0.8277 + 0.1753 y = -+ 0.2318 0.0491
x = — 0.1459 + 0.1760 x = — 0.4087 0.0493
Scale. Are.
Probable error of one equation = --0.798 = -+-0’’.274
3
0
Rutherfurd Photographic Measures.
TABLE V.—PARALLAX HQUATIONS.
CoMPARISON STARS 7 AND /j.
1.00% —I.42y —I.057 -++0.55 = Oo 0,23
1.00 —I1.42 —I.05 +3.87 = © -+3.09
1.00 —I.41 —I1.15 +2.04 = Oo +-1.02
1.00 —0.04 —0.12 —4.65 = 0 —3.79
1.00 -+-0.01 +0.38 —1.89 = © +0.13
I.00 +0.01 +-0.38 —2.13 sO —O.II
1.00 -+0.01 +0.47 —2.91 = © —o.68
1.00 -+0.50 —0.32 —o.9I == © —0.73
1.00 -+-0.50 —0. 32 —0.39 == © —0.21
1.00 +0.55 —o.81 +-0.65 = © —0.35
1,00 +1.02 0.60 —2.65 = © —oO.51
1.00 =o 0.62 2038 = © =-0.15
1.00 1.54 —0o.71 —0.90 == © —2.06
1.00 +-1.55 —o.84 —2.37 == © —3.83
1.00 +-1.55 —o 84 +-3.07 == © --1.60
1.00 +1.56 —o.86 +0.93 = © —0.59
1.00 -++1,96 —o0.1I --0.91 == € -+1.00
1.00 -+1.96 —O.II =-L.21 —— a0) —- 1.30
1.00 1.97 —0.02 +1.14 = © +1.44
1.00 Sse )y/ ==0,02 -+-0.95 = O —+-1.25
1.00 -++1.97 -+-0.06 +1.59 = © +2.08
Xv? = 58.95
Normal Equations.
-+21.0000% -+-15.3700y —5.82007 — 3.9200 =o
+37.8627 —0.325I — 1.5679 =o
In units 2d dee.
+8.3404 —13.2118 =o
Solution.
place.
T == —+2.3578 =:0.4923
y = —0.3975 0.2366
% == +1.1310 0.2664
In Are.
== 0.6604 +0.1379
y = —O.III3 0.0663
vx = +0.3168 --0.0746
Seale. Are.
Probable error of one equation = +1.221 = +0/’.342
Mac)
i
f
us
tae)
eH He He eH eR HR
OWAANKRWNHO ON DN HPWH oC
iS)
N
Ny bw hk
awn B
iS)
“I
The Parallax of 4 Cassiopeie.
TABLE V.—PARALLAX EQUATIONS.
COMPARISON STARS & AND lI.
T.00% . —I.42y
I.00
I.00
I.00
I.00
I.00
I.00
I.00
I.00
I.00
I.00
I.00
I,00
I,00
I.00
1.00
I.00
I.00
I.00
I.00
1,00
I.00
i
|
ae
|
—I.41
—I.4I
—o.46
—o.46
+1.117
+1.21
-+ 1.21
+o.81
+0.81
+0.06
—0.45
=-9.45
+0.39
+0.39
+-0.88
+0.88
—o.66
—o.68
-++0.77
+0.77
-+0.92
+0.05
+-0.05
—0o.04
—0.04
=O UZ
— 2.47
—1.92
—1.72
—2.87
—4.o1
+4.28
+1.14
+-0,64
+0.77
Normal Equations.
-+22.0000% +13.4400y + 7.87007 — 0.8600 = o
-+36.1266
Solution.
In units of 2d dee. place.
-+1.0603 0.5529
—0.2493 10.2591
—0.1879 0.2919
eS
Seca
‘f
—I.13
—0.47
—0.27
—2.08
3.22
+4.17
+0.47
—0.03
+0.87
—0.O1
+-0.05
+3.10
--0.61
+ 1.36
12.45
+ 2.09
+1.22
—— Dail
—2.65
—2.17
to
—1.29
(Sey Ite UI es ILS Teel elles esThe i eee es ena a a
(xj (©) {ey te) 19) (6) (©) ©) Te) te) ©) ie) ©) © ©) ey fee) ©) ) te)" le) ©)
Ue 7632
— 2.1518 -+13.8148 — 0
+10.6869
—10.3893 — oO
In Are
4 4/
.2970 0.1549
.0698 0.0726
.0526 0.0818
le. Are.
Probable error of one equation = +1.370 = +0.//384
+)
XII.—On Certain Bacteria from the Air of New York City.*
BY HARRISON G. DYAR, A. M.
Read February 18, 1895.
It was suggested to me by Dr. T. Mitchell Prudden that a
promising field for research existed in determining the identity of
the bacteria commonly occurring in the air of New York.
Very early in the investigation a practical difficulty in the way
of determining species became apparent. This resulted from the
lack of any monographic treatment of the subject from the speci-
fic point of view. I find the same difficulty is met with by other
investigators. Dr. Paul Schneider begins his inaugural address
with these words: “Im Laufe der letzten Jahre sind nach und
nach eine solche Menge verschiedener Bakterienarten beschrieben
worden, dass es demjenigen, der sich nicht fortwihrend damit
beschiftigt, zur Zeit ganz unmdglich ist, sich in dieser Pflanzen-
gruppe, die zwar arm an Formen, aber reich in Arten ist, zurecht
zu finden.”
It was thought that this difficulty could be overcome by the
facilities possessed by the bacterial laboratory in the College of
Physicians and Surgeons of Columbia College, with its consider-
able collection of living species, which might be directly compared
with those obtained from the air. Further, a collection of fifty
species was ordered from Kral’s bacterial laboratory at Prague
with this special object in view. It was found, however, that the
determinations of the species were not always authentic, as seen
by the fact that when planted on the standard media many of
them contradicted their published characters. The only cultures
on which dependence could be placed were a few authentic ones
which the college has received, identified by Dr. Sternberg, and
those species from the college collection which Dr. Cheesman has
had occasion to work out. Therefore, I have had to rely mostly
on the published descriptions for identification of my cultures.
* Submitted in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy, in the University Faculty of Pure Science, Columbia
College.
- On Certain Bacteria from the Air of New York City. 3238
For this reason, I have felt some hesitation about describing new
species. but I see no other so satisfactory way of treating the
undetermined cultures. The method of simply describing them
without the application of a scientific name is eminently confus-
ing, as I have experienced in going over the literature. I do not
think it should be commended even though it may avoid the pos-
sible creation of synonymic names.
SPECIES AMONG THE BACTERIA.
The appearance of the new work on water bacteria* by the
Franklands, with its appendix repeating the old descriptions of
bacteria, brings up again the practical difficulty in the determina-
tion of species. There is nothing to be said of these descrip-
tions which would not apply equally to those of any of the recent
diagnostic treatises such as those of Eisenberg or Sternberg ; all
are in an equally unsatisfactory condition.
This condition is due not to a lack of discrimination on the
part of the authors of these works, but to a faulty method of de-
scribing species which has come to be prevalent. The result is
illustrated in Frankland’s synoptie table, which, for example,
contains ninety species under a single heading (bacilli which
liquefy gelatin, p 396), these species only to be distinguished by
laboriously reading through the several descriptions, many of
which present no tangible points of difference. Dr. Sternberg,
too, has made a valiant and praiseworthy effort to prepare a
“bacterial diagnosis” (See Manual of Bacteriology, pp. 753-768),
but the positive differential characters given in the several de-
scriptions became exhausted long before he reached the separa-
tion of individual species.
Let us look into the matter a little further. La Semaine
Medicale of June 16, 1894, contains an article by Drs. F. Helme
and Paul Raugé, in which the authors review the characters
which are in use to separate the genera and species of the bacteria.
As they point out the ultimate characters used to separate species
are physiological. The generic characters are morphological, but
of such a nature as would scarcely be considered reliable among
the higher forms. This results from the simple organization of
the bacteria. As we proceed from the higher to the lower forms
* ““Micro-organisms in Water,’’ by Perey Frankland, Ph. D., and Mrs.
Percy Frankland (1894).
324 On Certain Bacteria from the Air of New York City.
of life, the organization becomes simpler, till with the bacteria
we reach organisms which present extremely slight differences,
so slight that morphology almost fails to furnish generic charac-
ters, and entirely fails to differentiate every species.
If conjugation is absent among the bacteria, and has never
been present, the cells reproducing always by fission into equiva-
lent parts, a condition of affairs should exist such as assumed by
Weismann for the primitive form of life, and we should see all
characters acquired by any species under the influence of external
conditions, strictly inherited. In this case, there would be no such
thing as species among the bacteria, merely an indefinite number of
intergrading varieties. A given culture would probably show con-
stant characters, but it would scarcely be expected that another
culture would ever be found to show exactly the same characters.
But owing to the nature of the bacteria, dependent, for the
most part, on previously prepared nourishment, it seems more
probable that they are degraded forms, perhaps derived from
ancestors in which the sexual process was represented. More-
over, the strict inheritance of acquired characters does not occur,
since modified species may return to their original characters.
Further, it is scarcely possible to eliminate the effects of selective
action, which may be the true agent in producing the differences
seen in species apparently modified by the environment. Also
the power of spore formation under appropriate conditions
seems to show that the ‘germ plasm” and “ somatoplasm” of
these lowly organisms are not identical.
In view of these considerations, it seems safer to regard the
species of bacteria as true species, doubtless variable within
certain limits, possibly sometimes polymorphic, but on the whole
comparable with species in the higher forms of life. Still the
absence of amphimixis must show an effect in a multiplication of
races (in contradistinction to varieties) in excess of the number
of such forms to be met with higher in the organic scale.
The generic characters are discussed pretty fully by Drs.
Helme and Raugé in the article above alluded to. They conclude
that the best characters available are the form of the elements
and their mode of association; that is, they endorse the present
arrangement. As regards motility, they discard it. They say:
‘“‘ce caractere n’offre ni assez de varieté, ni surtout assez de con-
stance, pour apporter dans une nomenclature des données quelque
On Certain Bacteria from the Air of New York City. 325
peu précises.” They overlook the fact that though the motility
may vary, the flagella may be uniformly present as shown by
Moore in the case of B. coli-ccommunis,* and further the varying
arrangement of these flagella when present, as shown by the
classification of Messea.+ It appears to the writer, that with a
perfectly satisfactory method of staining, the structures upon
which motility depends should form the basis of a more nearly
natural classification than any in general use. At present, how-
ever, the practical difficulties are too great to allow of rapid and
accurate work on such a basis.
So far, then, as generic characters go, these are, or may be
based upon morphology, as in the higher forms of life. But not
so with specific characters. Here morphology fails, for the
minor differences in structure, pattern or coloration, ete., which
we are accustomed to use, are either lacking, or so slight as to
be inappreciable. To separate species, we have to fall back upon
physiological characters. In other words, we place the several
species under approximately uniform abnormal conditions (arti-
ficial cultures) and note their behavior. Perhaps we may be
justified in assuming that the several individuals of a species
will behave somewhat in the same manner under these definite
abnormal conditions, but we have no criterion as to the extent of
variation to be expected. Physiological characters have not
been used to a suflicient extent among other groups of living
things to enable us to predict whether they are more variable
than the characters ordinarily used or not. Clearly it is a mis-
take to assume that they are less variable, though this assumption
seems to have been very often tacitly made.
But granting that the physiological characters are sufliciently
constant for practical use, we must have enough of them to be
able to distinguish positively between every species. The lique-
faction of gelatin is not enough. The characters of growth forms
and color are often too variable, too similar, indefinite or difficult
to describe recognizably. We should have more positive tests,
and as such are not wanting they should be universally applied.
It is impossible to say how many are needed; this can only be
shown by experiment, and when we finally get some idea of the
extent of the bacterial flora of the world.
*V. A. Moore, Wilder Quarter Century Book, pp. 339-365.
+ Mesea, Rivista d’igiene e sanita publica, No. 14, p. 513 (1889).
326 On Certain Bacteria from the Air of New York City.
IDENTIFICATION OF OLD DESCRIPTIONS.
In regard to insufficiently described species, two courses seem
open. We may discard the names of all such and redescribe each
as it occurs, or we may apply the name to any species which does
not contradict the author’s original description and complete the
characters from that species. To assist in the recognition of
specific descriptions in the higher forms of life, there is usually
to be found the original example, or “type,” which was before
the author and from which it can always be learned what form
was intended by the description, however imperfect; when the
type is lost, the description, if unrecognizable, is discarded. But
in the bacteria, the preservation of types is for the most part, out
of the question (since they must be alive), and the former course
becomes objectionable, not only in that such a large number’ of
names would have to be discarded, but also that this number
would be variable in the opinion of different authors. Further,
as time went on, the discovery of new species might render the
description of an old one incomplete. According to the second
course, every name is to be preserved, the imperfect description
being completed by subsequent authors, provided they do not
identify as the old species a form which in any way contrdicts
the original description, and all additions so made are to become
a part of the characters of the species. It would appear either
that all imperfect descriptions should in future be omitted from
our books, or some concerted attempt should be made to com-
plete them. If the latter course be thoroughly applied, and au-
thors can be induced to refrain from describing new species
unless no old name can be made to apply, and further, if a new
name seems necessary, to show good characters by which the new
form can be distinguished from its nearest allies, then we ought
in time to obtain a series of characterizations from which it
would be easy to determine a given species, and the science of
descriptive bacteriology might be placed on a footing of partial
equality with other branches of natural science.
It is to be remarked that this branch of the subject has suffered
from its close connection with the study of medicine. Not only
have the non-pathogenic saprophytes received scant attention, but
the eager desire to isolate the active agent in the cause of diseases
has led to the naming of mary bacteria from very insufficient char-
acters. It would seem that descriptive bacteriology belongs to the
On Certain Bacteria from the Air of New York City. 327
department of Botany,* not to medicine which should rather con-
cern itself with the application of bacteriology to medical subjects.
To summarize then, the present state of bacteriology is this:
while some five hundred species of bacteria have been described, it
appears that this number is far from covering the entire flora, since
apparently new species are met with on every hand. This mass
of descriptions is rather a hindrance than a help to further work,
for not only are many species imperfectly described as compared
with others, but the general standard of specific descriptions is
inadequate to give characters to separate with clearness those
species already known. Again it is known that species vary, but
4o what extent is not known. These three factors, then, imper-
fect knowledge of the flora, incomplete descriptions and ignorance
of the extent of variation, tend to render identification of species
uncertain, and discourage workers in this field. It is hoped that
the present contribution may tend in some small measure to
mitigate each of these evils.
VARIATION IN BACTERIA.
Some experiments were undertaken to give an idea of the range
of variation in a given species. The results are largely in accord-
ance with the very satisfactory conclusions expressed by Dr. A.
Rodet in his recent valuable treatise on variability of bacteria.
Rodet concludes that the several forms of bacteria are generally
constant, but that they are to be regarded as different races of
comparatively few species. I shall not enter into a discussion of
former work on variability, as this has been much better done by
Dr. Rodet than I could hope to do within the limits of this paper.
I refer to his work.
The following experiments were directed principally toward the
point whether the variations among bacteria are generally of the
nature of “acquired characters,” 7. e., due to differences in the
environment as seems to have been generally assumed { or rather
* Or Zodlogy, if we follow Ernst Haeckel’s Systemat. Phylogenie der Pro-
tisten und Pflanzen, Berlin 1894.
T De la variabilité dans les microbes au point de vue Morphologique et Phys-
iologique, par le Dr. A. Rodet (1894).
ftSee Dr. J. G. Adami on the variability of bacteria and the development of
races, Medicle Chronicle, September, 1892. Also Dr. A. S. Packard on the in-
heritance of acquired characters, ete., Proc. American Academy 1895, pp.
343-344,
328 On Certain Bacteria from the Air of New York City.
‘“‘ spontaneous variations,” occurring in different individuals inthe
same stock under essentially indentical conditions, such as we see
among the higher organisms and the mode of occurrence of which
has been explained by Weismann as the effect of amphimixis, or,
as would apply more exactly to this case, of bud variation by an
“abnormal differential nuclear division ” (Germ-plasm. p. 442).
Bacillus lactis erythrogenes was selected as the subject of vari-
ation experiment. I have shown in a short paper read before the
New York Academy of Sciences* that many closely allied and
variable forms are to be met with in nature, some of them clearly
to be referred to this species, others doubtful. A knowledge of
the degree of spontaneous variation of this germ was very desir=
able in the special relation of determining the standing of these
forms, as well as in the general one of the nature of variation
in bacteria. It was thought that light might be thrown on both
subjects by a study of this species.
SPONTANEOUS VARIATION.
1—Slight Continuous Variations.
The variations were tested as to the liquefaction of gelatin, the
coagulation of milk, the reduction of nitrate to nitrite, and the
amount of pigment produced in an agar culture.
B. lactis erythrogenes commonly produces a quick liquefaction
of gelatin; it forms a soft flaky coagulum in milk which on boil-
ing has no consistence and which is gradually dissolved; it re-
duces the nitrate solution + partially so that the test gives a faint
red color, about half way between the deepest tint that can be
produced and no color; in other cases completely ; in an agar cul-
ture, the mass of growth is yellow and a pink tint is seen in the
medium.
A culture was selected for experiment, taken from the air, in
which the liquefaction of gelatin was rapid (normal), action on
milk mormal, the pink tint good, the yellow paler than usual,
somewhat whitish, and nitrate scarcely reduced at all, in twenty-
eight days only showing a faint trace of color with the test.
From the culture a series of gelatin plates were made by dilutions.
From one of the plates, separate cultures were made in ten tubes,
* Published in the ‘‘ Transactions ’’ for 1895.
+ The formulas for all media used are given at the end of this article.
On Certain Bacteria from the Air of New York City. 329
the first five from surface colonies, the last five from deep ones,
and these were all planted at the same time on media exactly
alike, and grown on the same shelf under conditions as nearly
alike as possible. The following tables exhibit their relative rate
of growth. Number 7 failed to grow, probably because no bacilli
were actually transferred from the colony, it being a ‘‘deep” one.
«(The distance of the line to the right in each column indicates the compar-
ative amount of action each culture had produced. For example, in first table
on seventh day, No. 2 was farthest advanced and No. 6 least. )
LACTOSE-LITMUS GELATIN.
NUMBER. | 2 Days. | 4 DAys. | 7 DAys. | 10 Days. | 12 DAys.| 14 Days.
1 f Slight Cup UIE)
_ || liguef. shaped. izing.
NUMBER. 4 Days. | 7 DAys. | 9 Days. |11 Days. | 14 Days.
(No
| change.) |
(A co-
agulum.) |
* Each ce. required .21 cc. tenth normal NaOH to render neutral to phenol-
ptalein.
t Not planted at the same time as the others.
330 On Certain Bacteria from the Air of New York City.
MILK .30 cc. AciID.
NUMBER. 4 DAYS. | 7 DAys. | 9 Days. | 12 DAys.
; Not (No
positively. change.)
No effect.
te
NUMBER. 6 Days. |} 13 Days.) 20 DAys. | 28 DAYS.
(No See ,
al j | Eng) | (Faint trace)
ca a See
oS a | ay (oa
10 | | (Faint) | |
As the rate of action of the culture on its medium depends a
good deal on the “dose,” or the number of bacteria introduced
on the inoculation needle, the effect of this factor must be allowed
for. There is no way of regulating this adequately ; but I think
the above table shows that there is individual variation in the
descendents of a single cell, apparently independently of the en-
vironment. The number of the cultures practically eliminates the
effect of the dose, when we take an average of them. It will be
noticed that on the whole No. 10 produces the most marked effect,
and No. 8 the least.
I find that in taking cultures in the ordinary manner from one
tube to a new one by taking up a mass of growth on the needle,
* Not planted at the same time as the others.
On Certain Bacteria from the Air of New York City. 331
the resulting cultures tend to exhibit the same characters as the
parent culture. When, however, cultures are made from separate
colonies from a plate, the individual variations tend to become
much more apparent, as the above shows.
To proceed with the experiments. Having obtained cultures
derived from a single one but with slightly different characters, |
proceeded to test these further, with the application of seijection,
as follows :
(1) No. 6 was selected as showing the least power of liquefying
gelatin and a series of plates were made from it by dilution. Of
the resulting colonies, nine were planted on gelatin and of these
nine I selected the one which liquefied gelatin most rapidly and
the one which liquefied the least so (for there was a considerable
difference, as in the first instance) and planted them side by side
with the original No. 6. Here is the result in tabular form as
before :
2 DAys. | 4 Days. | 6 Days. | 9 Days. | 12 Days.| 14 Days.
Number 6,. . |
New 3 (best),
New 8 (poor- —
DF) ne
It shows that instead of holding true to the character acquired
by No. 6 of a slower rate of liquefaction, there was a marked ten-
dency to return to the original quick liquefaction, which could
probably alone be overcome by a longcourse of selection. Notice
also the difference in the rate of growth as shown by the fact that
the No. 6 finally catches up with the new No. 8, perhaps owing to
the approaching exhaustion of the medium.
(2) No. 10 was selected as showing the best effect of reduction
of nitrate, being much better than the original culture. It was
hoped, by selection, to produce a form which would reduce nitrate
as wellas normal B. lactis erythrogenes. Notice that there was at
first a marked tendency to approach the normal type of B. lactis
erythrogenes. The original culture corresponded in its reducing
effect to No. 8 above, whereas eight out of nine of its progeny
reduced nitrate better than it did. It was thought that this
function might be easily further increased.
Ten colonies were tubed from gelatin plates made from No. 10,
and planted in nitrate solution at the same time. Of these it was
332 On Certain Bacteria from the Air of New York City.
found that only three retained the same degree of power of re-
duction, four fell back to the average of the table given above,
while three returned to the condition of the original culture.
Here we see again the marked tendency to return to the type, even
in this slightly differing race. These results indicate the compar-
ative permanency of the species and also the races of bacteria as
stated by Rodet to be the case.
(2) Sports or discontinuous variations.
In the discussion of this subject, the existence of uniform con-
ditions is presupposed. I consider that when the tubes are filled
with media from the same flask, are planted at the same time, and
grown on the same shelf, that these conditions are fulfilled. Or
even the plantings need not be made at the same time, provided
the conditions of temperature are approximately uniform. We
see cultures taken from botk deep and surface colonies, from difier-
ent media, etc., exhibit the same characters when transferred to
the test media. Now if one of these suddenly exhibits different
characters, it is absurd to attribute the change to the action of
some slight, unknown and undemonstrable difference in the
medium or other condition. The variation is spontaneous and
due to the inherent properties of the germ.
Among the Protista, one objection is always forthcoming
against the evidence of discontinuous variation, which does not
trouble us higher in the organic scale. It can always be said that
the variety may be a contamination, and it is almost impossible
to meet this objection completely. Nevertheless, I shall attempt
to meet it in the following instance, at least to a considerable de-
oree.
In the species under investigation, Bacillus lactis erythrogenes,
the growth on solid media is smooth, thick and soft, uniformly
light yellow, the growth quite softly granular to the needle, not
in the least crusty or viscid. A culture sent to me from Kral’s
laboratory (marked &. helvolus Zimmerman) became contaminated
during the summer vacation with a motile spore forming bacillus
(B. mesentericus vulgatus). In the process of purifying it, gelatin
plates were made and a culture from one of the yellow colonies
developed a somewhat coarsely granular growth. It was set
down as a contamination, although the fact that it produced a
slight pink tint in the medium and reacted on all the media nor-
On Certain Bacteria from the Air of New York City. 333
mally for B. lactis erythrogenes made me suspect that it might be
a variety. Later in the course of the investigation on nitrate
reduction on a culture obtained from the air of New York, one of
the nitrate tubes showed a growth a little abnormal, the precipi-
tate being slightly flocculent, whereas it is usually finely granular.
B. ERYTHROGENES RUGATUS. B. LACTIS ERYTHROGENES.
This nitrate culture was one of ten made from an agar plate of
the culture No. 10 as described above. > e\elsi= == 1-1 5
Growth on agar thin, transparent, poor .............200seee eee 6
Lactose-litmus gelatin made blue.
Nitrate not reduced; milk not coagulated.
ORO REGGE oo ooo ponuncoboUdbbd0008 SdonbenoubudDOOEGDDODES 7
Rosolic acid not changed
‘CUNO UO HEAMIOS ONE Soba soonsaseoubues cone SopoBoD Ho bUoOUGOnAC 8
INO’ CHMNGU MOS WM. db soon Sonos bob aoONe DUO SNOB ODOGUUUOOr 9
Nitrate reduced; milk not coagulated.
Bree MSIE + WTTETS. Oise ler a's cals Ae vada iss le oe we hem Sees sacle 10
AOHTOM OF Emil ChE CO raters lata ie retetoxer= te rcheinicis aicls aio ei cies sieuelstaie’e ctalevetels heresre ala b
346 On Certain Bacteria from the Air of New York City.
1. Merismopedia flava variams 2D. sp.
Occurrence. Abundantly in a jar of ‘‘sterilized milk’’ bought at a store ;
with no. 101.
Morphology. Micrococci about 1 / in diameter, in twos, fours or in elliptical
pairs with a cross-furrow.
Biology. Gelatin not liquified in 60 days; milk coagulated on boiling in 6
days, more evidently later, but not without boiling; nitrate quickly and
strongly reduced even in 7 days; lactose-litmus quickly reddened, but in
50 to 60 days it becomes blue at the upper part of the culture; aerobic.
In broth there is a fine turbidity and considerably granular yellow sedi-
ment; on the solid media a broad pale yellow layer is developed, which
may vary in shade, even in different parts of the same culture; on gly-
cerin-agar and potato the growth is abundant, shining bright yellow,
opaque. In gelatin plates the surface colonies are much larger than the
deep ones, opaque, scarcely shining, light yellow, the edges a little wavy;
the deep colonies are round, opaque, yellow, inclined to be slightly irre-
gular.
2. Merismopedia cinnabareus (Fligge).
Occurrence. In the air of the College hallway.
Morphology. Micrococci about 1 / in diameter, in twos, fours or in elliptical
pairs with a cross-furrow.
Biology. Milk is not coagulated at first, but in twenty-one days a soft cheese
* is formed which boils up into a very fine coagulum scarcely peceptible.
Nitrate is only very slightly reduced in twenty-eight days. Rosalie acid
is not changed. On agar, the growth is not abundant, brownish red,
almost orange. Gelatin colonies are all alike, round, orange colored.
Remarks. Imay be mistaken in identifying this as Fligge’s species (Jiero-
coccus cinnabareus ).
3. Micrococcus candicans (Fligge).
Occurrence. A culture from Kral’s laboratory.
Morphology. Micrococei 1-1.25 in diameter, singly, in pairs or groups.
Biology. Milk was not coagulated when the culture was first received. A year
later a coagulation was formed on boiling at the end of twenty-six days;
again a solid curd was formed in this time. Nitrate is sightly reduced,
the test giving a faint color in twenty-eight days. The growth is white
and opaque on solid media, no surface growth in liquid media. Surface
colonies are thin, the deep ones round and opaque, white. Rosolic acid
is not changed.
4. Micrococcus rosettaceus (Zimmermann).
Occurrence. ‘‘ Micrococcus aurantiacus’’ from Kral’s laboratory.
Morphology. Micrococci .7-.8 “ in diameter, associated in masses.
Biology. Milk is coagulated (on boiling ) in fourteen days, and does not change
up to twenty-eight days. Growth on solid media is shining white,
Opaque, soft ; no surface growth on broth. Rosolie acid unchanged.
Remarks. This is nearest to MW. rosettaceus, though perhaps not identical.
On Certain Bacteria from the Air of New York City. 347
5. Merismopedia tetragenus (Gafiky).
Occurrence. ‘‘ Micrococcus tetragenus’’ from Kral’s laboratory.
Morphology, Micrococci .7-.8 4 in diameter, in pairs, a few fours and irrgular
groups.
Biology. Besides the character given in the synopsis, rosalic acid is not
changed ; on solid media the growth is opaque white ; no surface growth
on broth.
6. Micrococcus similis n. sp.
Occurrence. in tha air of the college hallway.
Morphology. Large cocci, never quite spherical, and frequently divided by a
constriction to one side of the middle. Very variable, diameter 1-2 .
The cells are larger than the Bacillus diphtheriae and decidedly rounder,
more like cocci.
Biology. Grows very poorly at all temperatures. On agar the growth is ob-
scure, narrow, translucent whitish. On the lactose-litmus agar there is
faint growth with a slight reddening of the medium ; rosolic acid is not
faded. The gelatin colonies are round, opaque white, uncharacteristic.
There is little reduction of nitrate, especially marked 375° where a dis-
tinet test was obtained in twenty days.
7. Micrococcus concentricus (Zimmerman).
Occurrence. (1) ‘‘M. concentricus’’ from Kral’s laboratory. (2) Eighteen
different times in the air of the college hallway.
Morphology. Micrococci .6-1.2 4 in diameter, singly, in twos, in short irregu-
lar chains or in masses.
Biology. Well distinguished by its power of decolorizing rosalic acid. The
growth on solid media is rather translucent white, sometimes concentri-
cally marked. On liquid media the growth is soft and somewhat stringy,
often forming around the surface on the glass. Growth on potato abund-
ant, shining sordid white.
oo
. Micrococcus cereus aureus n. sp. ?
Occurrence. (1) ‘‘Staphylococcus* cereus aureus’? from Kral’s laboratory.
(2) A contamination from the air of the laboratory.
Morphology. Cocci .7-.8 4 in diameter, singly, in pairs, threes or masses.
Biology. On agar and potato shining bright orange. In broth a heavy orange
colored sediment with no surface growth.
Remarks. I have seen no description with the above name, under which the
culture was received. This is only a variety of the following species,
which is the non-chromogenic form.
9. Micrococcus cereus albus (Passet).
Occurrence. (1) ‘‘Staphyloccocus cereus albus’’ from Kral’s laboratory. (2)
In the air on 59th St.
*Of all the generic terms proposed for the various associations of the cocci, probably
“Staphylococcus”’ is the least valuable. I would definitely discard it.
348 On Certain Bacteria from the Air of New York City.
Morphology. Micrococei 1-1.5 « in diameter, often seen constricted for division,
singly or irregularly grouped.
Biology. The growth ou solid media is white, not very opaque ; a white sedi-
ment in broth ; rosolic acid not changed. The gelatin colonies are round,
uncharacteristic, the deep and surface ones much alike.
10. Merismopedia ceriviseae (Balcke).
ceurrence. (1) ‘‘Sareina flava’’ from Kral’s laboratory. (2) In the air of
the college hallway.
Morphology. Micrococci .7-1.5 « in diameter, singly, in pairs, rarely in fours,
in masses.
Biology. Nitrate is strongly reduced, the full deep color of the test being
shown in from six to fourteen days ; rosolic acid unchanged. In broth,
a granular precipitate. On solid media the growth is white or very
faintly yellowish (2), moderately opaque.
Remarks. These cultures seem not to be contradicted by the description of
Pediococeus ceriviseae.
11. Merismopedia havaniensis (Sternberg).
Occurrence. (1) From the college collection. (2) In the air of the college
yard near 59th St.
Morphology. Micrococci, slightly elliptical, often with cross furrows. .7-1
in diameter, in twos, fours, or breaking apart into irregular chains.
Biology. Nitrate is slightly reduced, never strongly ; growth on solid media
is red and a fine red surface growth occurs on milk without affecting the
medium preceptibly ; a granular precipitate in broth.
Remarks. This is the Bacillus havaniensis of Sternberg ; but I have preferred
to associate it with the Micrococci on account of the grouping of the ele-
ments.
LIQUEFYING MICROCOCCT.
(Synopsis of species ).
Lactose-litmus reddened.
Milk coagulated ; nitrate not reduced.
Large Micrococci, growth on agar lobed.
Growth orange colored ..... soboecoS obagosHess onea505006 Boacoo 1
Growth cream colored...... sib Sle ete lale wrmrers stoma te ij she stenspoetoetersehee 13
Growibh whites «a. sc sass 213) sleet aievebete Suse aidie a eh bcebele arepesovere rareiees 14
Smaller Micrococci, growth normal.
Associated in masses.
GTONVG ORAM GC ore stesinialclelele mick) -feloe= “SooasDOpoC Bron GI seks ois ot
Growth white.
Ourekhy en queky nn oe penile te etevelel= siaveieielalarousleraieteiaterete Ano ake
Slowly and imperfectly liquefying............2+.eses«eees LP
Associated in pairs and fours............-..+5. Tago sasommotacod. Le
Milk not coagulated.
Nitrate not reduced.
On Certain Bacteria from the Air of New York City. 349
> - Growth yellow.
Tsarge Micrococci'.....%:.---- SOG SOC Ope Oone OBE Mor caibrette ie,
Minute MiGroCocel.2..2<)-)ece8 = Eerab a wae eloales Dono tocedcte 20
EVO VriGhs PLU KAS Meh UIM sper ora ste reisayets ctalors ie) cvelelntstia el eiets, o)eickekelereic is’ Sec de. cl
Nitrate reduced . . .*...... ahod SoCCosoGo daoG Soo aed sd nooSRboCeA CL
- Lactose-litmus not changed or made blue.
Milk coagulated.
Growth orange........ Kenn dSo Hs pabocdoh CHuldedor soceocansncocns 23
Cronin clay pemocades adoneodsnanoneoGuoooepoe SUR SDE ontoca aaa 24
CROW UMM ry CCU rpoptavottsvamiarekachetetcratcren tate cy spteter ase aaiehe aie levdh siete cee enere 25
Milk not coagulated.
Motile.
OHRID socln.dtlsaudsodpaales eoUcmUCdS otic opouBUCOeGeUne sb 9d0¢ 26
PHN: Soe AoC OSG. UOC LOO OOSOS Bath PDO Gar CoODeMeeb IO meemtr sooo. PAT/
Not motile.
OIGEE 5+ sncasmncbboon bund soap enonhcooGP ont oosdcodoeeaaas our 28
Prime scopnoooengaobp de dea obo ooUbUBO ko aUb SU OOMObene scocon EY
Yellow
Growth granular, a normal precipitate in broth.
Brigibolemon yellows cn delcekee steels oe Vaan sis capsicte cic ee ers er 30
BAe y.ellOwis scteoieee creciets ta sts cictl alaretersis ce siarcrch einteie clesnieye free 31
Ralecreamiyayellowine'-sters ia st-1s eis er crels « Konuor .pooMnienieod 32
Growth forming surface skin, wrinkly...............-.....00. 33
12. Micrococcus cremoides aureus n. sp.
Occurrence. Obtained by Dr. Freeman from the air of a barn where a cow was
, being milked.
Morphology. Micrococci 1-1.25 u in diameter, associated irregularly.
_ Biology. _ Gelatin is rapidly liquefied ; the surface colonies on gelatin plates
are somewhat peculiar ; in the cups of liquefaction which are quickly
formed, masses of opaque orange flocculi settle in a ring shape about a
clear central area, giving the appearance of an indented margin. Lique-
‘ faction sets in much later with the deep colonies. They appear spherical,
gt light yellow and’ opaque.; Milk is quickly coagulated, forming a solid
curd which is slowly dissolved. Rosolic acid not changed. Lactose-lit-
mus is quickly reddened. The growth on agar is narrow, shining, the
/4. edges uneven, finely lobed, orange color. The lobed edges are rather
characteristic. On glycerine agar the growth is scarcely chromogenic,
being very nearly white, but the normal color is regained when transferred
to ordinary agar. At 375°C. also the growth is not chromogenic. In
broth there is a slight surface growth beside a pale orange sediment.
Remarks. This species is to be regarded as a varietal form of the following :
13. Micrococcus cremoides (Zimmermann).
Oceurrence. (1) In the air of the college hallway. (2) In the air on 59th St.
Morphology and biology as in No. 12, but the growth cream-colored instead of
orange. On glycerine agar and at 373° C., the growth is white.
ANNALS N. Y. ACAD. Sct., VIII., May, 1895.—25
350 On Certain Bacteria from the Air of New York City.
Remarks. This seems to correspond with J. cremoides of Zimmermann, except
that the cells are larger. Cremoides is said to measure .8 //, while the pre-
sent species measures 1-1.5 .
14. Micrococcus cremoides albus n. sp.
Occurrence. (1) Twice in the air of the college hallway. (2) Twicein the air
of the yard near 59th St.
Morphology and biology as above (Nos. 12 and 13), but the growth pure white
on all media.
Remarks. This is a white form of the preceding.
15. Micrococcus pyogenes aureus ( Passet).
Occurrence. (1) ‘Staphylococcus pyogenes aureus’’ from the college collec-
tion. (2) Twice in the air of the yard near 59th St.
Morphology. Micrococci .7-1 in diameter, associated in irregular masses.
Biology. Gelatin quickly liquefied; milk coagulated, forming a hard curd
which is slowly dissolved; nitrate not or very slightly reduced. Growth
on solid media orange, the edges of the growth even. In gelatin plates
the colonies sink in cups of liquefaction without any peculiar appearance.
Culture (1) was chromogenic on glycerine agar and at 375° C; the one
first obtained from the air was chromogenic at 373° C, but grew nearly
white on glycerine agar and the third culture grew white in both these
cases. Rosolic acid not changed.
16. Micrococcus pyogenes albus (Passet).
Occurrence. In the air of the college hallway.
Morphology and biology as above, but the growth is white, on agar rather trans-
lucent.
Remarks. This is probably to be regarded as not specifically distinct from the
preceding.
17. Micrococcus epidermidis albus ( Welch).
Occurrence. (1) ‘‘ Staphylococcus epidermidis albus’’ from the college collec-
tion. (2) ‘‘ Micrococcus of Freire’’ from the college collection. (3) In
the air on 59th St.
Morphology and biology as above, but gelatin is very imperfectly liquefied
The liquefaction begins in about six days, but proceeds very slowly, and
never far; even in old cultures it is only partial.
Remarks. In the description of Micrococcus of Freire, Dr. Sternberg states
that milk is not coagulated, but this was not the case with the authentic
culture possessed by the college. It reacted in all ways as given in the
synopsis and as indicated above.
18. Merismopedia acidi lactici liquefaciens ( Kreuger).
Occurrence. (1) ‘‘ Micrococcus ureae’’ from Kral’s laboratory. (2) ‘‘Sarcina
erythromyxa ’’ from Kral’s laboratory.
Morphology. Micrococci .9-1 .1 in diameter, singly, in twos or in fours.
On Certain Bacteria from the Air of New York City. 351
Biology. Gelatin is quickly liquefied but in (2) proceeeded slowly and was
not complete. Milk is coagulated, forming a solid curd, but in (2) only
so on boiling. Nitrate very slightly reduced; rosalic acid unchanged
Growth on solid media opaque white ; in broth, a white precipitate with
a shght growth at the surface or on the side of the tube. Grows well
at 373° C.
Remarks. I see no essential differences between the descriptions of Micrococcus
acidi lactici liquefaciens Kreuger, Micrococcus ureae liquefaciens Fligge, or
Sarcina alba Eisenberg, to either of which the present species might be re-
ferred. It does not belong to either of the species under the names of
which it was sent to me.
19. Micrococcus flavus Lliquefaciens (Fligge).
Occurrence. In the air of an apartment house on West 69th St.
Morphology. Large spherical Micrococci, 1-1.25 ” in diameter, singly, in pairs
or irregular groups.
Biology. Liquefaction of the gelatin takes place very slowly. When first ob-
tained, it ensued in ten days, but proceeded very slowly. After the cul-
ture had been kept a year, liquefaction was not obtained until the two
cultures which had been made had been growing twenty-eight and fifty
days respectively. A very slight reduction of nitrate was obtained in
twenty-eight days, none before that time. Growth on solid media, white
at first, later becoming pale yellow. Growth on glycerine agar and at
373° C. is white, but in the latter case the yellow color is regained on
being transferred to the room temperature.
Remarks. This differs a little from Fligge’s species with which I have identi-
fied it, but apparently only in liquefying gelatin more slowly and being
less chromogenic. No growth was obtained on potato.
20. Micrococcus flavus desidens (Fligge). ,
Occurrence. In the air of an apartment house on West 69th St.
Morphology. Small Micrococci, .6—-.7 in diameter, in irregular groups.
Biology. As indicated in the synopsis. The liquefaction of gelatin is very
slow and only appears in old cultures (first seen in fifty-six days). A
partial reduction of nitrate is obtained in twenty-eight days. On solid
media the growth is lemon yellow, rather thin, poor on glycerine agar ;
on potato slight growth, yellowish, but the potato assumed a pink tint.
Remarks. It differs from the species with which I have identified it in liqui-
fying gelatin much more slowly.
21. Merismopedia fragilis n. sp.
Occurrence. In the air on 59th St.
Morphology. Micrococci 1-1.2 in diameter, in twos, fours and irregular
groups but scarcely forming well defined packets.
Biology. Gelatin liquefied rather slowly, but beginning in six days; characters
all negative except the reddening of lactose-litmus, and this is not of a
very pronounced character. Growth on agar poor, thin, translucent, pink-
352 On Certain Bacteria from the Air of New York City.
ish, consisting of a number of isolated colonies, each spreading with a
veil. In gelatin the growth along the punctures is white, the surface
growth sinks slowly in the liquefaction as a pinkish sediment. On glycer-
ine agar the growth is abundant, thick, smooth and of a reddish brown
color. Scarcely any growth on potato ; no growth at the body tempera-
ture.
22. Merismopedia citreus conglomeratus (Bumm).
Occurrence. In the air of the college hallway.
Morphology. Micrococci .9 “ in diameter, singly, in twos, rarely in elliptical:
pair with a cross furrow.
Biology. Gelatin liquefied quickly at first (six days), but in latter cultures
not till forty-five days ; nitrate reduced, partially at first, but in twenty-
eight days completely. Gelatin plate colonies are at first white, opaque,
very strongly cumular and lobed ; they are unusually coherent and will
flow around in the liquefied medium with unaltered shape. On agar the
growth is white at first, later distinctly pale yellow, granular and lumpy,
somewhat brittle and crusty to the needle. Rosolic acid is rendered a
little brownish but not distinctly faded.
Remarks. This does not tally exactly with Bumm/’s description of Diplococcus
citreus conglomeratus, but I find no positive points of difference.
23. Merismopedia mollis n. sp.
Occurrence. Asa contamination from the air of the laboratory.
Morphology. Micrcocci, sometimes a little elongate, about 1 in diameter,
singly, in pairs and a few fours, in irregular chains of four to six and in
masses:
Biology. Gelatin quickly liquefied ; milk coagulated, the precipitated. case in
forming a curd which is gradually dissolved. Nitrate partly reduced.
Lactose-litmus and rosolic acid unchanged. Growth on. agar abundant,
shining orange color.” © to +! : fy
24. Sarcina flava (De Bary).
Occurrence. (1) *‘Sarcina ventriculi’’? from the college collection. (2) Four
different times in the air of the college hallway. (3) In the air in West
59th St. (4) Twice asa contamination from the air of the laboratory on
gelatin plates. (5) In a fresh leaf of the pitcher plant, Sarracenia pur-
purea, at Plattsburgh, N. Y., in June. ‘
Morphology. Micrococci about 1“ in diameter associated in cubical packets of
eight and larger bundles, rarely breaking up into fours.
Biology. Gelatin usually quickly liquefied, more rarely slowly liquefied ;
milk coagulated, the precipitated casein forming a curd which is gradually
dissolved. Nitrate not reduced or but a trace. Lactose-litmus made
blue ; rosolic acid not changed. Growth on agar abundant, thick, not
very shining, yellow ; on glycerine agar very abundant, shining bright.
yellow. At 375°C the growth is white, but largely regains its yellow
color on being transferred to the room tempearture.
On Certain Bacteria from the Air of New York City. 353
Remarks. J find no characters to seperate Sarcina lutea Schréter from this
species. It appears to liquify gelatin more slowly ; but the cultures before
_me vary greatly in this respect. One produced only a dry cup-shaped
hollow in twenty-eight days, from which the fluid at first formed had
evaporated. The more usual form rendered the upper one-third or two-
thirds of the gelatin fluid in twenty-eight days.
25. Micrococcus dissimilis n. sp.
Occurrence. _ *‘ Micrococcus of trachoma, Sattler’? from Kral’s laboratory.
Morphology. . Micrococci 1 in diameter, associated in irregular masses.
Biology. Gelatin quickly liquefied ; milk coagulated, forming a flaky curd
with milky whey ; nitrate reduced, but not thoroughly before twenty-eight
days ; lactose-litmus and rosolic acid unchanged ; opaque white or agar,
not viscid ; surface colonies round, opaque, like deep ones but surrounded
by an obscure granular veil ; no surface growth on broth. No growth on
potato.
Remarks. This does not agree with the description of the Micrococens of
trachoma.
26. Micrococcus mobilis ( Maurea).
Occurrence (1) Twice in the air of the college hallway. (2) Twice in the
air on 59th St.
Morphology. Micrococci 1-1.5 « in diameter, singly, rarely in pairs. Each cell
possesses a single long flagellum which may be demonstrated by Loffler’s
method of staining ; actively motile.
Biology. Gelatin quickly liquefied, or, in one instance, slowly and imper-
fectly ; rosolic acid not changed. On agar the growth is translucent,
obscure, where collected in a thicker layer reddish orange. On glycerine
agar and at 373° scarcely any growth occurs ; growth on potato very slight,
pale orange. In absence of free access of air, the growth is whitish.
Remarks. I take this to be the Sarcina mobilis of Maurea.
27. Micrococcus agilis (Ali-Cohen).
Occurrence. From the college collection.
Morphology and biology as above (No. 26), but the growth is pink instead of
orange color and is thicker and more opaque on agar.
28. Sarcima aurantiaca (Koch).
Occurrence. (1) From the college collection. (2) In the air of the college
hallway.
Morphylogy. Micrococci .8-1.2 “ in diameter, in twos, fours, and masses, occa-
sionally forming true packets.
Biology. Gelatin quickly liquefied.(1.) or slowly and imperfectly (2). Nitrate
not reduced, or a slight trace of reduction. On agar the growth is ‘dark
~~ orange colored, not very-shiniig:- -Rosolic acid not changed:- In: broth
no surface growth, the sediment yellowish or white.
354 On Certain Bacteria from the Air of New York City.
29. Merismopedia rosea (Bumm).
Occurrence. (1) ‘‘Sareina rosea*’ from the college collection. (2) “ Miero-
coccus tetragenus ruber’’ from Kral’s laboratory. (3) Twice in the air
of the college hallway. (4) In the air of an apartment house on West
69th St. (5) A contamination from the air of the laboratory.
Morphology. Micrococci .7-1 ~ in diameter, in twos, fours and irregular
groups.
Biology. Gelatin is very slowly liquefied, often not at all for thirty or forty
days. Some cultures liquefy more readily after having been in cultiva-
tion for some time. Nitrate is partly reduced, sometimes quite well,
never completely. Rosole acid not changed. Growth on solid media
rose pink, the color being somewhat absorbed by the medium in old cul-
tures. No surface growth on broth.
Remarks. I have identified this as the Diplococcus roseus of Bumm. Micrococ-
cus roseus Eisenberg, and Micrococcus tetragenus ruber Schneider seem to
refer also to this species.
30. Micrococcus tetragenus Vividus nD. sp.
Occurrence. (1) Four times in the air of the college hallway. (2) In the air
of an apartment house on West 69th St. (3) From the air of one of the
lecture rooms (Dr. Cheesman ).
Morphology. Small Micrococci .5-.9 “ in diameter, singly, in twos, threes or
irregular groups, rarely in fours.
Biology. Gelatin is liquefied with moderate rapidity, or rather slowly; nitrate
not or very slightly reduced. Growth on solid media vivid lemon yellow;
in broth a heavy yellow sediment without surface growth.
Remarks. Dr. Sternberg has included both this form and no. 32 in his descrip-
tion of Micrococcus tetragenus versatilis, but I have preferred to give them
distinctive names, following the general system adopted here.
31. Micrococcus tetragenus versatilis (Sternberg).
Occurrence. (1) ‘‘ Micrococcus tetragenus versatilis’’ from the college collec-
tion. (2) ‘‘ Micrococcus tetragenus flavus’? from Kral’s laboratory.
(3) Five times in the air of the college hallway. (4) In the air on
59th St.
Morphology and biology as in no 30, but the growth is paler yellow of a more
normal tint, not unusually bright.
32. Micrococcus tetragenus pallidus n. sp.
Occurrence. In the air of one of the college lecture rooms (Dr. Cheesman ).
Morphology. Micrococci .8-1 in diameter, in twos, more commonly in fours,
occasionally in irregular packets.
Biology. As in Nos. 30 and 31, but the growth is pale creamy yellow, ap-
proaching white.
On Certain Bacteria from the Air of New York Uity. 355
33. Merismopedia mesentericus corrugatus n. sp.*
Occurrence. ‘‘Staphylococcus pyogenes citreus’’ from the college collection.
Morphology. Micrococci .9 “ in diameter, associated in great adherent masses
more or less packeted, breaking apart into twos or single elements.
Biology. Gelatin is quickly liquefied. On agar, the growth spreads rapidly,
and becomes covered with a few large wrinkles or folds, traversing the
surface in various directions; the color is yellow. On broth, a thick and
wrinkled yellow surface skin is formed with a slight yellow sediment in
the bottom.
NON-LIQUEFYING BACCILLI.
(Synopsis of species. )
Lactose-litmus reddened.
Nitrate not reduced.
1s 1 Ts re ard Ene UO SACI cn oa Ee a hee 34
Milk not coagulated.
Actively motile, a green fluorescence. ..........cccceececccecees O5
Not motile or spasmodically only.
Small pacillitn 0... a Riko Haig i 1h tld RaCOE dt og ald Giciotda exc eee
Weary lane wacuolateds 0,250 efciniaim sre acd > te oe
Nitrate reduced, at least partially.
Milk coagulated.
Lactose-litmus permanently reddened, growth white............ 38
Lactose-litmus reddened, later blue, growth sometimes faintly
OGHELOUS rrsnciaerety cies oelea tee rel ele OS a ASS CDG ac Bre biter,
Milk not coagulated.
Growth yellow, nitrate completely reduced.................... 40
A green fluorescence ; nitrate partly reduced................... 41
Pale yellow, nitrate slightly reduced...... SMO OHG ot eis ODS Goo ere
Lactose-litmus made blue.
Nitrate reduced, at least fairly well ; milk not coagulated.
GrOwuly Ganka yell O Winer wrerccicicieccias so eeteels vislaeiaene ion ton come x
Growth pale yellow .......... sear erenayeVone a Yeh sterol Siac scainveis ete lereweie ale oie “EE
Growth white.
Grows well at room temperature.
Pe osohic aeriaded asta: were a ote scat ce ee eae ese 45
Rosolic acid not faded.
VOR MOM Cs a wots casa es rae eset Oia cee sosaae soboe ES
Actively motile.
GLOW, CHU thrAnSPATENG, avec otra caylee eo eet cae we cc ae ee
Growth moderately Opaque... se Sea kjcecle sss sess se 48
Scarcely grows at room temperature........... ipictBencnre eer SG
*Compare with this No. 107, Bacillus erythrogenes rugatus. The biological charac-
ters of the two are practically alike. No. 33 was determined as a Micrococcus, and No.
107 as a Bacillus; but it is one of the shortest bacilli known, so that the differences be-
tween these forms are really slight. No. 33 was not observed to form any pink color ;
but this is not on invariable character of the /actis erythrogenes group.
356 On Certain Bacteria from the Air of New York City.
Nitrate not reduced or not more than very slightly.
Chromogenic.
Motile ; a green fluorescence.
Rosolie acid \Gecoloredh: syefayaeierel-1e1<1scks) #1 <1-2/, singly, or
more commonly in short chains of two to three elements ; not motile.
Biology. As indicated in the synopsis. Milk was not coagulated till twenty-
eight days and then only on boiling.
35. Bacillus virescens (Frick).
Occurrence. ‘* Bacillus of green diarrhoea ’’ from the college collection.
Morphology. Small rounded bacilli, .7<1-2, singly or in moderately long
straight chains ; actively motile.
Biology. A partial surface skin is formed on liquid media. In the fermenta-
tion tube, abundant growth occurs in the open arm, but it also extends
well up into the closed arm. Growth on agar white, rather translucent,
On Certain Bacteria from the Air of New York City. 357
a green fluorescence in the medium. Lactose-litmus is reddened rather
slowly, but ultimately completely.
Remarks. From the description, this culture can be referred to either B.
fluorescens tenuis Zimmerman, B. virescens Frick, or B. dentalis viridans
Miller. The ‘‘ Bacillus of Lesage’’ (green diarrhoea) is said to produce
slow liquefaction. It differs from No. 41 only in that nitrate is not re-
duced.
36. Bacillus sarracenicolus nt. sp.
Occurrence. In a fresh leaf of the pitcher plant (Sarracenia purpurea) at
_ Plattsburgh, N. Y., in June.
Morphology. Small bacilli, surrounded by clear spaces in the stained prepa-
ration, not motile; in pairs, short chains or singly; size about .5><1 /.
Biology. Growth on agar, white, faintly tinged with brownish, spreading;
when old, almost ocherous; on lactose-litmus gelatin the growth spreads
out into long lobes, the litmus is reddened, but the color begins to dis-
appear in forty days, and the medium is purple or bluish in ninety days.
37. Bacillus vacuolatus n. sp.
Occurrence. Two cultures from a trap of the carnivorous water plant Utricu-
latria vulgaris from Dead Creek, Plattsburgh, N. Y., in September.
Morphology. Large bacilli varying greatly in length, about 1 wide and 1-5
long, the ends rounded; the contents are curiously vacuolated both in
fresh and old cultures, so that the bacilli stain irregularly, but usually
well at the ends; singly or in short chains; usually not motile, but occa-
sionally spasmodically so. Looks like the figure of Baccilus buccalis
maximus, Miller.
Biology. On agar shining, soft translucent white. Lactose-litmus gelatin is
reddened, but in about sixty days this color begins to be replaced by blue
which gradually increases, though the red was still visible at the apex of
the slant in ninety days.
38. Bacillus urez (Jaksch).
Occurrence. (1) ‘‘ Bacillus uree’’ from Kral’s laboratory. . (2) ‘‘ Bacillus
pyogenes foetidus’’ from Kral’s laboratory.
Morphology. Short rounded bacilli .7-1<1-2, not motile, singly or in short
chains.
Biology. Nitrate partially reduced, the test giving a moderate color; milk
coagulated in (2) only on boiling. Growth on agar, broad shining sordid
white, not very opaque; no surface growth on broth; rosolic acid un-
changed. <1-2 actively
motile.
Biology. Nitrate quite strongly reduced but not completely. Growth on agar
translucent white with a green fluorescence in the medium; lactose-litmus
permamently reddened.
Remarks. See remarks under No. 35.
42. Bacilius amabilis n. sp.
Occurrence. In the air of the college hallway.
Morphology. Very short bacilli, often nearly spherical, .7><.8-1 singly or in
irregular chains or masses; not motile.
Biology. Nitrate slightly reduced. On agar a narrow translucent white streak
with pale yellow tint; surface colonies rather large, translucent, yellowish,
on potato a very thin growth, bright yellow with ill defined edges.
Produces no indol; rosolic acid not changed.
Remarks. The cultures died during the summer vacation.
On Certain Bacteria from the Air of New York City. 359
43. Bacillus flavocoriaceus (Eisenberg).
Occurrence. In the air of an apartment house on West 69th street.
Morphology. Rounded bacilli, singly or in masses .6>1-1.5 y.
Biology. Nitrate quite well reduced but not completely. Growth on solid
media rather dark yellow, shining, the edges inclined to be translucent.
Searcely any growth was obtained on potato. Rosolic acid a little
deepened in color.
44, Bacillis jJavaniensis nb. sp?
Occurrence. ‘‘ Photobacteritum javaniensis’’ from the college collection.
Morphology. Short elliptical bacilli, almost like cocci, about 1—-1.2 4 in diam-
eter, in masses, short chains, twos or fours, not motile.
Biology. Nitrate is strongly reduced but not completely; rosolic acid un-
changed. Growth on agar thick, white, with a distinct yellow tinge;
grows slowly.
Remarks. 1 have met with no description of this species and apply the name
with which it was labelled.
45. Bacillus decolorans minor 2. sp.
Occurrence. In the air of an apartment house on West 69th street.
Morphology. Rounded bacilli .6><.6-1.1 4“, frequently in pairs, not motile.
Biology. Nitrate slowly reduced but completely in twenty-eight days; rosolic
acid decolored; indol formed in peptone-salt broth. In gelatin cultures,
surface growth waxy white, not shining, irregular and finely lumpy,
slight growth along puncture. Surface colonies large, spreading, trans-
lucent white with irregular edges; deep ones dusky yellowish, not char-
acteristic. On agar translucent whitish, rather thin, shining. On potato
very slight brownish translucent growth, not abundant.
46. Bacillus secundus Fullesi n. sp.
Occurrence. In the air of the college yard near 59th street.
Morphology. Large bacilli, short, rounded, singly, often constricted, .7-1><1-
not motile.
Biology. Nitrate quite well reduced but not completely; rosolic acid not faded.
Growth on agar white, rather thin, lactose-litmus made blue.
Remarks. Seems to be not contradicted by the description of Bacillus No. II.
of Fulles.
Oyo
2/5
47. Bacillus aquatilis sulcatus quartus ( Weichselbaum ).
Occurrence. Inatrap of Utricularia vulgaris, Plattsburgh, N. Y., in September.
Morphology. Rounded bacilli, .6><1.5 , in pairs or short chains; in older cul-
tures growing out into long straight chains ; the free cells actively
motile.
Biology. Nitrate partly reduced; rosalic acid unchanged.
Remarks. I have applied the name B. aquatilis sulcatus, No. IV., of Weichsel-
baum, to this form, as it seems not to positively contradict the de-
cription.
360 On Certain Bacterra from the Air of New York City.
48. Bacillus primus Fullesi n. sp.
Occurrence. Ina leaf of Sarracenia purpurea at Plattsburgh, N. Y.
Morphology. Small rounded bacilli, singly and in pairs, do not form long
chains; .5-.6.8-1y, actively motile, but becoming much less so in old
cultures (twenty-five days). ‘
Biology. Nitrate reduced, at length completely, rosalic acid not changed ; the
cultures in milk emit a disagreeable odor.
Remarks. The Bacillus No. I., of Fulles, seems to correspond.
49. Bacillus diphtheriz (Klebs).
Occurrence. From the college colllection.
Morphology. Short bacilli, nearly spherical, irregular; .8<1/ (grown at
room temperature ).
Biology. Grows very poorly at room temperature so that the characters are
not all reliable. Nitrate well reduced in twenty-eight days but not
completely.
50. Bacilus erythrosporous (Eidam).
Occurence. From the college collection.
Morphology. Rounded bacilli, .6><1-1.5 4, singly or in short chains; motile,
form spores.
Biology. A slight trace of reduction of nitrate; rosalic acid decolorized; lac-
tose-litmus made blue at first, but in sixty days the color becomes purple,
and in one hundred days bright red. Growth on agar translucent white,
a green fluorescence in the medium.
51. Bacillus fluorescens putidus (Fligge).
Occurrence. (1) From the college collection. (2) From Kral’s laboratory at
Prague. (3) In the exudation from the anus of some sick lepidopterous
larvee (Clisiocampa fragilis) bred in confinement.
Morphology. Rounded bacilli, .6-.8> 1-2, singly or in short chains, actively
motile.
Biology. Nitrate not reduced, rosalic acid not changed; lactose-ltmus blue at
first but begins to redden in sixty to ninety days. The reddening
became most pronounced in culture (3). Agar growth translucent white
with a green fluorescence in the medium.
52. Bacillus fluorescens aureus (Zimmermann).
Occurrence. From the college collection.
Morphology. Large, rather slender bacilli, .7-1><1-5 4, singly or in chains;
sposmodically motile, the longer chains bending at the joints.
Biology. As above, but the growth is yellow. The description says ocherous_
or golden yellow, but the culture before me has become a very pale yel-
low. No sign of reddening of lactose-litmus in forty-five days.
On Certain Bacteria from the Air of New York City. 361
53. Bacillus fuscus (Zimmermann).
Occurrence. (1) ‘‘ Bacillus chrysogloia’’ from Kral’s laboratory. (2) In the
air of the college hallway. (3) A contamination from the air of the col-
lege laboratory.
Morphology. Rounded bacilli, .5-.7><1-2, singly or in chains of various
lengths; not motile.
Biology. Nitrate. not reduced or but slightly. Growth characteristically
wrinkled with lobed edges, of crusty brittle texture forming a surface skin
on liquid media; color light orange. Rosolic acid not changed. Aerobie.
Remarks. Does not correspond to the description of B. chrysogloia Zopt.
54. Bacillus fuscus pallidior n. sp.
Occurrence. ‘‘ Bacillus latericeus’’ from Kral’s laboratory.
Morphology. Rounded bacilli .5-.7><1-1. 34, singly and in chains. .
Biology. Asin No. 53, but the growth is a very pale whitish orange, almost
pinkish.
Remarks. Does not correspond to B. latericeus Eisenberg.
55. Bacillus ferrugimeus n. sp.
Occurrence. (1) A contamination from the air of the college laboratory. (2)
From a fresh leaf of Sarracenia purpurea at Plattsburgh, N. Y.
Morphology. Little rounded bacilli .6><1/, in pairs or chains of various lengths ;
not motile.
Biology. Much as in Nos. 53 and 54 but the growth is red, brick red instead
of orange ; it is crusty or granular, scarcely wrinkly as the preceding are ;
grows slowly. Nitrate not reduced, milk not changed, but an abundant
brick-red growth forms on the surface. — In broth a complete surface skin
is not formed. The gelatin colonies under a low power appear like a
round tuft of cotton but small and regular.
56. Bacillus salmoneus n. sp.
Occurrence. In the air of the college hallway.
Morphology. Small:rounded bacilli, .5>.7, singly or in short chains, not
motile. F ha
Biology. A slight reduction of nitrate ; growth on agar narrow, shining, sal-
mon pink, quite opaque where thick. No surface growth on broth.
Deep gelatin colonies rounded, regular, smooth, uncharacteristic.
57. Bacillus finitimus ruber n. sp.
Occurrence. (1) Four times in the air of the college hallway. (2) In
the air on West 59th Street. (3) ‘‘ Micrococcus cinnabareus ’’ from the
college collection.
Morphology. Short rounded bacilli .5><.6-1y, singly or in chains of three or
four, not motile.
Biology. Nitrate not reduced but in one instance considerably reduced. Re-
sembles Nos. 56 and 58 but the color of the growth is reddish pink or
rather bright red.
362 On Certain Bacteria from the Air of New York City.
538. Bacillus rhodochrous ( Overbeck ).
Occurrence. (1) ** Micrococcus rhodochrous’’ from Kral’s laboratory. (2 )
In the air of the college hallway.
Morphology and biology as above, but the growth is a fine pink with the free
access of air.
59. Bacillus brunneofiavus n sp.
Occurrence. ‘* Micrococcus brunneus’’ from Kral’s laboratory.
Morphology and Biology. As in Nos. 57 and 58 but the growth is bright
orange. There is aslight reduction of nitrate ; rosolic acid not changed.
Remarks. Does not correspond with Bacillus brunneus Adametz.
60. Bacillus flavocoriaceus ( Eisenberg ).
Occurrence. In the air of the college hallway.
Morphology. Very short bacilli, regular and uniform, .5.7y, singly or in
chains of two or three ; not motile.
Biology. Characters all negative. Grows well on glycerine agar, but not on
potato or at 373° C.
Remarks. The gelatin colonies are not coarsely granular, but smooth. In
other respects, the description of Eisenberg is not contradictory.
61. Bacillus zurnianum (List).
Occurrence. In the air of the college hallway.
Morphology. Small rounded bacilli, .6>.6-1 4, singly or in short chains, not
motile.
Biology. A very slight reduction of nitrate. Cultures on solid media trans-
lucent white, very viscous, drawing out into long threads. Does not
produce indol in peptone-salt solution.
Remarks. These bacilli are not as long as B. ziirianum List but seems to cor-
respond otherwise.
62. Bacillus decolorans major n. sp.
Occurrence. (1) In the air of an apartment house on West 69th Street. (2)
In the air of the college hallway.
Morphology. Very short rounded bacilli .7—-.9><1-2, singly or in chains of
various lengths, not motile.
Biology. Asin No. 61, except that the growth is not in the least viscous, and
indol is formed in the peptone-salt broth. The decolorization of rosolic
acid does not take place at once but is complete in from sixteen to twenty-
five days.
Remarks. Ditters from No. 45 in that the cells are larger and that nitrate is
not reduced or but partially so.
63. Bacillus zopfii (Kurth).
Occurrence. (1) ‘‘ Bacterium zopfii’’ from the college collection. (2) ‘‘ Pro-
teus zenkeri’’ from the college collection. (3) ‘‘ Proteus mirabalis’’
On Certain Bacteria from the Air of New York City. 363 _
from the college collection. (4) ‘‘ Bacillus ramosus non-liquefaciens’”’
from Kral’s laboratory. (5) ‘‘ Bacillus figurans’’ from the college col-
lection.
Morphology. Large straight rod-shaped bacilli .8><1—4y, but soon breaking up
into shorter cells in older cultures; singly or in chains; motile. Ina
twenty-one day culture the bacilli were very short, of the shape of
spores but more spherical.
Biology. Nitrate not reduced or but slightly. The growth on gelatin, both
colonies and streak is very characteristic, sending off fine ramifying
branches far out into the medium. On agar the growth is thin, white,
more or less feathery on the edges. Indol is formed. Lactose-litmus
quickly made blue.
Remarks. Proteus zenkeri is probably the same species as B. zopfii. The other
cultures before me seem to be wrongly named.
64. Bacillus lactis cyanogenus (Hueppe).
Occurrence. (1) ‘‘ Bacillus of blue milk’’ from the college collection. (2)
“Bacillus cuniculicida ’’ from Kral’s laboratory.
Morphology. Rounded, thick bacilli, .7-11-1.5., singly or in pairs, actively
motile.
Biology. Nitrate not reduced or but slightly; aerobic, as shown by the growth
in the fermentation tube. A slight surface growth on broth. Agar
growth translucent white. i
Remarks. The characteristic blackish color was produced in none of my media,
although I made a culture in milk with an acid forming bacillus as rec-
ommended. The cells were twice as thick as described by Hueppe, but
corresponded with the measurement of Jordan. I was unable to differ-
entiate the culture sent to me as “ Bacillus cuniculicida’’ from this
species, as neither produced the black color, and they corresponded very
closely otherwise. This culture does not correspond with the description
of B. cuniculicida (B. septicaemie haemorrhagice according to Sternberg),
as this is said to be not motile.
65. Bacillus typhi abdominalis (Eberth).
Occurrence. (1) ‘‘ Bacillis typhosus’’ from the college collection. (2) In the
air of the college hallway. (3) From a fresh leaf of Sarracenia purpurea
at Plattsburgh, N. Y.
Morphology. Slender rounded bacilli .56-.7><1-2u, singly or in chains ; motile.
In No. 3 the cells measure about .5><.7/ only.
Biology. Nitrate not reduced or partially so in fifty days. Growth on solid
media translucent white.
Remarks. I do not wish to be understood to imply that the bacilli found by
me in the air and the pitcher plant would produce typhoid fever, or even
that they are pathogenic. The presumption is that they are not, and I
have only included them here because they did not differentiate them-
selves on the media used. In this group, the characters are all negative,
and we may have to do with closely allied species. I have tried to apply
364 On Certain Bacteria from the Air of New York City.
the characters uniformly in all cases, and I think we may learn as much
from cases where separations apparently fail to be made as where they
come out unexpectedly.
66. Bacillus candicans (Frankland).
‘Occurrence. (1) Twice in the air of West. 59th Street. . (2) In the air of the
college (Dr. Cheesman). (3) A contamination, from the air?
Morphology. Short rounded bacilli, .5-.8><.8-1.3u, singly or in twos or threes;
not motile.
Remarks. Resembles No. 62, but rosolic is not decolored.
67. Bacillus Martinezii (Sternberg).
Occurrence. A contamination from the air of the college laboratory.
Morphology. Rounded bacilli, .5><1-1.5, singly or in short straight chains ;
not motile.
Biology. Nitrate slightly reduced in twenty-eight days ; rosalic acid deepened
in color ; growth on agar translucent white. Gelatin colonies are large,
irregular streaked, almost reticulated, with irregular edge ; the mass has
a veriform appearance.
Remarks. As Sternberg’s description does not seem to contradict this culture
in any essential feature, I have applied his name to it, though I have no
other reason for supposing them to be the same.
68. Bacillus inutilis n. sp.
‘Occurrence. Three colonies on some plates exposed to the air in West 59th
Street, and grown at 373° C.
Morphology. Short, rounded bacilli, rather large, 1><1-2u, singly and in pairs.
Biology. Chavracters all negative, growth forms uncharacteristic, on solid
media very thin, translucent ; grows both at room temperature and at.
Bree (Or
LIQUEFYING BACILLI.
(Synopsis of species. )
Nitrate not reduced or but very slightly.
Milk not coagulated.
Lactose-litmus not reddened.
Not chromogenic.
Large bacilli, .6 “ wide or more ; form spores.
Growth skinny ; a surface skin on broth (see 88 and 89).
Growth not skinny or crusty.
Growth viscous ; not motile........... spsonddobodesean) (Ee:
Growth not viscous ; motile.
Shining transluent white on agar.
No growth on potato............... Boomdooowancn tht:
Growth on potato abundant, but nearly invisible.. 71
Very thin and transparent on agar
NO SrOWthON! Potato... V2. iiss siecle coe aa nicieletcre aiSianaee
An abundant growth on potato like brown varnish. 73
On Certain Bacteria from the Air of New York City. 365
Meryismal li bacille-snotwmobil es tp.te1- o/s stereie isin alelsis,-5- eee 107
Lactose-litmus reddened ; growth viscous .........-....------ 108
A .ereen finorescenee’in the medium: £3: 12. h.0 52 .c2sess see eee 109
Bright orange ; growth forming a crusty skin..........-......... 110
Faintly chromogenic or not.
Rosolic acid unchanged or darkened..........-.... id gale a ee
Rosolie acid decolorized..f 2222424 dj2.04s° Bs ebe Bet Sic peice 11S
69. Bacillus vermiculosus (Zimmermann. )
Occurrence. From Kral’s laboratory.
Morphology. Square ended bacilli, 1<2-4 4, singly or in chains, not motile.
Biology. Gelatin slowly liquefied, not complete in twenty-eight days ; usually
begun in fourteen days. The growth on agar is viscous, coming off in
long strings on the needle. Rosolie acid not changed. On potato the
growth is broad and thick of a sordid flesh color.
70. Bacillus alpha n. sp.
Occurrence. In the air on West 59th Street.
Morphology. Large bacilli, .8<1-2 4, singly or in long close straight chains ;
motile.
Biology. Gelatin not liquefied at first, but well liquefied in one-hundred days.
Some colonies on a gelatin plate liquefied in eleven days. Rosolic acid
not changed ; produces some indol.
71. Bacillus beta n. sp.
Occurrence. In the air of the college hallway.
Morphology. Short, large bacilli with rounded ends, .6><1.5-2 4, actively mo-
tile, forms spores.
Biology. Gelatin liquefied rather slowly, the surface growth on this medium
very feathery and thin without definite boundary. Rosolic acid not
changed ; forms some indol.
On Certain Bacteria from the Air of New York City. 367
72. Bacillus circulans (Jordan).
Occurrence. In the air of the college hallway.
Morphology. Large bacilli with rounded ends, .6><1—2u, mostly singly ; motile.
Biology. Gelatin rather slowly liquefied ; milk not coagulated ; nitrate very
slightly reduced in twenty-eight days ; rosolic acid not decolored ; forms
a little indol. Growth on agar thin and translucent.
73. Bacillus Scheurtleni (Sternberg).
Occurrence. In the air on West 59th Street.
Morphology. Large rounded bacilli, .7-1><1-2.5 4, singly and in short chains
motile ; forms spores.
Biology. Gelatin quickly liquefied ; rosolic acid not changed, forms no indol,
nitrate very slightly reduced in twenty-eight days.
Remarks. Apparently corresponds to the ‘‘ Bacillus of Scheurlen’’ described
in Sternberg’s manual.
74. Bacillus incanus (Pohl).
Occurrence. Ina leaf of Sarracenia purpurea at Plattsburgh, N. Y.
Morphology. Small rounded bacilli, .4-.5><.6-1, usually in short chains, not
motile, does not form spores (115 days on agar).
Biology. Gelatin liquefied rather slowly, nitrate slighly reduced, rosolic acid
not changed ; growth on agar translucent white, not broad, irregularly
streaked.
Remarks. Uhave identified this with B. incanus, though with some hesitation,
as that species is said to be slightly motile, and the growth on agar is de-
seribed as granular.
75. Bacillus fluorescens nivalis (Schmolck).
Occurrence. In the exudate from a sick lepidopterous larva (Scoliopterys lib-
atrix) at Keene Valley, N. Y.
Morphology. Rather slender bacilli, .5-.7><1-3u, mostly singly, actively mo-
tile.
Biology. Gelatin quickly liquefied ; rosolic acid nearly decolorized in sixteen
days ; nitrate not reduced ; growth on agar thin and translucent, a fine
greenish fluorescence in the medium.
Remarks. Differs from No. 109 in not reducing nitrate. I have identified this
as above rather than describe it as new, though there is nothing in the
description to differentiate it from No. 109.
76. Bacillus gamma p. sp.
Occurrence. In the air of the college yard, near West 59th Street.
Morphology. Bacilli associated in thick adherent masses, .5—.7><1-1.5 4”, mo-
tile, in old cultures many small spherical forms are seen.
Biology. Milk not coagulated, but the casein ultimately dissolved ; lactose-
litmus is made blue, though sometimes this is obscured by the decoloring
effect ; nitrate not reduced, rosolic acid not changed. The species is
368 On Certain Bacteria from the Air of New York City.
zerobic and forms a thick compact surface skin on liquid media. Onagar
the growth is broad, translucent ocherous yellow, concentrically marked.
It comes off in pieces under the needle and is difficult to transfer.
77. Bacillus rubidus (Eisenberg).
Occurrence. (1) Asacontamination. (2) Three times in the air of the college
yard near 59th street. (3) In a trap of the carnivorous water plant
Utricularia vulgaris in Dead Creek, Plattsburgh, N. Y.
Morphology. Small rounded bacilli .56—.7><.6-1 u, singly or in short chains, not
motile except No. (3) which was motile when fresh but not in older cul-
tures.
Biology. Gelatin quickly liquefied, but in No. (1) not for seventy days and
then only a dry hollow was found. Milk not coagulated usually, but in
a culture of No. (3) there was coagulation or boiling in fourteen days,
but not subsequently. In another of No. (3) there was a partial pastry co-
agulum in twenty-eight days on boiling. Nitrate not reduced or very
slightly. The growth on agar varies in color, but is of a translucent red-
dish brown shading into yellowish, orange or whitish.
Remarks. ‘These cultures are not all alike, as will be noticed, and do not corre-
spond entirely with Eisenberg’s description, but I have preferred to re-
gard them as varieties of one species.
78. Bacillus delta n. sp.
Occurrence. From a water plate.
Morphology. Short bacilli, .5><.8-1, singly and in short chains, not motile.
Biology. Gelatin slowly liquefied, beginning in twenty-one days. Milk not
coagulated on boiling, though it may appear somewhat so before. Rosolie -
acid not changed. On agar the growth is so thin that its red color is
scarcely apparent, but it is evident on milk at the surface. Grows well
at 373°C, of a translucent light pink. On potato shining, light red, not
greatly spreading.
79. Bacillus fulwus (Zimmermann).
Occurrence. (1) In the air of the college hallway. (2) In the air of an apart-
ment house on West 69th street. (3) From a water plate.
Morphology and biology. Under the above name, I associate three cultures
which agree in liquefying gelatin very slowly, usually not for twenty-one
days. Lactose-litmus reddened, rosolic acid not changed, no surface
growth on broth. They differ as follows: (1) .5>.7-1/; indol formed
abundantly; on potato a narrow rather shining bright yellow growth;
lactose-litmus permanently reddened. (2) 11.2; scarcely any indol
formed; no growth on potato; lactose-litmus permanently reddened. (3)
.4>¢.5 4; considerable indol is formed; on potato a coarse densely granular
dry growth, brown centrally, yellow on the edges; lactose-litmus made
red, but later becomes blue.
Remarks. Iam unable to decide whether these are distinct species or varieties
Go
lor)
On Certain Bacteria from the Air of New York City. 9
80. Bacillus violaceus sacchari (Ager).*
Occurrence. In the air of the college yard.
Morphology. Short bacilli .5><.7-1 4, singly or in short chains, actively motile.
Biology. Gelatin quickly liquefied, milk coagulated, rosolic acid faded. Pro-
duces a green fluorescence and also a blackish color in the presence of
glucose, lactose, glycerine and in some samples of broth, also on the addi-
tion of formaline.
Remarks. Differs from No. 75 in producing the violaceus black pigment. This
is very well marked in old cultures in milk.
81. Bacillus Hudsonii vn. sp.
Occurrence. (1) In the air of the college hallway. (2) A contamination from
the air of the laboratory. (3) Twice in the air of the college yard. (4)
A culture obtained by Prof. G. H. Hudson at Plattsburgh, N. Y.
Morphology. Small rounded bacilli, .5—.6 x .7-1.5 4, singly or in pairs; motile.
Biology. Gelatin quickly liquefied, milk coagulated after 14 days, finally
forming a distinct curd which is sometimes dissolved. Nitrate not re-
duced or very slightly ; rosolic acid not changed. On potato the growth
is thin, translucent ocherous or orange tinted. The amount of redden-
ing of lactose-litmus varied somewhat in the different cultures. On
glycerine agar an abundant growth is formed, thick, but translucent or
of a mustard color, while a considerable accumulation of orange pig-
ment collects in the condensation water in the bottom.
82. Bacillus oxylacticus n. sp.?
Occurrence. (1) ‘ Bacillus oxylacticus’”’ from Kral’s laboratory. (2. ) In
the air of the college yard.
Morphology. Rather large bacilli 1-1.3>1.7-2.5, singly or in long chains ;
not motile.
Biology. Gelatin quickly liquefied, nitrate not reduced, rosolic acid not
changed ; on potato the growth is shining watery translucent, somewhat
marked with more opaque white. Growth on agar white with a faint
ocherous yellow tint.
Remarks. Ihave seen no description of ‘* Bacillus ovylacticus.”’
83. Bacillus epsilon n sp.
Occurrence. Inthe air of the college yard.
Morphology. Small rounded bacilli .5><. 7-1 4, not motile.
Biology. Gelatin rather quickly liquefied, nitrate not reduced, rosolic acid
not faded ; growth on agar translucent pink, shining.
84. Bacillus zeta n sp.
.
Occurrence. In the air of the college hallway.
Morphology and biology. As in No. 83 but the growth is shining orange color.
Growth is slow and liquefaction does not begin before ten days ; on the
surface of milk a layer of red cream forms.
* New York Medical Journal, 1894, p. 265.
370 On Certain Bacteria from the Air of New York City.
85. Bacillus Fischeri (Beyerinck. )
Occurrence. (1) ‘*‘Photobacterium phosphorescens’’ from Kral’s laboratory.
(2) ‘*Photobacterium balticum ”’ from Kral’s laboratory. ( 3.) ‘‘Pho-
tobacterium fischeri’’ from Kral’s laboratory. (4) ‘‘ Photobacterium
Pfligeri’’ from Kral’s laboratory.
Morphology. Short bacilli .5-.6><.6-1.2 4, usually singly.
Biology. Gelatin liquefied slowly, usually in twenty-eight days. Milk co-
agulated but very slowly and often not demonstrable in twenty-eight
days ; in No. ( 4 ) in one hundred and seventy days ; nitrate slightly re-
duced but very slowly. Growth on solid media is yellow, but it takes
place slowly and the cultures are liable to die. Rosolic acid and lacose- .
litmus are unchanged.
Remarks. Apparently differs from B. argenteo phosphorescens liquefaciens Katz
only in lquefying geletin much more slowly.
, 86. Bacillus proteus vulgaris ( Hauser. )
Occurrence. ‘* Proteus vulgaris’? from the college collection.
Morphology. Large rounded bacilli, .2<1-2, singly and in long chains, the
elements separated by spaces ; spasmodically motile. -
Biology. In lactose-litmus gelatin little wandering colonies may be seen in the
unliquefied part of the medium ; growth on agar soft, white ; scarcely
a well defined surface growth on broth. Gelatin, quickly liquefied,
milk coagulated, nitrate not reduced.
87. Bacillus alvwei ( Cheshire & Cheyne. )
Occurrence. From the college collection.
Morphology. Slender straight bacilli .7><3.5 2, in short chains, motile, forms
spores.
Biology Gelatin quickly liquefied, milk coagulated, nitrate slightly reduced.
Growth on agar very thin, spreading. Rosolic acid not changed.
88 Bacillus megaterium (De Bary).
Occurrence From the college collection.
Morphology. Slender bacilli, .8><2-5 “, when about to produce spores the cells
are more rounded and about 1-1.24 4”, singly and in chains, not motile.
Biology. Milk was not coagulated in the first sample, but quickly in second
one, nitrate not reduced. A wrinkled surface skin on broth.
89. Bacillus subtilis (Ehrenberg).
Occurrence. From the college collection.
Morphology. Large square ended bacilli, .7><2-3 “, singly or in long chains ;
spasmodically motile, from spores which are wider than the rods.
Biology. Asin No. 88, but the growth has a more crusty texture. The same
contradictory effect was produced in milk as in No. 88, but this may be
due to differences in the samples of milk which were the same for these
two species.
On Certain Bacteria from the Air of New York City. 371
90. Bacillus anthracis (Pollender).
Occurrence. From the college collection.
Morphology. Large square ended bacilli, .8-1><2-5 , singly or in chains, the
elements often separated by spaces; not (or spasmodically ?) motile ;
forms large spores.
Biology. Gelatin quickly liquefied, milk rapidly coagulated, the coagulum
slowly dissolved, nitrate completely reduced in two days ; rosolic acid
not changed ; lactose-litmus not reddened.
91. Bacillus crystalloides n. sp.
Oceurrence. A contamination on some plates of B. lactis erythrogenes.
Morphology and biology. As in No. 90, but the growth on agar is at first rather
clear, refracting, checkered-crystalline ; the edges with shallow lobes.*
Later it becomes thicker and opaque, coarsely granular, a little wrinkly,
but on the thinner edges the crystalline markings persist.
92. Bacillus ramosus (Frankland).
Occurrence. (1) From Kral’s laboratory. (2) ‘‘ Bacillus anthracoides’’ from
Kral’s laboratory. (3) In the air on West 59th Street near the college.
(4) With No. 91.
Morphology and biology. As in Nos. 90-91, but the growth on agar is smooth,
finely granular and somewhat translucent, well defined and granular at
the margin or a little feathery, scarcely at all creased.
93. Bacillus lactis albus ( Loffler).
Occurrence. (1) Found by Dr. Kitchell in a mouse dead of anthrax. (2) In
the air of the college hallway. (3) With No. 91.
Morphology and biology. As in Nos. 90-92. The cells are not motile or spas-
modically so. In the media a yellow color may be produced of greater
or less intensity, but the growth is not colored. The agar growth is as in
No. 92, but usually wrinkled, forming elevated, sharp folds.
Remarks. Loftler has described some species of the anthrax group, and I apply
his name to this form. The slower rate of liquefaction which he men-
tioned may be due to a difference in the composition of the media.
4. Bacillus mycoides (Fligge).
Occurrence. From the college collection.
Morphology and biology. As in Nos. 90-93, but the growth on agar is extra-
ordinarily feathery and marked with concave creases.
Remarks. Nos. 90-94 may be but races of one species.
95. Bacillus mesentericus vulgatus (Fliigge).
Occurrence. (1) From the college collection. (2) From the air in the college
hallway. (3) A contamination in a culture of B. helvolus.
Morphology. Large, rather square-ended bacilli, .7-1><1-3 1, singly or in long
chains, not or spasmodically motile, form spores.
*Dr. Cheesman has obtained this identical growth from cultures of Bacillus anthracis.
,
372 On Certain Bacteria from the Air of New York City.
Biology. Gelatin quickly liquefied, milk coagulated, but usually not till after
some time; nitrate partly reduced, not completely; lactose-litmus not
reddened. Growth on agar translucent white with a marked tendency
to spread over the surface in a very thin layer.
96. Bacillus ochraceus (Zimmermann).
Occurrence. From Kral’s laboratory.
Morphology. Slender bacilli, .4X1-3 1, singly or in chains separated by spaces;
not motile.
Biology. Asin No. 95, but the growth is very different, being opaque, orange
yellow streaked with white, not spreading widely.
Remarks. This species is said to be motile, ‘‘slow and serpentine,’’ but my
cultures did not show it.
97. Bacillus prodigiosus (Eherenberg).
Occurrence. From the college collection.
Morphology. Small rounded bacilli, .5><1/, mostly singly, actively motile.
Biology. Gelatin quickly liquefied, nitrate completely reduced; lactose-litmus
reddened. The cultures on agar were viscid.
Remarks. This species is said to form gas in presence of sugar, but my cultures
did not, and it seems more likely that this species and B. rosaceus metal-
loides (No. 113) have been confounded, as they are closely alike except
for the gas formation.
98. Bacillus indicus (Koch).
Occurrence. ‘* Bacillus indicus ruber,’’ from the college collection.
Morphology and biology. Asin No. 97 except that the growth is not viscid.
(Compare Nos. 113 and 114.)
Remarks. ‘The culture before me has become white. This form is not to be
distinguished from the white variety of No. 97. I do not know whether
its chromogenic form is the same or not.
99. Bacillus violaceus Laurentius (Jordan). |
Occurrence. (1) ‘‘ Bacillus violaceus,’’? from Kral’s laboratory. (2) ‘‘ Mi- |
crococcus violaceous,’’ from Kral’s laboratory.
Morphology. Small bacilli, .6><1 4, singly or in long chains, motile.
Biology. Gelatin quickly liquefied, milk coagulated, nitrate completely re-
duced and rapidly; lactose-litmus made blue, rosolic acid not changed;
forms indol; scarcely any growth on potato.
Remarks. This can not be B. violaceus Frankland, as it was not observed to
form spores. It differs from B. lividus Plagge and Proskaner in liquefy-
ing gelatin rapidly. It differs from B. jacinthus Zopf, in coagulating
milk, while the growth is not tough, but agrees with it in reducing ni-
trate quickly. It differs from B. violaceus laurentius Jordan in reducing
nitrate quickly, in producing the violet color in ordinary broth and in
not growing on potato; but I have not felt justified to consider these dif-
ferences as specific.
i)
Ti
~~
UO
On Certain Bacteria from the Air of New York City. 3
100. Bacillus mesentericus fuscus (Fligge).
;
Occurrence. (1) From the college collection. (2) ‘‘ Bacillus disciformans,’
from Kral’s laboratory. (3) A contamination in a milk culture of No.
10.
Morphology. Rather square-ended bacilli, .5><.9-4 4“, singly or in chains, mo-
tile, form spores.
Biology. Gelatin quickly liquefied, nitrate only partially reduced, often only
very slightly; lactose-litmus not reddened, rosolic acid not changed.
Growth on agar soft, when moderately old pale creamy or ocherous in
tint, inclined to be lobed on the edges. Forms a crusty partial skin on
broth.
101. Bacillus m. fuscus granulatus n. sp.
Occurrence. Abundantly in a jar of ‘“‘sterilized milk’’ with No. 1.
Morphology and biology. As in No. 100, but the growth on agar is rather
coarsely granulated, and nitrate is completely reduced in twenty-eight
days.
102. Bacillus m. fuscus comsistens n. sp.
Occurrence. A contamination in a milk culture of No. 10 with No. 100.
Morphology and biology. As in No. 100, but little wandering colonies were
seen in lactose-litmus gelatin in the unliquefied part of the medium as in
B. proteus vulgaris, the bacilli in the chains were separated by well-
marked spaces and the growth on agar was creased and irregular, the
edges turning down, almost cutting into the surface of the medium, and
was very coherent and difficult to plant. For the hanging drop, it was
necessary to break up the growth with two needles.
Remarks. Nos. 101 and 102 may be varieties of No. 100.
103. Bacillus pyocyaneus (Gessard).
Occurrence. ‘‘B. pyocyaneus’’ from the college collection.
Morphology. Small rounded bacilli .5><.7-1 4, singly or in short chains ; mo-
tile.
Biology. Gelatin quickly liquefied, nitrate completely reduced, rosalic acid
rather deepened in color, lactose-litmus made blue.
104. Bacillus lactis erythrogenes (Hueppe).
Occurrence. (1) From the college collection. (2) ‘‘ Bacillus versicolor ’’ from
the college collection. * (3) Thirteen times in the air of the college
hallway and the yard.
Morphology. Very short bacilli, .6-.9><.9-1 4, singly in twos or short chains ;
not motile.
Biology. Gelatin quickly liquefied, milk apparently coagulated but without
forming a curd on boiling, nitrate reduced completely, or more rarely
* Dr. Prudden’s.description of 2. versicolor seems rather to apply to No. 105 and _ his
name has precedence over Zimmermann’s. Probably both forms were before him and the
more quickly liquefying one got preserved as the typical culture.
374 On Certain Bacteria from the Air of New York City.
only partially ; lactose-litmus made blue, rosolic acid not changed.
Growth on solid media soft, thick, yellow, with a pink tint in the
medium.
105. Bacillus helvolus (Zimmermann).
Occurrence. (1) From Kral’s laboratory. (2) ‘‘ Staphylococcus cereus flavus ”’
from the college collection. (3) A contamination from the air of the col-
lege laboratory. (4) From the air of an apartment house on West 69th —
Street. (5) From air of the college hallway.
Morphology. As in No. 104, or the cells a little longer.
Biology. Gelatin slowly liquefied, sometimes not for thirty or forty days, but
the character is variable ; milk not coagulated ; nitrate not reduced,
slightly reduced, or even completely reduced, but usually not for some
time. Growth on agar yellow with or without a pink tint in the medium.
Remarks. This form grades into the preceding. Zimmermann does not men-
tion the pink pigment and it was not visible in my cultures from Europe
at first, but came out some three months afterwards. My measurements
are all shorter than those given in the books as the preparations were all
made from agar cultures.
106. Bacillus helvolus granulatus n. sp.
Occurrence. Found in the process of purifying a culture of No. 105.
Morphology and biology. Asin No. 105, but the growth on agar is granular
lumpy, pale yellow, with scarcely any pink tint.
107. Bacillus erythrogenes rugatus pn. sp.
Occurrence. This is the ‘‘ wrinkly form’ of No. 104 with which the experi-
ments on discontinuous variations hereinbefore recounted were carried on.
Morphology and biology. It differs from No. 104 in that growth on agar is
thin, skinny and covered with coarse wrinkles. (See figure. )
Remarks. This comes near B. plicatus Zimmermann, but liquefies gelatin
much more rapidly, besides producing the pink color in media.
108. Bacillus eta n. sp.
Occurrence. In the air of the college hallway.
Morphology. Small rounded bacilli, .5><.7-1 “, mostly singly; not motile.
Biology. Gelatin liquefied slowly (in twenty-eight to one hundred days),
milk not coagulated, nitrate completely reduced, but slowly; rosalic acid
not changed. On solid media, yellow, viscous, with no pink tint.
109. Bacillus fluorescens liquefaciens (Fligge).
Occurrence. (1) From Kral’s laboratory. (2) ‘‘ Bacillus pyocyaneus’’ frem
the college collection.
Morphology. Short rounded bacilli, .5><.7-1.2 4, mostly singly, actively motile.
Biology. Gelatin quickly liquefied, milk not coagulated, but the casein is
dissolved ; nitrate well reduced but not completely. Lactose-litmus not
reddened ; rosolic acid decolored.
On Certain Bacteria from the Air of New York City. 8715
110. Bacillus fuscus liquefaciens n. sp.
Occurrence. (1) ‘‘ Bacillus fuscus”’ from Kral’s laboratory. (2) A contam-
ination from the air of the college laboratory.
Morphology. Slender bacilli. .5-.61-2y, singly or in short chains ; not
motile.
Biology. Gelatin liquefied slowly (in fourteen to fifty days), milk not coagu-
lated, nitrate partly reduced. Lactose-litmus made blue, rosolic acid not
changed.
Remarks. Differs from No. 53 only in that gelatin is ultimately liquefied.
This comes near the description of B. tremelloides Schottelius, but the
growth is never shining and the liquefaction is much slower.
111. Bacillus theta n. sp.
Occurrence. In the air of the college hallway.
Morphology. Rounded bacilli, .5-.7><1-1.3 4, mostly in pairs ; motile(?)
Biology. Gelatin slowly liquefied (twenty-one days), milk not coagulated ;
nitrate completely reduced in twenty-one days; lactose-litmus made blue.
Growth on agar translucent ocherous, obscure. On broth, a surface skin
gradually forms which may be made to sink entire. On potato, abund-
ant shining brownish ocherous, thick and spreading.
Remarks. This seems related to No. 76, but nitrate is reduced and the growth
is not just the same.
112. Bacillus Kappa np. sp.
Oceurrence. From a sick larva of Scoliopteryx libatrix with No. 75.
Morphology. Little rounded bacilli, singly and in pairs, .7><1/, not positively
motile.
Biology. Gelatin liquefied in twenty-eight days ; nitrate completely reduced.
Lactose-litmus made blue. Growth white, soft, moderately opaque, not
chromogenic. Forms a surface skin in the open arm of the fermenta-
tion tube.
GAS-FORMING BACILLI.
Synopsis of species.
Gelatin ultimately liquefied.
Rosolic acid faded.
CONT LM MOL, VISCOUS spa 579 nla sisies = c\cyelel =¥s1015 .8-1.3 4, singly, in pairs or short
chains, motile, or partially so, often not motile. In old cultures, small
spherical cells occur, gradually to the exclusion of the bacillar forms.
Biology. Gelatin liquefied, but not quickly; in fourteen days it is usually
distinct, but may not ensue for thirty days. Milk is coagulated more
or less rapidly, in all cases by twenty-one days, on boiling. Nitrate
strongly reduced, usually completely. Lactose-litmus reddened. Gas
is formed in the fermentation tube, and in cultures on lactose-litmus
gelatin. A surface crust on broth. Rosolic acid decolorized. Growth
on all media strongly chromogenic, fine crimson red, but a white form
readily occurs on repeated cultivation.
114. Bacillus Plymouthensis.
Occurrence. ‘‘B. rubrum, Plymouth,’’ from the college collection.
Morphology and biology. As above, except that the growth is viscous.
Remarks. This form is scarcely deserving of specific rank.
115. Bacillus oxytocus perniciosus (Fligge).
Occurrence. ‘‘Oxytocus perniciosus,’’ from the college collection.
Morphology. Short, thick, rounded bacilli, 1><1.2-2y, singly or in pairs; not
motile.
Biology. Gelatin liquefied, but not before thirty-five days; milk coagulated;
nitrate well reduced; lactose-litmus reddened.
Remarks. Described as not liquefying gelatin, but the liquefaction occurs so
late that it may have been overlooked.
116. Bacillus Kralii n. sp.
Occurrence. ‘‘ Bacillus butyricus’’ from Kral’s laboratory.
Morphology. Short rounded Bacilli, .7><.8, mostly singly, motile, but not
actively so.
On Certain Bacteria from the Air of New York City. 377
Biology. Gelatin liquefied in about thirty days ; milk coagulated, nitrate well
reduced but not completely.
Remarks. This cannot be B. butyrius Pragmowski which is anaérobic. It
differs from B. butyricus of Hueppe in the size of the cells, the rate of
liquefaction of gelatin and in other details. It apparently differs from B.
gasoformans Eisenberg in liquefying gelatin much more slowly.
117. Bacillus larvicida n. sp.
Occurrence. In the exudate from the anus of a sick larva of Clisiocampa fragilis.
Morphology. Short rounded bacilli .8><1 4, singly, and actively motile.
Biology. Gelatin liquetied in fourteen to twenty-one days ; milk coagulated ;
nitrate completely reduced. Colonies on gelatin present curious twisted
shapes like those described for the species of ‘‘Proteus.’’
118. Bacillus lactis aerogenes (Escherich).
Occurrence. From the college collection.
Morphology. Small rounded bacilli, .6><1 4, singly or in pairs ; occasionally
motile.
Biology. Gelatin liquefied in fifty days or not ; milk coagulated, nitrate partly
reduced. One culture upon lactose-litmus gelatin produced liquefaction
in fifty days and the reddening that first took place was succeeded by
blue ; a second culture produced only reddening and no liquefaction.
Remarks. The second culture on lactose-litmus was not to be distinguished
from B. coli communis. B. lactis aerogenes is said not to liquefy gelatin
and be not motile, but these characters were not very markedly contra-
dicted by the present culture, so I have preferred not to change the name.
119. Bacillus vernicosus (Zimmermann).
Occurrence. (1) From Kral’s laboratory. (2) In the air of the college hall-
way.
Morphology. Small bacilli, .5><.6-1, singly and in short chains, actively
motile.
Biology. Gelatin slowly liquefied, in from ten to thirty days, milk coagulated,
nitrate not reduced or but very slightly.
Remarks. The cultures obtained by me from the air does not correspond
exactly with the culture of B. vernicosus ; the growth has an ocherous
tinge and seems otherwise slightly different. I cannot positively differ-
entiate it, however.
120. Bacillus pyogenes foetidus liquefaciens n. sp?
Occurrence. From Kral’s laboratory.
Morphology. Small bacilli, .6><1 , singly orin pairs ; not motile.
Biology. Gelatin quickly liquefied, milk coagulated, nitrate not reduced.
Colonies regular, uncharacteristic. Rosolic acid not decolorized.
Remarks. I have seen no description of this species.
378 On Certain Bacteria from the Air of New York City.
121. Bacillus Pruddenii n. sp.
Oceurrence. Found by Dr. Prudden in a case of Cystitis, the cells surrounded
by a capsule.
Morphology. Rather large short bacilli, .9-1><1.2 1, usually singly ; not motile.
Biology. Asin B. coli communis, with the exception that the growth has asoft
consistency, so that an oblique culture on lactose-litmus gelatin it flows
down to the base of the tube, but produces no liquefaction.
Remarks. This may be one of the many varieties of the following species, but I
have not found a good description which covered the differential character
which I have observed. The capsules did not appear so as to be noticed
in preparations from an agar culture. Apparently this species is much
like the ‘‘Pneumococcus’’ of Friedlander.
122. Bacillus coli communis (Escherich).
Occurrence. (1) From the college collection. (2) ‘‘ Bacillus neapolitanus ”’
from Kral’s laboratory. (3) ‘‘ Bacillus cavicida”’ from Kral’s laboratory.
(4) *‘Bacillus der Frettchenseuche”’ from Kral’s laboratory. (5) ‘‘ Bacillus
acidi lactici’’ from the college collection. (6) ‘‘ Proteus hominis ’’ from
the college collection.
Morphology. Short bacilli; some constricted, .6><.8-1.2 4, usually singly, not
motile.
Biology. Milk coagulated, nitrate only partially reduced in twenty-eight days ;
rosolic acid not changed ; growth not viscid.
125. Bacillus Bookeri.
Occurrence. Found by Dr. Prudden in a case of Cystitis.
Morphology. Very short bacilli, resembling cocci, .8><1 4, partially motile.
Biology. Differs from the preceding in reducing nitrate completely.
Remarks. This may be the Bacillus f. of Booker which seems to be an un-
usually vigorous variety of B. coli communis.
124. Bacillus acidiformans (Sternberg).
Oceurrence. From the college collection.
Morphology. Very short bacilli, resembling cocci, .6>¢.8-1 ”, not motile.
Biology. Milk coagulated, nitrate partially reduced, rosolic acid not changed.
Lactose-litmus is at first reddened, but in twenty-five days a blue spot
appears which gradually spreads throughout the medium (ninety days).
125. Bacillus capsulatus (Pfeffer).
Occurrence. (1) From the college collection. (2) ‘‘ Bacillus synxanthus’”’
from Kral’s laboratory.
Morphology. Bacilli varying considerably in size, .6-1><.7-1.5 u, singly or in
short chains ; not motile ; no capsule seen.
Biology. Milk coagulated, nitrate completely reduced. The growth on agar
is very viscid.
Remarks. Apparently B. synxanthus Schroter is the same as B. capsulatus Pfeffer.
At any rate, I have been unable to differentiate these two cultures.
Neither showed the capsule from agar cultures.
On Certain Bacteria from the Air of New York City. 319
126. Bacillus sordidus n. sp. ?
Oceurrence. ‘‘ Micrococcus sordidus”’ from Kral’s laboratory.
Morphology. Short bacilli, .6-1><1-1.5, singly or in pairs, rarely a short
chain ; not motile. In one preparation the bacilli were seen to be sur-
rounded by a transparent capsule.
Biology. Milk coagulated, nitrate partly reduced, rosolic acid decolorized.
The agar growth is very viscous and that on lactose-litmus gelatin forms
a great jelly-like mass which may collect to a large extent in the bottom
of the tube.
Remarks. I have seen no description of this species.
COMPOSITION OF THE MEDIA.
The following formulz will explain the composition of the
media used in the preceding investigations. All media were
rendered alkaline to litmus to such a degree that they were still
acid to phenol-ptalein, requiring from .1 to .2 cc. of tenth normal
sodium hydrate * for every cubic centimeter of the medium to
render it neutral to the latter indicator. But if the medium, as
first prepared, turned out more alkaline than this, no acid was
added to it. The ordinary method of titration was used.
BROTH. GELATIN.
Extract of meat (Liebig’s),...5 gr. Broth as above prepared, with the
Sit (USEXQ DS OS ates ee hers ae 5 gr. addition of 10 per cent. gelatin.
PREM GON,.|....5- 2 + <6 scion eres eles 10 er.
Wiener (filtered), ..-....- a LOOOIEE:
Two eggs (to clear).
AGAR. GLYCERINE AGAR.
Broth as above with 1 percent. agar- Agar with 6 per cent. glycerine.
agar.
LACTOSE-LITMUS AGAR.
Agar as above with 2 per cent. lactose and litmus enough to render dis-
tinctly purple. The litmus should be added as late as possible, as long boiling
with the medium injures the color.
FERMENTATION BROTH. MILK.
BUMS )5), c.0,0s cele le ces 2 LOror: Commercial milk, rendered alkaline
BeMiea 65s. SADA AE robts Oe entee 5 gr. if necessary.
ER sees = acis.e i isle ene 20 gr.
LS Oe 1000 ce.
* 4 grams of pure sodium hydrate to 1 liter of distilled water.
380 On Certain Bacterra from the Air of New York City.
NITRATE SOLUTION. RosoLtc ACID BROTH.
Pepto sic sss eile ite 1 gv. PEPbON,, .3/-1-1s errs eyseeh se oe 10 er.
Potassium mitrate (KINO })) OL 2sors ee Salty se rtele ~ alee eter etek teteiele 5 gr.
WAU 06 b6a.55qucn aoc oon OSS MOODS VEN GhocaqooamceaG odocn. 1000 ce.
Rosalic acid solution, ......-. 40 ce.
(Rosolic acid solution made of ro-
salic acid 3 gr., alcohol, 80 per cent.,
100 ce. )
PEPTON SALT BROTH. PorTATo.
HOM, soacascaaanencosGsor 1 gr. Ordinary potato, sliced, boiled and
SHU, soon eeooad.ansdnbeDosos 1 gr. rendered alkaline.
XIII.— The Rutherfurd Photographic Measures of Sixty-two
Stars about » Cassiopeie,
BY HERMAN §. DAVIS.
Read April 1, 1895.
As was stated in the paper on the Parallax of 7 Cassiopeix*
the conditions of.exposure and the methods of measurement of
the twenty-seven negatives of stars about 7 Cassiopeie made by
RUTHERFURD between 30 July, 1870, and 21 December, 1873, are
exactly the same as in the case of w and 4 Cassiopeiey, and, it
might also be added, the same as of the Pleiades plates.{ In the
present paper I have, therefore, in the main, followed the methods
of reduction so fully set forth in the Pleiades publication.
In Table I. are given the general data of exposure of the plates,
while in Table II. are the means of the refractions computed for
the Eastern and Western impressions§ with the data of Table I.
by the formulee||
o—
"= x [tan?¢cos?(p—q) + 1]
8
z— p = —4xcosec 1’ tan?’ sin 2 (p—q)
The argument for entering this table is p, which has been
printed in double columns to save the repetition of the numerical
values of the above equations in the succeeding columns since
they are the same whether the argument be p or (p+ 180°); in
all other respects the form of publication is similar to that used
*The Parallax of 7 Cassiopeiz, deduced from Rutherfurd Photographic
Measures, by H. S. Davis. Annals N. Y. Acad. of Sci., Vol. VIII., Feb., 1895.
{The Parallaxes of ~ and 4 Cassiopeiz, deduced from Rutherfurd Photo-
graphic Measures, by H. Jacoby. Annals N. Y. Acad. of Sci., Vol. VIII.,
March 1893.
fThe Rutherfurd Photographic Measures of the Group of the Pleiades, by H.
Jacoby. Annals N. Y. Acad. of Sci., Vol. VI., Feb. 1892.
albid., p. 240.
\|Tbid., pp. 253-259.
ANNALS N. Y. AcAD. Scr., VIII., June, 1895.—27.
382 Rutherfurd Photographic Measures.
in the previous Rutherfurd Measures. It is proper to add in this
connection that these tables were computed by Professor Jacoby,
who had to this extent begun the reduction of these star-positions
previous to his departure to Europe. After the completion of
the Parallax of 7 Cassiopeiw these tables, together with the
original measures, were placed in my hands by Professor J. K.
Rees that I might finish the discussion thus begun.
The corrections for precession, nutation and aberration have
been computed by the formule of page 267, Jacosy’s Pleiades,
which by the substitution of the codrdinates of 7 Cassiopeie be-
come in this case
Mpro = +134+[0.822,]4+[0.258,]B+[0.183,]C+[9.444,]D.
dp, = + 7+[0.822,]4+[0.258, ]B+[0.183,]C+[9.444,]D.
Apro = 0+[0.822,]4+[0.258,]B+[0.183,]C+[9.444,]D.
Ap,3 = — 7+[0.822,]4+[0.258,]B+[0.183,]C+[9.444,]D.
where Jp,, denotes the correction to be applied to the position
angle for the plates made in 1870, and so on in the other years
as denoted by the subscripts. The factor for the correction of the
distance is
= = [4:350|C + [ig.473.1): ~ for alléyears:
The numerical values of these quantities are given in columns
two and three respectively of Table III.; they are additive to the
observed quantities, and will reduce them to 1872.0, for which
time the codrdinates of 7 Cassiopeiz are
2 Ovnd 22 108
6 = 57° 8/ 10./’50
based on AUWERS’ position and proper motion in the /undamen-
tal Catalog.
In the second portion of Table III. is given the mean of the
East and West zero-corrections computed for each by the
formula*
iy ,? ay
v= fk ztand—y4+a2
in which v is the zero-correction to be added to all observed posi-
tion angles of each plate.
*Annals N. Y. Acad. of Sci., Vol. VI., p. 272.
Sixty-two Stars about y Cassiopeie. 383
In the next column are the special corrections* required by the
position angles of the Western impressions in consequence of
using the same zero point in measuring both Eastern and Western
impressions.f The sum of these two columns is then given in the
last column, which, therefore, contains the final correction as
actually applied in the reductions.
In Table IV. is given the tangent correction} which is always
negative and whose unit is .ooor divisions of the micrometer,
This table is a repetition of Table IV A. of Stars about 3 Cygni,
but arranged in a form more suitable for use in connection with
Table V,as will be evident later. It has been computed by the
formula :
Correction = — 7 s* d? sin? 1 = [1.7887,] s°
where s denotes the distance in divisions of the glass scale and
d is the value of one division of the scale in seconds of arc.
Table V. The first column contains the numbers of the stars in
order of right ascension and also in parentheses, for convenience
of reference to the original measures and plates, are the numbers
as assigned by RurHEeRrurD. The number of the plate is given in
column two after which follows the observed distances for the
Eastern impression. The numbers set down are the fractional
part of the measured distance expressed in divisions of the glass
scale, the whole number of divisions being ordinarily the same as
that given in the column corrected mean. In the case of one star
only (No. 58) the corrections have been sufficient to change the
whole number of divisions in passing from the observed distance
to the corrected mean. In columns four, five and six I have
placed the corrections as applied for refraction,§ aberration|| and
scale{ respectively; these, with addition of the tangent correction
only—which may be obtained directly from Table IV., being
practically constant for each star—present all the corrections
which have been applied to the observed mean distance of the
East and West impressions to get the corrected mean of column
seven. It is therefore possible from this data to reproduce the
*Ibid., p. 278. Z Ibid., p. 253, et seq.
Tlibid., p. 240. || Ibid., p. 267.
tIbid., p. 276. { Ibid., pp. 242-251.
384 Rutherfurd Photographic Measures.
observed distance West without the need of publishing it. Take,
for example, Star 23, Plate 15.
Corrected fim Canals .:5icfajsreievovalerasatetelevorsiecsisisvole’ «ialiesarcioraleraiMers ..- 60.4950
Refraction with sign changed, column 4,..............++6- —.0249
Aberration with sign changed, column 5, .........--..+--- +.0039
Scale with’ sion’ changed /colummi6; ise: 22 ellie sete ele —.0098
Tangent Correction with sign changed, Table IV,.......... +-.0013
F (GRASL at AVES bh peerensicpece aicieiaueckstetenel amberayeraies .- 60.4655
BASG = WIESE, ietetetereris sts shoreticrele comtenaterelametenecte 120.9310
Bash column Aertel ois! (eters ciere eee tvenone . 60.4660
Diff. = West, observed distance,.-...--.---- . 60.4650
In like manner column eight gives the East observed position
angle and the last column the corrected mean from which we may
similarly reproduce the West observed position angle. Using for
illustration the same star and plate:
Corrected mean position angle ..............-....- 295°) 434, 38@
Refraction with sign changed, Table II............. + 6
Zero Correction with sign changed, Table III........ —18 17
Correction of 270° with sign changed*.............. —270 0 Oo
F (Bast: Sw Wes bility nels fotercjtusdeuscevenetarmaecuane 25° C2 R nora
IASG WIES bers crtersetevecuase ake tueret ers 50 50 54
IDRIS Oldie Sosdoacasncce Sole 2 2A ee,
Diff. = West, observed position angle........ PAsy ePAay
In this way one may return to any of the observed distances or
position angles of the Western impressions.
Table VI. contains the final mean of the position angles and the
means of the distances as given in Table V., but reduced to sec-
onds of are by the scale value 28.0124, which is the mean of the
scale values deduced from all the Pleiades plates.+ They are fol-
lowed in columns six and seven by the differences of right ascen-
sion and declination derived by aid of the formulze,t
* This correction is simply to make the position angles agree with the usual
method of counting from the North Point towards the East. Ann. N. Y.
Acad. Sci., Vol. VI., p. 272.
fp Amn: IN. Y- Acad set. Vols Vic, ps doo:
t Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. VI., p. 317, from which I have departed in
notation, somewhat, for the convenience of computing.
|
Sixty-two Stars about 4 Cassiopeiz. 385
Logarithms for these plates
E only.
i —=¢ sil 7
mM =a COS z=
P= see 0 = [0.265487 |
@ = [4.685575 | tan dsec 0 == Ge tos
R = [8.89403, | tan? dsec 0d == [lo:52G0%) =]
S = [8.89403 ]sec 0 (1 + 3 tan? d) == (eio7o7.)\ |
T = [4.384545,] tan 0 = [4-5743. ]
U = [8.59300, | (1 + 3 tan? 0) — [6 5002. |
V = [3-57960, ] sec 6d tand (1 +3 tan? d) = [ 4.94800, |
W — [3.57960 | sec 6 tan 0(2 + 3 tan? 0d) = [4.99804 |
a’ —a =Pn+ Qnm + Rn? + Snm?2 + Vn3m + Wnm?
0 —o = m + In? + Un?m
where o and z are the final corrected mean distance and position
angle respectively of the star whose a’ and 0’ are desired. It was
found also that the terms in V and. W were not needed since they
are so nearly equal and have contrary signs.
But since these values of ¢’—a and 0’—0o do not take into ac-
count the proper motion of the reference star which in this case
is considerable, but are only the mean of many measures taken
on widely differing dates regarding 7 Cassiopeiz as fixed in the
position given on page 382, I have given in column 3, Table VI.,
the mean epoch at which these values of a/—« and 0/—d truly
represent the mean coordinates of the different stars referred to
7 Cassiopeiz 1872.0 as the origin, that thus they may be cor-
rected for the interval between this mean epoch and 1872.0 by
any assumed or computed proper motion of 7 in the same manner
as when dealing with other star catalogues.
In the last column is given the Bonn Durchmusterung number,
and in column two the magnitudes from the same for so many
of the stars as I have been able to identify.
Using the differences of right ascension and declination of
Table VI., and the given position of 7 Cassiopeix, we get the
right ascensions and declinations of Table VII., good for 1872.0,
Save with regard to proper motion as mentioned above.
In column two is given the number of plates on which
the star is found, but it may be well to state that the given posi-
386 Rutherfurd Photographic Measures.
tion is the result of at least twenty measures of distance and
twelve of position angle for each plate recorded in this column
two. With regard to the probable errors of these resulting posi-
tions the same remarks apply to these plates as to those of 3
Cygni.*
The precessions and secular variations depend on the constants
of STRUVE, and were computed with the aid of Fontz’s tablest
with the necessary differential corrections applied to make them
good for 1872.
With regard to ScHEINER’s remarks} on the correction for the
refraction formule suitable for visual observations to make them
applicable to photographic work, I would say that I have not ap-
plied such corrections in the present paper, for the reason that the
RUTHERFURD plates, being made more than twenty years ago and
previous to the use of ‘dry plates,’ would probably not furnish
the same coefficient of refraction for the violet rays as would the
plates that have been used in ScHEINER’s investigation. In fact,
this surmise is in part confirmed by a difference of over two per
cent. in the coeflicient as determined from RAmBaurt’s plates and
by Scuerner.{ In the present paper, however, an inspection of
Table V.,column four, will show a more practical justification for
ignoring a correction which would, with our present knowledge of
the plates used by RuTHERFURD, be of uncertain value, namely, in the
fact that even in the case of the star giving the largest mean re-
fraction for all the plates, a correction of J; of that mean refrac-
tion would in the most extreme case make a change of less than
Soo4 in g, and less than .’’or in 0, owing principally to the fact
that the plates were exposed at small zenith distances as seen in
Table I.
*Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. VI., p. 334, ef. seq.
+Douze Tables pour le Calcul des Réductions Stellaires, Mém. Soc. Roy. des
Sci. de Liege, t. x. 1883 supplément.
tAst. Nachr. Bd. 136, N. 3255, p. 248.
9
v0
Sirty-two Stars about » Cassiopeie.
19Lh'9
6LSh°9
zgSh'9
Stor'9
Legv'9
6Eeh'g
Litv'9
o1fh'9
zLlzv'9
g9zb'9
zLLV-9
€ZLy'9
zfLV'9
Soth'9
L6zv'9
6Szbh'o9
9Szr'9
609b'9
viLt'9
GI1ZV'9
ofLb'g
ogzr'g
zLlzv'9
Sott'9
got hg
zver'9
6LEP'9
Y SOT
Lg°1¢1
1g‘0o1-
be cr1-4
66°¢z1-4
VI'‘tvI
cL:¢L —
ZQ'OL —
190014
L9:0g —
g6'CL —
Gg'f6 —
pi'Zg —
Zg"1o1-}
€6°Ez1
gS 1 t-
oz'98 +}
9S 6g —
be :6L —
by Lzi—
76 '6v1—
zo*ZoI—
¢6°L46 —
dD
‘YAO KX MON ‘panjawoyynyL “J TT JO A10;vAsesqQ—ViVG TWAInapj—'] @TAVvL
QI1zZ
V9'ze
C992
Ticuwe
oz'‘6r
zboS
1Z‘oV
obs
6L°V
Chay
Ve “9z
09 ‘tz
to9‘ze
efor
bz'oS
VL9¢
060
Or'ze
Conus
12°61
coi
of 6°
ve or
Qt tz
TI‘QI
CS 6z
o2 Ve
°o
Ow
“M 795°9S
Pei of figen Weta
gL eV Iv zV
|
| cole cv Iv cv
i, | OY ob ov |
gl | ov ov | o”
gL ol 69 69
lerdal steeee 69 | 14
| AZ as 69 1Z
SES sey GZ LL
SLL gL cL LL
| S6°Z £z 1Z 2G
C6: Cz IZ £z
h (OU We be bz gz
6z2°L €Z 74 zl
62°L tel 1Z zl
| eye £9 QL 0g
ee, £9 gL og
SG: | of | SE> | “of
6: ve t¢ oo
| eZ ee ve £e
fone) Gz €z z
@te} |, 7 z vL
o'g eZ CLL:
Gris ened OL ee,
6:1 €Z oy |) 4 |
6°L Cle | yeObe SEL
GIG eLe |NeOkn Weged
| | a ee |
“-sno0q jason “WROTE TL
|
| |
“WV |
il
mS yy = “Sa0']
z6¢ ‘of
zSo'of
zSo'of
oS of
oS€ ‘of
QIZ‘oe
gzo'or
gzo'of
gto'of
gto'ot
OOT ‘o£
oor‘o£
ozo'of
gtoof
gbo'ot
ggo'of
ggo'of
9le°6z
gob of
ggh'of
996'6z
988"6z
988 6z
0989 "6z
0g9"6z
Pgr‘of
QI‘ot
“HOT R ET
AZ Pa || a SORxal
gb ge € | gr od
@. VS @ | gI “99d
as. ra. £2 cr eq
CP tye 9) Sol Oogr
As athe {ow iz Ane
| tas (oS (ou oz Ane
gt €z 61 oz Ane?
QI Ic 02 Cr Arne
eG 3S 61 Cr Aqne
9S 67 z Or “uve
Cee Gian or ‘uve
gb gt ¢£ 6 ‘wer
ere, (6) {ole 61 Apne
AS As (on 61 Apne
era ASI Ke of sung
Qo CV OZ of oun
iste te. 18 ¢ 6«“Uee
Oy Be © o uve
ie z “uve
cy WwW YV S1 ‘90
hs WAS) (ore Zr Ate
(Og 4 (Ore Zr Ayne
| GS 4 Be by ony
COM eS aie b ‘ony
I Xole, 7h face of Aqne
Gil nC. he of Apne
| “OULLT, [BALAPTS “ORT
| |
"S),gv LV ob = 9eT
CLEr
LOI
CLOr
CLE
{Lor
LEI
€LQ1
LEI
Ler
LEI
CLor
CLo1
€LQr
ZLQI
ZLQr
ZLQI
zLQr
ZLQI
zLor
zZQI
TZQI
1Zo1
TZQI
oLgI
oLgI
OLgI
oLeI
aor OMD AO
me N
“ON
388
Position Angle, |
p
Rutherfurd Photographic Measures.
TABLE JJ.—CoRRECTIONS FOR REFRACTION.
Position Angle,
Pp
TADS el:
397
4
>
>)
G2 Go GW
on + ©.
LoOHORDRUUKHORO
Now
DW O2 Oo Go Ge Ga Go Go Go ©
3
4
5
6
7
PLATE 4.
[el aa pe a
ANT DBOAIN OW GA DOANY O.
MHOO MHOHOH DOW WO OOH O
si
a
Sixty-two Stars about n Cassiopeiex. 389
TasBLeE II.—Correcrions ror Rerraction. ( Continued.)
Position Angle. ; Position Angle
p
.426
“442
.448
PLATE 8.
334
332
329
326
.320
Bui
«305
302
-297
Less le!
O HN OG WG WD OD
t+
Ne
DoObUwh OWMER MOC
=|
OH NWWWW
Onn
390 Rutherfurd Photographic Measures.
TasBie I].—Corrections FoR ReFrRActTION. ( Continued.)
Se o
Position Angle, | 7
we Ries C=s
Se pete ap Position Angle, | “— Sy
Pp s s
—p =
PLATE 9. PLATE 10.
+349 : + -402
348 | | +399
-343 | : +390
| | 375
329 . 3 355
.320 5 5 335
.310 ; rat,
302 | | +303
.299 : .292
.289
.292
303
Bly
-335
-355
-375
-390
-399
ie)
>)
eal
UOT
.402
G2 Ge Oo
COnI DUI NH
GW Go Ge G2 GW Ge GO
\O
Sixty-two Stars about y Cassiopeie. 391
TaBLeE IJ].—CorreEctions FoR REFRACTION. ( Continued.)
Position Angle,! 9S \ 493 | x _ Position Angle, | °—% : oa
Positi Zs gle, | as 103 7 p iti ge e Vow x 103 | Pp
| |
PLATE 13. PLATE 14.
106° 286° +.656 0.0 99° 279° +.548 0.0
cro 206) | .645 —I3.7 I0og 269 537. — 9.7
126 ©6306 611 —25.8 IIg 299 513 —18.3
136 316 .560 34-7 129 309 -477 —24.7
146 326 -495 —39-5 139 319 -432 —28.1
156 336 -430 3055 749 329 .383 —28.1
166 346 .366 O47 159-339 -340 —24.7
176 =. 356 315 —25.8 169 349 302 —18.3
186 6 .280 —13.7 179 359 278 —= 9:7
196 is) | .269 0.0 189 9 .270 0.0
206 26 | .280 +13.7 199 19 .278 + 9.7
216 36 315 25.8 209 29 302 +18.3
226 46 | .366 +34.7 219 39 -340 24.7
236 56 .430 +39.5 229 49 383 +28.1
246 66 | -495 +39-5 23959 -432 +28. 1
250). 76° .| -560 +34-7 249 ~=«69 -477 =f 2Aey
266 86 | 611 +25.8 259 79 5 +18.3
276 = 96 «|| 645 1357 269 +989 -537 + e7
.656 0.0 0.0
PLATE 15;
Qe alent +.419 0.0 126233007 —+.351 0.0
lee 20 415 — 4.3 13 316 .350 — 1.8
TE OK .404 — 81 146 326 345 — 3.5
a sir T .389 —I10.9 15 OMS sOuml -339 = 47)
I4I 321 . 368 —-12.4 166 346 330 = §2
ERE 331 2347! oe l24 176 356 321 = 5S
HOE .3AT Ba2ri —I10.9 186 (se | Bue — 4.7
ts “351 ge = (spit 196 16 306 — 3.5
181 I .300 — 4.3 206 26 302 — 1.8
IQI Ii .297 0.0 216 36 300 0.0
201 21 .300 + 4.3 226 46 302 + 1.8
2 31 a2 4 = 236 56 3065 ee =eese5
221 41 B27 -+10.9 246 66 -312 + 4.7
231 51 347 +-12.4 256 76 ag 21 + 5.3
241 61 .368 +12.4 266 SGunieay 62330 +- 5.3
251 71 .389 +-10.9 276 96 -339 + 4.7
261 81 .404 Sm bit 286 106 -345 + 3.5
271 gI 415 am Leg 296 +I16 350 + 1.8
28I IOI 0.0 0.0
oo
ite}
ho
tutherfurd Photographic Measures.
TABLE I].—CorreEcTIONS FOR REFRACTION. ( Continued.)
|
Position Angle, | ~—® , 3 i Position Angle, |
yp a, oe p
PLATE 17. PLATE 18.
|
|
+--372
371
+999
-552
-552
Or DU W NH
Oo GD GW Ge Ge Go Go Go WG
ONE AIYNDALRN YOKE DIN ARVO
\O
io)
ODO ANN HO DO HO ANN DO DO
(Sl)
hfe)
yw
Sixty-two Stars about » Cassiopeie.
TaBLeE I].—Corrections FoR REFRACTION. ( Continued.)
Position Angle, oa eas | aoe Position Angle,
p- s p-
PEATE ZI
ONMSISOnWO LOW Ds
2
1
NO
dod eb NaOwWoORROiNH
0
TOR AMMO OU HDL ONIN
iS
-£
7
Ree
—7?
9
9
42
Ee
"7
.O
v7
By
ee,
9
9
2
Bie
a
.O
ann Ns OW™
Mum QU
\O
°
ORR OWNO ODN OEE MUO O*
134
I44
154
164
174
184
194
204
214
224
234
244
254
264
274
284 104
294 +=I1I4
204 12h
G2 Gea Go G2
ort GN
NERS
HNwWwef
52 ©) Ga Oo Gd Ga Oa
On Oo HH COON
NNNNNNNN
[e)
Uys lieaieed bea a
fe} Oo Orn + Oo HO HO Or on Go i
COON
ee!
No
Oo O2 G2 2 N HO HN OO) G2 Oo Oo
iS)
fe) ty Oo HOO HWN ONW HUN Ro dd ok
NN
eatacies
feaieateiaicaieat
lanl
NNNNNN
to
BwWNH OW OY AUNLW NH
N
e)
Rutherfurd Photographic Measures.
TABLE II.--Corrections FoR Rerraction. ( Continued.)
|
Position Angle, | ae < 103 =—Dp Position Angle. | °—S v 10% 7—p
Pp s p s i
PLATE 25. PLATE 26.
‘i di
Eig Ose +.361 0.0 LOlo 2am +.405 0.0
122 O3 358 —2.6 Pi 261 .401 — AI
133, #313 353 —4.9 I2I 301 390 ee
TA 3 e323 -342 —6.6 13 311 375 —10.5
ney = eet) 330 —7.5 TAL) e320 .356 —I1.9
163 343 318 75 152 got 336 —I1.9
yj aie 304 —6.6 TOL es Au 316 —I10.5
183 3 .296 —A.9 L7T ESS 301 — 78
193 13 .289 —2.6 181 I .290 — 4.1
203 23 287 0.0 IQI aT 287 0.0
213 28 .289 +2.6 201 21 290 Se 4
223 43 .296 +4.9 211 31 301 Seas:
AGB 53 304 +6.6 221 4I ap 0) +10.5
243 63 318 +7.5 231 51 336 sete
25373 330 SEES 245 |) IGE 356 11.9
263 83 342 +6.6 251 qi 375 +-10.5
273, (493 353 +4.9 261 81 390 “ee
283) 3103 358 +2.6 271 gI 4OI + 4.1
293) 213 361 0.0 Zoi LOL 405 0.0
PLATE 27
dé
1G 2Oses 2S 344 0.0
142 322 343 —1.6
152") 9332 -338 —3.0
162 342 =aa2 —4.0
172 352 -326 45
182 2 5317 —4.5
192 12 Sian —4.0
202 22 305 —3.0
212 32 -300 —1.6
222 42 .299 0.0
232 52 300 Seuss
242 62 305 +3.0
252 72 Suer +4.0
262 $2 317. +-4.5
272 92 -326 +4.5
282 102 -332 +4.0
292) GL12 -338 +3.0
BO25 22 -343 +1.6
312 132 -344 0.0
Sixty-two Stars about 7 Cassiopeie. 395
TaBLE I[J.—CoRRECTIONS FOR PRECESSION, ETC., TO 1872 AND
ZERO CORRECTIONS.
Precession, etc.
- MR rede dons Special Cor-
Plate Zero Correction | =PE° al Cor
No. (position Angle| Distance | 72 (East + West.) Meat a a
Correction. | Factor x 108
I Sah) 0675 +20 46 = +20 10
2 —7. | +..0676 1@) 2} —40 uINS) | gia
R —9. +-.0673 20 4I —45 19 56
4 —9. + .0673 PAO) Hilt —36 200 5
5 ==, + .0657 22sO —3I 2I 59
6 —2. | -+-0657 27 28 —25 27
7 pte le O4SE 23 58 a8 B25
8 +4. | —.0605 2 —34 2629
9 +4. | —.0605 22 Ai —30 22 iit
ite) +6. | —.0620 22 48 —24 794, Ol
II +4. --,0592 a, As —34 2Oue2
12 +4. | +-.0592 ogy Asi —25 2226
13 -=5 | -+.0664 7) 106; —46 16 24
I4 —5 +-.0664 20 45 —A4I 20 4
15 +6 —.0640 Gy © —52 Hite) 09/
16 ae —.0643 19 14 —49 18 25
17 +7 —.0643 1) 6) —49 18 20
18 —5 +.0653 7g —28 TO} 37
19 —5 +-.0653 Way aly, 39 16 47
20 —8 | +-.0666 IRS} 27/ —4o yee if
21 —§ | -+.0666 18 52 —39 18 13
2 —8$ -+.0667 18 38 —44 17 54
23 =) ) —.0485 20 4I —3 20,
24 —9. —.0485 18 59 —37 S22
25 —68. —.0509 Lo) FLO —33 1S) 27,
26 —Ss —.0509 1G)» 2 —36 18 26
27 —6 —.0532 18 59 —25 1S) ysl
TABLE [V.—TANGENT CoRRECTION.
This correction is always negative and is here expressed in terms of the
fourth decimal place of the micrometer readings.
Distance. 0. 1. 2. 3. 4. Dd. 6. te 8. 9.
2 —o|—o|—o]|—o)} -o|; — 1; — rt] —1! —1| — 1
5 2 2 2 2 2 3 23 3 3 3
4 4 4 4 5 5 6 6 6 7 7
BY 8 8 8 9 9 fe) 10 II II 12
6 13 13 14 15 16 17 17 18 19 20
7 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 30 31
8 S2taoa a esau soem rae | 3 4O | wat)! 642) Saag
9 AS eta ecules S0uu e521 Ok SSi SS: eS SGI OE
Be 2h ier G4 S65 67) 6695) APE 6.73 pv 78|) 7711 199
i | 81 83 85 87 go 93 95 98 | I00] 103
12 LOOM e LOO’) avEPo | 2 WIA W TTF | 120 | 1231). BIG) 129;| 132
396 Rutherfurd Photographic Measures.
TABLE V.—RESULTS OF THE MEASURES.
| Dee: Corrections. : , Position Angle.
)is- Jorrectec
Noe Fs) ute |e oa aceemeyaeh CHa —o
East. Refrac.) Aberr. | Seale. E. Observed.) Mean, Corr’d.
? i ; “se / Sil ° / di
1 7 |-9397| 588 | —54 | 104 | 111.9964 |348 48 47 | 259 12 37
8 | .9675| 340 —68! 104 .9918 49 14 16 8
(67) 9 | .9666; 362 | —68 | 104 .9975 51 46 14 57
17 | .0050| 388 | —72 | Ior | 112.0235 56 30 15 48
Means 112.0023 | 259 14 52
Z a | .0919 590 | —69 | —34 | 143.1201 | 41 16 6 | 311 39 38
(48) |
3 7 \..7108,| 614 | —62 | 26 | 127.7527 |328 56 50)| 236 @ousge
17 | .7664| 412 | —82 28 -7921 |329 4 45 23 51
(23) | 23 | .8744| 374 | —62 26 .S841 6 58 27 24
25 | -8374| 399 | —65 |__ 26 .8756 By 27 125
Means 127.8261 239 24 52
t 2 | .8221| 395 | +74] 114 | 109.8648 |343 49 35 | 254 8 57
3 | .8388 | 312 | +74] 114 .8803 48 38 9 4
(4) | 4]|-831r| 340 | +74 | 118 .8731 44 7 4 34
5 | -O504a) 550) shale Ley -g218 45 48 | 8 46
6 | .8652| 475 | +72 | 127 .9250 4I 10 8 57
7. \ 8240) 5729) —ba ie 218 .8789 43 33 7 23
8 | .8686} 333 | —67 | 118 .8960 44 8 Lig20
| 9 | 8629] 352 | —67 | 118 .5882 46 45 9 38
| Io | .8524 | 416 | —68 | 128 .8951 47 48 IO 56
| Ir | 8808} 488 | +65 | 118 .9432 50 45 T2AK6
| 12 | .8970| 448 | +65 | 123 -9495 48 15 II 26
13 | -9008| 599 | +73 | 116 9647 54 8 II 52
eli) 89523) 9 543) ) 2735 enlo -9546 51 26 I2 41
| 15 | .8614| 431 | —7o| 112 -QIOl 520 Tian
16 | .8910| 349 | —7I I12 .9209 Sle 24 IO 14
17 | .8914| 374 | —7I I12 .9232 51 16 IO 22
18 | .9247| 563 | +72 118 .9938 54 18 Tass 2
| 19 | .9314| 520 | +72 | 118 -9943 55 58 13 Oi
21 | .9056) 559 | +73 | 114 -9734 55 56 15 31
22))) 9193 | O13 | 1-73 |. 144 -9859 54 42 14 4
23 | .9504 | 32 rei Ee .9S16 52 38 13 16
24. |.9456) 345 | —53 | 118 9513 52 50 II 46
| 25 | -9559 | 364 | —56| 118 .9819 53 58 13 40
26 | .9454|) 416 —56 118 .98I0 Gey a0. I2 IO
27 | 9460) 343 | —59 |_ 127 9794 | 54 15 13 26
| Means, 109.9381 254 II 9
| }
a 7 | -7991| 533 | —53 | 314 | 110.8347 | 23 4 15 | 293 27 42
8 | .7909| 359 | —67 | 118 .8256 | 4 20 Bins,
(52) | 9 |.7754| 386 | —67 | 118 SIIQ | 722 30 O
| 10 | .7926| 441 | —68 | 118 8482 | 8 16 30 55
| 16 | .8448, 387 | —7I 116 | .8720 | Io 28 29 48
l-17 | 8508} 4t2 | 71} 116 | .8760 IO 44 29 56
19 | .8766| 546 | +72] 118 -9412 | 14 58 31 40
23°) 9007 10353 | 547) PES +9313 IO 35 3t 20
24 | .8792| 379 | —54| 113 | -9175 | I2 12 29 55
Sixty-two Stars about 4 Cassiopeie. 397
TABLE V.—RESULTS OF THE MEASURES. ( Continued.)
Obs. Corrections. Position Angle.
Dis) | Ad THN _ Corrected eae
tance f Mean. P
East. |Refrac. Aberr. | Scale. E. Observed. Mean, Corr’d.
A007 | ——56" |) = 110.9356 23 II 44 | 293
eee : II 20
376 —59 : eee
Means
529 El) |e Los:
112
Means 105.
TLGW |) LOD!
122
113
118
118
106
333 106
350 106
306 170
327 116
347 116
398 116
323 120
Means
115
113
113 fo)
112 I
113 I
112 I
112 I
it . 5)
25, |-8670 | 347 | —53 | 112 .9065 44 17 3 46
27 | .8446| 325 | —55 |_ 114 .8823 44 58 4 6
Means 103.8441 | 256 I 45
9 7 | .6878:) 516 | —49 | I2T | IOr.7220 | 13 25 4 | 283 48 32
(55) 8 | .6954 | 327 | —62 | 120 7275 23 15 50 37
Means 101.7248 283 49 34
10 Tojaa7to:) 456. | -84 AS) | 125-4201 (321 (7 36 || 230 28 37
7 | .3553 568 | —60 48 .3876 4 25 28 27
f4))) 8 | .3794| 370 | —76 | 50 | .4021 4 47 31 55
91237921 377 | —76-| 50" | -4009 | 8 55 31 34
Io | .3697| 418 | —78 | 50 | -3959 8 38 31 51
mls 37751) ASS | 00) |) 425) 4143 13 49 33) 1
16 | .4216| 381 | —8r 42 | 4344 I2 16 3I 54
17 | 3995 | 394 | —8I 42 -4261 13 35 32 58
23 | .4602 | 365 | —6r 48 | .4826 14 15 34 47
25 | .4608 | 379 | —64/ 42 -4901 15 47 35 21
Annats N. Y. ACAD. Sct., VIII, June, 1895.—28
398
Rutherfurd Photographic Measures.
TABLE V.—RESULTS OF THE MEASURES.
Corrections.
Refrac.
Aberr.
Seale.
48
Means
112
115
II5
117
122
Means
16
132
134
134
128
130
134
134
Means
Means
136
134
Means
134
132
A)
gy
Means
122
122
118
118
a7,
118
118
116
120
116
118
Corrected
Mean.
125.4853
125.4309
116.1829
.1828
.1819g
-1797
.2505
116.1956
134.0055
90.7067
.7066
.6857
WZO3
-7351
.8018
.8278
-7417
E. Observed. Mean, Corr’d.
321 16 38.
324
32.2753 3
3163
3192
-3102
-3423
.4186
.3308
-9037
.O142
.9090
.3088
.2951
.3056
-3488
3146
.0966
-0959
.1204
.1126
-1175
SS 7
3 PPR
- 1491
-1599
.1637
.2196
( Continued.)
Position Angle.
41 14
40 50
44 2
44 28
51 56
io)
1H
f G% bo w
O62. 0NINI
——-
231 Sou
2ai someon
=
NIHR N™N CU
H
ice)
namnnn &
NNHN CO
n
ies)
Sixty-two Stars about 7 Cassiopeie. 399
TABLE V.—RESULTS OF THE MEASURES. ( Continued.)
Corrections. 5 Position Angle.
Corrected
f Mean. ,
Refrac. Aberr.| Seale. E. Observed. Mean, Corr’d.
260 54
52
51
120 .1852
118 .2169
124 | .2144
122 .2192
124 .1508
122 .2103
Means .1631
17 : 393
(cont. ) 4 219
234
247
285
231
leader leat
WD Go Oo
O NINT DAO
WW WWW WwW
Bhokbhny nu
HW =
to
358 AU eka .4838
212 42 121 -4993
Means 70.4916
i>)
LS)
SNe)
267 128 . 1077
248 128 .1077
204 122 IIIS
220 128 . 1025
305 124 .1518
281 122 .1518
339 124 .1126
208 121 .1159
215 121 ue
246 121 .1058
284 { 121 .1526
272 125 .1878
320 122 . 1850
306 ilgp || ate .1747
257 114 | .1319
216 120 | 2
227 122 .1391
308 / 121 .2008
297 121 .2046
325 {. 121 | . 1869
311 1 126 . 1861
325 122 . 1946
205 AN 25)" .1957
212 3 128 .1972
220 128 | . 1886
248 128 . 1865
213 128 .19OI
Means = 70.1566
i>)
DNOODNINN HDON NF OW OD
mnt
wOnant on
HEU WOW dN
M&W DAO Orn
=
is)
On
le)
HEWN
mn
=
fe)
[colle eie>)
On
OTIO AMUN OWL ODO ANF
~)
HOH
is)
eee
uae ALOOdO0
on th
(a) A}
WwW NO
DoH
OMnNAADNMAON
=)
S)
h
WOnMWWwWub vy
HDOLWNHLO HAWN
HHH
NN
=
ios)
G2 Go
ios)
eo)
OW HD HN&WUWO HOW)
OD 1 02 Gd G2 G2 G9 Go OG) GG NN Oo Go Gd Go
329 102 65.2231
196 102 2253
Means 65.2242
126 100.6260
126 .6404
126 .6769
126 .6787
126 .6764
CON BH
w os)
PmAnn Of
No)
(os)
400 Rutherfurd Photographic Measures.
TABLE V.—RESULTS OF THE MEASURES. ( Continued.)
Position Angle.
Corrected
Mean.
Refrac. . | Seale. E. Observed. Mean, Corr’d.
La
—63 100.6911
-+-60 2 .6983
.7118
7381
+7393
. 7066
.7126
-7003
-7580
-7497
-7507
-7428
7503
-7518
-7438
Means 100.7117
OOM
Bun
wt
(e)
2 On & Oo G2 Gs & U1 Gd Od OD
o
phat DO
ADONNI NUE
mm nun
nA Bo
Of
NHN NDN WY
SI OU & GW
108 66.7887
III -7955
105 7945
Means 66.7896
104 60.4152
97 -4107
104 .4162
106 -4634
104 .4581
102 -4439
102 .4526
102 -4533
-4559
.5068
25125
+5325
.5201
-49509
.5035
.5023
-5626
-5641
-5472
.5401
-5475
“5591
.5511
5577
75548
.5498
Means 60.5030
I
3
A
5
6
7
fo)
Sixty-two Stars about 4 Cassiopeie. 401
TABLE V.—RESULTS OF THE MEASURES. ( Continued.)
Corrections. Position Angle.
een? : Corrected Le
A Mean.
Refrac. Aberr. Scale. E. Observed. Mean, Corr’d.
| 224 43,
46
[ey eal ete eelieeie tection
NN G2 G2 Go O) 2 G2 2 Gd ND
OM STD NDAD HSI
nnn on on on i
0 WO NOG
SIHUWNO NL
oman nd
HO
+
Means
114
114
109g
114
117
Means
Ny Oo
HNN HO
o)
Wn
a |
iS)
(eo)
NO
TOO NO NHN OO
No
oe)
NO ee
AOwo
Noh
Se I eo |
io>)
[e}
iS}
MAWNHNO
No
Om!
On HH One G On
OOfRONHNNDN
os)
fe) 0
to G2 Go we
Nn OW
[e}
Dor DE H
Leal is)
M~Icu1m1 O mnt osnyant
HH Oo Oo
ioe
Le ee ee en |
N&O OG Un
G2 G2 G2 Go Go G Go G2 G2 G2 G2 Go Go ©) G2 G2 G2 Go G2 G2 Go G2 OG) Go G2 GD ND
pe IN FY TON ISS TSS TS)
On G2 G2 G2 G2 G2 G2 G2 Go Ga OG G2
ms
Wonk w nb
On Oe
On NMWMUNO)
ha
=
@
i=)
=
i=)
7)
KH OD
402 Rutherfurd Photographic Measures.
TABLE V.—RESULTS OF THE MEASURES. ( Continued.)
Corrections. Position Angle.
Corrected 2 ae
| Mean.
Aberr. Seale. E. Observed. Mean, Corr’d
100.6861 70 15.
.6819 | 16
Means 100.6840 |
II0 | 39.6272 | 37 57
129 88.3437 | 72 26
128 -3925 20
124 .3806 21
124 .3960 23
124 3913 25
124 -3853 24
124 -3949 22
122 .4162 25
129 .4248 24
129 .4227 25
130 .4290 27
Means 88.3979
Sis 29.8995 50
112 40.7834 |293
116 -7903
116 7743
116 .7694
116 .7816
116 .7841
116 | LT
116 -7583
116 -7650 |
116 |} -7492
116 -7742
116 7731
116 -7780
abi(6) | .7650
112 -7411
112
mi) ||
116
116
116 |
116
116
116
116
116
116
116 ;
Means; 40.7707
Sixty-two Stars about » Cassiopere. 403
TABLE V.—RESULTS OF THE MEASURES. ( Continued.)
Obs. Corrections. Position Angle.
Dis- 0 Sires ____| Corrected |___
tance ; Mean. Y
East. Refraec. Aberr. Scale. E. Observed.| Mean, Corr’d.
7 44
43
47
45
SINT ON
N NWO O
WO NW On
one ois)
NNT OH
NNN HN
Noon
Anus
115 :
Means 42.
O’ OVO MI OD
NONNN
SES SESS]
Wok wb
44 10.
4o ;
44
43
44
44
COM
DerOnsTIN OOO bt
NO HOD
HREM Hh Hh N WW
YVNAUWNNAADMOHO HUW NWN
HOW WwWHHLHLWwWONS HWW
nwmwWwo un
On & WW WO Ww
HWONONAISI NN
TEN
Ou
ws
}
oO
NO
n
Oo
NO
a
me ON
M+ Oe
Nw N NY NO
Dw HN
DR Go
a
7)
7
7
7
7
3
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
it
ae
5
5
6
6
6
OG) GW Or Ge Go
(oS)
Oo
Means
36 T2456) 368. = O3y|| TAES | 593.2054: 87,450 2 | 358 I 12
2 | .2324| 259 | +63 132 2742 42 46 I 57
(29) | 4 | .2404| 265 | +63 132 2842 377 | 357 57 45
7 | 3016 | 278 | —45 | 132 -3314 33 57 57 29
8 | .283 300 15) ||) aueXs) 3138 Buia WI Cre) at Wy
9 | .2880 295 | —56 | 137 3154 37 10 | 357 59 55
IO | .2808| 276 | —58 | 137 3127 BS 5) |. 350), ON55
II | .2680| 251 | +55 |] 136 3108 up Pil || Seisigh Gyss 33
I2 |.2726, 250 | +55 136 3118 BGs 58 25
13 | -2743 | 287 | +62 | 136 3147 42 38 58 53
AS 2570 201 5 | -62.,|| 136 .3159 29125, I 350) 0) 15
I5 | -3110| 284 | —60 | 136 -3329 39 48 357 59 4
16 | .2972| 298 | —60 | 137 -3255 38 44 58 2
I7 | .2994| 294 | —60| 137 -3295 38 24 57 50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
404 Rutherfurd Photographic Measures.
TABLE V.—RESULTS OF THE MEASURES. ( Continued.)
Corrections. Position Angle.
Ane? ‘ Corrected
| Mean.
Refrac.| Aberr. | Scale. E. Observed. Mean, Corr’d
3 137 87 40 55
(cont. ) : | 136 : 39 | Sie
134 ; 42 £ 18
136 : 40 38 16
137 -3355 37 46
137 : Syl St
Tey 325 38 56
137 BOK 37 57
132 : 39 - 5 48
| Means 93. | 54
7 Cassiopeize
267
96
Means
112
17)
1
113
113
ia
114
113
113
Ta
Tats)
II4
114
114
113
113
113
117
117
115
T15
I15
115
117
Means 47.2597
On nnn on
CONW O.WOWMWO H OH (
ONnNOnn nN
Oe
Sixty-two Stars about 4 Cassiopeiz. 405
TABLE V.—REsULTS OF THE MEASURES. ( Continued.)
Corrections. Position Angle.
_ = __} Corrected ee
R Mean. ; :
Refrac. Aberr. Scale. E. Observed. Mean, Corr’d.
211 134 | 76.4554 | 92
35 55
135 4545 36 56
135 -457 35 56
135 .4649 30 51
136 -4792 32 54
135 .4681 25 5205
135 4815 27 51
135 4787 28 54
136 -4757 SELOo 54
136 .4860 3h 57 54
135 -4799 31 32 52
134 4654 28 25 bLie
.4998 35; 30 52 15
-4999 31 50 52 34
.4876 32 44 SE 55
-4943 32 30 45
-491I 2r 52 DE
.5119 33 58 59
-5191 32 50 38
135 -5124 3309 35
135 -4951 38) 3S 45
135 .5064 33 32 30
135 -4976 30 00 32
135 -4951 Biel 2 I |
135 4874 3 34 57 |
135 -4991 30 26 35 |
135 .4930 32 32 36 |
Means 76.4865 29
118 | 117.5976 20
119 +5927 5°
Means 117.5952 35
43 I | .6092| 180 | +44] 104 65.6412 264 5 16 | 174 26 33
3 | -6057| I90 | +44 | 104 6376 6 54 27 35
(11) 4 | 6130} 186 | +44 | 104 .6408 2920 PAT
5 | 6043} 194 | +43 | I04 6305 7 28 29 32
6 | .6016| 179 | +43) 104 .6326 I 35 29 II
7 | -5218| 195 | —32 | 104 -5597 03 24 55
8 | -5589 | 213 | —40 | 105 -5925 3 37 30 34
9 | -5580| 210 | —40 | 105 5847 5 54 25 53
II | -5440| 177 | +39] 104 SGy Ani ERO Sa Re
12 | -5334| 176 | +39 106 .5688 IO 12 aan
13 | .5603 | 213 | +44 105 -5938 16 4o 22 58
14 | -5433| 190 | +44 106 5635 13 46 33 24
I5 .5220 202 —42 105 -5517 II 34 30 46
16 | .5204 212 | —42 105 -5497 12 14 Bie
18 | .5168| 197 | +43 105 .5484 17 Io CASTE
19 | .5284| 184 | +43 105 .5562 18 36 35 26
22 | .5330| 216 | +44 | 103 “5557 17 23 35 54
406 Rutherfurd Photographic Measures.
TABLE V.—RESULTS OF THE MEASURES. ( Continued.)
Obs. Corrections. Position Angle.
= Dis- OE Tea a a Corrected ire WA: _o 5 Se
No. Pl. | tance Mean.
East. Refrac.| Aberr.| Scale. E. Observed. Mean, Corr’d.
43 | 23 | .5340| 207 104 | 65.5599 264.16 4. 174 36 4
(cont.)| 24 | .5347 | 206 | —32 | 104 -5594 15 25 34 21
25 | 5284 198 | —33 | 104 -5492 LT fe ves) 35 59
26 | .5242| 195 | —33 | 104 5435 15 50 34 48
27 | .5228| 212 | —35 | 104 -5445 16 18 35 40
Means 65.5786 7A ee
44 I | .9402| 268 | +66] 137 97-9799 |264 55 34 | 175 16 23
2 -O474 27 ai OON |) kgs «9909 57 54 17 24
(9) =| 4°) -9433 | 277 .|°=-66| “x36 .9821 51 58 I2 59
7 \p8776| 292° —A7_| 138 -9071 51 50 15 42
8 | .8822 | 317 | —59 | 139 -QI4I 53 0 19 53
g .8862) 312 —59) 139 .9134 56 20 18 56
1o | .8748| 297 | —61 | 139 .gO1O 56 10 LO
II | .8674| 264 | +58 | 139 .9000 265 Oo 26 21 26
12 | .8668| 262 | +58 | 140 .9070 264 58 52 Dt 7)
| 14 | .8757| 282 | +65 | 140 .9215 265 0 42 21
| 15 | .8552 | 300 | —63 | 139 .8852 Tey 20 18
| 16 | .8522| 315 | —63 | 139 .8829 O 14 19 32
18 | .8559; 293 | +64 | 139 .8992 62 22 33
19 | .8486| 273 | +64 | 139 .8930 Ged 23 10
20 | .8400| 331 | +65 | 139 .8806 5 46 23 56
21 | .8808 | 288 | +65 136 .9193 7 20 25 47
22 NEST 316 | +65 | 136 -9133 5 16 23 25
23 | -8574| 308 | —47 | 139 .8918 3 23 23 38
24 | .8664| 306 | —47 | 137 .8900 ao 2258
25.8569) 296 —50 _ 137 .8821 AL Be: 23 44
26 | .8557 | 290 | —50 | 137 .8849 3 47 22 37
27.8500} 316 —52 | 136 .8870 i 6) 24 3
Means 97.9103 175 20 53
45 6|.1429| 37 | + 6 34 911477 |208:\13 > 4 | (Lis eran
Ss ga 30. ie On| ae .1394 207 56 30 23 4
G16)" gi)
pay
Nv
114 | 121.4839
108 .4798
11g 5030
119 .4960
119 -4978
11g -4955
114 4742
118 -4781
118 -4949
116 | .4966
114 | 5059
114 | 5032
119 .5091
T1Q | .5095
II4 | aU
112 .4928
114 | 5027
114 | 4885
114 -4899
II4 .4887
113 .4901
Means 121.4948
(2)
OP WW Oo
AIO £& OV
(oo @ o> i
1
PNG NTE H
HOO On dO One
Conn
mm Oo
MO DHOWWNHLUNI
O 2 2 Go Go Go G2 2 G2 G2 G2 Ga Go
DWWON ANI DO + WH
WO NWHN
Ov
=
MAwBphwWNRUN HDUWWwUw ON NH
1
410 Rutherfurd Photographic Measures
TABLE V.—RESULTS OF THE MEASURES. ( Continued.)
Position Angle.
Corrected
Mean.
Aberr. Seale. E, Observed. Mean, Corr’d.
16. 15 36.
53
46
oO
35
7
20
48
44
122.8121 104. 5
.8186 105
.8092
-7870
-7773
.8116
-7992
-7963
.7898
-7904
-7910
Means 122.7984 | 39
DEAR NMHwW Rw D_
129 72-4157
129 .3250
129 -3436
129 .3446
132 2943
Tze -2955
129 .2740
129 .2008
128 .2636
Means -3134
NON HH eH
S10U1 G2 DUO ONT H
118 8.1916
114 AD 7,
116 . 1305
1G17/ -0802
Ir4 -0579
120 -O815
.07 32
.0675
.0489
.0254
.0450
.0270
.0371
Means 48.0776
134 83.5670
136 -5594
139 +5507
136 -5191
Means 83.5491
12 64.8060
107 -7601
112 -7481
112 -75601
II2 .6885
Sixty-two Stars about 4 Cassiopeie. 411
TABLE V.—RESULTS OF THE MEASURES. (Continued.)
Corrections. Position Angle.
eee ae Corrected
Mean.
Refrac. Aberr. Scale. E. Observed. Mean, Corr’d.
249 | +38 | 112 64.6868 II3
419 | +-43| 112 -6774
34E | 143: | I13 -6935
267 | —41 | 118 .6929
226 114 .OSTI
241 / 114 .6782
376 II2 -6435
446 112 .6506
427 114 .6636
205 112 .6613
221 112 .6620
233 112 .6483
219 107 .6553
Means 64.6919
OH» G2 G2 Go G2 Go GO Go Go
WamMm®nwntfpfpp
1
233 130 71.6909 201
249 130 -6979
319 130 .6290
278 130 .6305
381 148 | 138 .6417
297 144 .6262
249 140 .6230
266 142 .6106
418 130 .6114
404 | +48 | 140 6458
474 | +48 | 138 -5967
226 136 .60cC0
244 136 -5924
258 136 .5769
287 136 -5913
241 | aes -5976
Means = 71.6226
AUN O
OG Ge
Neh
O&O
nS
11g | 108.3824
116 -3743
123 +3779
II9 -3795
116 -3493
IS | -3467
123 .3168
123 3045
19 fe) 3061
.2986
.2585
+2545
-2797
.2738
.2500
-2544
2504
412 Rutherfurd Photographic Measures.
TABLE V.—REsULTS OF THE MEASURES. (Concluded.)
Corrections. Position Angle.
Corrected
Mean.
Refrac. Aberr. Scale. E. Observed. Mean. Corr’d.
534 11g 108.2364 |225 55 46 35
448 | + 11g 2175 6 35 24
651 125 .2272 50 I
559 116 W253 10 26
618 120 .2279 50 54
352 118 .2315 30 I
369 II9Q .2252 4o 19
376 11S | .2192 555 26
396 116 | 2215 12 2
Bye T16 .2106 22 47
Means 108.2784 6
23
24
25
26
27
311 144 83.6674 24 31
264 I40 6181 34
300 140 .6142
282 136 .6306 14 40
Means 83.6326
Sixty-two Stars about 7 Cassiopeie. 413
TABLE VI.—MEAN RESULTS.
No. Mag. eae Distance. meee a/—a /—d poun
I 2.249 | 3137-45 | 259 14 52 | —5654.45 | — 620.81
2 | 7-9 | 1.957 | 4009.14 | 311 39 38 | —5631.66 | .+2630.50 | 57°130
3 9.2 | 3.226 |.3580.72 | 239 24 52 | —5603.15 | —1857.06 56111
4 RON e2cOATa | stO7GlOsN 254 Opp 5425-A a tO 75 56°112
5 Buin 7 eS lOO. 22520220) 200) ——5 207072) | | l200akG
6 1.982 | 2951.29 | 285 55 41 | —5261.16 | + 779.49
7 | 9-4 | 2.883 | 2870.27) 260 34 51 | —5199.01 | — 499.71 56113
Seal 9:4 125896 | 2908.92) |) 2560 9 1 45 | 5174.05 | — 732.02 560°114
9 1:982 | 2849.56 283 49 34 | —5124.60 | + 652.08
IO | 9.4 | 2.685 | 3513.62 | 231 32 24 | —4987.89 | —2213.24 56°117
UL 2.39% | 3254.92) 235 7 52 | —4853.07 | —-1887.17
12 | 9.5 | 1.957 | 3753-82 | 317 18 2 | —4799.17 | --2733.87 | 57°134
13 2.849 | 2541.89 | 268 51 53 | —4681.03 | — 74.58
14 9.1 | 2.494 | 3706.90 | 222 43 45 —4542.16 | —2746.17 56119
15 1.982 | 2602.60 | 291 56 29 | —448I.00 | + 950.43
16 2.249 | 2613.97 | 302 2 36 | —4125.84 | +1368.23
i> 9.3 | 2.915 | 2049.47 | 260 51 12 | —3719.44 | — 341.12 56121
18 I.98I | 1974.64 | 249 18 2 | —3386.11 | — 710.70
TQ | 8.0) 2.599 | 1965.25 | 240 30 17 | —3129.38 | — 978.50 | 56°123
20 I.98I | 1827.09 | 247 51 50 | —3102.66 | — 699 I5
21 | 9.0 | 2.763 | 2821.18 | 325 19 9 | —3010.58 | +2310.09 iat)
22 1.990 | 1870.94 | 300 26 44 | —2993.58 | + 938.20
23 | 8.5 | 2.676 | 1694.83 | 295 43 23 | —2829 30 | + 726.78 57°138
Zine 3.069 | 1554.90 | 224 49 14 | —2003.20 | —I107.39
25 | 9-5 | 2.984 | 1179.49 | 295 13 37 | —1973.71 | + 498.41 | 57140
26 | 8.4) 2.599 2108.94 210 50 10 | —1965.43 | —1815.14 56°126
27 1.982 | 2820.40 | 340 41 14 | —1754.05 | +2658.36 |
28 | 9.4 | 1957 | I1I0.05 | 308 20 52 | —1612.64 | + 685.85 | 57°143
29 | 9.3 | 2.590 | 2476.24 | 342 46 5 | —1376.32 | +2363.03 57° 144
30 | 8.9] 1.957| 837.56| 320 51 22 | — 979.13 | + 648.52 | 57°145
31 | 8.5 | 2.599 | 1142.08! 203 40 30 | — 838.56 | —1046.74 | 56°128
32 | 9.0| 2.739 | 1197.14 | 338 7 30 | — 828.88 | +1110.19 | 57°146
33 | 9-3 | 2.667] 306.82 | 235 31 33 | — 465.51 | — 173.91 | 56°129
34 | 9.4 | 1.957 | 2356.89 | 354 54 41 | — 392.17 | +2347.44 | 57°148
35 | 1-957 | 1375-97 | 353 43 19 | — 280.17 | +-1367.64
36 | 8.8 | 2.737 | 2614-16 | 357 58 54 | — 173.07 | +2612.51 | 57°149
Bi 3:0) | 2:000 | 7 Cassiopeicel
38 | 2.006 | 1280.49 | 178 4 53 -- 78.25 | —1279.78
BOM Eo-5) 3168) | 625-211 | 6 50 53 | + 138.02 | + 620.73 57° 151
40 | 9.1 3 19 40 | + 143.05 | +1321.61 57°152
| 2.791 | 1323.86 |
ANNALS N.,Y. ACAD. Scr., VIII., June, 1895.—29
414 Rutherfurd Photographic Measures.
TaBLeE VI.—MeEaAn Resutts. ( Concluded.)
N Mag. | Epoch iste : Position y ieee <7 ae Bonn-
No. fag 1870+ Distance | Ani! a a ¢ 0 Darcie
599 2142.57 2 52 29) + 201.26 +-2139.83 57°153
4I GLO), || BE
42 1.982 | 3294.12 I 55 35 | + 209.24 | +3292.20
43 8.7 | 2.611 | 1837.01.) 174 31 43 | + 318.43 | —1828.76 | 56°130
44 7.3 | 2.768 | 2742.70| 175 20 53 | + 401.71 | —2733.85 | 56°131
45 9.4 | 3.016) 254.46] 118 30 18 |+ 411.70 |— 121-63 | 57-155
46 2.862 | 1661.56 | 168 2 8 | + 627.13 | —1625.91
47 9.3 | 2.645 | 940.03 | 149 22 28 | + 877.17 | — 809.76 | 56°33
45 g.0 | 2.908 | 2266.63 | 165 59 8 |+ 995.15 | —2200.28 56°134
49 8.5 | 2.942 | 3426.88 8 56 50 | +1007.84 | +3384.08 | 57°156
50 9.0 | 2.845 | 2007.92 | 163 53 35 |—-IOLL.95 | —1930.24 | 567135
51 1.957 2218.90 16 40 29 | +1192.18 | +2124.04
52 8.7 | 2.728) 2844.46| 164 18 21 | +1389.46 | —2740.59 | 56°136
53 9-4 | 2.808 | 1777.49 | I5I 50 45 | +1527.63 | —1569.74 | 56°137
54 9-5 | 3-215 | 2583.68 |: 18 22 45 | -+1529.45 | 4+-2449.36 | 57-157
55 7-9 | 2.893 | 3403.36} 15 23 37 | +1706.97 | +3278.13 | 577158
56 8.8 | 3.075 | 3439.88 15 24 39 | +1727.63 | 4+-3312.96 | 57-159
57 2.722 | 2025.67 | 150 28 48 | +1815.35 | —1766.39
58 9.0 | 2.895 | 1346.77 | I19 24 46 | +2151.24 | — 666.53 | 56°138
59 9.5 | 2.739 | 2340.41 30 39 32 | +2233.05 | +2007.84
60 8.9 | 2.879 | 1812.18 | 113 34 32 | +3044.09 | — 735.08
61 8.5 | 3.194 | 2006.32 | 111 32 48 | +3419.83 | — 749.83
62 7.4 | 2.599 | 3033.14) 136 12 6 | +3806.22 | —2205.49 | 56°143
63 3.731 | 2342.75 | IlO 32 46 | +-4017.55 | — 840.14
Sixty-two Stars
about 7 Cassiopeix.
415
TABLE VII.—CATALOGUE OF THE STARS ABOUT r) C ASSIOPEL®.
No. A : :
No. of Right Ascen- precession. Sec. Var. | Declination precession. Sec. Var.
Plates, sion 1872. 1872
x h m 8 $8 Ss ays RK ;
T| 4 1035 5-145| +3.38570| +.05840 | 56 57 49.69| +19 8200 —.0839
2 I |035 6.664| +-3.39701 | +.06066 | 5752 1.00} +-19.8197 | —.o841
3| 4 |935 8.565} +-3.38212| +.05756 | 56 37 13.44 | +19.8193 —.0839
A} 25 |035 20.413 | 4-3.38710| +-.05825 | 56 53 38.55 | +19.8166 | —.0844
5| 12 |035 28.926) +3.39544| +.05973 | 57 28 18.69 +-19.8147 ,—.0849
6) 2 035 31.364 +-3-39433 --05947 |57 21 9.99 Toe —.0849
7| 13 |035 35-597 +3-39058 | +-.05859 | 56 59 50.79 | + 19.8132 —.0850
8| Io |035 37-171 | +3.39095 | +.05845 |5655 58 48| +109. ae —.0851
9 2 |035 40.468) +-3.39525 | +--05940 15719 2.58) +-19.8121 | — 0853
TO} II |0 35 49.582) +-3.38692 | +.05750 | 56 31 17.26, +-19.8100 —.0854
II 5 |035 58.570| +3.38931 | +-.05777 | 56 36 43.33 | --19.8080 | —.0858
12 I |036 2.763 | +3.40596| +-.06ICO | 57 53 44.37 | +-19.8070 | —.0863
13 7 | 036 10.039 | +3-397!17| +-05907 157 655.92| +19.8054 | —.0363
14 6 03619.297 +3.38945 | +.05727 | 56 22 24.33 +19.8032 —.0865
15 2 |0 36 23.375| +3.40274| +.05983 |57 24 0.93) +19.8023 | —.0869
16 4 |03647.052 +-3.40778 + .06024 157 3058.73 +-19.7968 —.0879
T7| 17 |937 14.145} +3-40573| +-05914157 2 29.38| +-19.7904 | —.0889
18 2 |037 36.367| +3.40770| +.05901 | 56 56 19.80! +-19.7852 | —.08908
19| 27 |03753.483 +3.40927| +.05891 |5651 52.00 +19.7811 —.0904
20; 2 |03755.264) +3.41053| +.05910 | 56 56 31.35 | +19.7807 | —.0905
21} 20 |038 1.403| +-3-42250| +.05127 | 57 46 40.59| +-19.7792 | —.o909
22) 3 |038 2.536] +3.41757| -+.06027 |57 23 48.72) +-19.7789 | —.cg09
23; 26 |038 13.488 | +3.41843 ) +.06017 |57 2017.28, +19.7762 —.0913
24) 14 |039 8. 561 +3.41982) +.05912 | 56 4943.11 | +19.7628 | —.0934
25 5 |039 10.527| +3.42610| +.06028 | 57 16 28.91 | + 19.7623 | —.0934
26| 27 |03911.079| +3.41759| +.05868 | 56 37 55.36 +-19.7621 —.0933
27 2 |039 25.171| +3.43661 | +.06193 | 57 52 28.86 +-19.7586 —.0943
28) I | 039 34.599 +3-43040) +.06052 | 57 19 36.35) +19.7563 —.0945
29] II |039 50.353} +3-43929| +.06184 | 57 47 33-53 | +19.7523 | —.0953
30 I |0 40 16.833, +3.43656) +.06072 | 57 18 59.02 +-19.7456 | —.0961
31 | 27 |040 26.204) +3.43142) +.05954 15650 43.76) +-19.7432 —.0963
32| 4 |0 40 26.849| +3.43985 | +.06108 | 57 26 40.69/ +19.7431 | —.0965
33 24 (0 4051.074, +3.43843 | 4-.06028 |57 5 16.59 +19.7368 —.0975
34| I 04055.963 +3-44919 | +-06214 | 57 4717.94 —-19.7356 —.0979
35 I |O41I 3.430| +3.44638| +.06141 |57 3058.14) +-19.7336| —.o980
|
! > @)
B63) 23, | 0 41 10.570 +-3-45247 +-.06235 157 51 43.01 | 4-19.7318 —.0984
37 041 22.108 + 3.44373 ~ 06048 d¢ $10.50 19.7287 —.0987
38 | I | 041 27.325) +3.43947 | +.05960 156 46 50 72 +-19.7274 —.0988
39| 5 |041 31.309) +3.44756| +-.06096 | 57 18 31.23 +-19.7263 | — 0991
4O| 24 |O41 31.645) +-3.45041 | 4-.06148 | 57 30 12.11 | + 19.7263 | —.0992
416 Rutherfurd Photographic Measures.
TABLE VII.—CaATALOGUE or THE Stars. (Concluded).
No. : sat Ae
No. of Right Ascen- precession. Sec. Var. | Declination | precession. Sec. Var.
Plates,| sion 1872. 1872. | |
es ie h m s “ 8 s Ory “ . “ “i
4I|} 27 | O41 35.525 | +3-45434 | +.06214 | 57 43 50.33 | +19.7252 | —.0994
42 2 | O4I 36.057 | +3.45920 | +.06305 | 58 3 2.70| +19.7251 | —.0996
43| 22 | O41 43.337 | +3.43967 | +-05935 | 56 37 41.74 | +-19.7231 | —.0994
44| 22 |041 48.889 +3.43698 | +.05871 | 56 22 36.65 | +-19.7218 , —.0995
45| 12 | O41 49.555 | +3-44735 | +-06056 | 57 6 8.87) +19.7217 | —.0997
46} Il |042 3.917| +3.44344 | +.05952|5641 4.59| —-19.7177 | —.10o1
AGE) 2 0 42 20.586 +3.44910 | +.06018 | 5654 40.74 +-19.7132 _—. 1008
48 7 |042 28.451 | +3.44476 | +4-.05923 | 56 31 30.22 419.7112 | —.101f
49| 16 | 042 29.297 | +-3-46775 | +.06331 | 58 4 34.58] +19.7109 | —. 1017
50| I0 | 042 29.571 | +3.44598 | +-.05942 | 5636 0.26) +-19.7109 | —. IOI
51 I |042 41.587 | +-3.46428 | +.06243 ! 57 43 34.54 | +19.7076 | —.1020
52 4 |04254.739| +3.44641 | +-.05896 | 56 22 29.91 | 4-19.7040 | —. 1021
53} 13 043 3.950 3.45240 +.05982 56 42 0.76 “19.7016 —.1029
54 I | 043 4.071 | +3.46905-| +.06276 | 57 48 59.86 | +-19.70T5 | —.1034
55| 21 | 043 15.906) +3.47442 | +.06348 [58 2 48.63 | +19.6983 | —.1036
56) II 043 17.283 +3-47479 | +.06351 | 58 3 23.46 +-19.6979 —.1037
57 9 | 043 23.131 | +3-45439 | +-05979 | 56 38 44.11 “19.6962 —.1033
58! 13 | 043 45.524| +3.46216| +.06070 | 5657 3.97 19.6901 —.1044
59| 4 |043 50.978) +3.47425 | +.06271 | 57 41 38.34 | +-19.6886 | —. 1048
60} I8 |044 45.047 | +3.47058 | +.06089 | 5655 55.42 | +19.6735 | —.1068
61) 16 |045 10.097, +3.47420 | +.06099 | 56 55 40.67 | +-19.6664 | —.1077
62| 27 |045 35.856| +3.47178 | +.06009 | 56 31 25.01 | +-19.6589 | —.1085
63, 4 |045 49.945 +3-47964 +-.06I09 | 56 54 10.36 | + 19.6546 | —. 1093
XIV.— The Arachnida of Colorado.
BY NATHAN BANKS.
Read March 25, 1895.
During the past few years I have received several collections
of spiders and other arachnids from Colorado. The great pro-
portion of them were collected at or near Fort Collins by Prof.
C. P. Gillette and Mr. C. F. Baker. Indeed, I believe their col-
lections are the largest that have ever been made by entomologists
in one locality in this country. They have also sent some from
other places in the State. Mr. L. M. Cockerell sent me some es-
pecially interesting forms from West Cliff.
Dr. Packard in 1875 collected some spiders in the State and
they were described by Thorell and Emerton. Mr. Morrison also
collected some arachnids and sent them to Simon; some of these
have been described by Keyserling, others by Simon. Dr. Marx,
in his catalogue, records some other species from the State.
Colorado presents an especially interesting arachnid fauna. To
receive from the same locality Lathrodectes mactans and Pecilo-
chroa montana, Pholcus pullulus and Ergane borealis is not an
ordinary occurrence. There are quite a number of species which
are essentially northern in their distribution. Prominent among
these boreal forms may be mentioned the following with their
distribution :
Pecilochroa montana Em. White Mts.; Ithaca, N. Y.; Colo.; Wash.
Drassus robustus Em. N. H.; N. Y.; Colo.; Wash.; Can.
Gnaphosa conspersa Thor. N. H.; Ithaca, N. Y.; Colo.; Wash.; Can.
Gnaphosa brumalis Thor. N. H.; Ithaca, N. Y.; Colo.; Can.
Crustulina sticta Cambr. N. H.; Mich.; Colo.
Microneta 5-dentata Em. N. H.; Ithaca, N. Y.; Colo.
y}
Epeira carbonaria Koch. Labrador; Mt. Washington; Long’s Peak.
Epeira patagiata Clerk. N. H.; N. Y.; Mich.; Colo.; Wash.; Can.
Larinia borealis Bks. N. H.; Colo.; Wash.
Synzema obscura Keys. Mt. Washington; Colo.
Pardosa grenlandica Thor. Labrador; White Mts.; Rocky Mts.
418 The Arachnida of Colorado.
Ergane borealis Blk. N. H.; N. Y.; Mass.; Can.; Pa.; Wisc. ; Colo. ; Idaho;
Wash.
TIcius similis Bks. N. H.; Colo.; Wash.
Attus monadnock Em. White Mts.; Colo.
The western element is not prominent and is represented by
such species as Hpeira gemma, Epeira aculeata, Xysticus discur-
sans, Xysticus locuples, Bothriocyrtum californicum, and Sclero-
bunus robustus. And these are mostly from western Colorado.
Further collecting in the western portion of the State will doubt-
less increase the per cent. of Pacific forms.
There are a few typical southern spiders, such as Lathrodectes
mactans, Phidippus insolens, Pholcus pullulus, Thargalia amena,
and Centrurus carolinus.
Quite a number are distributed throughout the entire United
States—Agalena nevia, Prosthesima atra, Xysticus gulosus,
Coriarachne versicolor, Misumena vatia, Phileus militaris,
Dendryphantes octavus, Theridium tepidariorum, Cyclosa conica,
Epeira labyrinthea, Tetragnatha laboriosa, Steatoda borealis,
Dictyna sublata, Chelifer cancroides.
A few others are widely distributed over the entire eastern
United States, east of the Rocky Mountains—Plectana stellata,
Argiope transversa, Lycosa carolinensis, Pisaura undata,
Habrocestum cecatum, etc.
The most prominent characteristic is the great number of
Thomiside; it appears to be the leading family, not only in
species, but in specimens. But the micro-Theridide, if thoroughly
collected, would probably place the Therididz in the lead of
species. The absence of certain forms is quite peculiar; there
are no long-legged Phalangidze (Liobunum), the Clubionide are
few in specimens and species, and there are no Anypheene ; al-
though many northern species are represented, Tetragnatha ex-
tensa is absent. Though the Lycoside are quite abundant, I have
received but three specimens of Pirata. The Agalendz are not
near as common as one would naturally suppose. In the Attidee
we miss Saitis, Marptusa and Epiblemum. Although some of
these forms may be found with more extended collecting, yet itis
not probable that they will appear so numerous as we find them
elsewhere.
I append a list of places with altitudes at which collections
were made; this has been prepared by Mr. C. F. Baker.
The Arachnida of Colorado, 419
Boulder, 5,400 ft. Gray’s Peak, 9,500 to 14,000 ft.
Cafion City, 5,350 ft. Greenhorn, 5,000 ft.
Cameron Pass, 12,000 ft. ab. timber. Horsetooth Gulch, 5,500 ft.
Colorado Springs, 6,000 ft. Kelso’s Cabin, 10,890 ft.
Delta, 4,900 ft. Leadville, 10,200 ft.
Denver, 5,200 ft. Livermore, 7,000 ft.
Dixon’s Cafion, 5,500 ft. Long’s Peak, 12,000 ft., above timber.
Elk River, 7,000 ft. Manitou, 6,350 ft.
Estes Park, 7,500 ft. Mt. Richtophen, 9,500 ft.
Ft. Collins, 5,000 ft. Rist Cation, 6,500 ft.
Four-Mile Hill, 7,000 ft. Steamboat Springs, 6,000 ft.
Golden, 5,700 ft. Swift Creek, 7,900 ft.
Grand Junction, 4,550 ft. Trinidad, 5,900 ft.
Mr. Baker proposes the following terms: sub-alpine, up to
5,900 feet, or beginning of foot hills; mid-alpine, from sub-alpine
to timber line; high-alpine, above timber line.
It will be found, however, in looking through the following
pages that there is little difference between the sub-alpine and
mid-alpine regions. But most of the southern and western forms
occur at low latitudes ; yet with them are mingled truly northern
species.
THERAPHOSID &.
Bothriocyr um californicum Cambr.
Recorded from the State by Simon.
Eurypelma marxi Sim.
One male, 25 mm. long, agrees well with Simon’s description ;
it is black with some long fulvous hair on the abdomen ; and red-
dish maxille and lip. Caiion City (Gillette).
HY POCHILIDA.
Hypochilus thorelli Marx.
Recorded by Emerton from Colorado.
PHOLCID A.
Pholcophora americana Bks.
Fort Collins, in house (Mrs. Baker).
Pholcus pullulus Hentz.
Recorded by Thorell from Manitou, July; Fort Collins under
a board (Baker).
DRASSID #.
Micaria perfecta Bks.
Fort Collins (Gillette), on lawn (Mrs. Baker).
es
420 The Arachnida of Colorado.
Micaria coloradensis Bks.
Fort Collins, on lawn (Mrs. Baker).
Drassus coloradensis Em.
Described from Gray’s Peak.
Drassus humilis bks.
West Cliff (Cockerell).
Drassus robustus Em.
Ft. Collins, under stones, Noy., Dec. (Baker).
Drassus inornatus nov. sp.
Length 9 12 mm.; ceph. 3.9 mm. long, 2.9 mm. wide ; patella plus tibia
IV. 4.1 mm. Cephalothorax pale reddish-brown ; legs and palpi yellow-
brown, darker on metatarsi and tarsi; mandibles dark red-brown; sternum
paler red-brown, darker on edges; abdomen above and below light gray, darker
near the tip; spinnerets yellowish. Legs moderately hairy, no spines above
on any of the tibize, one below on tibia I.; metatarsi (except IV.) and tarsi
with not very dense scopulas; fourth pair of legs quite long, the anterior
pairs very short. Sternum narrow, nearly twice as long as broad. Posterior
row of eyes procurved, longer than the anterior row; P. M. E. oval,
more than their diameter apart, slightly nearer to each other than to P. S. E.;
anterior row straight, A. M. E. the larger and nearer to the A. S. E. than to
each other. The epigynum consists of a quadrangular cavity, broader behind
than in front, from the anterior margin of which there projects a plate becom-
ing quite wide, then tapering toa point near the posterior margin of the cavity.
One specimen, West Cliff. (Cockerell).
Drassus assimilis nov. sp.
Length g¢ 9.6 m. m.;ceph, 4m. m. long; 3 m. m. wide; patella plus tibia
I.6.2m.m. Cephalothorax, legs and palpi yellowish; sternum yellow-brown,
darker on edges; palpal organ reddish; abdomen dark gray; spinnerets yellow-
ish. The eyes are similar to D. inornatus. Sternum broad. Legs very long
and slender; the scopulas moderately thick on the tarsi, but only on the tips
of the metatarsi; no spine under tibia I., none above on tibia IIL., tibia LV.
missing, femur IV. is a little shorter than femur I. The palpus has some re-
semblance to D. coloradensis, but the pointed projection on tibia is not so large,
the tube of palpal organ is very much more curved, and, instead of a pointed
tooth, there is a prominent foot-shaped appendage projecting beyond the side
of tarsus. The sternum is too broad and the first legs too long to be the ¢ of
D. inornatus.
Fort Collins (Gillette).
Prosthesima atra Hentz.
Fort Collins; under stones and leaves; sweeping alfalfa, May,
Nov. Thorell records it from Manitou, July.
Prosthesima ecclesiastica Hentz.
Fort Collins (Gillette).
The Arachnida of Colorado. 42]
Prosthesima depressa Em.
One young specimen, Fort Collins (Baker).
Prosthesima blanda Bks.
Several females of this species have been collected at Fort Col-
lins by Prof. Gillette. The epigynum consists of a reddish,
nearly square area, divided behind into three lobes, the middle
one, which is black, is nearly square and very much broader than
both of the others together, which are narrowed toward their tips.
Callilepis imbecilla Keys.
A young specimen under dead leaves, Fort Collins (Gillette).
Peecilochroa montana Em.
Fort Collins (Gillette).
Peecilochroa variegata Hentz.
Fort Collins (Gillette).
Gnaphosa brumalis Thor.
Fort Collins (Baker).
Gnaphosa conspersa Thor.
West Cliff (Cockerell). Thorell recorded it from Kelso’s Cabin
and Gray’s Peak, July.
Gnaphosa scudderi Thor.
Fort Collins (Gillette). Manitou, July (Thorell).
Teminius nigriceps nov. sp.
Length 9 13 mm.; ceph. 4.5 mm. long, 3.8 mm. wide; patella plus tibia I.
4.1mm., IV.4mm. Cephalothorax red brown, black around eyes and on
clypeus; mandibles black; palpi red-brown, tips black; legs yellow-brown, I.
and II. darker on tibiz and tarsi; maxille red-brown; lip black; sternum red-
brown, black on margins; abdomen dark gray, with two faint pale stripes
aboye, spinnerets yellowish. Eyes, A. M. E. about their diameter apart, less
than half so far from the equal A. S. E.; P. M. E. oval, less than their diame-
ter apart, twice that distance from the P. S. E. Sternum broad. Legs hairy,
fourth pair but little longer than the first; thick scopulas on all tarsi and me-
tatarsi (except IV.); no spines on tibia I. and II., none above on tibia IY.
Abdomen about twice as long as wide; the second joint of the superior spin-
nerets no longer than broad. The epigynum consists of a dark reddish, de-
pressed elliptical area, broader than long, from the anterior margin of which
there projects a broad median plate, broadest beyond the middle, and then
suddenly tapering to a point, which does not quite attain the hind margin
of the depression.
Two females, Fort Collins (Baker).
422 The Arachnida of Colorado.
CLUBIONID#.
Clubiona riparia Koch (ornata Em. ).
Fort Collins, under stones, Nov.; Steamboat Springs, July
(Baker).
Clubiona meesta Bks.
Fort Collins, on lawn (Mrs. Baker).
Clubiona abbotti Koch.
One female, Fort Collins (Gillette).
Phrurolithus pugnatus Em.
Recorded by Dr. Marx.
Phrurolithus affinis Bks.
Fort Collins, sifting dead leaves, February (Baker).
Thargalia amcena Koch.
Fort Collins (Baker), West Cliff (Cockerell).
Thargalia tricolor Koch.
Fort Collins, low herbage, May (Baker); West Cliff (Cockerell).
DICTYNIDZ5.
Dictyna sublata Hentz.
D. foliata Keys. (?)
I think Keyserling’s species is this common eastern species.
Fort Collins, sweeping low herbage and alfalfa, May, June.
Dictyna volucripes Keys.
D. arundinaceoides Keys.
I fails to see any differences between these species. Fort Col-
lins, Mt. Richtophen, Elk River, May, July.
Amaurobius claustarius Koch.
Recorded by Dr. Marx.
AGALENID~.
Agalena nevia Hentz.
Fort Collins (Baker), West Cliff (Cockerell), Manitou (Pack-
ard). Not common.
Tegenaria derhami Scop.
Fort Collins, in house (Mrs. Baker).
Cicurina arcuata Keys.
Recorded by Dr. Marx.
Cicurina robusta Sim.
Described from the state.
Ccelotes calcaratus Keys.
Recorded by Dr. Marx.
The Arachnida of Colorado. 423
Cybaeus sp.(?)
One female, Dixon’s Canon, March (Gillette).
Hahnia sp. (?)
Fort Collins, one young specimen looks much like H. cinerea ;
among dead leaves (Gillette).
THERIDID.
Theridium murarium Em.
Recorded by Dr. Marx. Fort Collins, one young specimen
(Baker).
Theridium frondeum Htz.
Fort Collins, young (Baker).
Theridium puncto-sparsum Keys.
Recorded by Dr. Marx.
Theridium tepidariorum Koch.
One young specimen from Fort Collins.
Steatoda borealis Hentz.
Fort Collins, sweeping low herbage; under stones; West Cliff;
May, November.
Steatoda distincta Thor.
Described from Manitou, June.
Lithyphantes corollatus Koch.
Fort Collins, Leadville. Estes Park. Thorell had it from Idaho
Springs, Denver, Boulder and Manitou. June, July and August.
Lithyphantes marmoratus Hentz.
Recorded by Dr. Marx.
Lithyphantes septem-maculatus Keys.
Recorded by Dr. Marx.
Euryopsis funebris Hentz.
Fort Collins (Baker), West Cliff (Cockerell).
Crustulina sticta Cambr.
Fort Collins ; sweeping low herbage ; under stones ; among dead
leaves. May, November.
Lathrodectes mactans Koch.
Fort Collins, quite common.
Grammonota pictilis Cambr.
Fort Collins, under a board ; among dead leaves. November.
Cornicularia auranticeps Em.
Fort Collins. sifting dead leaves, February (Baker).
424 The Arachnida of Colorado.
Cornicularia communis Em.
Fort Collins, sifting leaves, February (Baker).
Tmeticus sp.?
One female, West Cliff.
Tmeticus flaveolus Bks.
Fort Collins, one male, under stones, February ; Baker).
Erigone coloradensis Keys.
Described from the State.
Erigone cacuminum Thor.
Gray’s Peak, under stones, July (Thorell).
Erigone strabo Thor.
Arapahoe Pass, 11-12,000 feet, July (Thorell). This and the
preceding species do not belong to the genus as restricted ; they
are unknown to me.
Tiso spirotubus noy. sp.
Length 1.4 mm. Cephalothorax and sternum yellow-brown, abdomen
black, with some small scattered white dots; legs and palpi pale yellowish.
Cephalothorax low, broad in front, head g quite suddenly, but only slightly
elevated; the M. E. form a trapeze plainly longer than broad behind, the A.
M. E. smaller than other eyes and nearly touching; mandibles small, un-
armed; legs of moderate length, tarsi plainly shorter than the metatarsi, a
small spine behind on the under-side of posterior coxee of both sexes; sternum
broadly triangular, sides rounded, obtusely pointed behind. The region of
the epigynum projects below the venter, showing behind a transverse region
rounded on sides and slightly divided in the middle. The male palpi are very
long, the femur being nearly as long as the breadth of the cephalothorax, cyl-
indrical and with a minute spine at extreme base; patella about one-half as
long, gradually enlarged to tip, and with a small spine at base; tibia very
short, but with a very long slender hook which is strongly curved toward tip;
the tarsus is broadly triangular, above with a blunt projection at the angle
where it touches the tibial hook, the bulb has a very long, tapering stylus of
about five gradually enlarging coils.
Fort Collins, some under a board, others among dead leaves.
The genus Tiso is related to Erigone, but it differs in the
structure of the ¢ palpus and in the weaker mandibles. In the
European species the ¢ head is not elevated, but in this and in
an allied species from Washington the head is distinctly elevated.
Linyphia clathrata Koch.
Fort Collins (Gillette).
Linyphia orophila Thor.
Gray’s Peak, July (Packard).
The Arachnida of Colorado. 425
Linyphia phrygiana Koch.
One specimen, Fort Collins (Gillette), West Cliff (Cockerell).
Linyphia communis Hentz.
Fort Collins, Steamboat Springs, July.
Diplostyla nigrina Reuss.
Fort Collins, one female, sifting leaves, February (Baker).
Lepthyphantes nebulosus Blk.
Fort Collins, under a board (Baker).
Lepthyphantes minutus Blk.
Fort Collins (Baker).
Bathyphantes zygia Keys.
Fort Collins, sifting leaves, February (Baker).
Microneta quinquedentata Em.
Fort Collins, among leaves, November (Gillette).
EPEIRID.
Epeira aculeata Em.
Fort Collins, Steamboat Springs, Four-mile Hill, July. Gray’s
Peak (Emerton).
Epeira carbonaroides Keys.
Recorded by Dr. Marx. Probably same as £. aculeata.
Epeira carbonaria Koch.
Long’s Peak, above timber, July, (Gillette).
Epeira bivariolata Keys.
Recorded by Dr. Marx.
Epeira famulatoria Keys.
Described from the State.
Epeira gemma McCook.
Fort Collins, Greenhorn, July (R. W. Sears).
Epeira sylvatica Em.
Fort Collins (Gillette); probably this species.
Epeira nordmanni Thor.?
Fort Collins (Gillette).
Epeira strix Hentz.
Fort Collins, sweeping low herbage, May.
Epeira patagiata Clerk.
Fort Collins (Gillette).
Epeira trivittata Keys.
One male, Fort Collins, June (Baker). Boulder, June (Thorell.)
426 The Arachnida of Colorado.
Eperia trifolium Hentz.
Recorded by Dr. Marx.
Epeira labyrinthea Hentz.
Fort Collins, Steamboat Springs, Four-mile Hill, Elk River,
July.
Epeira parvula Keys.
Fort Collins, sweeping low herbage, September (Gillette).
Epeira displicata Hentz.
Fort Collins, sweeping alfalfa; Steamboat Springs, May, July
(Baker).
Plectana stellata Hentz.
Fort Collins, sweeping and under stone, November.
Singa variabilis Em.
Fort Collins, sweeping low herbage; Steamboat Springs, May,
July (Baker).
Argiope transversa Em.
Fort Collins (Baker).
Cyclosa conica Pall.
Estes Park, July (Gillette). One specimen.
Larinia borealis Bks.
Three specimens, Fort Collins, sweeping, June.
if 3 b] ] 3?
Tetragnatha grallator Hentz.
Boulder, Manitou, Golden, July (Thorell). I have seen only
some young specimens from Steamboat Springs, July (Baker).
Tetragnatha laboriosa Hentz.
Fort Collins, Steamboat Springs, Elk River, Mount Rich-
tophen ; sweeping, May, July. Very abundant.
Pachygnatha autumnalis Keys.
One female, Fort Collins, under stones, November (Baker).
Pachygnatha brevis Keys.
Fort Collins, low herbage, among dead leaves and under stones,
September, November.
THOMISID_E.
Xysticus auctificus Keys.
Described from the State.
Xysticus benefactor Keys.
Fort Collins, Steamboat Springs, July. Two specimens.
Xysticus locuples Keys.
Recorded by Keyserling.
The Arachnida of Colorado. 427
Xysticus gulosus Keys.
Fort Collins, under stones and on low herbage. Quite common.
Xysticus cunctator Thor.
X. quinquepunctatus Keys.
X. lenis Keys.
Fort Collins, sweeping alfalfa, May, June; Boulder, July (Tho-
rell). .X. /enis is an immature form of X. 5-punctatus, which is,
I think, Thorell’s species. It is quite common.
Xysticus discursans Keys.
X. pulverulentus Em.
Fort Collins, sweeping low herbage, May; Dixon’s Canon,
under stones, March.
Xysticus funestus Keys.
Recorded by Dr. Marx.
Xysticus nigromaculatus Keys.
One female, Fort Collins (Baker).
Xysticus stomachosus Keys.
Recorded by Dr. Marx.
Xysticus quadrilineatus Keys.
Fort Collins, under stones. Not uncommon.
Xysticus montanensis Keys.
XX. bimaculatus Em.
One female, Fort Collins (Gillette).
Xysticus limbatus Keys.
Fort Collins, sweeping low herbage, September (Gillette).
Xysticus formosus Bks.
Fort Collins, one specimen not quite adult (Gillette).
Xysticus vernilis Keys.
West Cliff (Cockerell).
Xysticus triguttatus Keys.
Recorded by Dr. Marx. One female, Fort Collins, June (Baker).
Xysticus gramineus Em.
Fort Collins, one male, sweeping low herbage, May (Baker).
Oxyptila conspurcata Thor.
Fort Collins, under stones, November (Baker). Manitou, July
(Thorell).
Coriarachne versicolor Keys.
Fort Collins; Rist Canon, April.
Synzema obscura Keys.
Elk River, July (Baker); West Cliff (Cockerell).
428 The Arachnida of Colorado.
Misumena vatia Clerk.
Fort Collins, Steamboat Springs, Moon’s Ranch, June, July.
Common.
Misumena lepida Thor.
Fort Collins, sweeping, May.
Misumena rosea Keys.
Fort Collins, sweeping, May. Quite common.
Misumena oblonga Keys.
Fort Collins, Dixon’s Canon, sweeping, May.
Misumena spinosa Keys.
Fort Collins, sweeping, June, one male (Baker),
Tibellus oblongus Walck.
Fort Collins, Steamboat Springs, Mount Richtophen, sweep-
ing, May, July.
Thanatus rubicundus Keys.
Th. coloradensis Keys.
Fort Collins, Dixon’s Canon, under stones, March, November,
December. This species is quite variable in size and markings.
Philodromus alaskensis Keys.
What I consider as this species is very common in Colorado,
but most of the specimens taken by sweeping are young. Fort
Collins, May, September.
Philodromus spectabilis Keys.
Described from the State.
Philodromus aureolus Walck.
Fort Collins, Steamboat Springs, May, July; Maaitou (Tho-
rell).
Philodromus lentiginosus Keys.
One female of this beautiful species was taken by Mr. Baker
under Mount Richtophen, in July; it was previously known only
from Lake Superior.
Philodromus preelustris Keys.
Described from the State.
Philodromus inquisitor Thor.
Kelso’s Cabin (Thorell). Unknown to me, quite probably the
same as the preceeding. Emerton records it from Laggan.
Philodromus satullus Keys.
Fort Collins, sweeping, June (Baker).
The Arachnida of Colorado. 429
Philodromus virescens Thor.
Ph. clarus Keys.
Fort Collins, a young specimen, September (Baker). Golden,
July (Thorell).
Philodromus rufus Walck.
Fort Collins, sweeping low herbage, May, July.
LYCOSID 4%.
Lycosa grandis Bks.
One male, Fort Collins (Baker).
Lycosa carolinensis Hentz.
One male, Fort Collins (Baker).
Lycosa coloradensis Bks.
Fort Collins (Baker), (Mr. F. de Haahn).
Lycosa scalaris Thor.
Fort Collins, under stones; West Cliff (Cockerell).
Lycosa modesta Thor.
Fort Collins, under stones ; West Cliff (Cockerell).
Lycosa brunneiventris Bks.
Fort Collins, under stones (Baker).
Lycosa beani Em.
One male apparently this species, Fort Collins (Baker).
Pirata insularis Em.
Fort Collins, among dead leaves, under stones, November.
Pardosa concinna Thor.
Fort Collins, low herbage, May ; under stones, November, West
Cliff (Cockerell). Kelso’s Cabin (Thorell).
Pardosa sternalis Thor.
P. luteola Em.
Fort Collins, sweeping, May. Boulder, Manitou (Thorell).
Pardosa pallida Em.
Fort Collins, on lawn (Mrs. Baker).
Pardosa coloradenesis bks.
West Cliff (Cockerell).
Pardosa uncata Thor.
Fort Collins, November. Georgetown (9,500 ft.), Mount Gray
(Thorell). .
Pardosa dorsalis Bks.
West Cliff (Cockerell).
Annats N. Y. ACAD. Sct., VIII., July, 1895.—30
430 The Arachnida of Colorado.
Pardosa groenlandica Thor.
P. iracunda Thor. and P. sinistra Thor.
P. albomaculata Em.
Long’s Peak, July (Gillette); Cameron Pass, July (Baker);
Pike’s Peak, Kelso’s Cabin, Gray’s Peak and Arapahoe Pass, July
(Thorell).
Pardosa tristis Thor.
P. indagatrix Thor.
Fort Collins, Denver, Manitou (Thorell). Emerton considers
these as synonyms of P. grenlandica. Although the differences
are slight, I keep it separate, as the P. grwnlandica is found above
timber line and P. trisfis quite low down.
Pardosa atra Bks.
West Cliff (Cockerell).
Pardosa impavida Thor.
Manitou, July (Thorell). Fort Collins (Mrs. Baker).
Trochosa cinerea Fabr.
Fort Collins (Baker), West Cliff (Cockerell).
Trochosa parva Bks.
Fort Collins, under stones, November, December.
Pisaura undata Hentz.
Fort Collins, one specimen (Gillette).
Dolomedes scriptus Hentz.
One specimen, Fort Collins (Baker).
OXYOPID A.
Oxyopes compacta Bks.
Dixon’s Canon, May (Baker). Fort Collins (Mrs Baker).
ATTID.
Phidippus audax Hentz.
Fort Collins, sweeping low herbage.
Phidippus insolens Thor.
Dixon’s Canon, September (Gillette). Denver, July (Thorell).
Philaeus militaris Hentz.
Fort Collins, sweeping, May; Estes Park, July. Common.
Dendryphantes octavus Hentz.
Fort Collins, Steamboat Springs, sweeping, May, June, July.
Common.
Dendryphantes sp. (?)
One immature specimen differs in markings from any form
known to me; there are three reddish stripes on the abdomen.
The Arachnida of Colorado. 431
Astia vittata Hentz.
One male, Fort Collins (Gillette).
Icius vitis Ckll ( Dendryphantes ).
Fort Coliins, sweeping, May, September.
Icius monticola Bks.
One male, Moon’s Ranch, near Livermore (Baker).
Icius similis Bks.
Fort Collins, sweeping, May ; Four-mile Hill, July.
Attus monadnock Em.
West Cliff (Cockerell).
Attus palustris Peck.
Fort Collins, on lawn (Mrs. Baker).
Habrocestum decorum Blk.
Fort Collins (Baker).
Habrocestum coecatum Htz.
Fort Collins, sweeping, May.
Habrocestum clypeatum Bks.
One male, Dixon’s Canon, May (Baker).
Habrocestum sp.?
One young specimen, Elk River, July (Baker.) It may be ZH.
montanum Em.
Ergane borealis Blk.
Hasarius hoyi Peck.
Fort Collins sweeping, May.
Synageles picata Htz.
One specimen, Fort Collins, sweeping, May (Baker).
PHALANGIDA.
Sclerobunus robustus Pack.
West Cliff (Cockerell).
Taracus packardi Simon.
Described from the State; unknown to me.
Trachyrhinus favosus Wood.
Fort Collins, under stones and among dead leaves. Common.
Homolophus biceps Thor.
West Cliff, Fort Collins, Trinidad, Four-mile Hill. Common.
PSEUDOSCORPIONIDA.
Chelifer cancroides Linn.
Fort Collins, one specimen (Baker).
432 The Arachnida of Colorado
Chelanops grossus Bks.
Fort Collins (Baker).
Chelanops pallipes Bks.
One specimen, Hotchkiss (J. H. Cowan).
SCORPIONIDA.
Centrurus carolinianus Beauy.
Trinidad (Gillette).
Vejovis sp. (?)
One specimen, Dolores (Gillette).
SOLPUGIDA.
Datames sulfureus Simon.
recorded by Simon from the State.
Datames pallipes Say.
Two specimens, Fort Collins, under a board, July (Gillette).
ACARINA.
TROMBIDID-E.
Trombidium sericeum Say.
Fort Collins, among dead leaves, November (Gillette)
ERYTH AIDA.
Actineda agilis Bks.
Fort Collins, sweeping and among leaves.
RHY NCOLOPHID.
Rhyncolophus longipes Bks.
One specimen, Fort Collins (Baker).
Rhyncolophus maculatus Bks.
Fort Collins (Baker).
Rhyncolophus parvus Bks.
Fort Collins, November (Gillette).
Rhyncolophus robustus noy. sp.
Length 3 mm. Alcoholic specimens pale yellowish, head blackish. Body
oblong, twice as long as broad, slightly constricted in middle, clothed with
short stiff hairs ; dorsal groove reaching considerably beyond eyes, it is en-
larged a short distance before the tip ; last joint of leg I. two-thirds as long as
the penultimate, leg IV. a little longer than body, its last joint less than one-
third as long as penultimate ; palpi short, third joint twice as long as broad,
fourth much shorter ending in a stout claw, thumb large swollen, much sur-
passing the claw.
Quite common, Fort Collins (Gillette).
(SU)
is)
The Arachnida of Colorado. 43
TETRANYCHID.
Bryobia pratensis Garman.
Recorded by Mr. Baker from the State.
BDELLID.®.
Bdella peregrina Bks.
Fort Collins (Baker).
Eupalpus echinatus Bks.
Fort Collins, attached to a species of Ceresa (Gillette).
EUPODID.
Rhagidia pallida Bks.
Fort Collins, among dead leaves, November (Gillette).
Linopodes antennzpes Bks.
Fort Collins, among dead leaves, November (Gillette).
ORIBATID 2.
Belba australis Bks.
Two specimens, Fort Collins, among dead leaves, November
(Gillette).
GAMASIDE.
Laelaps sp.
Fort Collins (Gillette).
Iphis sp.
Fort Collins (Gillette).
DERMANYSSID &.
Dermanyssus galline Redi.
Fort Collins, from chickens (A. Cameron).
IXODID.%.
Dermacentor americanus Linn.
Ixodes variabilis Say.
Fort Collins, sweeping and from neck of man.
Rhipicephalus sp.
One specimen from Kittdeer, Fort Collins (R. C. Stephenson).
TY ROGLYPHID.
Homopus (?) sp.(?)
Fort Collins, on wood-mouse (Gillette).
434 The Arachnida of Colorado.
ADDENDA.
In the preceding article I omitted to state that those species
seen by me and not followed by the collector’s name, were re-
ceived from both Prof. Gillette and Mr. Baker.
I have since received some additional material from Mr. and
Mrs. Baker, containing a few species not in the collections which
they had previously sent me. Mr. Baker sends a male specimen
of Gnaphosa sericata Koch (bicolor Htz.), collected in May at Ft.
Collins. Mrs. Baker collected a specimen of Cicurina robusta
Simon, on the lawn in May. It was described by Simon from
the State, but was previously unknown to me. Mr. Baker also
sends a new species of Philezeus (P. monticola), which will be de-
scribed elsewhere.
In Mr. Cockerell’s collection from West Cliff, I accidentally
overlooked an attid; Habrocestum hirsutum; it was previously
known only from Oregon.
XV.—Coleopterological Notices.
Vi.
BY THOS. L. CASEY.
Read May 20, 1895.
The fact that two entire families of North American Coleop-
tera, although treated monographically in the present work, are
composed principally of species whose names now appear for the
first time in the annals of scientific literature, must be regretfully
regarded as proving the comparatively slight amount of interest
evinced in this country for the systematic study of entomology.
The study of nature in any sphere is ennobling and broaden-
ing to the mind, whether it concerns elementary matter or the
physical forces which control the universe, the infusoria or the
mammals, the bacteria or those great trees which excite the ad-
miration of the most apathetic of us; but, as we human beings
are primarily and essentially a social animal, it is evident that in
a general sense the opinion of the people at large must have some
weight in fashioning the tastes and predilections, even of those
in whom the thirst for disinterested research is especially devel-
oped. Wecan account in this way for the exceedingly small pro-
portion of scientific men who regard the study of morphological
entomology as worthy of very serious consideration, although it
ean scarcely be disputed that in the Insecta occur the most won-
derful: structures to be found in the entire domain of nature, the
most singular adaptations, and the most prolific sources of data
to be ultimately utilized in attacking some of the apparently in-
scrutable problems of biological evolution.
Perhaps the day may arrive some centuries hence, when the
world shall have become more widely and more homogeneously
educated, when systematic workers in the field of entomology
can count themselves among the candidates for honors and dis-
tinctions, similar to those now bestowed by popular favor upon
him who discovers out in space a tiny point revolving about a
dash of light almost equally minute, or who, by mathematical
ANNALS N. Y. AcAD. Sct., VIII., July, 1895.—31.
436 Coleopterological Notices, VI.
logic deduces the laws of planetary motion, or who, by patient
and careful weighing discovers a hitherto unknown constituent of
our atmosphere. These fields of scientific enquiry are all parts of
one grand cosmos, and I cannot conceive one of them to be more
soul-inspiring than another; they are all equally wonderful,
equally beautiful, and equally beyond the ken of finite intellect.
NORFOLK, VA., May 18, 1895.
STAPHYLINID A.
CONOSOMA Kraatz.
This genus is represented in America by numerous species,
which, because of their comparatively constant and monotonous
facies, have gained the reputation of being a difficult lot to deal
with systematically ; but this is by no means the case in reality.
There are several sclerites which are sufliciently diversified to
afford most satisfactory taxonomic elements, and in fact the
species can be separated into two almost equal divisions, based
upon radically different types of epipleural structure which can
be recognized upon mere cursory examination. The extent of
development of the long erect tactile sete of the abdomen, an-
tennal structure, sculpture of the elytra and ventral characters of
the male can also be employed advantageously in classification,
as these all differ in a marked and sufficiently constant degree
among the various species; the difference in elytral sculpture be-
tween knoxi, bipustulata and parvula, for example, is very pro-
nounced. In some cases I have resorted to peculiarities of color-
ation for the principal differential character of the species.
In the following table I have been compelled to add a number
of new species to those already known, and to correct some very
inaccurate and misleading synonymy which has been allowed to
stand in our recent lists :-—
I. Epipleure broader, subhorizontal, pubescent, impressed toward base, but
with the outer margin only descending slightly below the inner.
Pronotum abruptly pale in color in basal half, the elytra pale but blackish
laterally and toward Vapexe.....--schoc-tenecnsstensecseeccesctesanesiees 1. knoxi
Pronotum unicolorous or only feebly and suffusedly pale toward base.
Elytra each with a large, obliquely oyal pale spot at base...2. littorea
Elytra unicolorous or suffusedly pale at base throughout the width.
Body blackish in color, the elytra rufous at base.................8. Opica
Coleopterological Notices, VI. 437
Body blackish throughout, occasionally with the elytra and abdomen
slightly rufescent.
Abdominal setee short sparse and inconspicuous toward base.
Fifth ventral of the male sinuate at apex, the sixth with a deep
TOUNGEdMTedTaANySIMUAL ONsee dees --eeees- eee eases 4. imbricata
Fifth ventral unmodified at apex, the sixth with a broad and shal-
low sinuation four or five times as wide as deep.
5. lumuloides
Abdominal sete long and bristling throughout the length.
6. velocipes
Body more or less pale in color throughout.
Species on thepeaciti CucOashieceseaecciceececstecesines csc accs 7. Castanea
Species of the Atlantic coast.
Outer edge of the epipleurze not lower than the inner, the epipleu-
ral surface evenly and symmetrically excavated through a large
PALL Ol RUS WER LEM Gaecec we cosecetincte sctecoetecisiste cnet alanis sine 8. Wirgimice
Outer edge descending slightly below the inner toward base, the
excavation near the inner edge ; much smaller species.
9. Mmacer
II. Epipleure narrow, glabrous, becoming subvertical toward base, the outer
margin generally descending very far below the inner.
Elytra without marginal sete.
Black, each elytron with a median red spot at the base.
Large species. Europe and the Pacific coast........10. bipustulata
Sina lS peclessmr Ath antl MEOTON Steere ace te seiceitsectaccdciee See aa 11. basalis
Black or paler, the elytra unicolorous or suffusedly pale at the base
throughout the width.
Species large or moderate in size, always distinctly more than 1 mm. in
width.
Epipleurze extending to the elytral apex................... 12. occulta
Epipleuree not attaining the elytral apex.
Epistoma fully one-half wider than long ; antennz slender, with
the eleventh joint twice as long as wide—Q......... 13. crassa
Epistoma but sightly wider than long ; antennze shorter and less
slender, the eleventh joint much shorter; body very much
Sita er Oyen oriacataaaedse ee ececeiartaeectenstetocea acre: 14. versicolor
Species small, always less than 1 mm. in width.
Elytra with rather finely imbricate sculpture.
Elytra longer than the prothorax........................0+. 15. debilis
Elytra equal in length to the prothorax ; body less oval and more
rectilimesm ati they Sides) i-ae-ccecseesessseceeseecceseese eee 16. subtilis
Elytra short and transverse, with very coarsely imbricate sculpture.
17. parvula
Elytra with a single series of five or six long black setze along the lateral
edge ; body pale, the elytra feebly nubilate with a blackish design.
18. scripta
438 Coleopterological Notices, VI.
Whenever possible the descriptions which follow are drawn
from the male.
The measurements of length refer to the head and body as far
as the extremity of the elytra, the abdomen being wholly excluded.
1. C. Knoxi Lec.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1866, p. 374; Horn:
Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., VI., 1877, p. 110.
Moderately broad, testaceous, the head and apical half of the
pronotum, elytra externally and toward apex and abdomen in
about apical half, black; antennz blackish but testaceous toward
apex and base. Head nearly one-half as wide as the prothorax,
minutely punctulate, extremely minutely and feebly substrigilate,
the antennz long, feebly incrassate, the tenth joint in the male but
slightly longer than wide, the eleventh one-half longer than wide
and acutely and symmetrically pointed. Prothorax three-fifths
wider than long, the apex about three-fifths as wide as the base,
minutely, very closely and rather distinctly punctulate, the sur-
face extremely minutely and transversely substrigilate. Elytra
nearly as long as wide, only slightly narrowed from the base, with
the sides evenly and feebly arcuate, slightly narrower than the
prothorax, the external apical angles right and but little rounded ;
apex very feebly, triangularly emarginate; disk rather depressed
and finely, excessively densely punctulate, extremely minutely
and densely pubescent. Abdomen rapidly conical, the black
sete short and inconspicuous toward base. Length 2.25 mm.;
width 1.25 mm.
Pennsylvania to Wisconsin (Bayfield, Lake Superior). The
male has a large triangular emargination at the apex of the
sixth ventral segment, the angle of which is rather broadly
rounded. In this distinct species the elytral sculpture and ves-
titure are more minute and dense than in any other known to me.
2. C. Llittorea Linn.—Faun. Suec., 852 (Staphylinus); Er.: Gen. Staph.,
p. 219 (Conurus); Horn: Tr. Am. Ent. Soc., VI., p. 109.
Almost similar in form and size to knoxi, blackish throughout,
the pronotum near the sides and a large somewhat obliquely oval
spot at the middle of the base of each elytron testaceous ; apices
of the ventral segments slightly pale. Length 2.4 mm.; width
1.35 mm.
Europe and Massachusetts. The sixth ventral of the male has
a very large triangular emargination nearly as in knowt, but with
Coleopterological Notices, VI. 439
the angle less rounded, and the elytral sculpture is extremely
finely and closely imbricato-punctulate, almost as densely as in
knoxi. As in that species, the epipleure are very wide, nearly
flat, subhorizontal, densely pubescent and punctulate throughout
and broadly, feebly impressed in the middle toward base. I am
of the opinion that the few examples of this species thus far
taken in the United States are mere sporadic importations.
3. C. Opica Say—Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., IV., p. 467 (Tachyporus) ;
Horn; Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., VI., p. 112 (Conosoma); cinetula Er.: Gen.
Staph., p. 226 (Conurus); corticola Csy.: Cont. Col. N. A. IL, p. 146
(Conurus ).
Oval, strongly convex, rather shining, blackish, the basal margin
of the pronotum very narrowly and the base of the elytra broadly,
rufescent ; antenne infuscate, pale toward base, the eleventh joint
yellowish ; legs pale. Head finely, sparsely punctulate, a little less
than one-half as wide as the prothorax, the antenne rather short
and incrassate, the tenth joint distinctly transverse; last joint
of the maxillary palpi slender, oblique and subulate, but nearly
as long as the third. Prothorax two-thirds wider than long, the
apex three-fifths as wide as the base, the basal angles but slightly
prominent posteriorly and obtusely rounded; disk not punctate
except the minute scars left by fallen hairs. Scutellum large,
the apex not at all rounded. Elytra not quite as long as wide,
distinctly longer than the prothorax, evenly and moderately nar-
rowed from the base, the sculpture rather coarsely but feebly
imbricate. Abdomen gradually and evenly tapering throughout
the length, the erect bristles very short and inconspicuous except
at tip. Length 1.7 mm.; width 1.05 mm.
New York to Virginia and westward. The male has the sixth
ventral broadly and triangularly emarginate at tip, the angle
rounded. The epipleure are horizontal, wide, coarsely pubescent
throughout, and broadly and almost symmetrically excavated
toward base.
4. C. imbricata Csy.—Cont. Deser. and Syst. Col. N. A., IL, p. 148
(Conurus) ; pubescens Horn nec Payk.: Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., VI., p. iO be
adeps Zimm. i. litt.
Suboval, rather stout, very strongly convex, blackish through-
out, the elytra generally more or less reddish; legs rufous; an-
tenn blackish except at apex and toward base; punctures of the
440 Coleopterological Notices, VI.
head and pronotum exceedingly minute and occupied almost en-
tirely by the base of the hairs. Head one-half as wide as the pro-
thorax, the antenne rather long, gradually and evenly incrassate
through the last six or seven joints, the penultimate slightly
wider than long. Prothorax nearly one-half wider than long, the
basal angles rather abruptly prominent posteriorly, right and not
distinctly rounded. Elytra not quite as long as wide, somewhat
distinctly longer than the prothorax, perceptibly narrowed from
the base, with the sides very feebly but evenly arcuate, the
disk strongly convex, perfectly even in coloration, somewhat
coarsely and feebly imbricate and minutely, very densely pubes-
cent. Abdomen quite evenly tapering from base to tip, the erect
sete short and inconspicuous except at the apex. Length 2.0-
2.25 mm.; width 1 15-1.3 mm.
New York, New Jersey and Pennsylvania. The male has a
feeble rounded median sinuation at the apex of the fifth ventral,
the sixth having a deep rounded sinuation at the middle, about
three times as wide as deep and with the external angles very
broadly arcuate. The epipleurz are wide, punctulate and pu-
bescent throughout, subhorizontal and broadly impressed in
about basal half.
This species is allied to the European pubescens, but is more
convex, with more gradually incrassate antennee, and differs also
in coloration and decidedly in sculpture. In pubescens Payk.,
of which I have before me a series carefully determined by Mr.
Reitter, the elytra are smaller and more depressed, and are gener-
ally rufous with the suture and flanks blackish; the antennz are
much more rapidly and strongly incrassate through the outer five
joints, and the penultimate joints are fully as long as wide; the
sinuation of the fifth ventral is much wider and the rounded notch
of the sixth narrower, not more than twice as wide as deep, with
the external angles much less broadly rounded. In the European
species the elytral sculpture is very much finer, denser and less
distinctly imbricate, this being noticeable in all the numerous
Specimens compared, even under the low powers of the hand lens.
The recently published lists of Coleoptera common to Europe
and America have in several cases been carried much too far, and
numerous instances occur, especially in the Staphylinide, where
species closely allied by reason of community of descent have
been regarded as identical; in some cases the species which have
Coleopterological Notices, VI. 441
been thought to be identical are not even particularly closely re-
lated to each other. These mistakes principally refer to the fauna
of eastern North America, the proportion of common forms of the
west coast being much greater. In fact, if we omit the well
known cosmopolitan species and those which have been sporadi-
cally and locally introduced, the fauna of eastern America in-
eludes but a very small actual number of species identical with
their homologues of Europe, and there is no good reason why the
term ‘‘ Nearctic” should not be employed for this region, in con-
tradistinction to “ Palearctic,” which includes Europe, northern
Asia and the west coast of North America. The large number of
identical genera and closely allied species in the Nearctic and
Palearctic faunas shows plainly that they have a common origin,
but there can be no doubt that they are now sufficiently differen-
tiated to warrant a continuation of the distinctive appellations.
5. C. limutloides n. sp.—Suboyal, strongly convex, moderately shining,
blackish throughout, the apices of the ventral segments slightly paler; legs
pale testaceous, the posterior darker; antennz infuscate toward the middle;
pubescence moderately fine, dense and decumbent, dark in color; punctures
of the head and pronotum extremely fine, occupied by the base of the hairs;
those of the elytra not distinct. Head barely one-half as wide as the prothorax,
the epistoma only moderately transverse; antennze extending slightly beyond
the base of the prothorax, very stout and gradually incrassate, the penultimate
joints rather strongly transverse. Prothorax rather elongate, not more than
two-fifths wider than long, the apex about three-fifths as wide as the base;
sides evenly arcuate; basal angles moderately and not very abruptly promi-
nent posteriorly, slightly more than right and not much rounded. Scutellum
large, triangular, slightly wider than long, with the sides very feebly arcuate
and the apex scarcely atall blunt. Elytra not quite as long as wide and but
slightly longer than the prothorax, the sides scarcely visibly convergent from
base to apex and extremely feebly but evenly arcuate; apex very feebly
angulato-emarginate; disk, rather coarsely imbricate, the imbrications feebly
reticulate. Abdomen gradually tapering, the sete very short, sparse and in-
conspicuous except at apex. Length 1.8 mm.; width 1.2 mm.
Iowa.
Readily distinguishable from the preceding, which it strongly
resembles in habitus, by the sexual characters of the male, the fifth
ventral being completely unmodified and the sixth having a broad
shallow apical sinuation, rounded at the bottom and four or five
times as wide as deep; it also differs in its shorter antenne, with
the outer joints much more transverse. The epipleurz are nearly
flat throughout, being feebly impressed only near the base. Three
specimens.
449 Coleopterological Notices, VI.
6. C. velocipes n. sp.—Moderately stout, strongly convex, feebly shin-
ing, blackish, the basal margins of the pronotum and elytra unevenly and
feebly suffused with a paler reddish tint; abdomen paler, red-brown through-
out; legs and antennze rufo-testaceous, the latter paler and more yellowish
toward base and at the eleventh joint; pubescence very fine, dense and plum-
beo-cinereous throughout, the punctures minute and scarcely visible. Head
small, distinctly less than one-half as wide as the prothorax, the epistoma
paler and with more distinct punctulation and reticulation; antennz rather
long, evenly and gradually incrassate through the last six or seven joints; the
ninth scarcely as long as wide, the tenth perceptibly wider than long, eleventh
rather short, somewhat rapidly, obliquely and acutely pointed at apex.
Prothorax nearly three-fifths wider than long, the apex but slightly more than
one-half as wide as the base, the sides evenly and strongly arcuate becoming
parallel toward base, the basal angles gradually and only moderately promi-
nent posteriorly and distinctly rounded. E£lytra nearly one-fourth wider than
long, not at all longer than the prothorax, the sides distinctly convergent but
only very slightly arcuate from base to apex; disk convex, moderately finely
imbricate. Abdomen very evenly and gradually tapering from base to apex,
the erect black sete: long and distinct at the sides throughout, but, as usual,
less numerous toward base. Length 2.0 mm.; width 1.4 mm.
New York (near the city); New Jersey; Virginia (Fredericks-
burg).
This distinct species may be readily known by the ventral
sexual characters of the male, the long black and bristling sete
being very numerous throughout, except broadly along the
median line where the ordinary short pale pubescence becomes
longer, more erect and conspicuous. The sixth ventral has a
triangular nick in median third at apex, the notch nearly three
times as wide as deep and with the angle not rounded, the apex
of the fifth segment arcuately sinuate in the middle. The epi-
pleurze are wide and become gradually nearly glabrous toward
base. This species may be distinguished from ¢tmbricata by its
shorter elytra and long black bristles toward the base of the
abdomen.
~
7. C. castanea Horn—Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., VI., p. 111; acutangulum
Fy1., i. litt.
Rather stout, strongly convex, pale brownish-testaceous in
color throughout, minutely and densely pubescent, the punctures
scarcely visible. Length 1.7-1.9 mm.; width 1.1-1.3 mm.
Coast regions of California from Humboldt to Los Angeles; I
obtained three specimens also at Lake Tahoe, which represent a
slightly smaller and narrower variety. The male has a rounded
Coleopterological Notices, VI. 443
sinuation at the apex of the sixth ventral, occupying about median
third and about three times as wide as deep, and the apical mar-
gin of the fifth segment is very feebly sinuate in the middle. The
epipleur are wide, pubescent throughout and broadly, feebly im-
pressed toward base. A female specimen, taken near Monterey
Bay, is blackish throughout but does not seem to differ materially
otherwise.
8. C. virgimiz n. sp.—Stout, strongly convex, feebly shining, the pu-
bescence fine, very dense and plumbeo-cinereous throughout, the punctures
scarcely visible; body pale brownish-testaceous in color, the legs concolorous;
antenne brown, paler and diaphanous toward base, the eleventh joint also
pale. Head small, scarcely two-fifths as wide as the prothorax, the antennze
rather long, very evenly and gradually incrassate through the seven outer
joints, the ninth slightly elongate, the tenth a little wider than long, eleventh
scarcely one-half longer than wide, almost symmetrically and rapidly pointed
at apex. Prothorax one-half wider than long, strongly convex, the sides
strongly and evenly arcuate, becoming parallel toward base; the apex but
slightly more than one-half as wide as the base, the basal angles gradually
and strongly prominent posteriorly, right and slightly blunt. Elytra a little
narrower and but very slightly longer than the prothorax, not quite as long as
wide, the sides distinctly convergent and broadly arcuate from base to apex.
the latter broadly and triangularly emarginate; disk somewhat coarsely but
feebly imbricato-punctulate. Abdomen gradually tapering from the base, the
black setze rather long and conspicuous even ‘toward base. Length 2.1 mm.;
width 1.4 mm.
Virginia (Norfolk).
In the male the sixth ventral has a triangular notch occupying
about median third of the apex and about twice as wide as deep,
with the angle scarcely at all rounded and the sides nearly
straight, and the fifth segment is feebly sinuate in the middle of
the apical margin. The epipleure are moderately wide, deeply
hollowed in more than basal half, pubescent but becoming gradu-
ally glabrous near the base. A single specimen.
9. C, macer n. sp.—Rather narrow, strongly convex, feebly shining, pale
brownish-testaceous throughout, the legs and antennz concolorous, the latter
more flavate at apex and toward base as usual; pubescence very dense, rather
dark in color. | Head nearly one-half as wide as the prothorax, the antennie
moderately long, evenly but rather rapidly incrassate through the five or six
outer joints, the seventh elongate, the ninth and tenth somewhat wider than
long, eleventh oval, stout and very obliquely pointed at apex. Prothorax fully
one-half wider than long, the apex two-thirds as wide as the base; sides
evenly and strongly arcuate; basal angles gradually aud strongly prominent
posteriorly, right and only slightly blunt. Elytra short and transverse, nearly
444 Coleopterological Notices, VI.
one-half wider than long and distinctly shorter than the prothorax; sides eyi-
dently convergent from the base but only very feebly arcuate, the angulate
emargination of the apex exceedingly feeble; disk convex, evenly and not
very finely imbricate, the imbrications pronounced and not reticulate. Abdo-
men rapidly and very evenly tapering throughout, the erect black setz not
evident toward base. Length 1.4-1.6 mm.; width 1.0-1.2 mm.
South Carolina; Virginia (Norfolk).
The male above described has the tip of the sixth ventral
emarginate throughout the width, the notch broadly triangular,
and about three times as wide as deep, with the sides feebly arcu-
ate and the angle narrowly rounded; the fifth ventral is com-
pletely unmodified at apex and without trace of median sinua-
tion. Five specimens.
10. C. bipustulata Grav.—Microp., p. 132 (Tachyporus); bisignata
Horn: Tr. Am. Ent. Soc., VI., p. 110.
Oval, convex, shining, black, each elytron with a large trans-
verse and posteriorly sinuate spot of red at the middle of the
base; legs piceous-brown; antenne infuscate except toward base
and at the apex; pubescence very short, dark in color, rather
dense. Length 2.5 mm.; width 1.6 mm.
Europe, eastward through Asia and along the western coast of
North America to the mountains of California. This species
is remarkable in having no trace of imbricate sculpture on the
elytra and in fact this sculpture, which is universal in the
American species of the preceding group, is frequently sub-
obsolete in this section of the genus; in the present species the
surface is finely punctulate and minutely and transversely stri-
gilato-reticulate. The epipleurze become vertical externally to-
ward base and are glabrous, with the exception of a few hairs
along the inner marginal bead; they do not quite attain the
elytral apex and the external angles of the elytra are rounded.
The basal angles of the prothorax are only feebly produced pos-
teriorly and are rounded.
11. C. basalis Erichs.—Gen. Staph., p. 225 (Conurus); Horn: Tr. Am.
Ent. Soc., VI. p. 111; pulicaria Sachse: Stett. Zeitsch., 1852, p. 120; setifer
Csy.: Cont. Col. N. A., II., p. 147 (Conurus).
Rather narrowly oval, strongly convex, shining, blackish, each
elytron with a large and somewhat indefinite transverse spot of
red at the middle of the base; under surface rufescent, the legs
pale brown; body clothed throughout with rather dense plumbeo-
Coleopterological Notices, VI. 445
cinereous pubescence. Head small, two-fifths as wide as the
prothorax, the antenne rather long and slender, gradually and
very feebly incrassate, the penultimate joint longer than wide.
Prothorax somewhat longer than usual, scarcely one-half wider
than long, rapidly subconical throughout, the sides arcuate, not
becoming parallel at the base, the basal angles rather strongly
prominent posteriorly but distinctly rounded. Elytra slightly
wider than long, equal in length to the prothorax; distinctly
narrowed from the base, the imbrications rather large but feeble,
and subtransversely and finely reticulate. Abdomen very evenly
tapering throughout, the erect black sets long and conspicuous
to the base. Length 1.5 mm.; width 1.05 mm.
New York to Iowa and Texas. succawdessmptinccee 57. quadricollis
Pronotum clothed in great part with pale pubescence.
Pale hairs of the elytra very sparse; elytra transversely and broadly
IMIpresseds Meare WASe-epa-aeee ease eceeeeeeeeeeeee ee ces 58. remotus
Pale hairs very numerous; elytra not impressed; body much narrower.
59. Conspersus
Punctures coarse; legs bright ferruginous throughout.....60. mmexicanus
24—Very large species, more than 5 mm. in length, black, with the elytra
pale:.and rufous’ throughout... /-.cch..2...sseder0+-scsececsseers 61. rufipennis
Moderate or small species, always under 4 mm. in length; body almost invari-
’ eu fs} ) v
ably; wUMiCOlOLOUSs....5.-csse deaciosdece Setneseees Steenwoccoce cecmeoe ee eee ee eee eee eee 25
25—Decumbent pubescence dense, the general aspect cinereous or fulvous...26
Decumbent pubescence sparse, the general aspect of the body blackish from
non-concealment, of the Surface: .s.c-ccssesea se oee nae eienecee seen eeesees shee aeeeeeee 29
26—Legs black: Or PiceOUSicvacswncesecestiessvesaainnwnileoserels taenels saabiececemiecspiedeceeeneees 27
NGCHS TOM. 25 jsoissaiswisisreiis oloarielsreisdeveoaiatjaleicawis oie os oleate aisiaice siete ereseciis sekins osteeee ecenen peeemeee 28
2%7— Sides of the prothorax parallel or extremely nearly so and evenly arcuate.
Erect black hairs only visible toward the sides of the prothorax ; erect hairs
of the elytra coarse, abundant, only moderately long and pale cinereous
WN MTCOTEREA IOC ty Sea ober akoncmeadendSceobaraGaTace aaosApobeodakoasa5c9qqEnGeDc00 62. lobatus
Erect black hairs few in number, unusually short and inconspicuous, scarcely
noticeable on the elytra except toward the sides, where they are mingled
with a greater number of white hairs..................... 63. Drevipilosus
Erect black hairs very long and conspicuous throughout the upper surface.
Decumbent pubescence of the elytra short and not wholly concealing the
surface, the erect black hairs very abundant.
Sides of the prothorax strongly arcuate ; body short...... 64. hystrix
Sides of the prothorax feebly arcuate ; body elongate and parallel.
65. barbare
Decumbent pubescence long and extremely dense, the long erect hairs
Sparsen large Species ss-cassceeeereereteceeee -e-ece sss scee teense 66. tectus
Sides of the prothorax rounded and convergent only near the apex ; body ob-
LON G=OVAl oi sgnenedetcmess ents sancsnsne ect acememee ton see ecier werbeemeriont: 67. sordidus
Sides convergent and nearly straight from near basal third ; erect hairs very
long, white on the elytra, with a few black intermingled..68. villosus
Sides of the prothorax convergent from base to apex and feebly arcuate ; erect
hairs of the elytra conspicuous ; rather large species........... 69. irrasus
Coleopterological Notices, VI. 473
2% — Prothorax parallel and moderately arcuate at the sides; erect black hairs
Ono ebubMabhen Sparse se. sam ssebesacsecccetaccsesacmasseriiteraceseese 70. Crinifer
Prothorax narrowed at apex.
Pubescence cinereous; erect hairs moderately long, abundant; elytra gener-
ally distinctly paler at the apical margin.....................45 71. hirtellus
Pubescence bright fulvous; erect hairs very long, bristling and abundant.
72. fullvescens
29—Large species, 4mm. in length; prothorax transversely elliptical and very
COPIA? jqUNAC TUNE nce coccnsnoodosecooceBoongsgaouobAdacHbsocadaonGee 73. Comatus
Smaller species, seldom sensibly more than 3 mm. in length.....................: 30
30—Legs black to dark rufo-piceous in color; sides of the prothorax parallel
ANGEStTON GiliysaAnCU Abe Ns aac peels cae scillsta stot cs es slo ssisesle Saelcilateiselclsirseienseeiseee 31
Mess Licht euLO-errus NOUS WM COLO! «cscs sceesisis's ccieassisenieioss ones seaincoicins sisdnasden des 32
1—Long hairs of the elytra conspicuous.
Male with feeble sexual modification (tejonicus Lee. )....... 74. squalidus
Male with pronounced sexual modification at the ventral apex.
15. Sexualis
Long hairs of the elytra very inconspicuous and inclined......... 76. sonomze
32— Basal angles of the prothorax obtuse.
Prothorax narrowed anteriorly, strongly punctate............... 77. texanus
Prothoraxs parallels fimeliyspunetaversessce-pectcnete soccescesccem-sse> 78. lucidus
Basal angles acute and everted, the sidesconvergent anteriorly...79. reversus
33—Sides of the prothorax parallel and arcuate. ............... g ivdeadsiviecsecsnencod
Sides of the prothorax convergent anteriorly; marginal cilia short and fimbri-
OVINE ASE ae Re crea oman ceacitan «tiatieesossdoastacsead desemsetararsdeaasan sanbuiedeee 35
34— Legs dark red ; integuments polished, with an ceneous lustre, the elytral
punctures very coarse and Sparse............02-s.sceeeseeeosceesseee 80. pedalis
Legs black or piceous.
ali Gralgp UME EULES HELM Crs cdacs aces secsiteclesaeisasiienisiecasen cease decleseces 81. nigrimus
Elytral punctures coarse.
The punctures somewhat unequal.
Punctures very sparse ; integuments with a feeble subzeneous lustre ;
sides of the prothorax strongly rounded behind the middle.
82. aemescens
Punctures less sparse; lustre non-metallic ; sides of the prothorax very
feebly moun dedM wesw esacaan caves sae slascssecceaacveseblscsee 83. rusticus
The punctures even, deep and distinctly defined ; sides of the prothorax
almost evenly and strongly rounded throughout............ 84. politus
35—Erect hairs of the upper surface not evident ; edges of the elytra serrulate
at apex ; small species, the body somewhat depressed.
85. punctipennis
36—Prothorax constricted at the sides behind the apex....86. stricticollis
One of the three species described by Motschulsky (Bull. Mosc.,
1859, ii., p 393) remains unidentified and is described as follows:
‘* Alatus, elongatus, subovatus, subconvexus, punctatissimus, cinereo pub-
474 Coleopterological Notices, VI.
escens, nigro-seneus, ore, oculis, antennis pedibusque nigris; fronte inter an-
tennas tuberculo nitidissimo armata; thorace capite latiore, subtransverso, an-
tice vix angustato, basi arcuato, angulis posticis distinctis, obtusis, lateribus
subareuatis, marginatis; elytris thoracis latitudine vix superantibus, parallelis,
postice arcuatim attenuatis; antennis subcompressis, articulis transversim tri-
angularis, 5- to paulo dilatato. Long. 1 1.—lat. 2 1.’’ California [Dupont].
87. californicus
The subjoined remarks give but little aid in identification and
need not be quoted.
1. T. compactus n. sp.—Oblong, rather stout, strongly convex, pol-
ished, piceous-black, the elytra rufo-castaneous; under surface, legs and an-
tenn dark rufous throughout; pubescence coarse, decumbent, moderately
short and dense, pale ochreo-cinereous in color, the marginal fringe of the pro-
thorax and elytra moderate in length. Head slightly more than one-half as
wide as the prothorax, flat, broadly impressed anteriorly, finely, sparsely pune-
tate, the interspaces smooth; epistoma abruptly depressed, pale, coriaceous and
impunctate; labrum short, broadly arcuate at apex, the disk finely and re-
motely but distinctly punctate, the punctures bearing short erect setze; eyes
rather large but not prominent; antennze somewhat slender, subequal in length
to the prothorax, the fifth and seventh joints larger than the sixth and eighth,
penultimate wider than long. Prothorax large, broadly campanulate, about
one-half wider than long, the sides broadly rounded and convergent toward
apex, outwardly sinuate toward base, the basal angles acute and strongly
everted; apex feebly sinuato-truncate, the angles broadly rounded; disk
minutely, sparsely punctate throughout, the interspaces smooth and _ polished.
Elytra only slightly wider than the prothorax, scarcely more than one-half
longer than wide, two and one-half times as long as the prothorax, parallel and
straight at the sides, broadly, obtusely rounded at apex, the vertical flanks
longitudinally impressed toward base; humeri obtusely prominent; disk finely,
evenly and somewhat closely punctate. Abdomen finely, rather closely punc-
tate, the interspaces not reticulate. Length 3.4 mm.; width 1.5 mm.
Southern California.
The single type of this somewhat aberrant species is a female ;
it may be readily identified by the campanulate prothorax, with
acute and everted basal and rounded apical angles.
2. TV. brevis n. sp.—Short and very broad, moderately convex, shining,
black throughout, the legs rufo-piceous, the antenn throughout dark piceous-
brown; pubescence moderately long and dense, pale luteo-cinereous, the hairs
along the lateral edges rather long, erect and bristling. Head but slightly
more than one-half as wide as the prothorax, finely, remotely punctate, the
upper surface perfectly flat throughout, without trace of subapical impression
but with a broad and feeble swelling at the middle near the frontal margin;
epistoma abruptly depressed, short, truncate but scarcely paler; labrum feebly
punctulate toward the sides; eyes large but not prominent; antennze somewhat
Coleopterological Notices, VI. 475
slender, distinctly longer than the prothorax, the penultimate joint nearly one-
half wider than long, fifth and seventh scarcely enlarged. Prothoraxv short and
transverse, three-fourths wider than long, gradually and only slightly nar-
rowed in apical half, the basal angles acute and everted; apex transversely
truncate, anteriorly oblique at the sides, the apical angles anteriorly promi-
nent but rather blunt; disk smooth and polished, finely and sparsely punctate
throughout. Elytra short, scarcely more than one-third longer than wide,
fully two-fifths wider than the prothorax, parallel and straight at the sides, the
apex extremely broadly and obtusely but evenly rounded; side margins some-
what reflexed, the vertical flanks impressed ; humeri slightly tumid; disk finely,
evenly and moderately closely punctate, Abdomen finely and closely punctu-
late, the legs somewhat stout; hind tarsi distinctly shorter than the tibi.
Length 2.9 mm.; width 1.6 mm.
California.
The only known specimen of this species is likewise a female,
and is from an unrecorded part of the State. The species is re-
markably distinct in the prominent apical and acutely everted
basal angles of the prothorax, and in the very short broad form
of the body. The epipleurez are not much wider than in the or-
dinary species of the genus, and are gradually narrowed behind,
but they are nevertheless somewhat intermediate between the
usual type and the broad horizontal form characterizing the
genus Eudasytes.
3. T. oregonensis Lec.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1866, p. 351
( Pristoscelis. )
Oblong-elongate, strongly convex, black, the upper surface with
a feeble eneous lustre; legs and antenne throughout black; pu-
bescence cinereous, moderately dense, long and coarse, sparse an-
teriorly ; marginal cilia rather short. Head three-fourths as wide
as the prothorax, feebly convex, feebly constricted at base, the
eyes large and somewhat prominent; punctures fine and sparse,
subrugose; front broadly bi-impressed ; epistoma thin, truncate;
labrum long, parabolic, only punctured at base, pale at apex; an-
tenn slender, slightly longer than the prothorax, the fifth joint
wider than the fourth and wider and much longer than the sixth,
tenth nearly as long as wide. Prothorax fully one-half wider
than long, the sides subparallel, very feebly convergent in apical,
more strongly so and more rounded in basal half, the basal
angles obtuse but slightly reflexed dorsally; apex transversely
truncate, wider than the base, anteriorly oblique at the sides, the
apical angles prominent but not very acute; disk strongly and
476 Coleopterological Notices, VI.
rather closely punctate and subrugose, coarsely reto-scabrous near
the sides. Elytra parallel, two-thirds longer than wide, only
slightly wider the prothorax and nearly three times as long, side
margins narrowly reflexed; punctures somewhat fine and close-
set, scabriculate. Abdomen minutely. densely asperulo-punctate,
the legs rather long. Length 3.8 mm.; width 1.5 mm,
Oregon. The male from which the description is taken has the
fifth ventral unmodified on the disk, short and broadly truncate
at apex; the genital segment is flat, emarginate, with about three
long erect black setz at each side, and the under surface of the
tip of the dorsal pygidium is distinct beyond it. The epipleure
are wider than in most species of the genus, but are gradually
narrowed behind.
4. T. agrestis n. sp.—Elongate and convex, moderately shining, black
throughout; legs and antennz dark rufo-piceous, the first and eleventh joints
of the latter black; pubescence very short, fine and closely decumbent, brown-
ish-black in color and inconspicuous, the marginal fringe short, even and dark
in color. Head three-fourths as wide as the prothorax, feebly constricted at
base, sparsely punctate, the punctures fine, coarser and with scabrous sculpture
toward base; frontal impressions large and feeble; eyes large, slightly promi-
nent and distant from the base; epistoma thin and truncate; labrum short,
very broad, feebly arcuate at apex, punctate at base, with several long black
sete near the sides; antennz one-fourth longer that the prothorax, rather
slender, the fifth joint distinctly dilated, tenth slightly transverse. Prothorax
fully two-thirds wider than long, the sides parallel and feebly, almost evenly
arcuate throughout; base oblique and sinuate at the sides, the basal angles
slightly obtuse but not rounded; apex transversely truncate, very feebly, an-
teriorly oblique for only a short distance at the sides, the angles slightly ob-
tuse and blunt; disk finely, sparsely punctate, only slightly scabrous near the
sides, the interspaces smooth. Elytra long, four-fifths longer than wide, one-
fourth wider than the prothorax and more than three times as long, the sides
parallel and nearly straight; apex evenly and almost semi-circularly rounded;
humeri strongly tumid; punctures not very coarse but deep, even and well
defined, rather close-set. Abdomen minutely, densely, subasperately punctu-
late, with very fine and short but cinereous pubescence, the legs somewhat
short, densely punctulate. Length 4.7 mm.; width 1.65 mm.
California.
One of the largest and most isolated species of the genus, rep-
resented before me by a single female from an unknown part of
the State. The epipleurz are very narrow and are defined exter-
nally by the finely serrulate edge which is general throughout
the genus.
Coleopterological Notices, VI. 477
5. T. fraternus n. sp.—Elongate, parallel, feebly convex, black, some-
what shining, slightly senescent ; legs bright rufo-ferruginous throughout ;
antennz piceous-black, the funicle testaceous toward base, the basal joint
black ; pubescence moderately long and close on the elytra, finer and sparser
anteriorly, cinereous and distinct ; marginal cilia very short on the prothorax,
twice as long on the elytra, even. Head three-fourths as wide as the pro-
thorax, feebly convex, rather finely but closely punctato-scabrous, the frontal
impressions feeble, separated by a large impunctate space ; epistoma short,
pale and coriaceous, the labrum long, parabolic ; eyes large and moderately
prominent ; antenne rather stout, moderate in length, the fifth joint feebly
dilated, almost equilateral, the tenth somewhat transverse. Prothorax short
and transverse, fully two-thirds wider than long, the sides parallel, evenly
and extremely feebly arcuate from base to apex, the former broadly arcuate
throughout with obtuse and rounded angles, the apex evenly and rectilinearly
truncate throughout the entire width, the angles right and well marked, though
blunt ; disk rather finely and sparsely punctate, coarsely reto-scabrous near
the sides. Elytra three-fourths longer than wide, scarcely visibly wider than
the prothorax, parallel and perfectly straight at the sides, very obtusely
rounded at apex, the humeri moderately tumid ; punctures somewhat fine
and close. Abdomen finely, densely and subasperately punctulate, finely
cinereo-pubescent ; femora stout. Length 3.7 mm. ; width 1.3 mm.
California (San Francisco).
The description is drawn from the male, and in that sex the
fifth ventral is very short, unmodified on the disk but with the
apex broadly truncate and distinctly sinuate in the middle. I
have not seen the female.
This species is allied to cylindricus, but differs in the very
feebly arcuate sides of the prothorax, with conspicuous though
not at all prominent apical angles, in the much longer and denser
elytral pubescence and red legs. One specimen.
6. T. cylindricus Motsch.—Bull. Mosc., 1859, ii., p. 393; atrus Bland
[ater]: Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila., III., p. 253; Lec.: Proc. Acad. Nat., Sci.,
Phila., 1866, p. 351 ( Pristoscelis).
Elongate, parallel, black, the legs and antenne black through-
out; pubescence cinereous, very short though somewhat coarse
and distinct, decumbent and sparse ; marginal fringe short. Head
nearly three-fourths as wide as the prothorax, punctato-scabrous ;
eyes large and somewhat prominent ; epistoma pale and coriaceous ;
labrum broad, feebly arcuate at apex; antenne rather slender,
longer than the prothorax, the fifth and seventh joints only just
visibly dilated, the tenth slightly transverse. Prothorax two-
478 Coleopterological Notices, VI.
thirds wider than long, the sides parallel, evenly and moderately
arcuate, the base arcuate, with the angles somewhat distinct though
obtuse and rounded; apex rectilinearly truncate, the angles
slightly obtuse and distinctly rounded; disk sparsely and rather
finely punctured, polished. Elytra long, fully three-fourths longer
than wide; evidently, though only slightly, wider than the pro-
thorax, parallel and straight at the sides, not very broadly rounded
behind, the punctures moderately fine and well separated ; inter-
spaces slightly alutaceous. Length 3.8 mm.; width 1.4 mm.
California (San Francisco). The male type above described
has very simple sexual characters, the fifth ventral being sub-
truncate at apex and unmodified, the genital segment large and
flat, with a fine deep canaliculation along the median line.
7. T. laticollis Mann.—Bull. Mosc., 1843, p. 247 ( Dasytes) ; Lec. : Proce.
Acad., Phila., 1866, p. 352 ( Pristoscelis).
Oblong, convex, shorter and broader than cylindricus, with the
pubescence a little longer and denser, cinereous ; body black, the
upper surface with a grayish-subzeneous lustre; legs and antennz
piceous-black, the latter feebly testaceous toward the base of the
funicle. Head confusedly punctato-scabrous, broadly bi-impressed
anteriorly, the labrum broad, feebly arcuate at apex; antennze
moderate, the tenth joint somewhat transverse. Prothorax three-
fifths wider than long, the sides parallel and strongly arcuate ;
basal angles very broadly rounded and obliterated, the apical
broadly rounded but less obliterated; apex truncate; disk finely,
sparsely punctate and polished. Elytra one-half longer than wide,
only slightly wider than the prothorax, parallel, very broadly and
obtusely rounded at apex, the humeri somewhat acutely tumid ;
punctures rather fine and well separated, rugose by oblique reflec-
tion, the interspaces polished. Length 3.2-3.7 mm.; width 1.3-
1.5 mm.
California (near San Francisco). Somewhat allied to cylin-
dricus, but broader, with more strongly arcuate sides of the pro-
thorax and more broadly rounded basal angles. The male differs
but little from the female, having feeble sexual characters at the
abdominal apex, but the prothorax is larger, although similarly
proportioned and is about as wide as the elytra; the head is large
in both sexes. Several other very closely allied species are indi-
cated by material in my cabinet.
Coleopterological Notices, VI. 479
8. TV’. castus n. sp.—Elongate-oval, convex, black, polished, the upper
surface with a feeble eneous lustre; legs and antennee black, the tibiz and
tarsi feebly piscescent; pubescence rather long, decumbent, cinereous, some-
what dense on the elytra, sparser anteriorly. Head scarcely three-fifths as
wide as the prothorax, somewhat finely, sparsely punctate, slightly rugose to-
ward base, broadly and strongly bi-impressed anteriorly, the impressions sep-
arated by a wide and elongate impunctate area; epistoma short, rectilinearly
truncate, flattened; labrum broad but rather long, the apical margin very
brozdly parabolic, the disk with some long setze; eyes moderately large, not very
prominent; antenne barely longer than the prothorax, rather stout, the tenth
joint distinctly transverse, the fifth not distinctly dilated. Prothorax nearly
three-fourths wider than long, widest just behind the middle, where the sides
are very obtusely prominent, thence almost equally convergent and nearly
straight to the apex and base, the latter very feebly arcuate and scarcely more
so than the feebly arcuato-truncate apex; basal and apical angles almost
equally obtuse and rounded but both tolerably defined; disk rather strongly,
somewhat sparsely and unequally punctate, the punctures coarser and sub-
asperate anteriorly and laterally; surface smooth, coarsely reto-rugose near the
sides; marginal fringe rather long, dense and even. Elytra distinctly wider
than the prothorax, about three-fourths longer than wide; narrowly parabolic
at apex; humeri prominent and tumid; punctures somewhat fine and close-set,
slightly rugose, the interspaces polished. Abdomen coarsely pubescent, the
punctures fine and not very dense. Length 4.0 mm.; width 1.5 mm,
Utah.
The single specimen serving as the type is a female. Castus is
allied to several Californian species, but is distinguishable quite
readily by the form of the prothorax, and, from cylindricus in ad-
dition, by the very much longer and more conspicuous pubes-
cence.
9. T. Sinuosus n. sp.—Oblong, elongate, convex, black, polished, the
upper surface with a grayish-subzeneous lustre; legs and antennz deep black
throughout; pubescence moderately long and coarse, not very dense but cin-
ereous and conspicuous. Head large, rather more than three-fourths as wide
as the prothorax, the eyes somewhat large but only moderately prominent;
punctures rather fine and sparse, gradually becoming closer and scabrous to-
ward the sides and base; frontal impressions feeble and elongate; labrum
short, broadly arcuate at apex; antennz rather long and stout, slightly longer
than the prothorax, the fifth and sixth joints subequal and both somewhat
wider than the eighth, tenth strongly transverse. Prothorax large, about one-
half wider than long, the sides parallel but deeply sinuate just behind the api-
cal angles, and very broadly, feebly sinuate and oblique in basal half, the sides
very broadly and subangularly swollen at the middle; apical angles laterally
but very obtusely prominent, the basal obtuse but not rounded; apex broadly
subtruncate, becoming posteriorly oblique and broadly rounded at the sides;
480 Coleopterological Notices, VI.
base broadly arcuate; marginal fringe very short; disk rather finely, sparsely
punctate, coarsely scabrous toward the sides. Elytra barely three-fifths longer
than wide and just visibly wider than the prothorax, parallel and straight at
the sides, the apex subcircularly rounded; sutural angles rounded; humeri
tumid; punctures rather fine and close-set, subrugose, the interspaces polished.
Abdomen coarsely pubescent, minutely but not very densely punctulate, the
legs long. Length 3.8 mm.; width 1.5 mm.
California.
This very distinct species is represented by a single male, hav-
ing feeble sexual modifications at the abdominal vertex, the fifth
segment being truncate and apparently very feebly sinuate to-
ward the middle, with the surface unmodified; the genital seg-
ment is impressed along the middle as usual.
10. T. transversus n. sp.—Oblong, moderately convex, shining, black,
the upper surface with very feeble subzeneous lustre; legs black, the tibize and
tarsi piceous; antennz piceous, the basal joint black; pubescence sparse but
rather long, somewhat coarse, cinereous and distinct; marginal fringe short on
the prothorax, much longer on the elytra. Head fully three-fourths as wide
as the prothorax, finely, sparsely but subasperately punctate, rugose toward
base, the frontal impressions strong and separated by a sensibly elevated im-
punctate area; epistoma pale and coriaceous; labrum transversely arcuate at
apex; eyes rather large and prominent; antennz not very stout, one-half lon-
ger than the prothorax, the fifth joint but feebly dilated, tenth strongly trans-
verse. Prothorax very short and transverse, nearly twice as wide as long,
the sides parallel, evenly and somewhat feebly arcuate from base to apex, the
latter evenly and feebly arcuato-truncate throughout the width, the base
scarcely visibly more arcuate; basal and apical angles almost equal,
slightly obtuse and rounded but distinct; disk rather finely, sparsely
perforato-punctate, the edges of the punctures elevated or burred, broadly
scabrous toward the sides. Elytra three-fifths longer than wide, about equal
in width to the prothorax, parallel and straight at the sides; apex broadly
rounded; humeri tumid; flanks impressed toward base; punctures rather fine
and moderately close-set, subrugose, the interspaces polished. Abdomen
somewhat finely and thinly pubescent, the punctures very fine and feeble.
Length 3.25 mm.; width 1.35 mm.
California (San Francisco).
The male has the fifth ventral unmodified on the disk, the apex
truncate and apparently very slightly sinuate toward the middle,
the genital segment broadly impressed, finely canaliculate along
the middle and broadly emarginate at apex. This species is allied
to several of the cylindricus group, but is distinguishable at once
from any of them by the very short prothorax, and, from /ra-
Coleopterological Notices, VI. 481
ternus, it may be known in addition by the black legs. A single
specimen.
11. T. sparsus nh. sp.—Elongate-oval, strongly convex, polished, black,
the upper surface with a scarcely perceptible metallic lustre; the legs and an-
tenn throughout dark rufous; pubescence somewhat long and fine, closely de-
cumbent, very sparse but cinereous and distinct. Head fully two-thirds as
wide as the prothorax, rather convex, polished, finely, sparsely punctate, the
anterior impressions large but very feeble; epistoma at apex and labrum pale,
the latter broadly rounded; eyes moderately large and prominent; antennze
a little longer than the prothorax, the fifth and seventh joints very feebly
dilated, the tenth transverse. Prothorax three-fifths wider than long, the sides
feebly convergent from base to apex and feebly, evenly arcuate; basal angles
broadly rounded, the apical obtuse and nearly as broadly rounded as the basal;
apex truncate in the middle; base very broadly arcuato-truncate, shghtly but
perceptibly wider than the apex, disk finely, remotely punctate, not at all
scabrous at the sides, the interspaces smooth and polished. Elytra two-thirds
longer than wide, only very slightly wider than the prothorax, feebly inflated
behind basal fourth, the sides becoming slightly arcuate; apex very broadly
rounded; humeri tumid but not large; punctures very coarse, impressed and
sparse. Abdomen rather densely clothed with short fine pubescence, the legs
somewhat short. Length 3.2-3.4 mm.; width 1.25-1.4 mm.
Colorado.
The type is a female having the fifth ventral produced at the
middle of the apex in an acute and prominent cusp, the surface
feebly deflexed toward tip and very slightly impressed in the
middle, with some long erect black setz toward the sides; the
genital segment is large, broadly arcuate at apex, broadly im-
pressed and finely, deeply canaliculate along the middle.
This species and the next, of the Rocky Mountain region, dif-
fer conspicuously in general type from the Californian species
which immediately precede. The side margins of the body bear
a close and even fringe of moderately short setz. In the present
species the elytral punctures become much finer and distinctly
closer toward apex, and the pubescence becomes correspondingly
a little less sparse. Two specimens.
12. T. ciliatus n. sp.—Subcylindrical, polished, black, the elytra rufo-
piceous, becoming darker toward base; legs bright rufo-ferruginous through-
out; antennze pale testaceous, slightly piceous at the extreme apex; pubescence
rather long, moderately coarse, very sparse, cinereous and distinct. Head
about two-thirds as wide as the prothorax, rather short, finely but strongly,
remotely punctate, polished throughout and not in the least scabrous; anterior
impressions very feeble, separated at apex by a large convex impunctate area;
482 Coleopterological Notices, VI.
apex of the epistoma and entire labrum bright rufo-ferruginous, the latter
broadly arcuate at apex; eyes only moderately large and somewhat promi-
nent; antennz barely longer than the prothorax, the tenth joint strongly
transverse. Prothorax one-half wider than long, widest at basal third, where
the sides are parallel and broadly rounded, thence becoming distinctly con-
vergent and very feebly arcuate to the apex; basal angles very broadly, the
apical only a little less broadly, rounded; apex truncate and much narrower
than the base; punctures fine, but strong and remote, the surface perfectly
smooth. not at all rugose at the sides. lytra not quite two-thirds longer than
wide, slightly wider than the prothorax, parallel and nearly straight at the
sides, the apex very broadly rounded; flanks longitudinally impressed toward
base; humeri tumid; punctures impressed, sparse and coarse, finer and less
sparse toward apex. Abdomen very finely and feebly punctulate and more
densely pubescent. Length 3.7 mm.; width 1.4 mm.
Texas.
The single type of this species is also a female, having the fifth
ventral very broad with the apex subtruncate and produced in
the middle in a very broad and obtuse cuspiform projection,
which is greatly obscured by the dense, stiff, blackish pubescence
at the apical margin, the surface teebly deflexed and distinctly
impressed in the middle toward tip, and with several long, erect,
black setz in a transverse series at each side. It is closely allied
to sparsus, but is more elongate and cylindrical, with a some-
what less transverse prothorax differently rounded at the sides, a
slightly longer fringe at the sides of the elytra, and a shorter and
broader fifth ventral, with the apical cusp shorter and broader in
the female. In general form it is not unlike some species of
Scolytide.
13. T. atricornis Lec.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1866, p. 352
( Pristoscelis ).
Subcylindrical, strongly convex, polished, black, the upper sur-
face with a dark lustre; legs bright rufo-ferrnginous through-
out ; antenne piceous-black, the basal joint black; epistoma and
labrum piceous-brown ; pubescence short, rather coarse and sparse -
and readily removable; fimbriz even, short on the prothorax,
longer on the elytra. Head scarcely three-fourths as wide as the
prothorax, rather short, finely and somewhat feebly punctato-ru-
gulose, the impressions feeble and widely separated ; labrum large,
broad, parallel, truncate at apex; eyes large but scarcely promi-
nent, attaining the prothorax ; antenne barely as long as the pro-
thorax, rather stout, the tenth joint strongly transverse. Pro-
Coleopterological Notices, VI. 483
thorax long, one-third wider than long, the sides evenly and dis-
tinctly convergent and very feebly, evenly arcuate from base to
apex, the basal angles very obtuse but only slightly rounded, the
apical less obtuse and blunt; base strongly arcuate from angle to
angle; apex evenly and feebly arcuato-truncate throughout the
width; disk finely but strongly, sparsely punctate, scarcely at
all rugose near the sides. Elytra fully two-thirds longer than
wide, not more than twice as long as the prothorax and only just
visibly wider; humeri strongly swollen; punctures moderately
coarse, deep, impressed, somewhat close-set and even. Abdomen
minutely, densely punctulate and clothed with long and abun-
dant cinereous pubescence, the legs rather long. Length 3.5 mm.;
width 1.3 mm.
Arizona. The specimen described agrees with the original
type and is «a female. Africornis is a very distinct species in
general appearance, owing to the long and gradually narrowed
prothorax, short pubescence and pale red legs.
14. 'T. fulvotarsis Bland.—Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila., III., p. 254; Lec.:
Proc. Acad., Phila., 1866, p. 352 ( Pristoscelis).
Slender, subeylindrical, shining, black, the elytra picescent ;
legs pale rufo-ferruginous, the femora piceous; antenn dark
piceous, the basal joint still darker; pubescence short, rather
fine and moderately dense, decumbent, cinereous and distinct.
Head more than three-fourths as wide as the prothorax, finely,
sparsely punctate, nearly smooth; impressions elongate and
feeble, remote, separated at apex by a small tumid area; epi-
stoma and labrum short, each slightly pale at apex, the latter
truncate; eyes moderately large and prominent, slightly distant
from the prothorax; antenne slender, about one-third longer than
the prothorax, the fifth joint only slightly dilated, outer joints
transversely ovoidal. Prothorax nearly one-half wider than
long, the sides parallel, moderately arcuate, more strongly so
behind the middle; angles obtuse but only slightly blunt, the
basal very distinct; apex broadly, feebly arcuate, the base much
more strongly so; punctures small and sparse, the surface
smooth, only feebly subrugose near the sides, the marginal fim-
briz well developed, dense and even. Elytra long, four-fifths
longer than wide, distinctly wider than the prothorax, parallel
ANNALS N. Y. ACAD. Sct., VIII., July, 1895.—34
484 Coleopterological Notices, VI.
evenly rounded at apex, finely, rather feebly and somewhat
sparsely punctate. Legs decidedly slender. Length 2.75-3.0
mm.; width 0.9-1.0 mm.
Middle coast regions of California. This species may be
known at once by its narrow and subcylindrical form, color of
the legs and other characters as detailed above; it is an abun-
dant species. The description is drawn from a female example,
but the male does not differ noticeably in form and has very
feeble abdominal characters.
15. T. antennatus Motsch.—Bull. Mosc., 1859, ii., p. 394.
Oblong-oval, strongly convex, polished, black, the upper surface
with a dull eneous lustre; legs rufo-ferruginous, the femora rufo-
piceous ; antenne testaceous, piceous-black toward apex, the two
basal joints also blackish; pubescence moderately long, coarse,
dense and cinereous, the cilia at the sides of the prothorax and
and elytra long and bristling and scarcely fimbriform. Head
three-fifths as wide as the prothorax, rather finely and sparsely
punctate, the epistoma and labrum dark rufo-testaceous; im-
pressions feeble. Prothorax almost evenly and transversely
elliptical, two-thirds wider than long, the sides parallel and evenly,
strongly arcuate; angles very obtuse and rounded; disk strongly
but not very closely punctate. Elytra three-fifths longer than
wide, distinctly though not greatly wider than the prothorax,
parallel, very broadly rounded at apex. Abdomen finely, densely
punctulate and densely pubescent. Length 2.75 mm.; width 1.15
mm.
California (San Francisco). I have scarcely any doubt that
this is the true antennatus of Motschulsky, who states that it
resembles laticollis Mann., but is smaller. It differs from Jati-
collis, however, in having long bristling pale hairs along the sides
of the body, these being short and fimbriate in that species.
Some few of the hairs toward the sides of the elytra appear to be
semi-erect, and the species might therefore be almost as appro-
priately assigned to the fuscus group, some of the members of
which it resembles considerably. The two specimens before me
are females.
16. T. discipulus n. sp.—Oblong-oval, strongly convex, shining, black,
the upper surface slightly zneous; legs rufo-ferruginous, the femora piceous-
black; antenne dark piceous, blackish near the apex and at base; pubescence
Coleopterological Notices, VI. 485
rather short and somewhat coarse, sparse but cinereous and distinct. Head
two-thirds as wide as the prothorax, feebly reticulate, finely, sparsely punc-
tate, deeply impressed along the median line near the base, the anterior im-
pressions feeble ; epistoma and labrum piceous-black, short, the latter arcuato-
truncate; eyes moderately large, not prominent; antennz rather stout, dis-
tinctly incrassate and clothed with short, erect bristling setee near the apex,
the fifth joint distinctly dilated, tenth somewhat transverse. Prathorax trans-
versely oval, barely one-half wider than long, the sides parallel and strongly,
evenly arcuate; apex broadly arcuato-truncate, the angles rounded; base feebly
arcuate, the angles very obtuse but only shghtly rounded; disk coarsely
reticulate, strongly so toward the apex and becoming slightly scabrous near
the sides; punctures sparse, rather small; marginal cilia long. Elytra oblong,
three-fifths longer than wide, slightly though distinctly wider than the pro-
thorax, parallel and straight at the sides, broadly, evenly parabolic in apical
third; humeral callosities rather small and narrowly rounded; punctures fine,
feeble and sparse, the interspaces feebly reticulate. Legs moderately long, the
posterior femora somewhat stout. Length 2.5 mm.; width 0.95 mm.
California.
The single male before me is but slightly modified at the ab-
dominal vertex, the fifth segment being evenly truncate at tip
and otherwise normal. The species is quite distinct, and will be
readily known by its convex, sparsely pubescent surface, bicol-
ored legs and other features.
17. T. femoralis n. sp.—Elongate-oval, strongly convex, shining, black,
without seneous lustre, the legs rufo-ferruginous with the femora black; an-
tenn piceo-testaceous, the two basal and two or three apical joints slightly
blackish; pubescence very short, rather coarse, sparse and cinereous. Head
less than two-thirds as wide as the prothorax; longitudinally convex, reticu-
late, not medially impressed toward base, finely and sparsely punctate, the an-
terior impressions feeble; epistoma very short with a fine pale and coriaceous
apical margin; labrum unusually small, short, pale at the margins, the apex
truncate toward the middle; eyes large but not prominent; antennz moderate
in length, rather stout, the outer joints incrassate and hispid with short erect
setee, tenth decidedly transverse. Prothorax transversely oval, somewhat more
than one-half wider than long, the sides parallel and strongly, evenly arcuate;
angles obtuse and rounded; base and apex broadly arcuate, the latter slightly
the less strongly so; disk reticulate, finely, sparsely punctate, more strongly
so and with the surface slightly scabrous and less shining toward the sides.
Elytra short, not quite one-half longer than wide, only slightly wider than
the prothorax, gradually dehiscent behind, parallel, evenly rounded at apex,
the humeri only very feebly tumid; punctures coarse, sparse, deep and im-
pressed. Legs rather long, the femora polished, with the extreme tips rufous.
Length 2.35 mm.; width 0.9 mm.
California.
486 Coleopterological Notices, VI.
This species is evidently allied to the preceding, but differs re-
markably in the sculpture of the elytra, these being also very
much shorter. The single male in my cabinet has the fifth ventral
short and broadly truncate at apex, but otherwise unmodified.
In both of these species the cilia along the sides margins of the
body are rather sparse and are unusually long for this section of
the genus.
18. VT. griseus Lec.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., VI., p. 169; Motsch.:
Bull. Mose., 1859, ii., p. 395 (Dasytes); antennatus Lec. nec Motsch.: 1. ¢.,
1866, p. 353 ( Pristoscelis ); rufipes Mots.: 1. ¢., p. 395 (Byturosomus) ; Lec. and
Horn: Class. Col. N. A., 2 ed, p. 215 ( Pristoscelis).
Elytral pubescence whitish, very coarse, rather long, sparse
and apparently entirely unmixed with erect hairs. Antenne
short, stout, serrate, longer than the prothorax, incrassate, the
tenth joint only just visibly wider than long. Legs and antennz
dark rufous; posterior tarsi thick, fully as long as the tibie.
Leneth 2.5 mm.; width 1.2 mm.
California (San Diego)—Cab. LeConte. I am quite uncertain
as to the position of this species, since the type is not before me
at present, and the published descriptions and short notes taken
by me some years ago are not sufficient. According to LeConte
the prothorax is gradually but strongly narrowed in front, with
the sides feebly arcuate and the hind angles obtusely rounded.
The elytra are coarsely punctured. The “last” ventral segment
of the male [fifth ’] is said to be longitudinally and broadly im-
pressed, which is very exceptional in this genus; the sixth or
genital segment is however always sulcate.
19. T. simulans n. sp.—Rather stout, oblong, convex, black, the legs
pale rufo-ferruginous throughout; antennz rufous, slightly obscure at the
apex; pubescence rather long, very sparse but white and conspicuous. Head
barely two-thirds as wide as the prothorax, convex, finely, sparsely punctate,
polished and perfectly smooth throughout, the anterior impressions feeble;
epistoma short with the apical margin pale and coriaceous; labrum short and
broad, widely rounded; mandibles pale externally; eyes moderately large but
scarcely prominent ; antennze stout, incrassate near the apex, but slightly
longer than the prothorax, the fifth joint dilated as usual, tenth distinctly
transverse. Prothorax short, fully two-thirds wider than long, the sides strongly
convergent and almost evenly, very feebly arcuate from base to apex, the latter
rectilinearly truncate and much narrower than the base, which is broadly,
strongly arcuate; angles at base and apex obtuse and rounded; disk highly
polished and perfectly smooth to the side margins, finely, sparsely punctate
Coleopterological Notices, VI. 487
throughout. £lytra one-half longer than wide, quite distinctly wider than the
prothorax, parallel, broadly rounded at apex; humeri moderately tumid; punc-
tures rather coarse but only moderately deep, feebly rugose by oblique reflec-
tion, sparse. Abdomen finely, somewhat densely pubescent, the legs moderately
long and slender. Length 2.6 mm.; width 1.1 mm.
Texas (El Paso). Mr. Dunn.
The male, if I have correctly identified this sex by the simple
but transversely truncate fifth ventral, appears to differ greatly
from the usual types of the genus in having both spurs of the
anterior and middle tibiz simple and slender. The left antenna
of the type specimen is deformed, the third joint being very
elongate, enveloping the fourth externally and extending to the
base of the fifth. The four specimens before me are quite uni-
form in size, but some are slightly pale and piceous-brown from
immaturity.
20. T. modestus n. sp.—Stout, oblong, convex, piceous-black, the elytra
pale and castaneous, polished; legs and antennz pale rufo-ferruginous, the
latter slightly obscure at the extreme tip: pubescence rather long but sparse,
pale cinereous, even and distinct, closely decumbent. Head slightly more than
three-fifths as wide as the prothorax, polished and smooth but somewhat dull
and subscabrous anteriorly, where the two impressions are strongly marked;
labrum piceous, broadly rounded; eyes moderate in size; antennz but slightly
longer than the prothorax, incrassate toward apex, the tenth joint strongly
transverse. Prothorax short, three-fourths wider than long, the sides evenly and
strongly convergent, and almost evenly and rather feebly arcuate from base to
apex; all the angles obtuse and rounded; apex truncate, much narrower than
the base, the latter broadly arcuate; disk smooth, feebly reticulate near the
sides, the punctures moderate and remote, becoming coarse and closer toward
the sides. Elytra short, oblong, two-fifths longer than wide, slightly wider
than the prothorax, very obtusely rounded at apex, the humeri slightly tumid;
punctures moderately large, sparse. Abdomen finely and rather sparsely
punctate, the legs decidedly slender. Length 2.5 mm.; width 1.15 mm.
Kansas.
The single male serving as the type represents a species allied
in many structural generalities to simulans, but differing in its
shorter form, in its rather feebler elytral and coarser pronotal
punctures, and in the very much shorter fringe of pale hairs along
the side margins of the body. The fifth ventral is simple and
truncate.
21. T. separatus n. sp.—Subcylindrical and moderately convex, some-
what shining, brownish-black above, deep black beneath; legs pale rufo-fer-
488 Coleopterological Notices, VI.
ruginous throughout, the head piceous-black; pubescence rather fine and even,
somewhat short, moderately close, brownish-cinereous in color. Head nearly
four-fifths as wide as the prothorax, exactly equal in width to the anterior
margin of the latter, finely, somewhat closely punctate and slightly rugulose,
the anterior impressions rather feeble but distinctly defined by the somewhat
prominent supra-antennal ridges and separated by a smooth impunctate con-
vexity at apex; epistoma pale and coriaceous throughout; labrum almost semi-
circularly rounded; mandibles pale toward base; eyes scarcely at all promi-
nent; antennie slender, about as long as the prothorax, not in the least incras-
sate toward tip, the fifth joint distinctly dilated, the tenth transverse and al-
most completely symmetrical. Prothorax long, not quite one-third wider than
long, widest at basal third where the sides are very feebly prominent, thence
distinctly convergent and almost straight to the apex and feebly so for a very
short distance to the basal angles, which are extremely obtuse but scarcely at
all rounded; apical angles obtuse and rounded; apex arcuato-truncate, the base
broadly arcuate; disk minutely, sparsely punctate, only slightly rugulose near
the sides, marginal fringe short and close. Elytra three-fifths longer than
wide, nearly one-third wider than the prothorax, parallel and nearly straight
at the sides, very obtusely rounded at apex, the humeri narrowly rounded and
slightly tumid; punctures rather fine but distinct and somewhat close-set.
Abdomen finely and not very densely cinereo-pubescent, the legs very slender,
the femora finely and closely punctulate. Length 2.5 mm.; width 1.0 mm.
California (San Mateo).
A distinct species, identifiable at once by the elongate and
apically narrowed prothorax which is much narrower than the
elytra, brownish pubescence and slender red legs. The single
specimen before me is not obviously determinable in regard to
sex.
22. T. pudens n. sp.—Narrowly oblong, somewhat convex, moderately
shining, black, the legs and antennz pale rufo-ferruginous, the last joint of
the latter somewhat obscure; integuments feebly reticulate throughout, becom-
ing subrugose toward the sides of the prothorax; pubescence rather fine and
sparse anteriorly but very coarse and somewhat dense, pale ochreo-cinereous
and closely decumbent on the elytra. Head rather small, scarcely more than
three-fifths as wide as the prothorax, rugulose toward base but very minutely
and almost imperceptibly punctate throughout, the anterior impressions large
and strong, the median convex surface large and smooth; epistoma piceous
and subcoriaceous; labrum short, pale, almost semi-circularly rounded; eyes
not very large and somewhat prominent; antennze very slender, scarcely
longer than the prothorax, the first two joints much stouter, fifth distinctly
dilated, last three rather abruptly larger and incrassate among themselves, the
tenth transverse. Prothorax one-half wider than long, widest at basal third
where the sides are parallel and broadly arcuate, becoming gradually rather
strongly convergent and very feebly arcuate anteriorly to the obtuse but evi-
Coleopterological Notices, VI. 489
dent apical angles; basal angles very broadly rounded, the base arcuate; apex
subtruncate; disk sparsely and very minutely punctate. Elytra scarcely more
than one-half longer than wide, nearly one-third wider than prothorax, par-
allel and straight at the sides, very obtusely rounded at apex, the humeri only
slightly tumid; punctures fine and rather close-set. Abdomen more polished,
finely punctulate and finely pubescent, the legs slender. Length 2.0 mm.;
width 0.75 mm.
Arizona (Benson). Mr. Dunn.
The four specimens before me are perfectly uniform, and are
apparently females. The species is quite distinct because of its
small size, feeble punctures and very coarse elytral pubescence,
as well as in antennal structure.
23. T. indigens n. sp.—Narrow, parallel, strongly convex, highly pol-
ished, black, the upper surface with a dull subseneous lustre; legs pale rufo-
ferruginous throughout; antennze dark testaceous, gradually piceous-black be-
yond the middle; pubescence cinereous, moderate in length, rather abundant
and conspicuous though not very coarse. Head two-thirds as wide as the pro-
thorax, polished, finely, sparsely punctate, the frontal impressions small and
very feeble; labrum small, rounded; mandibles pale except toward apex; eyes
moderately large and not very prominent; antennz one-third longer than the
prothorax, rather slender and distinctly serrate internally throughout, the
outer three joints but slightly wider, fifth distinctly dilated, tenth slightly
transverse and asymmetric, the inner apical angle more prominent, joints with
tufts of short erect setee within. Prothoraz three-fifths wider than long, the
sides parallel and broadly, strongly arcuate, becoming more convergent and
straighter in about apical third; angles obtuse; apex arcuato-truncate, slightly
narrower than the base; disk strongly convex, finely, sparsely punctate. Elytra
three-fifths longer than wide, fully one-fourth wider than the prothorax, par-
allel, obtuse at apex, the humeral callosities small and feeble; punctures some-
what fine but strong, rather close-set. Abdomen finely pubescent, the legs
slender. Length 2.1-2.3 mm.; width 0.75-0.85 mm.
California (Sta. Clara Co.).
The description is drawn from the male, and in that sex the
fifth ventral is truncate at apex, with the punctures denser in the
middle toward base, the fourth with a few stiffer spiniform setz
in a cluster at the middle near the apex, and the genital segment
is broadly emarginate and medially impresso-canaliculate as usual.
The female scarcely differs at all, being merely a little stouter,
with a just visibly smaller head. Five specimens.
24. T. imcipiens n. sp.—Oblong-oval, dilated behind, feebly convex,
rather dull, the elytra shining, black, the elytra with a feeble subzeneous
lustre; legs rufo-testaceous, the femora picescent; antennz testaceous, the last
three joints feebly dilated and gradually blackish; pubescence rather short and
490 Coleopterological Notices, VI.
fine, cinereous and sparse. Head scarcely three-fifths as wide as the prothorax
rather finely but strongly, densely punctate, subimpunctate in the middle
anteriorly, the impressions large and deep; apex of the epistoma thin and cori-
aceous; labrum short, pale, broadly arcuato-truncate at apex; mandibles and
palpi pale, dark toward apex; eyes not very prominent; antennz slender, the
fifth and seventh joints strongly dilated, tenth wider than long. Prothorax
fully three-fourths wider than long, widest at basal third; sides strongly con-
vergent anteriorly, becoming parallel and broadly rounded toward base; apex
arcuato-truncate, much narrower than the base, which is more strongly arcu-
ate; disk finely, unevenly and densely punctate, becoming coarsely reto-scab-
rous near the sides; lateral margins finely subserrulate toward base, the cilia
rather long. Elytra one-half longer than wide, widest at posterior third,
where they are nearly two-fifths wider than the prothorax; sides arcuate, be-
coming parallel for a short distance at base; apex very broadly rounded; pune-
tures fine, feeble and sparse, the interspaces obsoletely reticulate. Abdomen
finely but strongly and densely punctulate, finely, rather thinly pubescent,
the legs short. Length 2.3 mm.; width 1.1 mm.
Arizona (near the Grand Canon of the Colorado). Dr. T.
Mitchell Prudden.
The single type is a female, and the species makes a remarkable
approach to Listrus in general organization, but the anterior tibiz
have two well developed external series of stiff erect spines. The
fifth ventral is broadly and very evenly rounded at apex.
25. T. erythropus Lec.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., VI., p. 170
(Dasytes); 1. c. 1866, p. 353 ( Pristoscelis).
Oblong-oval, moderately convex, black, dull, the elytra only
feebly shining; legs pale rufous, the tibize and tarsi blackish ; an-
tenn testaceous, only slightly obscure toward apex, the basal
joint blackish; palpi and labrum piceous-black; pubescence very
coarse on the elytra, moderately long and somewhat dense, cin-
ereous. Head two-thirds as wide as the prothorax, finely, densely
punctate, the impressions rather feeble; eyes moderately large
and somewhat prominent; epistoma somewhat pale and coria-
ceous; antenne short, scarcely longer than the prothorax, the
three outer joints rather strongly dilated, the tenth strongly
transverse. Prothorax three-fifths wider than long, the sides
sensibly convergent from base to apex, feebly and almost evenly
arcuate, the basal angles very broadly obtuse and rounded; disk
opaque, finely, unevenly and very densely but not profoundly
punctate, only slightly more scabrous toward the sides ; marginal
cilia short, dense and evenly recurved. Elytra nearly three-fifths
Coleopterological Notices, VI. 491
longer than wide, only very slightly wider than the prothorax,
searcely sensibly dilated behind, broadly parabolic at apex, finely
but somewhat strongly and moderately densely punctate. Length
2.25-2.4 mm.; width 0.9-1.0 mm.
Texas. The above outline is taken from the female, in which
sex the fifth ventral is rather strongly rounded at apex; but the
male does not greatly differ, having the head distinctly, and the
prothorax slightly larger, with the fifth ventral short and broadly
sinuato-truncate at apex, and the genital segment broadly im-
presso-canaliculate along the middle, with the apex apparently
arcuato-truncate. This species also resembles Listrus, and has
the tibial spines rather feebler than in incipiens, but the structural
characters place it in Trichochrous without doubt; it is recog-
nizable at once by the coloration of the legs.
26. T. convergems Lec.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1866, p. 352
( Pristoscelis ).
Elongate-oval, strongly convex, feebly shining, grayish-black,
the elytra broadly pale flavo-testaceous at the lateral and apical
margins; legs, antenne and oral organs, epistoma and labrum
pale rufo-ferruginous, the mandibles and palpi slightly obscure at
tip and the eleventh antennal joint somewhat darker; pubescence
moderately long, decumbent, pale luteo-cinereous and very coarse,
rather sparse anteriorly but dense on the elytra, though not con-
cealing the surface. Head three-fourths as wide as the protho-
rax, the eyes large and prominent; punctures rather fine and
sparse, the interspaces smooth; pubescence conspicuous; anten-
ne about as long as the prothorax, rather stout but scarcely in-
crassate, compact, the outer joints strongly transverse, fifth only
very feebly dilated. Prothorax two-fifths wider than long, sub-
parallel and broadly rounded but with the sides convergent and
straight toward apex, the latter arcuate and much narrower than
the base; disk finely and obsoletely granulato-reticulate, finely
and sparsely punctate, the sculpture if anything not as strong
toward the sides as inthe middle. Elytra two-thirds longer than
wide, only slightly more than twice as long as the prothorax and,
at base, distinctly wider; sides apparently very slightly conver-
gent from base to apex, straight; apex evenly rounded; punc-
tures not very coarse but strong and rather close-set. Length
3.3 mm.; width 1.2 mm.
492 Coleopterological Notices, VI.
Arizona. The above description refers to the male, in which,
in addition, the fifth ventral is truncate at apex and paler in color.
This is a very distinct species both in coloration and structure.
27. T. innocens n. sp.—Narrow, subparallel, convex, polished, black, the
elytra with a feeble greenish-zneous lustre; legs rufo-piceous, the tibie and
tarsi quite pale; antennz deep black, with joints three to five slightly paler;
pubescence short, rather coarse and sparse, pale fulvous; elytra with the extreme
apex rufo-ferruginous. Head four-fifths as wide as the prothorax, finely,
sparsely punctate, feebly rugulose except in the middle anteriorly, the im-
pressions rather strong and better defined by the somewhat prominent supra-
antennal ridges; epistomal margin polished and depressed but black; labrum
only slightly pale at the extreme apex, broadly rounded, with a few setiferous
punctures along the basal margin; eyes slightly prominent; antennz rather
stout, hispid throughout with erect cinereous sete, nearly one-half longer than
the prothorax, fifth joint distinctly dilated, the tenth slightly wider than long,
and somewhat asymmetric. Prothorax one-half wider than long, widesta little
behind the middle, where the upper flanks are slightly tumid; sides parallel
and broadly arcuate, becoming gradually convergent and nearly straight in
about apical half; apex arcuato-truncate, about as wide as the base; disk
finely, sparsely punctate, very obsoletely rugulose but polished, coarsely reto-
rugose at the sides. Elytra oblong, two-thirds longer than wide, distinctly
wider than the prothorax, slightly dehiscent at apex as usual, parallel, broadly
rounded behind, somewhat finely and sparsely but distinctly punctate. Abdo-
men smooth and polished, very minutely and sparsely punctulate, thinly and
finely pubescent, the legs rather slender. Length 2.25-2.7 mm; width 0.8—
0.95 mm.
California (Calaveras Co.) Dr. F. E. Blaisdell.
A small but distinct species, the male described above having
the fifth ventral broadly and just visibly sinnato-truncate at tip
but otherwise unmodified. It may be known at once by its
sparse fulvous vestiture and coloration.
Two of the three specimens before me, represented by the
larger measurements, are blacker and duller, with the vestiture
more cinereous, but I have but little doubt that they belong to
the same species.
28. T. apicalis n. sp.—Stout, oblong-oval, convex, feebly shining, black,
the elytra pale testaceous at apex, the pale area extending slightly along the
suture and narrowly along the side margins nearly to the middle; legs rufo-
ferruginous throughout; antenne dark piceo-rufous, the two basal joints
slightly darker; pubescence short, coarse, closely decumbent and dense, pale
luteo-cinereous in color. Head small, not much more than one-half as wide
as the prothorax, finely, sparsely punctate, with smooth interspaces through-
out; anterior impressions extremely feeble, the supra-antennal ridges wholly
Coleopterological Notices, VI. 493
obsolete; epistoma with a very narrow pale apical margin; labrum small,
rounded; eyes very large, attaining the base but not prominent; antennz short,
about as long as the prothorax, the three outer joints somewhat abruptly wider,
the tenth strongly transverse, fifth but slightly dilated. Prothorax transversely
oval, about twice as wide as long, the sides subparallel and strongly, evenly
arcuate, only just visibly more convergent toward apex than base; angles very
obtusely rounded; disk minutely, sparsely punctate, more coarsely, densely and
rugosely so at the sides; interspaces smooth. Elytra short, oblong, not quite
one-half longer than wide, slightly but distinctly wider than the prothorax,
parallel and straight at the sides, almost semi-cireularly rounded at apex,
rather finely but strongly and quite densely punctate. Legs short. Length
2.2 mm.; width 0.95-1.0 mm.
Southern California.
The description is drawn from the female, the male having the
head two-thirds as wide as the prothorax and the latter about one-
half wider than long but perceptibly narrower than the elytra;
otherwise the two sexes are nearly alike. The fifth ventral of the
male is transversely truncate, and of the female rather strongly
rounded at apex, and, in the former, the under surface of the tip
of the dorsal pygidium, projecting behind, is flat, short, trans-
versely arcuate and sparingly pubescent. A single pair.
29. T. egenus n. sp.—Oblong, rather convex, moderately shining, pale
rufo-testaceous, the head toward base, metasternum and apices of the ventral
segments blackish; elytra black, pale at apex, along the sides and on the
suture nearly to the base; legs pale testaceous; antenne piceous; pubescence
rather short, fine and sparse, luteo-cinereous and moderately distinct. Head
scarcely more than two-thirds as wide as the prothorax, strongly and longi-
tudinally convex, rather coarsely but not densely punctate, the anterior im-
pressions small and somewhat distinct; labrum small and rounded; eyes de-
cidedly small, at a slight distance from the prothorax and scarcely at all
prominent; antenne slender, longer than the prothorax, the fifth joint not
wider than the sixth, tenth slightly wider than long. Prothorax nearly three-
fourths wider than long, the sides parallel and feebly but perfectly evenly ar-
cuate from base to apex, the four angles nearly right and scarcely at all
rounded from above; apex and base almost equally arcuato-truncate; disk
coasely, rather closely and subrugosely punctate, the side-margins but feebly
defined. Elytra three-fifths longer than wide, nearly one-third wider than the
prothorax, the sides parallel and straight; apex very obtusely and broadly
rounded; disk finely and somewhat sparsely punctate, the interspaces finely
and obsoletely reticulate. Abdomen finely, feebly and subrugosely punctulate,
very finely and thinly pubescent, the legs moderately long and very slender.
Length 2.2 mm.; width 0.8 mm.
Utah (southwestern). Mr. C. J. Weidt.
494 Coleopterological Notices, VI.
The unique type of this remarkable species is a female, having
the fifth ventral evenly and circularly arcuate at apex. It can be
recognized at once by the rectangularly parallelogramic form of
the prothorax.
30. T. umbratus Lec.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1866, p. 352
( Pristoscelis).
Oblong, rather stout and feebly convex, shining, black, the
elytra pale ochreo-flavate, with a large triangular sutural spot at
the base of piceous-black; abdomen pale, gradually obscure to-
ward base; legs and oral organs very pale ochreous; antennee
dark piceo-rufous; pubescence moderately fine and sparse, rather
long, suberect on the elytra; marginal cilia somewhat long.
Head three-fourths as wide as the prothorax, finely, sparsely
punctate, the impressions distinct. and widely separated; epi-
stoma unusually long and narrow, flavate; labrum long, para-
bolic; mandibles long, pale, obscure at tip; eyes moderate in size
and not prominent; antenne distinctly longer than the pro-
thorax, somewhat slender, the tenth joint distinctly wider than
long, fifth dilated. Prothorax two-fifths wider than long, the
sides subparallel, evenly and very feebly arcuate from base to
apex, only very slightly more convergent anteriorly; angles
obtuse; disk finely and sparsely punctate. Elytra oblong, not
quite one-half longer than wide, nearly one-half wider than the
prothorax, dehiscent very near the apex, the latter very broadly
and obtusely rounded; sides straight and parallel; humeri right,
rounded, distinctly exposed at base; punctures rather fine but
distinct and sparse. Abdomen finely, somewhat closely punctu-
late, finely and thinly pubescent, the legs rather long, slender.
Length 2.2-2.4 mm.; width 0.9-1.0 mm.
California. Both of the specimens before me are females, the
fifth ventral being broadly and feebly arcuate at apex and the
genital segment deeply excavated in the middle. The second
specimen agrees with the first in its long mandibles and labrum,
but the gelatino-membranous epistoma is wide and distorted,
showing that but little reliance can be placed upon the form of
this part when it has this soft consistence. In these specimens
both the spurs of the anterior and middle tibize are slender.
I have before me a third female from another locality, simi-
larly colored but narrower, with the sides of the prothorax gradu-
Coleopterological Notices, VI. 495
ally convergent from the base, and with short mandibles and
labrum ; it probably represents a closely allied species.
31. T. nubilatus n. sp.—Rather narrow and conyex, polished, black,
the prothorax with a feeble zneous lustre; elytra pale rufo-ferruginous, with
a large and indefinite sutural cloud of blackish in about basal half; abdomen
black, the fifth segment and following pale; legs pale rufous throughout; anten-
ne black, the funicle feebly testaceous toward base; pubescence moderately
long, dense and coarse, pale luteo-cinereous in color. Head nearly four-fifths
as wide as the prothorax, finely, sparsely punctate, the frontal impressions
feeble; epistoma short, depressed and thin but black and corneous; labrum
semi-circular, with a few small scattered setigerous punctures; mandibles rather
long, pale, black at tip; eyes large and somewhat prominent; antennz nearly
two-fifths longer than the prothorax, bristling with short stiff setee especially
within, the fifth joint dilated, tenth slightly transverse and somewhat asym-
metric. Prothorax two-fifths wider than long, the sides evenly and feebly
convergent from base to apex and evenly, feebly arcuate; basal angles broadly
rounded, the apical obtuse and greatly deflexed; apex arcuato-truncate and
distinctly narrower than the base; disk polished, obsoletely reticulate, not
scabrous laterally, finely and sparsely punctate. Elytra one-half longer than
wide, fully two-fifths wider than the prothorax, parallel and straight at the
sides, broadly rounded at apex; humeri slightly exposed at base; disk finely,
rather. densely and not very distinctly punctate. Legs somewhat long and
slender. Length 2.3 mm.; width 0.8 mm.
California (Lake Co.).
The unique type of this species is a male and has the fifth ven-
tral rectilinearly truncate at apex. with the surface polished and
almost impunctate save a few piliferous punctures in the middle
toward base; the genital segment is large, flat, truncate at apex,
the latter with a beveled coriaceous edge, the surface feebly di-
vided along the median line; the fourth segment, and, to a less
degree the third, has a cluster of coarse punctures in the middle
toward apex, which bear short pointed spiniform and _ inclined
setze which radiate in direction from the median line. This spe-
cies is readily distinguishable from umbratus by its dense and
coarse vesiture and nubilate maculation.
32. T. suffusus n. sp.—Moderately stout and convex, shining, black,
the elytra pale luteo-testaceous, broadly and suffusedly black toward the
suture except toward apex; abdomen with only the extreme apex of the fifth
segment pale; legs pale rufous throughout; antennz dark piceo-rufous; pubes-
cence rather fine, moderately long and sparse, cinereous, the scutellum thinly
pubescent. Head two-thirds as wide as the prothorax, finely, sparsely punc-
tate, the impressions large and feeble; epistoma very short and broad, with a
496 Coleopterological Notices, VI.
very narrow and thin pale apical margin; labrum semi-circular; eyes rather
large but scarcely at all prominent; antennze somewhat stout, distinctly longer
than the prothorax, the tenth joint transverse, fifth dilated. Prothorax nearly
one-half wider than long, the sides broadly rounded and subparallel, becom-
ing distinctly convergent toward apex, the basal angles broadly rounded, api-
cal obtusely rounded and deflexed; apex arcuato-truncate, not narrower than
the base, the marginal cilia very short; disk finely, sparsely punctate, only
very feebly subrugulose near the sides. Elytra oblong, one-half longer than
wide, two-fifths wider than the prothorax, parallel and straight at the sides,
gradually dehiscent toward apex, the latter broadly obtuse; humeri but slightly
tumid, somewhat exposed at base; disk finely and somewhat feebly, sparsely
punctate. Abdomen finely punctulate, rather thinly but coarsely pubescent,
the legs long and slender. Length 1.9 mm.; width 0.75 mm.
California (Sta. Barbara.)
The male serving as the type has the fifth ventral broadly sin-
uato-truncate at apex and very broadly, obsoletely impressed
toward the middle, and the third and fourth segments have a few
diverging spinules at the middle. Two specimens.
This is one of the smallest species of the genus, and can be
readily separated from nubilatus by the characters given in the
table.
33. T. propinquus n. sp.—Narrow, elongate and rather strongly con-
vex, polished, black, the prothorax with a pronounced xeneous lustre; elytra
pale fulvous; abdomen pale, gradually blackish toward base; legs pale luteo-
testaceous throughout; antennz rufo-testaceous, obscure toward tip; pubes-
cence short and sparse, rather fine, fulvous in color. Head two-thirds as wide
as the prothorax, feebly rugulose and finely, sparsely punctate, the upper sur-
face flat, the impressions small, apical, distinct, but widely separated; epi-
stoma very short and broad, the truncate apex not distinctly thinned or modi-
fied; labrum small, rounded; mandibles and palpi pale, dusky at tip; antennz
slender throughout, nearly one-third longer than the prothorax, sparsely setose,
the tenth joint moderately transverse, the fifth scarcely dilated; eyes well de-
veloped, only slightly prominent. Prothorax one-half wider than long, the
sides parallel and broadly arcuate; all the angles obtuse, but somewhat obvi-
ous; apex arcuato-truncate and equal to the base; marginal fimbriz short and
rather sparse; disk obsoletely reticulate, only very feebly rugulose near the
sides, finely and sparsely punctate. Scutellum black. Elytra three-fifths
longer than wide and about three-fifths wider than the prothorax, parallel and
slightly arcuate at the sides except near the base, obtusely parabolic at apex,
the sutural angles rounded; humeri well exposed at base; disk somewhat
coarsely and strongly punctate, the punctures impressed and well separated.
Abdomen finely and somewhat thinly cinereo-pubescent, the legs slender.
Length 2.1 mm.; width 0.8 mm.
California (Ios Angeles Co.). Mr. H. C. Fall.
————
Coleopterological Notices, VI. 497
A distinct species, represented in my cabinet by a single fe-
male, having the fifth ventral very broadly and feebly though
evenly arcuate at apex, and the genital segment broadly arcuate
at tip and broadly impresso-canaliculate along the middle.
34. T. fulvovestitus n. sp.—Somewhat stout and strongly convex, pol-
ished, black, the anterior parts with a strong zeneous lustre; elytra pale ful-
vous, sometimes with a very feeble blackish cloud on the suture toward hase;
abdomen black throughout, the genital segment alone paler; legs very pale;
antenn rufo-testaceous, the eleventh joint dusky; oral organs and mandibles
rufescent; pubescence rather long and coarse, dense, fulvous and conspicuous.
Head only just visibly narrower than the prothorax, constricted at base, the
front flat, finely, sparsely punctate, the impressions very feeble, a median con-
vexity at apex smooth and polished; epistoma with a wide pale and thin cori-
aceous margin; labrum small, strongly rounded; eyes small, prominent and at
their own length from the base; antennze slender, one-half longer than the pro-
thorax, the eleventh joint as long as wide. Prothoraz nearly one-half wider
than long, the sides parallel, more rounded at the middle, feebly convergent
and nearly straight thence to the base and apex, the latter broadly arcuato-
truncate and as wide as the base; angles rather obtuse; disk highly polished,
finely and sparsely punctate. Scutellum black, thinly albido-pubescent. E/y-
tra barely one-half longer than wide, nearly one-half wider than the prothorax,
parallel and straight at the sides; the apex very broadly obtuse, the sutural
angles right and not distinctly rounded; humeri rather widely exposed at hase;
disk somewhat finely but strongly and closely punctate. Abdomen finely
punctulate, more or less thinly cinereo-pubescent, the legs slender. Length
2.2-2.4 mm.; width 0.8-0.9 mm.
Arizona (Yuma). Mr. G. W. Dunn.
This species is very distinct in appearance because of its large
head, with the eyes small and distant from the prothorax. It is
evidently allied rather closely to propinquus, which is known at
present only by the female, but differs in the dense and conspicu-
ous pubescence of the pronotum and black abdomen. The sexual
characters of the male are very simple, the fifth ventral being
truncate at apex, and the third and fourth segments completely
devoid of modified pubescence. Two males.
35. T. exiguus n. sp.—Oblong, somewhat stout and convex, moderately
shining, pale luteo-testaceous, the sterna of the hind body, abdomen, scutel-
lum and a large cloud toward the base of the head black; legs and antenne
pale testaceous, the latter very feebly clouded near the apex; pubescence
rather long and dense, closely decumbent, cinereous, very coarse on the elytra,
rather fine anteriorly. Head large, only slightly narrower than the prothorax,
Strongly reticulate, very minutely, sparsely punctate, the impressions large
and feeble; epistoma short; labrum short, broadly arcuato-truncate; antenne
498 Culeopterological Notices, VI.
slightly longer than the prothorax, the three last joints distinctly broader, the
tenth strongly transverse; eyes moderately large, prominent, at about one-half
their length from the base. Prothorax one-half wider than long, widest and
rather prominently rounded at the sides just behind the middle; angles ob-
tuse; apex truncate in the middle, broadly and posteriorly oblique and
rounded laterally, and fully as wide as the base or rather wider; disk very
finely, sparsely punctate, slightly rugose toward the sides. Elytra short, two-
fifths longer than wide and about two-fifths wider than the prothorax, parallel
and straight at the sides, very broadly and obtusely rounded at apex; humeri
rounded and quite distinctly exposed at base; punctures fine and rather dense.
Abdomen distinctly but not very densely cinereo-pubescent, the legs slender.
Length 1.8 mm.; width 0.75 mm.
Arizona.
The male has the fifth ventral truncate at apex, the genital seg-
ment with a broad cuspiform apical emargination and broadly
impresso-canaliculate along the middle. The description applies
to the unique male type. The left antennz of the type has the
fifth and sixth joints completely fused, with the division repre-
sented only by lateral notches; antennal malformations appear to
be very common in this genus.
I have before me a single female, also from Arizona, having
similar coloration, except that the abdomen is entirely red, and
differing especially in its shorter and finer elytral pubescence and
very much more elongate epistoma; it seems to represent a dis-
tinct species which it is not advisable to describe at present, in
view of the peculiar sexual differences in the following species.
36. T. testaceus n. sp.—Oblong, convex, shining, pale luteo-testaceous
throughout above and beneath; scutellum, legs and antennze concolorous, the
extreme tip of the eleventh joint of the latter blackish; eyes black; pubes-
cence rather long, moderately sparse, decumbent, ashy and conspicuous al-
though not very coarse, rather unevenly disposed on the pronotum. Head
scarcely three-fourths as wide as the prothorax, coarsely and somewhat closely
punctate, the interspaces smooth and polished, a convex median area toward
apex impunctate; impressions extremely feeble; epistoma rather long, a wide
apical margin yellow and subcoriaceous; labrum small, arcuate at tip; eyes
moderately large, very near the base and only slightly prominent; antennze
distinctly longer than the prothorax, the tenth joint transverse, fifth dilated.
Prothorax subconical, not more than two-fifths wider than long, the sides
rather strongly convergent and very feebly arcuate from base to apex; angles
very obtuse; apex much narrower than the base; punctures not very fine or
sparse and somewhat unevenly distributed ; pubescence conspicuous. LElytra
one-half longer than wide, two-fifths wider than the prothorax, parallel and
nearly straight at the sides, very obtusely and somewhat individually rounded
Coleopterological Notices, VI. 499
at apex; humeri rather narrowly exposed at base; punctures not very fine and
strong, somewhat sparse. Legs slender. Length 1.8-2.0 mm.; width 0.65—
0.8 mm.
Southern California. Mr. Wickham.
The male above described has the fifth ventral transversely
truncate at apex, the disk impunctate and polished toward apex
and with a few slender black hairs in the middle toward base, the
third with a small subapical and the fourth with a large median
patch of stout black spinules radiating from the median line.
The female has the body more slender than the male, with finer
pubescence, less transverse prothorax and still smaller head, the
the fifth ventral broadly and feebly arcuate at apex, and the ab-
domen evenly cinereo-pubescent throughout. Three specimens.
37. T. fallax n. sp.—Elongate, subparallel, moderately convex, polished,
black with a slight zeneo-piceous tinge; legs black, the tibiz except near the
base and the tarsi piceous-brown; antennze piceous-black, the first and eleventh
joints black; pubescence rather long, subdecumbent, equal and without erect
sete, consisting on the pronotum and elytra of brown and cinereous hairs con-
fusedly intermingled, moderately coarse and not very dense. Head nearly
four-fifths as wide as the prothorax, strongly but sparsely punctate, feebly
rugulose toward base, the impressions strong and widely separated by the im-
punctate convexity, the supra-antennal ridges rather pronounced; epistoma
very short, not at all pale or coriaceous; labrum pale at apex, short and broad,
circularly rounded; mandibles pale in the middle; eyes large, only moderately
prominent, extending to the base; antennee distinctly longer than the pro-
thorax, gradually incrassate, the outer joints clothed densely and uniformly
with fine short erect cinereous pubescence and also with a few long sete, the
fifth joint much wider than the fourth, but subequal to the sixth, tenth trans-
verse and almost symmetrical. Prothorax one-half wider than long, the sides
almost straight and parallel from the apex to basal two-fifths, then convergent
and straight to the basal angles which are very obtuse but not rounded; apex
rectilinearly truncate throughout, much wider then the base, the angles right
and only slightly rounded; disk finely but strongly, sparsely perforato-punc-
tate, coarsely reto-rugose but shining toward the sides, the punctures larger
and with elevated edges toward apex; interspaces even and polished; marginal
fringe composed of long blackish hairs. Elytra two-thirds longer than wide,
slightly wider than the prothorax, parallel, obtusely parabolic at apex, broadly
sinuate at base, rather finely and somewhat sparsely punctate, the marginal
fringe composed of rather long even piceous and not very close-set hairs. Al-
domen and legs rather densely cinereo-pubescent. Length 3.4 mm,; width
1.25 mm.
California (Sonoma Co.)
ANNALS N. Y. AcaD. Sct., VIII., July, 1895 —35
500 Coleopterological Notices, VI.
The male, which is the only sex known to me, has the fifth ven-
tral short, only slightly longer than the fourth and broadly sinu-
ate toward the middle at apex with the disk unmodified, and the
genital segment broadly emarginate and broadly impresso-canal-
iculate along the middle, the under part of the dorsal pygidium
large and densely bristling with short black hairs at apex.
38. T. imeequalis n. sp.—Parallel, moderately narrow, convex, polished,
black, the elytra finely rugulose, alutaceous and with a very feeble zeneo-
piceous tinge; legs and antenne red, the eleventh joint of the latter dusky;
pubescence even in length, without trace of intermixed sete, rather coarse
and sparse, suberect, dark near the elytral suture; marginal fringe of the pro-
notum dense, even and very short, of the elytra longer and cinereous. Head
about two-thirds as wide as the prothorax, rather coarsely but not densely
punctate, the interspaces smooth; anterior impressions very broad and feeble;
epistoma with only a very fine pale apical border: labrum very short and
broad, feebly arcuate at apex; eyes rather large and prominent, attaining the
base; antennze short, barely longer than the prothorax, rather broad and
strongly compressed, the tenth joint strongly transverse and wider than the
eleventh, fifth very feebly dilated. Prothorax two-thirds wider than long, the
sides subparallel, evenly and strongly arcuate; all the angles obtuse and
rounded but traceable; apex just visibly narrower than the base; punc-
tures sparse, not very coarse but widely impressed; interspaces smooth and
polished, not in the least rugose at the sides. Elytra barely one-half longer
than wide, not distinctly wider than the prothorax, parallel, obtusely rounded
behind, broadly sinuate at base, sparsely and quite coarsely punctate. Ab-
domen finely and somewhat densely cinereo-pubescent. Length 2.6-2.8 mm.;
width 0.9-1.1 mm.
Colorado.
The male serving for the type has the fifth ventral broadly trun-
cate at apex, the adjacent edge feebly inflexed and subimpunctate
but with the disk otherwise unmodified. Three males.
39. T. Subcalwus n. sp.—Oblong, convex, highly polished and black
throughout; legs black, the tibize and tarsi piceo-rufous, the former dusky to-
ward base; antennz black, the funicle scarcely visibly picescent toward base;
pubescence rather fine, short and sparse, subdecumbent, cinereous, the hairs
blackish on the pronotum except near the sides, and in a broad subsutural
stripe on each elytron; marginal cilia of the pronotum even, dense, somewhat
long and in great part blackish in color, of the elytra longer, sparser and more
cinereous. Head three-fifths as wide as the prothorax, finely, sparsely pune-
tate, the interspaces smooth, rugulose toward the sides, the impressions very
large, broadly impressed; epistoma rather long but wide, truncate, black; la-
brum broad, circularly rounded, slightly pale near the apex; eyes rather large
and prominent; antenne but little longer than the prothorax, somewhat slen-
Coleopterological Notices, VI. 501
der, slightly incrassate through the last four joints, the tenth moderately trans-
verse, fifth scarcely visibly dilated. Prothorax three-fourths wider than long,
the sides subparallel, strongly and almost evenly arcuate, the apex rectiline-
arly truncate and but little narrower than the base; angles obtuse; disk finely,
sparsely punctate, coarsely reto-rugose toward the sides; punctures not im-
pressed, the interspaces smooth. /ytra one-half longer than wide, only just
visibly wider than the prothorax, parallel, obtusely rounded at apex, sparsely
and coarsely punctate, the interspaces polished; subscutellar umbones rather
marked. Abdomen minutely, densely punctulate, very finely dusky-pubescent.
Length 3.0 mm.; width 1.2 mm.
California (San Diego). Mr. Dunn.
This species can be readily distinguished from the last by its
larger size and unimpressed pronotal punctures. It is repre-
sented in my cabinet by two female specimens which are mutually
similar in size and vestiture.
40. T. fumebris n. sp.—Oblong-oval, strongly convex, moderately stout,
shining, black, without metallic lustre; legs black, the tibiz and tarsi rufo-
picescent; antennze dark rufo-piceous, gradually blackish toward apex, the
basal joint darker; pubescence moderately dense, fine, reclined, blackish in
color, gradually coarser and cinereous toward the sides of the pronotum and
on the elytra along the suture and toward the sides especially toward base, the
whitish hairs extending somewhat inward at basal two-fifths; marginal cilia
forming a short dense and coarse fringe on both the prothorax and elytra.
Head three-fourths as wide as the prothorax, strongly and rather closely punc-
tate, the impressions feeble; epistoma somewhat narrowly trapezoidal, rapidly
thinned toward apex, the labrum strongly rounded and moderately elongate;
eyes not very large or prominent, extending almost to the base; antenn long
and slender, much longer than the prothorax, the penultimate joints rather
longer than wide, fifth scarcely dilated. Prothorax two-thirds wider than
long, the sides arcuate, more strongly so behind, more convergent anteriorly,
the apex perceptibly narrower than the base; angles obtuse; disk strongly and
rather closely punctate, strongly reto-rugose toward the sides; interspaces
nearly smooth in the middle. E/ytra nearly two-thirds longer than wide,
quite distinctly wider than the prothorax, parallel,the apex evenly, but
rather broadly parabolic; punctures moderately sparse and rather coarse, the
interspaces very obsoletely and unevenly rugulose, but strongly shining. Ab-
domen and legs densely clothed with short coarse and pale fulvo-cinereous
hairs. Length 3.0-3.2 mm.; width 1.2-1.3 mm.
Colorado (Rocky Mountains).
The type is a female but with rather distinct sexual characters,
the fifth ventral being strongly rounded at apex and clothed with
pubescence which is black and not pale as it is on the four pre-
ceding segments. Two specimens.
502 Coleopterological Notices, VI.
41. TV. vittiger n. sp.—Oblong-oval, strongly convex, polished, black, the
legs red throughout; antenne testaceous, gradually dusky beyond the middle;
pubescence rather long, even in length, suberect, fine, sparse and einereous,
brownish or blackish in a subsutural vitta on each elytron not attaining the
apex and sometimes almost obliterated; marginal cilia dense and fimbriform.
Head about two-thirds as wide as the prothorax, finely, sparsely punctate, the
interspaces smooth and polished throughout; anterior impressions very feeble,
the median impunctate convexity behind the epistoma conspicuous; epistoma
large, pale; labrum pale, rounded; eyes rather small and but slightly promi-
nent, not attaining the base; antenne stout, moderate in length, the tenth
joint strongly transverse, fifth dilated. Prothorax fully three-fifths wider
than long, the sides convergent, feebly and evenly arcuate from base to apex,
the latter truncate and much narrower than the base, the latter broadly and dis-
tinctly arcuate; disk finely, sparsely punctate, the interspaces smooth through-
out, not at all rugose near the sides. Elytra two-fitths longer than wide, but
slightly wider thau the prothorax, parallel and straight at the sides, very ob-
tusely rounded at apex, sparsely and somewhat coarsely punctate. Abdomen
closely and rather coarsely cinereo-pubescent. Length 2.25-2.8 mm.; width
0.9-1.2 mm.
New Mexico.
The male from which the description is drawn is much smaller
than the female, and has the fifth ventral evenly truncate at apex
but otherwise devoid of modification. In the female the head is
only slightly smaller when compared with the prothorax, but the
latter is decidedly smaller with regard to the elytra, and the dark
elytral stripes are much more evident in the single specimen rep-
resenting the latter sex. ‘Two specimens.
42. T. prominens n. sp.—Oblong, parallel, rather stout, strongly con-
vex, black, without metallic lustre, polished; legs red throughout; antennz
blackish, joints three to five more or less rufous; pubescence cinereous, rather
long, decumbent and sparse anteriorly, dense, shorter, coarser and inter-
mingled with erect cinereous setee uneven in distribution on the elytra; mar-
ginal cilia moderately long, pale and fimbriform. Head not much more than
one-half as wide as the prothorax, convex, very finely, sparsely punctate, the
interspaces smooth throughout; impressions large and very feeble; epistoma
short and broad, trapezoidal; labrum very small, strongly rounded; mandibles
somewhat well developed; eyes large but not prominent; antenne small
and slender, gradually and feebly incrassate, not as long as the prothorax, the
tenth joint moderately transverse, fifth not dilated. Prothorax three-fourths
wider than long, the sides distinctly convergent, evenly and extremely feebly
arcuate from base to apex, the latter much narrower than the base, rectilin-
early truncate but abruptly and anteriorly oblique at the sides, the apical
angles anteriorly prominent, acute and but slightly blunt; basal angles slightly
acute, very feebly everted and but slightly blunt; base feebly arcuato-trun-
Coleopterological Notices, VI. 503
cate; disk minutely and remotely punctate, the interspaces smooth and pol-
ished throughout, not at all rugose at the sides, the surface broadly reflexed
toward the basal angles. £lytra one-half longer than wide, only slightly wider
than the prothorax, parallel and straight at the sides, very broadly and ob-
tusely rounded at apex; punctures fine and rather close-set, the interspaces
relatively wide and polished. Abdomen densely punctulate and densely and
somewhat coarsely cinereo-pubescent, the legs moderate in length and rather
slender. Length 3.8 mm.; width 1.45 mm.
California (southern).
The type is a female, having the fifth ventral broadly subanga-
late at tip, the edge however almost concealed by the dense and
porrect cinereous pubescence. -
43. T. cuspidatus n. sp.—-Oblong, strongly convex, moderately shining,
black, the legs red throughout; antennze dusky, the third, fourth and fifth
joints more or less testaceous; pubescence cinereous, short and very dense
throughout, intermingled on the elytra with erect cinereous setze which are
moderate in length, uneven and rather close-set; marginal cilia short, dense on
the prothorax, much longer on the elytra, fimbriform and ashy. Head three-
fourths as wide as the prothorax, finely, sparsely punctate, the impressions
large and distinct; epistoma narrow and unusually long; labrum cordiform,
but slightly wider than long, narrowly parabolic at apex; eyes large, extend-
ing to the base but only moderately prominent; antennz stout, bristling with
short dense and erect sete, about as long as the prothorax, the outer seven
joints wider and distinctly asymmetric, penultimate joints transverse. Pro-
thorax long, about one-third wider than long, the sides just visibly convergent-
evenly and feebly but distinctly arcuate from base to apex, the latter truncate-
only slightly narrower than the base, the apical angles anteriorly and feebly
prominent and small, the basal broadly rounded and obsolete; disk minutely,
not densely punctate, the interspaces polished, not rugose laterally. E/ytra
two-fifths longer than wide, only slightly wider than the prothorax, parallel
and straight at the sides, very broadly and obtusely rounded at apex, the punc-
tures fine and close-set. Legs and abdomen cinereo-pubescent. Length 3.3
mm.; width 1.4 mm.
California (southern).
This species is founded upon a single male, apparently from the
same source as the preceding female, but the differences are so
radical in the structure of the epistoma and basal angles of the
prothorax that it seems impossible to consider the two forms as
a single species. In this male the fifth ventral is very short, and
is broadly sinuato-truncate at apex.
44. T. indutus n. sp.—Elongate-oval, strongly convex, black, the legs
ted with the tarsi somewhat dusky; antennze black, joints two to four more
504 Coleopterological Notices, VI.
or less testaceous; pubescence pale yellowish, moderate in length, rather
coarse, dense throughout, the longer pale hairs of the elytra scarcely evident,
being much inclined; marginal cilia very short, dense, recurved and fimbri-
form on the prothorax, very much longer and sparser on the elytra. Head
barely three-fifths as wide as the prothorax, convex, minutely, sparsely punc-
tate, smooth and polished throughout, the frontal impressions very feeble;
epistoma elongate, less than one-half wider than long, pale; labrum about as
as long as wide, acutely parabolic at apex; eyes large but not prominent; an-
tenn as long as the prothorax, feebly incrassate, the penultimate joints
moderately transverse, fifth scarcely dilated. Prothoraz two-thirds wider than
long, the sides feebly convergent from base to apex and feebly arcuate, more
distinctly though broadly so behind the middle; apex rectilinearly truncate,
anteriorly oblique at the sides, the angles acute and scarcely blunt; basal
angles broadly obtuse but distinct; disk minutely and sparsely punctate; in-
terspaces smooth and polished, not in the least rugose at the sides. Elytra
three-fourths longer than wide, scarcely visibly wider than the prothorax,
parallel aud straight at the sides, semi-circularly rounded at apex, finely and
densely punctate, the interspaces smooth, slightly rugiform as usual by anteri-
orly oblique light. Abdomen finely, densely punctulate, densely cinereo-pu-
bescent, the legs moderately long. Length 3.0 mm.; width 1.2 mm.
Arizona.
This distinct species is represented before me by a single
female from an unknown part of the Territory. The longer hairs
of the elytra are so much inclined and so indistinct that their
presence might readily be overlooked, and the species assigned
to the preceding subdivision of the genus.
45. T. fumbriatus n. sp.—Oblong, parallel, evenly convex, piceous-
black; legs and antennze blackish throughout; vestiture moderately long,
coarse, dense throughout, bright fulvous in color, the elytra with long, erect,
very coarse and conspicuous sete of the same color, uniformly distributed over
the entire surface; marginal cilia rather short, very dense, reclined and fim-
briform on the prothorax, much longer on the elytra, pale. Head three-
fourths as wide as the prothorax, convex, finely but strongly, sparsely punc-
tate; interspaces smooth and polished throughout; frontal impressions almost
obsolete; epistoma extremely short and broad; labrum strongly rounded; eyes
large but only moderately prominent; antennze distinctly longer than the pro-
thorax, rather slender, feebly incrassate, the penultimate joints moderately
transverse, fifth scarcely at all dilated. Prothorax twice as wide as long, the
sides prominently rounded behind the middle, convergent and feebly arcuate
thence to the obtuse and rounded apical angles, and still more convergent and
straight to the basal angles, which are very obtuse and indistinct; apex trun-
cate, with a very broad and obsolete entering angle at the middle, as wide as
the base; disk finely but strongly, sparsely punctate; interspaces smooth and
polished, but slightly rugose near the sides. Elytra fully one-half longer than
wide, not at all wider than the widest part of the prothorax, parallel, semi-
Coleopterological Notices, VI. 505
circularly rounded behind, rather finely but strongly punctate with polished
interspaces, which are relatively much wider than the punctures. Abdomen
and legs polished, coarsely but not very densely cinereo-pubescent. Length
2.7 mm.; width 1.1 mm.
California.
The male type of this very isolated species has the fifth ventral
short and broadly, feebly sinuato-truncate at apex, but without
further modification. Fimbriatus may be known at a glance by
the very short angulate and strongly fimbriate prothorax, very
coarse and bristling pale sets of the elytra, and by the fulvous
pubescence.
46. T. pruimosus n. sp.—Elongate, subparallel, convex, polished, black,
without metallic lustre; legsand antenne black, the tarsi slightly rufo-piceous;
vestiture cinereous, denuded and mutilated in the types but apparently un-
usually short, rather dense, with the erect pale setee short and only distinct
toward apex, intermingled toward the sides of the pronotum with some long
stiff black hairs; marginal cilia long, stiff, black and sparse throughout. Head
rather more than three-fourths as wide as the prothorax, convex, finely, sparsely
punctate, smooth and polished throughout, the frontal impressions small and
very feeble; epistoma large, arcuato-truncate, strongly transverse, pale and cori-
aceous; labrum large, broadly rounded, blackish in color; eyes rather large
but not prominent, somewhat distant from the prothorax; antennze about as
long as the prothorax, not very stout, the outer joints moderately transverse,
strongly asymmetric, with the apical sensitive patches well developed, fifth
searcely dilated, third and fourth feebly picescent. Prothorax long, scarcely
more than one-fourth wider than long, the sides just visibly convergent and
very slightly arcuate, more distinctly so near the base, the basal angles obtuse
but not rounded, slightly prominent though blunt; apical slightly obtuse and
narrowly rounded; apex feebly arcuato-truncate, very little narrower than the
base, the latter evenly and strongly arcuate throughout; disk minutely, rather
sparsely punctate, smooth, not rugose at thesides. Elytra nearly three-fourths
longer than wide, perceptibly wider than the prothorax, evenly rounded be-
hind, parallel, finely and rather closely punctate. Abdomen clothed with
somewhat long coarse and cinereous pubescence. Length 3.1—4.2 mm.; width
1.15-1.5 mm.
California.
The two female types before me differ greatly in size, and have
the pubescence not only denuded in great part but more or less
broken, so that it is not possible to state its true development
with much precision. The species is remarkably distinct, as may
be judged by the description, and is one of those forms which it
is difficult to assign to either Byturosomus or Emmenotarsus of
Motschulsky, proving that those groups are not tenable as genera.
506 Coleopterological Notices, VI.
47. T. fuscus Lec.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., VI, p. 169 (Dasytes);
1. c., 1866, p. 351 ( Pristoscelis).
Oblong, very stout, convex, shining, black; legs and antennz
rufous; pubescence cinereous, moderate in length and coarseness,
dense on the elytra, sparser and finer on the pronotum; erect sete
of the elytra pale; pronotum with a few blackish sete toward the
sides anteriorly; marginal cilia very long and blackish on the
prothorax, equally long but paler on the elytra. Head not quite
one-half as wide as the prothorax, smooth, minutely and sparsely
punctate; antenne moderate. Prothorax fully three-fourths
wider than long, the sides feebly convergent, evenly and distinctly
arcuate from base to apex; all the angles obtuse and broadly
rounded; base rather strongly arcuate toward the middle; disk
smooth and polished throughout, minutely and sparsely punctate.
Elytra two-fifths longer than wide, scarcely visibly wider than the
prothorax, parallel, evenly and broadly rounded at apex, finely
and somewhat closely punctate. Length 3.0-3.6 mm.; width
1.4-1.7 mm.
California (San Diego Co.). The above sketch refers to the
female, and the male, as remarked by LeConte, is quite different
in form, being less stout, with the head a little more than one-
half as wide as the prothorax, the latter scarcely more than one-
half wider than long though similar otherwise, except that the
pubescence is a little darker and less obvious in the median parts
of the disk, and that the elytra are relatively shorter, narrowed
feebly from the base and not at all wider than the prothorax ; in
the female the elytra are much more than twice as long as the
prothorax, while in the male they are quite as conspicuously less
than twice as long. The fifth ventral in the male is broadly and
feebly sinuate at apex but otherwise unmodified, and, in both
sexes, the pronotum is feebly indented in the middle near the
base.
48. T. seriellus n. sp.—Oblong-oval, rather stout and convex, black;
legs black with the tibize and tarsi rufescent; antennze dark rufo-piceous;
pubescence cinereous, moderately long and coarse, dense and intermingled with
erect pale sete on the elytra, rather less dense on the pronotum; marginal
cilia of the prothorax rather short, dense and fimbriform, of the elytra longer
and less close-set, pale throughout. Head fully three-fourths as wide as the
prothorax, convex, smooth and polished throughout, minutely and sparsely
punctate; frontal impressions rather large and feeble; epistoma moderately
Coleopterological Notices, VI. 507
long, wide, truncate; labrum obtusely ogival at apex, bristling with long set;
eyes rather large and convex, not quite attaining the base; antennz broad and
compressed, a little longer than the prothorax, the penultimate joints very
strongly transverse. Prothorax two-thirds wider than long, the sides sub-
parallel, evenly and moderately arcuate from base to apex, the latter broadly
arcuate with a very obsolete entering angle at the middle, the apical angles
obtuse and rounded; basalangles, obtuse but not rounded and minutely, feebly
prominent; base arcuate; disk minutely and sparsely punctate, smooth and
polished throughout. Elytra scarcely one-half longer than wide and only just
visibly wider than the prothorax, parallel, evenly rounded at apex, rather
finely but strongly and closely punctate. Length 2.6-3.2 mm.; width 1.15-
1.45 mm.
Utah.
The description refers to the male, in which sex the intromit-
tent organ is in the form of a flattened cylindrical sheath, ob-
liquely truncate at apex, with the inferior surface produced at tip
in a fine slender cusp-point. In the female the head is not more
than two-thirds as wide as the prothorax. Numerous specimens.
Several specimens apparently not differing otherwise, have the
legs and antenne rufous throughout, the apical joint of the latter
blackish.
49. T. sobrinus n. sp.—Oblong-suboval, moderately convex, polished
throughout, the head and pronotum not at all rugose even at the sides, black;
legs and antennz rufous, the eleventh joint of the latter dusky; pubescence
ochreo-cinereous, moderately long and coarse, dense and intermingled with
erect, pale and coarse hairs on the elytra, more decumbent and sparser anteri-
orly; marginal cilia pale, somewhat long, dense and fimbriform on the protho-
rax, scarcely longer but more distant on the elytra. Head three-fifths as wide
as the prothorax, convex, minutely and sparsely punctate, the frontal impres-
sions very feeble; epistoma rather long and narrower than usual, pale and
coriaceous; labrum almost as long as wide, strongly and nearly evenly rounded
and pale at apex; eyes rather large, slightly prominent, not attaining the base,
the tempora behind them opaque and asperate; antennze somewhat stout, dis-
tinetly longer than the prothorax, the penultimate joints strongly transverse,
fifth not dilated. Prothorax nearly three-fourths wider than long, parallel and
very feebly arcuate at the sides to basal third, there more prominently rounded
and thence more convergent and nearly straight to the basal angles, which are
obtuse but distinct and minutely prominent; apical angles obtuse and broadly
rounded; apex and base broadly arcuate; disk minutely and sparsely punctate.
Elytra not quite one-half longer than wide, scarcely perceptibly wider than
- the prothorax, parallel, evenly rounded at apex, finely and closely punctate.
Abdomen finely cinereo-pubescent. Length 3.3 mm.; width 1.2-1.3 mm.
California.
508 Coleopterological Notices, VI.
The male above described has the fifth ventral short and
broadly, feebly sinuato-truncate at apex. The female differs from
the male in the larger and more elongate elytra, the head and pro-
thorax being relatively smaller, but having nearly the same ratio
between themselves. Two specimens from an unrecorded part of
the State.
50. T. mucidus n. sp.—Oblong-oval, strongly convex, black, the legs
and antenne rufous, the first and eleventh joints of the latter darker; pubes-
cence rather short, closely decumbent, pale yellowish-cinereous in color, very
coarse and dense, intermingled on the elytra with a few suberect pale setze to-
ward the sides, coarse but a little less dense and directed obliquely backward
toward the middle on the pronotum; marginal cilia somewnat short and fim-
briform, pale. Head two-thirds as wide as the prothorax, convex, smooth,
finely, sparsely punctate, the impressions very feeble; epistoma rather short
and transverse with a fine pale coriaceous margin; labrum strongly rounded;
eyes moderately large and prominent, not attaining the base; antenne but
slightly longer than the prothorax, the outer joints moderately transverse and
asymmetric, fifth not perceptibly dilated. Prothorax three-fifths wider than
long, widest and broadly rounded at basal third, the sides thence feebly con-
vergent and slightly arcuate to the obtuse and widely rounded apical angles,
and convergent and nearly straight for a short distance to the basal angles
which are obtuse but evident and minutely, feebly prominent; apex subtrun-
cate toward the middle, much narrower than the base, the latter broadly,
feebly arcuate; disk minutely and relatively not densely punctate, very feebly
rugulose toward the sides. Elytra one-half longer than wide, scarcely at all
wider than the prothorax, the sides parallel and straight; apex evenly and not
very broadly rounded; disk finely and closely punctate. Abdomen and legs
densely clothed with short luteo-cinereous pubescence. Length 2.7 mm.;
width 1.2 mm.
California.
The unique male type represents a species evidently allied
closely to the two preceding, but differing in the very feebly de-
veloped erect setze of the elytra and in the convergent sides of
the prothorax. The sexual characters are feeble as usual, the
apex of the fifth ventral being broadly and obsoletely sinuato-
truncate.
51. T. brevicornis Lec.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., VI, p. 169
(Dasytes ); 1. ¢., 1866, p. 353 ( Pristoscelis).
Oblong, strongly convex, moderately shining, black, the legs
and antenne rufous, the latter feebly obscure toward tip ; pubes-
cence pale, moderate in length and coarseness, rather dense but
not concealing the surface, the inclined setz on the elytra only
Coleopterological Notices, VI. 509
distinct toward the sides ; marginal cilia rather long, pale. Head
three-fifths as wide as the prothorax, strongly and rather closely
punctato-rugose, the impressions subobsolete; epistoma rather
long, transverse, pale, the labrum one-half wider than long, broadly
arcuato-truncate ; eyes moderate in size and prominence, not at-
taining the base; antenne a little longer than the prothorax,
rather slender, joints five to seven subequal, eighth smaller, nine
to eleven wider, the tenth moderately transverse. Prothorax two-
thirds wider than long, the sides parallel, broadly and strongly
arcuate, more convergent and straighter anteriorly, the apex trun-
cate and equal to the base; apical angles obtuse but scarcely at all
rounded from above, the basal very obtuse; disk strongly asper-
ato-punctate, more rugose toward the sides; punctures not very
coarse. Elytra three-fifths longer than wide, very slightly wider
than the prothorax, parallel and straight at the sides, evenly
rounded at apex, rather finely but asperately and somewhat closely
punctate. Abdomen somewhat thinly cinereo-pubescent. Length
2.5 mm.; width 1.0 mm.
California (southern). The description is taken from the fe-
male, which is the only sex which I have seen, and in that sex the
fifth ventral is evenly and strongly rounded behind. The species
may be readily distinguished from the others which immediately
precede by its more asperate sculpture and smaller size.
52. T.. villiis n. sp.—Oblong, moderately convex, dull, the elytra shining,
black, the legs pale ferruginous throughout; antenne black, gradually pale
toward base, the first joint palest; pubescence rather long and coarse but only
moderately dense, not at all concealing the surface, cinereous, the semi-erect
pale hairs very sparse and only visible toward the sides of the elytra; mar-
ginal cilia long and pale throughout, scarcely fimbriform. Head three-fourths
as wide as the prothorax, asperately though not densely punctate, the inter-
spaces strongly reticulato-rugose; impressions very feeble, epistoma moderate
in length, partly pale; labrum small, almost semi-circularly rounded; eyes
moderate, slightly prominent, not attaining the base; antennie well developed,
one-third longer than the prothorax, compact, the outer joints not at all asym-
metric and feebly transverse, fifth only just visibly larger. Prothorax three-
fifths wider than long, the sides parallel, evenly and strongly arcuate through-
out; angles all obtuse; apex and base equal and somewhat arcuato-truncate;
disk rather finely and sparsely but asperately punctate, the surface densely
reticulato-rugose, rather more strongly so toward the sides. Elytra not quite
one-half longer than wide, scarcely visibly wider than the prothorax, parallel,
very broadly and rather abruptly rounded behind, strongly but not very
densely punctate, the punctures small and feebly asperate but at the same
510 Coleopterological Notices, VI.
time broadly impressed. Abdomen rather thinly cinereo-pubescent, the legs
decidedly thick. Length 1.7-2.6 mm.; width 0.8-1.15 mm.
California (San Diego). Mr. Dunn.
The female differs from the above described male in its larger
size, relatively longer and wider elytra, smaller head, more slender
and less claviform anterior tibize and especially in its much
shorter and more slender antenne, with the fifth joint distinctly
dilated and very transverse, the sixth and eighth being small;
also in the smoother sculpture of the pronotum. The fifth ven-
tral of the male is very short and transversely truncate.
This species, which was taken in some abundance, is evidently
allied to brevicornis, but may be distinguished by the sparser
vestiture, less transverse prothorax which is more evenly
rounded at the sides, and by slight differences in the antennal
structure of the female.
53. T. imsigmis n. sp.—Oblong, stout and convex, polished, black; legs
and antenne black with the funicle of the latter slightly pale toward base,
and the tarsi piceous; pubescence rather long, dense and decumbent, pale
luteo-cinereous, becoming blackish in a discal spot on each elytron near the
base and another much larger behind the middle; body bristling throughout
with long erect black setze. Head scarcely more than one-half as wide as the
prothorax, smooth, finely but strongly and sparsely punctate, the impressions
very feeble; epistoma long, truncate; labrum long, strongly rounded at apex;
eyes rather large, nearly attaining the base; antenne somewhat slender and
scarcely at all incrassate, a little longer than the prothorax, the outer joints
not asymmetric and but feebly transverse, fifth only slightly dilated. Pro-
thorax three-fifths wider than long, widest slightly behind the middle where
the sides are very broadly and obtusely subangulate, thence just visibly con-
vergent and straight to the basal angles which are nearly right and but slightly
blunt, more convergent and straight to the apical angles which are but slightly
blunt and somewhat prominent anteriorly from above: apex distinctly nar-
rower than the base, both transversely truncate; disk finely, sparsely punctate
and highly polished, not at all rugose laterally. E£lytra one-half longer than
wide, only slightly wider than the prothorax, parallel and straight at the
sides, evenly but rather broadly rounded at apex, the punctures fine but
strong and rather close-set. Abdomen very minutely and densely punctu-
late, densely clothed, as are also the legs, with luteo-cinereous pubescence.
Length 3.6-4.0 mm.; width 1.6-1.8 mm.
California (southeastern).
The two representatives of this striking species before me are
both females, and the second specimen has the two large dark
spots on each elytron subconfluent, the posterior pair uniting also
transversely on the suture.
Coleopterological Notices, VI. 511
54. VT. curticollis n. sp.—Oblong, robust, convex, black with a slight
piceo-violaceous tinge, the integuments polished; legs bright rufo-ferruginous
throughout; antennze piceo-testaceous, blackish beyond the middle and at base;
pubescence rather long, coarse, decumbent, moderately dense and pale luteo-
cinereous, becoming blackish in a central region of the pronotum and in tivo
large discal spots on each elytron, one near the base and the other, but
slightly larger, behind the middle; erect black setee long but rather sparse.
Head slightly more than one-half as wide as the prothorax, smooth, finely but
strongly, sparsely punctate, more closely so along the middle, the impressions
feeble; epistoma moderate in length and strongly transverse; labrum rather
short but large, broadly rounded at apex; eyes large, somewhat prominent;
antennie very much longer than the prothorax, slightly incrassate toward apex,
the penultimate joints subtriangular, somewhat asymmetric and but slightly
wider than long, fifth not dilated. Prothorav fully three-fourths wider than
long, the sides very feebly convergent, evenly and feebly arcuate from base to
apex, the apex transversely truncate throughout, slightly narrower than the
base which is feebly arcuate; apical angles obtuse and distinctly though nar-
rowly rounded, not in the least prominent anteriorly, the basal obtuse but dis-
tinct and feebly reflexed; disk finely, sparsely punctate, not at all rugose to-
ward the sides. E/ytra scarcely two-fifths longer than wide, distinctly wider
than the prothorax, parallel and straight at the sides, broadly and evenly
rounded at apex, finely and moderately closely punctate. Abdomen rather
thinky cinereo-pubescent. Length 3.5 mm.; width 1.5 mm.
California.
The type of this species is also a female. It resembles in-
signis at first sight, because of the four quasi-denuded spots of
the elytra, but may readily be distinguished by the pale legs,
short prothorax with more obtuse apical angles, shorter and
broader epistoma and labrum, longer antennz and other char-
acters. A single specimen from an unrecorded part of the State.
Another female, evidently immature. represents a species
closely allied to this but without the dark elytral spots, with a
less transverse prothorax and with much more numerous erect
black sete.
55. T. suturalis Lec.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., VI, p. 169
(Dasytes); 1. ¢., 1866, p. 354 ( Pristoscelis); conformis Lec.: 1. ¢., VI, p. 169
and 1866, p. 354.
Oblong-oval, rather stout, strongly convex, black and very
highly polished throughout; legs and antennz deep black; vesti-
ture consisting of long erect and bristling black setz which are
rather close-set throughout and intermingled toward the sides and
basal angles of the pronotum and flanks of the elytra with some
512 Coleopterological Notices, VI.
short cinereous hairs; suture bordered narrowly with stiff inclined
cinereous hairs; scutellum sparsely clothed with short fine brown
hairs. Head two-thirds as wide as the prothorax, convex, smooth,
finely and sparsely punctate, the impressions small and very
feeble; antennz well developed, about as long as the prothorax,
distinctly incrassate, the penultimate joints strongly transverse.
Prothorax large, two-fifths wider than long, the sides just visibly
convergent and extremely feebly arcuate from base to apex, feebly
serrulate, becoming slightly sinuate toward base, the angles dis-
tinct; apical angles nearly right and very distinct ; disk minutely,
sparsely punctate throughout. Elytra at base exactly equal to
the base of the prothorax and closely applied throughout the
width, three-fifths Jonger than wide, the sides just visibly con-
vergent from the base; apex rather strongly rounded ; punctures
fine but sparse and somewhat strong. Length 2.4-3.75 mm.;
width 1.1—-1.7 mm.
California (San Diego). An abundant species, represented in
my cabinet by a large series exhibiting as usual great variability
in size. The description here given is taken from the male, and
the female is broader with a relatively more transverse prothorax,
slightly smaller head and parallel elytra which are more broadly
rounded at apex. I cannot distinguish the original types of con-
Formis from this species.
56. T. Varius n. sp.—Oblong, strongly convex, shining, black or with a
faint piceous tinge; elytral apices rufescent; legs, epistoma and labrum pale
rufo-testaceous; antennz testaceous, blackish toward apex; pubescence short,
dense, decumbent, pale luteo-cinereous, blackish and inconspicuous in a
broad pronotal vitta, and in a broad and well defined stripe on each
elytron not attaining the apex and nearer the suture than the exterior
margin; erect hairs, long, cinereous, scarcely evident toward the mid-
dle but dense and bristling laterally. Head nearly four-fifths as wide as
the prothorax, finely, sparsely punctate, smooth, the impressions sub-
obsolete; epistoma transverse; labrum large, strongly rounded; eyes promi-
nent, moderate in size; antennz rather slender, strongly serrate and setose
within, one-third longer than the prothorax, the tenth joint but little wider
than long and subtriangular, fifth slightly dilated. Prothorax rather small,
not quite one-half wider than long, the sides feebly convergent from base to
apex and strongly, almost evenly arcuate; angles very obtuse and rounded;
apex narrower than the base, arcuate; disk finely and sparsely punctate, pol-
ished, not at all rugose laterally. Elytra one-half longer than wide, at base
about one-third wider than the prothorax, the sides feebly convergent from
the base; apex obtuse; disk rather finely but strongly, not very densely punc-
Coleopterological Notices, VI. 513
tate. Abdomen thinly cinereo-pubescent. Length 2.8-3.2 mm.; width 0.95—
1.35 mm.
Arizona (Benson). Mr. Dunn.
A very distinct form, represented before me by numerous speci-
mens displaying considerable variation, the central dark area of
the pronotum being wholly obliterated in some cases. The male
above described differs from the female in its smaller size and
narrower form, and the female has the elytra larger and parallel,
the antenne relatively shorter and the head barely three-fourths
as wide as the prothorax; the fifth ventral of the male is feebly
sinuato-truncate at tip. Many of the examples before me have
the entire elytra rufo-ferruginous, except a clouded piceous area
at the base.
57. T. qguadricollis Lec.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1859, p. 75
{ Dasytes); 1. ¢., 1866, p. 354 (Pristoscelis ).
Oblong, rather stout and strongly convex, polished, the head
and prothorax not at all rugose toward the sides, black, without
metallic lustre; legs black, the tarsi and antenne slightly pi-
ceous; pubescence consisting of numerous long erect and black
hairs, confusedly intermingled on the elytra with a very few
coarse and cinereous dispersed hairs, which are only slightly
more numerous toward the suture, sides and apex. Head nearly
two-thirds as wide as the prothorax, convex, finely, sparsely
punctulate, the frontal impressions rather small and well marked ;
epistoma transverse; labrum strongly rounded, pale toward tip;
antenne distinctly longer than the prothorax, the outer joints
transverse, clothed with fine sparse hairs which become shorter,
denser and more erect setz within. Prothorax three-fifths wider
than long, the sides almost parallel and very feebly arcuate, be-
coming slightly sinuate and convergent near the basal angles which
are obtuse but distinct and slightly reflexed; apex rectilinearly
truncate, very feebly and anteriorly oblique near the sides, the
apical angles only slightly obtuse and blunt; base arcuate; disk
finely, sparsely punctate. Elytra nearly two-thirds longer than
wide and one-fourth wider than the prothorax, parallel, dehiscent
and broadly rounded behind, finely but strongly, not very densely
punctate. Length 3.4 mm.; width 1.35 mm.
California (southern). The description given above refers to
the female, and the species exhibits a close affinity with sutu-
514 Coleopterological Notices, VI.
ralis, ditfering in the nature of the vestiture, narrower form of the
body, and in the smaller and narrower prothorax of the female.
58. VT. remotus n. sp.—Elongate, suboval, convex, polished, black, with-
out metallic lustre; legs and antennz black throughout; pubescence coarse,
sparse, subdecumbent, in great part cinereous on the pronotum, blackish
with cinereous hairs confusedly interspersed on the elytra especially near
the suture, apex and flanks; entire body bristling with numerous very
long erect blackish setz. Head rather small, two-thirds as wide as the
prothorax, convex, smooth, finely but strongly and sparsely punctate,
the frontal impressions very feeble; eyes moderate in size, rather promi-
nent; antennz somewhat slender, only very feebly incrassate, one-third
longer than the prothorax, the outer joints scarcely asymmetric, the tenth mod-
erately transverse, fifth feebly dilated. Prothorax two-thirds wider than long,
parallel, the sides almost evenly and rather strongly arcuate, more convergent
and very feebly sinuate near the basal angles which are obtuse but distinct
and feebly reflexed; apical angles obtuse and rounded; apex and base equal,
broadly and almost equally arcuate; disk finely but strongly, sparsely punc-
tate, not at all rugose near the sides. Elytra elongate, nearly three-fourths
longer than wide, very slightly wider than the prothorax and about three
times as long, parallel and straight at the sides, the apex evenly and not very
broadly rounded; disk finely and somewhat closely punctate. Abdomen
densely cinereo-pubescent, the legs well developed. Length 3.5 mm.; width
1.3 mm.
California.
A single male from an unknown part of the State serves as the
type of this species; the fifth ventral is unusually long, trapezoi-
dal and truncate but otherwise unmodified, and the inner spur of
the anterior and middle tibiee is widely dilated Remotus may be
distinguished from qguadricollis by the rounded sides of the pro-
thorax and much smaller head.
59. T. conspersus n. sp.—Elongate, moderately convex, polished,
black with scarcely any metallic lustre; legs piceous, the antennz black; pu-
bescence coarse, moderately long, subdecumbent, cinereous, sparse on the pro-
notum, distinct and-rather dense throughout the elytra except in a narrow and
indefinite region on each near the suture where it becomes partly blackish and
inconspicuous; body bristling throughout the upper surface with numerous
long erect black setze, which are somewhat longer toward the sides of the pro-
notum than on the elytra. Head two-thirds as wide as the prothorax, smooth
throughout, finely and sparsely punctate, the frontal impressions very feeble;
epistoma rather long and unusually narrow; labrum strongly rounded; eyes
somewhat large but not very prominent, not attaining the base; antennze
scarcely longer than the prothorax, the penultimate joints moderately trans-
verse. Prothorax two-thirds wider than long, widest just behind the middle,
ee ee
aco
Coleopterological Notices, VI. 515
where the sides are broadly rounded, thence becoming distinctly convergent
and very feebly arcuate to the apical angles, which are slightly obtuse but very
distinct and scarcely at all rounded, convergent and feebly sinuate very near
the basal angles, these being obtuse but distinct; apex and base equal, broadly,
feebly arcuate; disk finely and sparsely punctate, not rugose laterally. Elytra
two-thirds longer than wide, nearly one-fourth wider than the prothorax, the
sides subparallel, feebly sinuate behind the unusually tumid humeri; apex
evenly and not broadly rounded; disk finely but strongly, not very densely
punctate. Abdomen densely punctulate, not very conspicuously cinereo-pubes-
cent. Length 3.2 mm.; width 1.1 mm.
California (Sta. Barbara). Mr. Dunn.
This species may be distinguished from the preceding by its
much more slender form, anteriorly convergent sides of the pro-
thorax and shorter erect sete of the elytra, as well as by the
more abundant cinereous pubescence, which last however is a vari-
able character. It is represented by a single female example.
60. T. mexicanus n. sp.—Oblong, not very stout, strongly convex,
feebly shining, black; legs pale rufo-ferruginous throughout; antennze in great
part pale; pubescence rather long and coarse but sparse, whitish, subdecum-
bent, darker and less conspicuous in an elongate streak on each elytron near
the suture; body bristling above with numerous long erect blackish sete.
Head nearly four-fifths as wide as the prothorax, strongly and rather closely
punctured, the interspaces smooth and polished throughout; frontal impressions
feeble; epistoma transverse; labrum strongly rounded, in great part pale; eyes
moderate in size and rather prominent; antennze somewhat long, distinctly ser-
rate. Prothorax unusually elongate, only very slightly wider than long, sub-
globularly convex, the sides broadly rounded behind, sensibly convergent and
nearly straight anteriorly, the apex distinctly narrower than the base, both
arcuate; angles obtuse and scarcely distinct, the posterior apparently broadly
rounded; disk rather coarsely, deeply and closely punctate, not rugose at the
sides. Elytra two-thirds longer than wide, only slightly wider than the pro-
thorax, parallel and straight behind the humeri which are somewhat promi-
nently tumid; apex evenly, not very broadly rounded; disk coarsely, strongly
and densely punctured. Aldomen and legs rather densely cinereo-pubescent.
Length 2.75 mm.; width 1.05 mm.
Mexico (northern). Cab. Levette.
This species is wholly different from any of those with which
it must be associated in this revision, especially in the elongate
and more globular form of the prothorax and coarse close punc-
tuation. The description refers to the male, in which sex the
fifth ventral is truncate as usual. Mewxicanus is represented by
two similar male examples which cannot apparently be associated
ANNALS N. Y. ACAD. Scr., VIII, Aug., 1895.—36
516 Coleopterological Notices, VI.
with any of the few species described in the “ Biologia ” under the
name Pristoscelis.
61. T. rufipenmis Lec.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1858, p. 71
(Dasytes); 1. ¢., 1866, p. 356 ( Pristoscelis).
Stout, black, the elytra throughout pale rufous; integuments
polished ; pubescence in great part denuded in the type but ap-
parently rather short, sparse and comparatively inconspicuous,
erect along the sides of the body; antenne short, incrassate, the
outer joints transverse. Prothorax three-fifths wider than long,
the sides parallel and broadly arcuate ; apical and basal angles
broadly rounded; disk evenly convex, finely and sparsely pune-
tate. Elytra one-fourth wider than the prothorax and three
times as long, more coarsely and strongly and a little more
closely though still not densely punctured. Length 5.5 mm.;
width 2.5 mm.
Arizona (Gila.) The only known specimen is the unique type
in the cabinet of LeConte, from which the above superficial
notes were taken a few years since. It may be recognized by its
unusually large size and by its coloration.
62. T. Lobatus n. sp.—Subcylindrical, convex, shining, black; legs black,
the tibiz and tarsi rufescent; antennee black, the funicle slightly rufescent
toward base; pubescence cinereous, subdecumbent, rather long and dense, in-
termingled with a few long blackish setze toward the sides of the pronotum,
the erect hairs of the elytra very coarse and abundant but only moderately
long, inclined posteriorly and cinereous, longer at the margins. Head three-
fourths as wide as the prothorax, finely, sparsely punctate, the frontal impres-
sions feeble; epistoma moderately short, impunctate and thin toward apex;
labrum short and transverse though large, very broadly rounded; eyes rather
large; antennz distinctly incrassate, a little longer than the prothorax, clothed
densely with short stiff hairs, the penultimate joints transverse. Prothorax
three-fifths wider than long, the sides perfectly parallel and very feebly arcuate
almost throughout, feebly sinuate toward the basal angles which are obtuse
but distinct, the base obliquely sinuate for a short distance near the angles,
broadly and strongly arcuate in the middle; apex broadly arcuato-truncate,
fully as wide as the base or slightly wider, the apical angles but slightly ob-
tuse and blunt; disk finely, sparsely punctate, rugulose only very near the
lateral edges. Elytra about three-fifths longer than wide, only very slightly
wider than the prothorax, parallel, evenly rounded at apex, finely and some-
what closely punctate, the interspaces polished. Abdomen and legs only
moderately densely cinereo-pubescent. Length 2.7 mm.; width 1.1 mm.
California (Sta. Barbara). Mr. Dunn.
Coleopterological Notices, VI. 517
_ Although to be placed near brevipilosus in a natural scheme of
classification, this species is not closely allied; it is smaller, with
the pale setze of the elytra coarser and very much more abundant,
and the lobiform base of the prothorax is more pronounced. The
single male has the fifth ventral much longer than the fourth and
only moderately broadly sinuato-truncate at apex.
63. T. brevipilosus Lec.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1866, p. 353
( Pristoscelis ).
Elongate, parallel, strongly convex, polished, black with a
grayish-eneous lustre; legs piceous-black, the tibiz and _ tarsi
rufescent; antenne piceous-black; pubescence rather long and
moderately coarse, subdecumbent, pale fulvo-cinereous and some-
what dense, with numerous erect sete which are long bristling
and in great part black anteriorly but short and mostly pale on
the elytra, where they are intermixed with a few very long black
hairs toward the sides; marginal fringe of the elytra moderately
long, fine and in great part ashy. Head fully two-thirds as wide
as the prothorax, smooth, finely and sparsely punctate, the
epistoma extremely short; labrum short and broadly rounded ;
antenne scarcely longer than the prothorax, not very stout, the
penultimate joints but slightly asymmetric and moderately trans-
verse, fifth just visibly dilated. Prothorax two-thirds wider than
long, the sides parallel, almost evenly and moderately arcuate ;
angles somewhat distinct though blunt; disk minutely, sparsely
punctate, not rugose laterally. Elytra three-fifths longer than
wide, only slightly wider than the prothorax, parallel, rather
acutely rounded behind; humeri only moderately prominent ;
punctures fine but strong and relatively not very close-set. Ab-
domen and legs densely clothed with short coarse fulvo-cinereous
pubescence. Length 3.3 mm.; width 1.3 mm.
Middle California. The female here described is the only rep-
resentative which I have seen. This species is not liable to be
confounded with any other known to me.
Another female, from a different locality in California, seems to
represent a very closely allied species with a shorter and smaller
prothorax and a less abbreviated epistoma, the latter having a
much broader impunctate margin.
64. T. hystrix n. sp.—Oblong, strongly convex, highly polished, black
with a feeble bluish-zeneous lustre; legs piceous-black, the tarsi paler; an-
518 Coleopterological Notices, VI.
tenn blackish, the funicle paler toward base; pubescence rather long and
coarse, not very dense, subdecumbent, intermingled throughout above with
very numerous long erect black setee. Head two-thirds as wide as the protho-
Trax, convex, smooth, finely and sparsely punctate, the frontal impressions
very feeble; epistoma moderate in length, transverse; labrum well developed,
angulate at apex; eyes rather large and prominent; antenn two-fifths longer
than the prothorax, slightly incrassate toward tip, the tenth joint subtriangu-
lar, moderately transverse and but slightly asymmetric, fifth large and long
though only slightly wider. Prothorax three-fifths wider than long, the sides
parallel, evenly and rather strongly arcuate throughout, a little more conver-
gent near the basal angles which are obtuse but not rounded and very nar-
rowly reflexed; apical angles obtuse and rounded; apex broadly and feebly
arcuate; disk finely, sparsely punctate, not rugose laterally. Elytra scarcely
three-fifths longer than wide, only very slightly wider than the prothorax,
parallel and straight at the sides, the apex moderately obtuse; punctures dis-
tinct though not coarse, rather well separated. Abdomen moderately densely
clothed with short, fine and cinereous pubescence. Length 2.85 mm.; width
1.1 mm.
California (San Luis Obispo Co.).
Readily identifiable by the hispid black hairs, small size,
strongly arcuate sides of the prothorax and other characters as
detailed in the table. It is represented by a single female speci-
men in an excellent state of preservation.
65. T. barbare n. sp.—Elongate, parallel, rather feebly convex, polished,
black with scarcely a trace of metallic lustre; legs black, the tarsi picescent;
antenne black, the funicle testaceous toward the base, the first joint black;
pubescence rather coarse and somewhat short, moderately dense, fulvo-cinereous,
intermixed throughout with long erect and bristling black sete. Head three-
fourths as wide as the prothorax, smooth and polished, finely, sparsely punc-
tate, the impressions feeble; epistoma transverse, moderate in length; labrum
strongly rounded; eyes large; antennze slightly longer than the prothorax,
feebly incrassate toward tip, the penultimate joints transverse, fifth only feebly
dilated. Prothorax three-fifths wider than long, the sides parallel, almost
evenly and very feebly arcuate throughout, convergent and slightly sinuate
very near the basal angles which are obtuse but not rounded and feebly re-
flexed; apical angles slightly obtuse and distinctly blunt; apex nearly similar
to the base, broadly and feebly arcuate; disk finely, sparsely punctate, not ru-
gose laterally. Elytra two-thirds longer than wide, very slightly wider than
the prothorax, parallel and straight at the sides, the apex evenly rounded;
disk rather finely but strongly, quite densely punctate. Legs and abdomen
densely clothed with short luteo-cinereous pubescence. Length 3.25 mm.;
width 1.25-1.3 mm.
California (Sta. Barbaraj. Mr. Dunn.
The female differs but slightly from the male described above,
Coleopterological Notices, VI. 519
the elytra being only just visibly shorter and broader, and the
head about three-fifths as wide as the prothorax. The fifth ven-
tral in the male is transversely truncate and short as usual. Six
specimens.
This species may be readily distinguished from hystrix by its
more elongate and depressed form and teebly rounded sides of
the prothorax.
66. T. tectus n. sp.—Oblong, rather stout, strongly convex, polished, black,
without metallic lustre; legs piceous-black ; antennie black, piceous toward base;
pubescence long, coarse, cinereous, subdecumbent, intermixed throughout the
upper surface with moderately abundant very coarse and erect black set.
Head three-fifths as wide as the prothorax, smooth and polished, rather finely
but strongly and somewhat closely perforato-punctate, the impressions almost
obsolete; epistoma large, transverse; labrum large and long, broadly rounded,
with a transverse series of stiff setee behind the middle; eyes rather large but
not prominent; antennze barely as long as the prothorax, feebly incrassate to-
ward tip, the penultimate joints distinctly transverse. Prothorax three-fifths
wider than long, parallel, the sides evenly and feebly arcuate throughout; all
the angles slightly obtuse and blunt though distinguishable; apex and base
equal, feebly and equally arcuate; disk finely but strongly, rather sparsely
perforato-punctate, not at all rugose toward the sides. E/ytra one-half longer
than wide, not evidently wider than the prothorax, parallel and straight at
the sides, the apex evenly and almost semi-circularly rounded; disk finely but
strongly, closely punctate, the interspaces smooth. Abdomen very densely
clothed with cinereous pubescence, which is rather long and coarse. Length
4.0 mm.; width 1.65 mm.
California.
The single specimen is a female without further record of
locality. The species is very distinct because of its rather large
size and very long shaggy coat of pale cinereous hairs, in addi-
tion to the erect set.
67. 'T. sordidus Lec.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., VI, p. 169 (Dasy-
tes); 1. ¢., 1866, p. 354 ( Pristoscelis ).
Oblong-oval, moderately convex, polished and smooth through-
out the upper surface, black, the legs and antennz black, the
funicle of the latter slightly picescent toward base; pubescence
long, coarse, cinereous and rather dense, subdecumbent, inter-
mixed throughout above with bristling erect sete which are
mostly black in color. Head scarcely three-fifths as wide as
the prothorax, finely but strongly, sparsely punctate, the frontal
impressions narrow, distinct and more densely punctate; epi-
520 Coleopterological Notices, VI.
stoma long, coriaceous; labrum long; eyes moderate; antennze
about as long as the prothorax, distinctly incrassate toward tip,
the tenth joint transverse and scarcely at all asymmetric, the fifth
but feebly dilated. Prothorax two-thirds wider than long, the
sides almost evenly and rather strongly arcuate, distinctly more
convergent toward apex, the latter much narrower than the base
and truncate with the angles obtuse; basal angles obtuse but
scarcely at all rounded and feebly reflexed as in other allied spe-
cies; disk finely but strongly, sparsely punctate. Elytra three-
fifths longer than wide, one-fourth wider than the prothorax and
fully three times as long, parallel, semi-circularly rounded at
apex. finely and rather closely punctate. Legs and abdomen
coarsely cinereo-pubescent. Length 3.1 mm.; width 1.35 mm.
California (San Diego). The short prothorax, evidently nar-
rowed near the apex and comparatively long and wide elytra,
oval form of the body, long epistoma and other characters as
noted in the description of the female given above, will serve to
distinguish this species from its allies.
68. T. villosus n. sp.—Subcylindrical, strongly convex, polished, the
surface smooth throughout above, black, the legs black with the tarsi paler;
antenne black with the funicle pale testaceous toward base; pubescence long,
coarse, luteo-cinereous, dense and rather closely decumbent, intermingled
with very long, abundant and bristling sete: which are black anteriorly and
toward the middle of the elytra, but cinereous toward the sides and along the
margins of the latter. Head scarcely more than three-fifths as wide as the pro-
thorax, finely, remotely punctate, more closely so anteriorly, the frontal im-
pressions distinct and confluent at apex just beyond a smooth subtuberculi-
form elevation; epistoma rather short and broad, pale flavate; labrum strongly
rounded, setose, pale and fringed with short pale sete at apex; eyes moderately
large and convex; antennze one-third longer than the prothorax, distinctly ineras-
sate, the funicle slender toward base, outer joints transverse, fifth much longer
and slightly wider than the sixth. Prothorax scarcely more than one-half
wider than long; the sides feebly arcuate at basal two-fifths, thence moderately
convergent and straight or very feebly sinuate to the apical angles which are
only slightly obtuse and scarcely at all rounded, subparallel near the base, the
basal angles obtuse and distinctly rounded, obliterated but feebly reflexed;
apex rectilinearly truncate, narrower than the base which is broadly arcuate;
disk finely, sparsely punctate. iytra scarcely three-fifths longer than wide,
a little wider than the prothorax and but slightly more than twice as long, the
sides straight and apparently somewhat convergent from base to apex, the
latter evenly rounded; punctures rather small but strong and close-set. Legs
and abdomen rather densely cinereo-pubescent. Length 2.8 mm.; width
1.25 mm.
Coleopterological Notices, VI. 521.
1 {
California.
The male serving as the type has the fifth ventral short and trun-
cate, the truncature apparently feebly sinuate toward the middle.
69. T. irrasus n. sp.—Elongate, subcylindrical, convex, polished and
smooth throughout, black, legs black, the tarsi scarcely picescent; antennee
black, the funicle dark piceo-testaceous toward base; pubescence rather long
and coarse, dense, subdecumbent, pale Iuteo-cinereous, the upper surface
bristling with long erect and very conspicuous, though not dense, black sete
which are intermingled with some shorter and more inclined pale hairs toward
the sides of the elytra, the marginal hairs of the latter very long and cinere-
ous. Head but slightly more than one-half as wide as the prothorax, convex,
finely and sparsely punctate, a little more closely so toward apex, where the
impressions are feeble and separated by the usual feeble impunctate convexity ;
epistoma rather long but strongly transverse, very pale and coriaceous;
labrum long, black, paler and strongly rounded at apex; eyes large but not
very convex, not quite attaining the base; antennze slightly longer than the
prothorax, the penultimate joints moderately transverse. Prothorax three-
fourths wider than long, the sides convergent and very feebly arcuate from
base to apex, the basal angles obtuse and rather broadly rounded, feebly re-
flexed; apical less obtuse and only narrowly rounded, distinct; apex and base
evenly, equally and feebly arcuate throughout the width, the former distinctly
the narrower; disk finely, sparsely punctate. Elytra three-fifths longer than
wide, only just visibly wider than the prothorax, parallel and straight at the
sides, broadly rounded at apex, finely but strongly and rather densely punc-
tate. Legs and abdomen densely and somewhat coarsely cinereo-pubescent.
Length 4.0 mm.; width 1.6 mm.
California
The unique representative of this species, which may be readily
known by the form of the prothorax, is a female, with the fifth
ventral evenly rounded behind.
70. VT. crimifer n. sp.—Oblong, parallel, moderately convex, black with
a feeble grayish-zeneous lustre; legs rufo-ferruginous, the posterior femora
slightly obscure; antennie piceo-testaceous; pubescence rather long, coarse and
dense, subdecumbent, pale luteo-cinereous, the upper surface in addition with
long but rather sparse erect black setee. Head fully three-fifths as wide as the
prothorax, smooth, finely and sparsely punctate, the impressions large and
feeble; epistoma rather short, truncate, thin, impunctate and slightly pale to-
ward apex; labrum short and broad, broadly rounded; eyes moderately large
and slightly prominent, attaining the base; antennze somewhat long, strongly
serrate, the outer joints only moderately transverse. Prothoraw two-thirds
wider than long, the sides parallel, evenly and feebly arcuate; basal angles
obtuse and blunt but somewhat distinct; apical angles less obtuse and but
slightly blunt; apex and base evenly and feebly arcuate, the latter slightly
the wider; disk finely and sparsely punctate. E/ytra three-fifths longer
522 Coleopterological Notices, VI.
than wide, not perceptibly wider than the prothorax, the sides straight and
subparallel; apex rather broadly rounded; disk finely and relatively not very
densely punctate. Abdomen densely cinereo-pubescent, the legs moderate.
Length 3.0 mm.; width 1.2 mm,
California.
The male described as the type has the fifth ventral feebly sin-
uato-truncate at apex; it is the only specimen known to me.
The species is allied to hirtellus, but may be easily distinguished
by certain peculiarities of vestiture and coloration, the tip of the
elytra not being rufescent and the erect setz blacker and sparser.
71. T. hirtellus Lec.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1866, p. 353
( Pristoscelis).
Oblong. convex, polished, black, with a feeble grayish-metallic
lustre; elytral apices pale; coriaceous hind margins of the ab-
dominal segments and tip of the fifth pale; legs and antenne pale
rufo-ferruginous throughout; pubescence rather long, coarse and
dense, pale luteo-cinereous, with long erect and sparser hairs brist-
ling from the upper surface, these largely black anteriorly but
cinereous at the edges, pale on the elytra sparsely intermingled
with blackish on the disk. Head three-fourths as wide as the
prothorax, strongly and rather densely punctate; epistoma mod-
erately long, pale and polished; labrum completely pale, strongly
rounded; eyes moderate, not attaining the base; antennz long,
and slender, serrate, much longer than the prothorax, the penulti-
mate joints fully as long as wide. Prothorax rather small-and
transverse, one-half wider than long, the sides arcuate, convergent
anteriorly, the angles all obtuse and rounded; apex and base
broadly and feebly arcuate, the former distinctly the narrower ;
disk rather finely, not densely punctate, not rugose at the sides.
Elytra oblong, one-half longer than wide, one-third wider than
the prothorax, parallel, broadly rounded and almost truncate at
apex. finely, strongly and somewhat densely punctured. Length
2.5-3.2 mm.; width 1.1-1.8 mm.
Lower California (Cape San Lucas). The specimen described
is a female, having the fifth ventral rounded behind, though
broadly so, and the tibial spurs simple. I have two males from
Arizona which are apparently assignable to this species, and in
these the head and prothorax are almost the same in rela-
tive size and shape, but the prothorax is larger and wider when
compared with the elytra. The slender antenne, elytral colora-
Coleopterological Notices, VI. 523
tion and pale labrum will enable the reader to identify this dis-
tinct species at a glance. There is a mistake of 1 mm. in the
length given by LeConte.
72. T. fullwescens n. sp.—Subcylindrical, moderately convex, polished,
black, the elytra, metasternum and abdominal vertex more or less rufo-
piceous; legs pale piceo-testaceous, the tibize and tarsi darker; antennze black;
pubescence rather long and dense, very coarse, decumbent and bright fulvous,
intermixed with numerous long and bristling sete, which are blackish in color
but becoming in great part pale toward the sides of the elytra. Head nearly
three-fourths as wide as the prothorax, convex, smooth, finely and sparsely
punctate, the eyes large but not very convex; antennz a little longer than the
prothorax, rapidly and strongly incrassate toward apex and clothed densely
with short erect and cinereous setie, the penultimate joints strongly trans-
verse. Prothorax two-thirds wider than long; the sides moderately conver-
gent and almost evenly and distinctly arcuate from base to apex; basal angles
obtuse and somewhat broadly rounded, feebly reflexed, the apical greatly de-
flexed but almost right and scarcely at all blunt; apex and base almost recti-
linearly truncate, the former decidedly the narrower; disk finely, sparsely
punctate, not at all rugose at the sides. Elytra barely three-fifths longer than
wide, not noticeably wider than the prothorax, subparallel and straight at the
sides, the apex evenly rounded; disk rather finely but strongly and closely
punetate. Legs and abdomen moderately densely cinereo-pubescent. Length
3.0 mm.; width 1.15 mm.
California (San Diego). Mr. Dunn.
A well marked species, distinguishable at once by the coarse
and dense fulvous vestiture, incrassate antenne, coloration and
other characters; the single male before me has the fifth ventral
broadly sinuato-truncate at apex.
73. T. comatus Lec.—Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci., 1881, X, p. 77 (Pristo-
scelis ).
Slender, cylindrical, the pubescence coarse, whitish, sparse,
with intermixed sparse and erect hairs which are very long and
conspicuous. Prothorax transverse and almost evenly elliptical,
strongly convex, almost one-half wider than long, very coarsely
deeply and remotely punctate, the interspaces polished; disk bi-
impressed at each side on the declivity behind the middle, the
two impressions subconfluent. Elytra scarcely at all wider than
the prothorax and more than three times as long, twice as long
as wide, coarsely and more closely but not densely punctate.
Antenne as iong as the prothorax. Length 4.0 mm.; width 1.4
mm.
524 Coleopterological Notices, VI.
New Mexico (Sta. Fé Canon—7,000 feet )—Cah. LeConte. The
above observations were taken from the unique type. This
species is remarkably distinct in pronotal sculpture, but the im-
pressions alluded to may possibly be of an accidental nature, al-
though they appear to be symmetrical.
74. 'T. squalidus Lec.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., VI, p. 169
(Dasytes); 1. ¢., 1866, p. 354 ( Pristoscelis) ; tejonicus Lee.: 1. ¢., p. 354 (Pris-
toscelis ).
Subcylindrical, rather narrow and convex, polished, intense
black, without metallic lustre; legs and antenne more or less
blackish ; pubescence moderately long, cinereous, sparse especi-
ally on the pronotum but clothing the entire surface, intermixed
with moderately numerous long erect and black sete. Head
two-thirds as wide as the prothorax, finely, sparsely punctate, the
impressions small and feeble; epistoma rather narrow and mod-
erately long, slightly pale; labrum strongly rounded, piceous,
paler at apex; eyes moderate, rather prominent; antenne nearly
one-third longer than the prothorax, feebly incrassate, the penul-
timate joints distinctly transverse, fifth but feebly dilated. Pro-
thorax three-fifths wider than long, the sides parallel and broadly,
somewhat strongly arcuate; basal angles obtuse but distinct;
apical obtuse; apex and base broadly arcuate, the latter rather
the more strongly; disk finely, sparsely punctate, not rugose
near the sides. Elytra three-fifths longer than wide, scarcely
visibly wider than the prothorax, subparallel, evenly and not very
broadly rounded at apex; disk finely but strongly, sparsely
punctate. Length 2.7 mm.; width 1.0 mm.
California (San Diego and northward). The male has the fifth
ventral longer than the fourth and less broadly truncate at apex
than is usual in this section. I am completely unable to distin-
cuish fejonicus from squalidus, the legs being somewhat variable
in color, and all the other features being perfectly similar as far
as can be discovered from a careful study of the types of each.
The above description is drawn from a male taken near San
Diego.
75. T. sexuialis n. sp.——-Elongate, moderately convex, polished, deep
black, without metallic reflection; legs and antenne black; pubescence rather
short, coarse, subdecumbent, luteo-cinereous, sparsely and evenly distributed
on the elytra and intermingled throughout above with erect black setee which
Coleopterological Notices, VI. 525
are moderate in length and abundance. Head four-fifths as wide as the pro-
thorax, finely and sparsely punctate, feebly rugose, especially toward the
sides of the front, the impressions feeble; epistoma moderate in length, smooth,
truncate and somewhat pale; labrum rather large and broadly rounded; eyes
large and unusually prominent; antennze long and not very stout, one-half
longer than the prothorax, the last three joints slightly larger, tenth almost as
long as wide, fifth distinctly dilated, oblique at apex. Prothorav one-half wider
than long, the sides strongly but broadly arcuate toward base, gradually con-
vergent and feebly arcuate toward apex, the latter truncate and subequal to
the base which is arcuate; basal angles very obtuse but not wholly obliterated,
the apical obtuse and blunt; disk rather finely and sparsely punctate, coarsely
reto-rugose near the sides. Elytra three-fifths longer than wide, only slightly
wider than the prothorax, parallel and straight at the sides, evenly and not
very obtusely rounded behind, the disk somewhat coarsely, strongly and
sparsely punctate, the punctures impressed. Abdomen rather finely and
sparsely clothed with plumbeo-cinereous pubescence. Length 2.7-3.0 mm.;
width 1.05-1.2 mm.
California (Sonoma Co.).
This species is the most remarkable of the genus in the devel-
opment of the male sexual characters at the abdominal vertex.
The male is described above, and the female differs in having the
head and prothorax slightly smaller when compared with the
elytra, although not differing much in their own individual size
or form; the elytra however are distinctly broader and relatively
shorter.
In the male the fifth ventral is deeply emarginate at the apex,
with the bottom of the emargination rectilinearly transverse, but
the concave outline of the notch is continued on the disk past
this bottom truncature, forming a rounded depressed sinus with
the truncature as its anterior margin and its depressed floor hori-
zontal and flat; the disk is broadly impressed, the impression
polished and impunctate toward the margins of the emargination
but elsewhere bristling with short erect black and spiculiform se-
tz. The inner spur of all the tibiz is strongly dilated.
76. T. Somnomee n. sp.— Parallel, strongly convex, highly polished, black,
with a feeble greenish-metallic lustre; legs and antenne black; pubescence
rather short and fine, cinereous and sparse, interspersed with sparse black set
which are shorter, more inclined and less conspicuous in the median parts of the
elytra. Head nearly three-fourths as wide as the prothorax, smooth and _ pol-
ished, only slightly rugulose toward the sides of the front, finely and sparsely
punctate, the frontal impressions large and rather feeble; epistoma well devel-
oped, smooth and impunctate; labrum transverse, large, broadly rounded;
eyes large, only moderately convex; antenn: slightly longer than the pro-
526 Coleopterological Notices, VI.
thorax, feebly but distinctly incrassate toward apex, the penultimate joints
rather strongly transverse. Prothorax nearly three-fourths wider than long,
the sides somewhat strongly rounded and subprominent at basal two-fifths,
thence feebly convergent and slhghtly arcuate to the apex and more strongly
convergent and very broadly rounded into the base, which is a little narrower
than the apex and subtruncate; apex rectilinearly truncate, with the angles ob-
tuse and blunt; basal angles obliterated; disk finely, sparsely punctate,
coarsely reto-rugose toward the sides. lytra long, fully three-fourths longer
than wide, slightly wider than the prothorax, parallel, evenly and not broadly
rounded at apex, the disk somewhat coarsely. deeply and sparsely punctate,
feebly explanate near the external apices, the interspaces polished. Abdomen
and legs finely subcinereo-pubescent. Length 3.2 mm.; width 1.25 mm.
California (Sonoma Co.).
The single female before me has the fifth ventral very broadly
rounded behind, and represents a species somewhat allied to seax-
ualis, but with very much more elongate elytra and more obtusely
rounded abdominal apex.
77. TV. texanus Lec.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1866, p. 355 ( Pristo-
scelis).
Elongate-oval, strongly convex, polished. black, the elytra pi-
cescent; apices of the abdominal segments pale and coriaceous ;
legs pale rufo-ferruginous throughout; antenn pale piceo-testa-
ceous, the funicle still paler toward base; pubescence rather long
and fine, cinereous-white and very sparse, intermingled with
numerous black setz. Head nearly three-fourths as wide as the
prothorax, finely but strongly, not very sparsely perforato-punc-
tate, the impressions large and distinct; epistoma with a wide
and pale coriaceous margin; labrum large, transverse, broadly
rounded, black with a narrow pale apex ; eyes somewhat promi-
nent; antenne slender, much longer than the prothorax, serrate,
the tenth joint nearly as long as wide, fifth but feebly dilated.
Prothorax rather long, about two-fifths wider than long, the sides
broadly arcuate, becoming gradually convergent anteriorly ; basal
angles very broadly rounded; apex truncate, about as wide as
the base; disk rather evenly and deeply perforato-punctate, the
punctures sparse but closer laterally, the interspaces smooth
throughout. _ Elytra long, two-thirds longer than wide, distinctly
wider than the prothorax and nearly three times as long, evenly
and not obtusely rounded behind, the disk very coarsely, deeply
and not very closely punctate. Length 2.5-3.35 mm.; width 0.95—
1.25 mm.
- Ri Pee eee ee eee
a
(
Coleopterological Notices, VI. 52
Texas. The above description is from the female, but the male
does not greatly differ, simply having the head nearly four-fifths as
wide as the prothorax. The fifth ventral of the male is broadly
sinuato-truncate at apex, the genital segment broadly emarginate,
with its surface broadly impresso-canaliculate, and the horizontal
under part of the dorsal pygidium is concave, with its anterior
margin in the form of a straight transverse ridge. This species
may be readily known by its coarse punctuation and rather
elongate prothorax.
78. T. bucidus n. sp.—Elongate and rather narrow, convex, highly pol-
ished, black witha feeble subzeneous lustre; legs pale rufo-ferruginous through-
out; antenne testaceous, the first joint darker and the outer joints blackish;
pubescence somewhat short, cinereous and very sparse, intermixed with erect
black setze which are conspicuous anteriorly but on the elytra short, very
sparse, inclined and inconspicuous on the disk though more distinct laterally,
with the marginal cilia in great part cinereous. Head rather small, two-thirds
as wide as the prothorax, distinctly rugose toward the sides, sparsely punctate
in the middle, the impressions very feeble; epistoma rather long and only
moderately transverse; labrum but slightly wider than long, dark, strongly
rounded; eyes moderate in size but quite prominent and distant from the
base, the neck feebly constricted; antennze slender, distinctly longer than the
prothorax, the last three joints abruptly wider, the penultimate transverse,
fifth feebly dilated. Prothorax two-thirds wider than long, widest at basal
two-fifths, where the sides are obtusely but somewhat prominently rounded,
feebly convergent aud almost straight thence to the apex, more convergent and
straight to the basal angles, which are very obtuse but scarcely rounded and
distinct; apical angles obtuse and rounded; apex and base subequal, arcuato-
truncate; disk finely, sparsely punctate, feebly rugose very narrowly along the
lateral edges. lytra three-fifths longer than wide, only just visibly wider
than the prothorax, parallel, the apex evenly and not very broadly rounded;
disk very coarsely, deeply and not closely punctate, the interspaces highly pol-
ished and smooth. Abdomen thinly cinereo-pubescent. Length 2.7-3.3 mm.;
width 0.85-1.2 mm.
Lower California; Guadalupe Island.
The male described above has the fifth ventral broadly arcuato-
truncate at apex, the genital segment emarginate as usual
throughout the width, with the surface broadly impresso-canali-
culate, and the lower surface of the pygidium nearly flat. The fe-
male, of which I have but a single specimen from Guadalupe, is
much larger than the male and with shorter antennz, but other-
wise scarcely differs at all.
79. T. reversus n. sp.—Elongate, moderately convex, polished, black
with a slight grayish lustre; femora pale rufo-ferruginous, the tips blackish
528 Coleopterological Notices, VI.
above; tibie and tarsi slightly infuscate; antennze black, joints three to
five more or less dark rufo-piceous; pubescence rather short and sparse,
ashy-white, the intermixed sete rather abundant but unusually short and
in great part pale on the elytra, especially toward the sides. Head not
quite two-thirds as wide as the prothorax, smooth, not rugose at the
sides, finely, remotely punctate, the epistoma rather long, moderately
transverse; labrum almost semi-circularly rounded; eyes moderate in
size but prominent, distant from the base; antenne but slightly longer
than the prothorax, the last three joints just visibly wider, the penultimate
transverse, fifth scarcely dilated. Prothoraw fully two-thirds wider than long,
the sides broadly rounded behind the middle, feebly convergent and straighter
anteriorly, slightly convergent and sinuate toward the basal angles which are
acute and minutely prominent; base strongly arcuate but becoming oblique
and subsinuate near the angles; apical angles obtuse and blunt but rather
pronounced; apex broadly arcuato-truncate; disk minutely and remotely
punctate, feebly rugose near the basal angles only. /ytra scarcely three-
fifths longer than wide, almost one-fourth wider than the prothorax, parallel,
very feebly inflated behind, the sides slightly arcuate except near the base;
apex almost evenly rounded; disk rather finely but strongly, somewhat closely
punctate. Abdomen tinely and not very densely cinereo-pubescent. Length
3.1mm.; width 1.25 mm.
Arizona (near the Grand Canon of the Colorado).
The single type of this distinct species is a female, with the
fifth ventral rounded behind and feebly impressed on the disk in
a large rounded median area; it was collected and kindly given
to me by Dr. T. Mitchell Prudden, of New York.
80. T. pedalis Lec.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1866, p. 355 ( Pristo-
scelis).
Elongate-oval, strongly convex, highly polished, black with a
very feeble greenish-zeneous lustre; legs red; antenne dark tes-
taceous, the first and outer joints blackish; pubescence coarse,
sparse, erect and bristling, blackish throughout, the marginal
fringe of the elytra more or less pale. Head scarcely more than
three-fifths as wide as the prothorax, smooth, finely and remotely
punctate, the impressions separated by a large and pronounced
impunctate convexity ; labrum strongly rounded; eyes rather
large and prominent; antennz barely as long as the prothorax,
slightly incrassate, the penultimate joints transverse. Prothorax
large, slightly more than one-half wider than long, the sides
rounded at basal third, thence distinctly convergent and very
feebly arcuate to the apex, convergent and straight to the basal
angles which are very obtuse but not rounded; apex truncate, de-
Coleopterological Notices, VI. 529
cidedly narrower than the base, the latter broadly arcuate ; apical
angles obtuse; disk finely and remotely punctate, not rugose lat-
erally except at the immediate edges. Elytra two-thirds longer
than wide, scarcely at all wider than the prothorax, parallel,
rather acutely rounded behind ; disk subexplanate externally at
apex, with the apical edges finely serrate; punctures coarse, deep
and sparse. Abdomen thinly but rather coarsely pubescent:
Length 3.1-3.25 mm.; width 1.2-1.3 mm.
California (Sta. Catalina Island). I have only seen the female
of this species, which may be readily recognized by the dark and
erect vestiture, pale legs, polished surface and coarse elytral
punctures. The prothorax is much larger and less transverse
than in luctdus or enescens.
81. T. nigrinus n. sp.—Elongate, subparallel, strongly convex and pol-
ished, black with a scarcely perceptible zeneous lustre; legs piceous-black, the
tarsi paler; antennze pale piceo-testaceous, scarcely darker toward tip; pubes-
cence blackish, sparse, coarse and suberect, slightly cinereous on the elytral
flanks toward base, long and bristling especially anteriorly and along the
margins. Head three-fourths as wide as the prothorax, smooth throughout,
convex, finely and sparsely punctate, the frontal impressions rather narrow,
widely separated and distinct; epistoma short; labrum acutely parabolic,
gradually pale toward apex; eyes large but only moderately prominent; an-
tenn much longer than the prothorax, gradually and perceptibly incrassate to-
ward tip, the penultimate joints strongly transverse, fifth distinctly dilated.
Prothorax but sightly more than one-half wider than long, the sides perfectly
parallel and broadly arcuate at the middle, where the disk is widest,
straight toward the basal angles which are obtuse and not rounded and dis-
tinct; apical angles feebly obtuse and distinct, only slightly blunt; disk
finely, sparsely punctate, not rugose near the sides. Elytra three-fifths longer
than wide, distinctly wider than the prothorax, subparallel and straight at the
sides, evenly rounded at apex; humeri tumid, the intra-humeral impression
strong; punctures fine but strong and rather sparse. Abdomen somewhat
thinly cinereo-pubescent. Length 2.75 mm.; width 1.2 mm.
California ?
The male has the inner spur of the two anterior tibiz strongly
dilated, and the fifth ventral one-half longer than the fourth and
truncate at tip. The single specimen before me has no indication
of locality, but is without much doubt from the region suggested.
82. T. aemescens Lec.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., VI, p. 170 (Da-
sytes); 1. ¢., 1866, p. 355 ( Pristoscelis ).
Narrow, convex, highly polished, deep black with a very feeble
zneous lustre; legs black, the tibiz and tarsi dark rufo-piceous ;
530 Coleopterological Notices, VI.
antenne blackish, the funicle slightly pale toward base; pubes-
cence blackish, long and coarse, very sparse, erect or semi-erect
and bristling, the marginal cilia of the elytra also black. Head
four-fifths as wide as the prothorax,smooth throughout, finely
and sparsely punctate, the frontal impressions large and distinct,
approximate, the dividing convexity rather prominent; epistoma
somewhat narrow and long; labrum a little wider than long, cir-
cularly rounded; eyes rather large and prominent; antennz
slightly longer than the prothorax, incrassate toward tip, the pen-
ultimate joints distinctly transverse. Prothorax three-fifths
wider than long, the sides rounded at basal third thence feebly
convergent and just visibly arcuate to the broadly rounded apical
angles and more rapidly convergent and straight to the basal
angles, which are very obtuse but scarcely at allrounded; apex
and base equal, feebly arcuate; disk minutely and remotely punc-
tate, not at all rugose at the sides. Elytra three-fifths longer than
wide, slightly wider than the prothorax, parallel, rather strongly
but evenly rounded at apex, very coarsely and sparsely but not
very deeply and somewhat unevenly punctate. Abdomen very
finely and sparsely cinereo-pubescent. Length 2.38 mm.; width
0.8 mm.
Southern California. The single example before me is a male,
with the fifth ventral longer than the fourth and truncate at tip.
This species resembles /uczdus in form but is smaller, with a dis-
tinctly larger head, still coarser and sparser and especially feebler
and less even elytral punctures, and may be known also by the
absence of cinereous pubescence on the upper surface of the body.
83. T. rusticus n. sp.—Elongate, moderately convex, polished, black,
the legs piceous; antennze rufo-piceous, blackish toward apex; pubescence
coarse, rather long, very sparse, subdecumbent and blackish, with numerous
long and erect, black and bristling sete. Head but little more than three-
fourths as wide as the prothorax, convex, smooth throughout, finely and
sparsely punctate, the frontal impressions rather small, apical and widely sep-
arated but distinct; epistoma rather long and somewhat narrow; slightly
pale: labrum in great part pale, slightly wider than long, strongly rounded;
eyes rather large but only moderately prominent and somewhat distant from
the base; antennze much longer than the prothorax, feebly incrassate, the pen-
ultimate joints distinctly transverse, fifth feebly dilated. Prothorax moderate
in size, three-fifths wider than long, the sides perfectly parallel and just visi-
bly arcuate, noticeably convergent and straight near the base, the angles very
obtuse but distinct, not rounded and feebly reflexed; apical angles but slightly
obtuse and extremely narrowly rounded; apex and base broadly and almost
Coleopterological Notices, VI. 531
equally arcuate; disk minutely and remotely punctate, not at all rugose later-
ally. Elytra three-fifths longer than wide, slightly wider than the prothorax,
parallel and straight at the sides, the apex evenly and not very broadly
rounded; disk coarsely, rather sparsely and somewhat unevenly punctate.
Abdomen and legs rather finely and not densely cinereo-pubescent. Length
2.4 mm.; width 0.9 mm.
California.
The male above described has the fifth ventral simple, rather
short and broadly truncate. Along the suture and on the flanks
of the elytra a few cinereous hairs are sparsely scattered, but
these are extremely inconspicuous in the two specimens before
me, and, in case they should become denser by variation, the
Species may be readily known from suturalis by its much smaller
size, narrower form, smaller, shorter and relatively narrower pro-
thorax and relatively still coarser, though scarsely sparser, elytral
punctures.
84. T. politus n. sp.—Subcylindrical, strongly convex, highly polished,
deep black, the legs black; antennze black, with the funicle slightly piceous
toward base; pubescence fine and suberect, very sparse, blackish, the surface
bristling also with very numerous long erect and black sete, a few short but
coarser Cinereous hairs scattered narrowly on the elytral flanks toward base,
the marginal cilia black throughout. Head four-fifths as wide as the pro-
thorax, smooth, finely and sparsely punctate, the impressions rather large,
elongate, widely separated but distinct; epistoma moderately transverse;
labrum rounded; eyes rather large and prominent; antennz a little longer than
the prothorax, feebly incrassate, the penultimate joints distinctly transverse,
fifth noticeably dilated. Prothorax notably convex; three-fifths wider than
long, the sides parallel and strongly arcuate; basal angles very obtuse but not
obliterated, the apical very obtuse; apex arcuato-truncate, the base visibly
more arcuate; disk finely and remotely punctate, not rugose laterally. Scutel-
lum finely and not very densely cinereo-pubescent. Elytra three-fifths longer
than wide, very slightly wider than the prothorax, the sides subparallel; apex
evenly and not broadly rounded, the sutural angles right and not rounded;
disk coarsely, deeply and rather sparsely punctate, the interspaces smooth and
polished. Abdomen thinly clothed with fine plumbeo-cinereous pubescence.
Length 2.9 mm.; width 1.2 mm.
California (San Diego). Mr. Dunn.
The two males before me represent a species which may be
known at once from rusticus by the strongly rounded sides of the
prothorax, and, from enescens, it may be distinguished by the
less sparse and deeper elytral punctures. The fifth ventral is
rather short and is broadly sinuato-truncate at apex.
ANNALS N. Y. ACAD. Sct., VIII, Aug., 1895.—37
532 Coleopterological Notices, VI.
8. T. punctipennis Lec.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1866, p.
355 ( Pristoscelis. )
Oblong, rather narrow and depressed, highly polished, deep
black, the legs piceous-black; antennz dark piceous, the second
joint slightly paler; pubescence rather fine, moderately long, de-
cumbent, blackish and very sparse, slightly cinereous on the ver-
tical flanks of the elytra toward base, the intermixed erect sete
very sparse or wanting, the marginal cilia of the prothorax and
elytra rather short and fimbriform, dark in color. Head small,
barely two-thirds as wide as the prothorax, finely and sparsely
punctate, the eyes well developed; antenne moderate, the penul-
timate joints transverse. Prothorax small, one-half wider than
long, arcuate at the sides toward base, gradually narrowed and
less rounded anteriorly, the apex truncate and about equal to the
base; basal angles very obtuse, the apical greatly deflexed and
rounded ; disk smooth, feebly reticulate but not rugose toward
the sides, finely and sparsely punctate. Elytra three-fifths longer
than wide, nearly one-third wider than the prothorax, parallel,
slightly inflated behind, with the sides arcuate becoming straight
near the base; apex evenly and not broadly rounded; disk sub-
explanate and with the edge serrulate at apex, rather finely but
distinctly and very sparsely punctate. Abdomen polished, very
coarsely and obsoletely reticulate, sparsely pubescent. Length
1.8 mm.; width 0.75 mm.
California (Sta. Catalina Island). A small and very distinct
species, which seems to be most naturally associated with anescens,
in spite of the apparent absence of erect and bristling hairs. The
above description refers to the female. The allusion to “ pube
cinerea ” in the original description is very inexact, the hairs being
dark and indistinct.
86. T. stricticollis n. sp.—Elongate, strongly convex, polished, black
with an extremely feeble eeneous lustre; legs piceous-black; antennz black,
the funicle piceo-testaceous toward base; pubescence sparse, not very long,
blackish and nearly erect, cinereous and subdecumbent on the prothorax toward
the sides; marginal cilia coarse, blackish, moderate in length, regular and
fimbriform. Head two-thirds as wide as the prothorax, smooth, finely and
sparsely punctate, the impressions rather small, widely separated but distinct;
epistoma moderate in length, in great part pale luteo-flavate; labrum blackish,
very pale toward tip, nearly as long as wide and strongly rounded; mandibles
strongly arcuate; eyes rather large and prominent, not attaining the base; an-
tenn slightly longer than the prothorax, feebly incrassate, the penultimate
Coleopterological Notices, VI. 533
joints transverse, fifth but slightly dilated. Prothorax only about one-third
wider than long, the sides broadly arcuate near the base, moderately conver-
gent and straight thence anteriorly, becoming sinuate behind the apical angles
which are somewhat prominent laterally and not rounded; basal angles
broadly obtuse but not altogether obliterated; apex broadly arcuate and some-
what bilobed, the base arcuate; disk finely and sparsely punctate, not rugose
near the sides. /ytra scarcely three-fifths longer than wide, not visibly wider
than the prothorax, nearly straight and parallel at the sides, the apex almost
semi-circular; disk rather coarsely and strongly, somewhat sparsely punctate,
the interspaces smooth and polished. Abdomen rather thinly cinereo-pubes-
cent. Length 2.4 mm.; width 0.85 mm.
California.
The type of this species is a male, the fifth ventral being
simple and truncate at apex. It departs widely from any other
in the form of the prothorax, and may be recognized also by
peculiarities of vestiture, but in other respects is wholly similar
to the other species of the genus. A single specimen from an un-
recorded locality in the State.
CRADYTES nt. gen.
There are several important points of difference between this
genus and Trichochrous, the chief of which refer to thoracic
structure, the rounded and obsolete apical angles and correspond-
ingly narrowed and advanced median parts of the apex, giving to
this somite a facies which is distinctively peculiar. The side mar-
gins of the prothorax are strongly serrate, and the antenne are
relatively still shorter than in Trichochrous, broader and with the
joints more serrate or asymmetric, toa much greater degree in
serricollis, however, than in the other species. The ungual ap-
pendages are less constant and equal in Cradytes than in Tricho-
chrous, and are united to the claws in only about basal half of
their length. In other structural characters, including the form and
extent of the epipleur, Cradytes is closely allied to Trichochrous.
The three species may be readily differentiated as follows :—
Body black, the elytra pale rufo-ferruginous....................65- 1. serricollis
Body black throughout; smaller species.
Hrecwsetee ot thelelybranpalew crc ereterdss:occte ec cccc esse es 2. longicollis
Erect setee black; body very slightly stouter................... 3. Serrulatus
In geographical distribution Cradytes is practically limited to
the arid regions of New Mexico and Arizona, but it probably ex-
tends southward into Mexico to some extent.
534 Coleopterological Notices, VI.
1. C. serricollis Lec.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1866, p. 356.
(Pristoscelis).
Oblong, strongly convex, polished, black, the elytra and legs
throughout pale rufo-ferruginous; abdomen black; antennz
blackish, the funicle pale toward base; pubescence coarse, erect
and very conspicuous though not dense, the erect hairs black an-
teriorly, intermixed with shorter and more decumbent pale hairs
toward the sides of the pronotum, white on the elytra and inter-
mingled with a few black hairs toward the suture and base; mar-
ginal cilia long and white throughout. Head three-fifths as wide
as the prothorax, nearly smooth, strongly and rather sparsely
punctured, the impressions feeble; epistoma rather long, with a
thin and transversely impressed pale apical prolongation; labrum
blackish, setose, strongly rounded at apex; eyes moderate in size
but prominent and distant from the base; antenne stout and
strongly serrate, barely as long as the prothorax, the joints
strongly transverse, inserted near their outer margins. Protho-
rax scarcely more than one-fourth wider than long, the sides par-
allel and feebly arcuate, oblique at apex, the latter arcuate and
only two-thirds as wide as the base; basal angles obtuse but dis-
tinct, the apical wholly obliterated; margins strongly serrate es-
pecially before the middle; disk coarsely and deeply punctate,
sparsely toward the middle, not rugose near the sides. Elytra.
two-thirds longer than wide, slightly wider than the prothorax,
parallel, not very broadly rounded behind, strongly and rather
sparsely punctate, the punctures gradually fine behind; epi-
pleure narrow as in Trichochrous, dilated toward base. Length
5.0 mm.; width 2.0 mm. ;
New Mexico and Colorado. The male, from which the descrip-
tion is taken, has the fifth ventral truncate at apex and feebly
sinuate toward the middle, and the inner spur of the anterior and
middle tibize dilated. The ungual appendages do not seem to be
quite as long as the claws, and are attached through only about.
basal half of the latter; they are also slightly unequal.
2. C. longicollis n. sp.—Elongate, parallel, rather cylindrically convex,
somewhat shining, black, the tibize and tarsi slightly piceous; antennz pic-
eous-black, pubescence coarse, rather short and somewhat dense, semi-erect,
even and cinereous, intermixed with numerous erect bristling setee, which are
shorter, denser and in great part pale on the elytra. Head three-fourths as.
wide as the prothorax, very feebly rugulose, strongly and rather closely punc-
Coleopterological Notices, VI. 535
tate, the impressions feeble; epistoma rather long, truncate, emarginate at the
sides toward base as in serricollis; labrum about as long as wide, strongly
rounded; eyes large and somewhat prominent; antennze very much shorter
than the prothorax, rather slender but rapidly and very strongly incrassate and
compressed toward apex, the last three joints very wide and asymmetric, the
eleventh as wide as long, tenth very strongly transverse. Prothorax fully as
long as wide, the sides parallel and just visibly arcuate, gradually and broadly
arcuate and convergent at apex, the angles completely obliterated, the true
apical margin not one-half as wide as the base, the latter broadly arcuato-
truncate; basal angles obtuse and rather blunt but easily distinguishable; disk
rather finely and sparsely punctate, the lateral edges strongly serrate especially
toward apex. Elytra three-fifths longer than wide, slightly wider than the
prothorax and distinctly less than twice as long, parallel and straight at the
sides, not broadly rounded at apex, not very coarsely but strongly and some-
what densely punctured. Under surface moderately densely clothed with
similar cinereous pubescence. Length 2.8-3.8 mm.; width 0.95-1.5 mm.
Arizona.
In the above described male the corneous copulatory sheath
is large and cylindrical, with the lower surface produced in a fine
slender point, the upper or posterior surface coriaceous and con-
cave, the efferent duct projecting between two wing-like plates
which partially close the orifice. The prothorax of the male is
more elongate than in any other dasytide form known to me, ex-
cept Mecomycter omalinus.
In the female the form is quite different, the prothorax being
much smaller, nearly one-fourth wider than long and narrowed
from base to apex, broadly rounded and scarcely at all serrate
at the sides, the elytra longer though similar in shape, one-half
wider than the prothorax and two and one-half times as long.
Numerous specimens are before me.
3. C. serrulatus Lec.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1866, p. 356 ( Pris-
toscelis ).
Oblong, stout, convex, black, moderately shining; legs black,
the tibize and tarsi rufo-piceous; antennz black, the funicle tes-
taceous toward base, the two basal joints black; pubescence very
short, coarse, rather sparse, cinereous and intermixed with num-
erous long coarse and erect black hairs; marginal cilia of the
prothorax very long black and bristling, of the elytra much
shorter and nearly cinereous. Head two-thirds as wide as the
prothorax, strongly and sparsely punctate; epistoma long and
rather narrow, smooth; labrum long, strongly rounded; eyes
>)
536 Coleopterological Notices, VI.
large, moderately convex, not attaining the base; antennz much
shorter than the prothorax, rapidly incrassate, the penultimate
joints strongly transverse and asymmetric. Prothorax one-
fourth wider than long, feebly narrowed from base to apex, with
the sides just visibly arcuate, slightly serrate anteriorly, the apical
angles broadly rounded and obliterated ; basal angles also broadly
rounded and undefined ; disk rather finely but strongly, somewhat
closely punctured especially toward the sides. Elytra large,
three-fifths longer than wide, one-third wider than the prothorax,
parallel, feebly inflated behind, the apex almost semi-circularly
rounded ; punctures moderately coarse, strong and rather close-
set. Abdomen sparsely clothed with longer decumbent cinereous
pubescence. Length 3.9 mm.; width 1.6 mm.
Arizona. This species is allied to longicollis, but differs, when
compared with the corresponding sex, in having the erect hairs
of the elytra sparser and black, and the short hairs shorter,
coarser, posteriorly bent and more decumbent. The male is prob-
ably narrower than the female described above, and with a more
elongate and more strongly serrate prothorax.
SYDATOPSIS 2. gen.
Aberrant antennal structure constitutes the chief differential
feature of this genus, nearly all the other characters being essen-
tially those of Trichochrous. The antenne in the male are dis-
tinctly longer than the head and prothorax combined, rather nar-
row and not incrassate, the joints strongly serriform, longer than
wide, strongly narrowed toward base and clothed sparsely with
long pale hairs, the eleventh narrower than the tenth, elongate
and pointed toward base and apex from the middle, the fifth very
slightly dilated. The ungual appendages are long and well de-
veloped.
1. 8S. longicornis n. sp.—Oblong, strongly convex, polished, black, the
elytra feebly sneo-piceous, with the apical margin pale; abdomen slightly
pale at tip; legs pale rufo-ferruginous throughout; antennz pale testaceous,
the eleventh joint somewhat obscure; pubescence rather long, coarse, dense
and pale luteo-cinereous, intermingled with numerous long erect and bristling
pale sete, which are mixed with a few black hairs anteriorly; marginal cilia
long, bristling and irregular, pale in color. Head barely three-fourths as wide
as the prothorax, convex, strongly, densely and rugosely punctate, smooth to-
ward the middle anteriorly, the impressions obsolete; epistoma long, impunc-
tate and gradually pale; labrum long, pale and strongly rounded; eyes moder-
Coleopterological Notices, VI. 537
ate in size, convex and prominent, not attaining the base. Prothorax one-half
wider than long, the sides broadly arcuate behind, gradually slightly conver-
gent and straighter anteriorly, the apex arcuato-truncate, slightly narrower
thaa the base which is but slightly more arcuate; all the angles obtuse and
rounded; disk finely, sparsely punctate, the interspaces smooth and polished
throughout. Elytra short, not quite one-half longer than wide, slightly but
distinctly wider than the prothorax, very obtusely rounded at apex, the sides
nearly parallel and straight; punctures rather fine but strong and somewhat
close-set. Abdomen shining but distinetly cinereo-pubescent, the legs and
tarsi long and slender. Length 2.3 mm.; width 0.9 mm.
Lower California.
The single male type in my cabinet has the fifth ventral broadly
truncate, the genital segment broadly sinuato-truncate, flat and
finely canaliculate along the middle, and the inner spur of the two
anterior tibizw broadly dilated,thickened and as usual very obtuse
at apex.
SYDATES n. gen.
The single representative of this genus is a rather stout oblong
insect, which is intermediate in some of its characters between
Trichochrous and Listrus, but which differs from both in its long
and strongly serrate antenne and in the form of the ungual ap-
pendages, these being acutely pointed and leaving nearly one-half
of the inner claw free. The anterior tibize have a few long and
slender bristle-like spines along the outer side, which are much
less conspicuous than in Trichochrous, and the general habitus
and ornamentation of the body is remindful of Listrus. The
epipleurz are very narrow and indistinct, slightly wider toward
base and with their plane inclined upward externally.
1. S. Zonatus n. sp.—Oblong, strongly convex, polished, black; legs pale
rufo-ferruginous, with the thighs rather stout and in great part blackish; anten-
ne pale, gradually blackish toward apex, the basal joint also obscure; pubescence
rather dense, moderate in length, even, without intermixed erect hairs, cine-
reous but broadly blackish along the middle of the pronotum and in a broad
fascia at base and apical fourth of the elytra, the fasciz narrowly interrupted
along the suture. Head two-thirds as wide as the prothorax, flat, finely and
sparsely punctate and feebly subrugulose, the frontal impressions large, ap-
proximate and distinct; epistoma very short; labrum short, transverse and
feebly arcuato-truncate; eyes moderately large and somewhat prominent; an-
tenne distinctly longer than the head and prothorax, stout, filiform, the
joints slightly longer than wide, asymmetric and strongly narrowed toward
base, the inner obtuse projections densely bristling with short stiff sete. Pro-
thorax four-fifths wider than long, the sides rather strongly rounded near basal
538 Coleopterological Notices, VI.
third, thence convergent and almost straight to the apex and base, the former
but slightly narrower than the latter and both very feebly arcuate; basal an-
gles very obtuse but not wholly obliterated; lateral edges distinctly fimbri-
ate but not serrulate; disk finely but strongly, not very closely punctate,
the punctures becoming gradually close and feebly rugose toward the sides.
Elytra but slightly more than one-half longer than wide, only slightly wider
than the prothorax, the sides parallel and straight; apex evenly rounded; disk
somewhat coarsely and closely punctured and feebly rugose, the interspaces
polished. Under surface rather densely clothed witi coarse cinereous pubes-
cence. Length 2.6-3.0 mm.; width 1.0-1.25 mm.
Texas (El Paso). Mr. Dunn.
The male above described has the fifth ventral short and trans-
versely truncate, and the inner spur of the anterior and middle
tibize dilated. The female differs but slightly, having the head
distinctly and the prothorax slightly smaller, and the antennze
more slender though only a little shorter; the female seems also
to have the legs a little more slender and pale rufous throughout.
Five specimens.
LISTROMIMUS n. gen.
The type of this genus is a species remarkably distinct in habi-
tus because of its opaque sculpture, dense, even and closely ap-
pressed pubescence, feebly constricted prothorax with acute and
everted basal angles, and small prominent eyes situated at a con-
siderable distance from the base of the head, the neck being nar-
rowed posteriorly. The antenne are rather long and slender,
though distinctly incrassate toward apex. The anterior tibiz
are cylindrical, with appressed pubescence and without trace of
external spines or sete. The epipleurze are narrow, vanishing
far before the apex but with their plane almost horizontal
throughout, and the ungual appendages are as long as the claws,
subequal and detached from the outer third or fourth of the claw
as in Trichochrous. The remaining characters are those of the
tribe in general, the maxillary palpi being rather stouter than
usual and the tarsi long and filiform.
1. L. sericatus n. sp.—Elongate, suboval, strongly convex, black; legs
blackish-piceous, the under side of the femora rufous, more broadly toward
base; antennz black, testaceous toward base, the basal joint in great part
blackish; head and pronotum opaque, densely and evenly rugose with small
irregular and anastomosing punctures, the elytra polished and finely but
closely punctured; pubescence whitish-cinereous, closely decumbent, even,
coarse, moderate in length and extremely dense, without trace of erect hairs.
Coleopterological Notices, VI. 539
Head three-fourths as wide as the prothorax, constricted at base, the eyes
small and very prominent; frontal impressions feeble and widely separated;
epistoma very short, with a thin pale margin; labrum pale, short, transversely
rounded; antennz slender, feebly incrassate, subequal in length to the head
and prothorax, the outer joints rather longer than wide, sixth distinctly
smaller than the fifth or seventh. Prothoraxv scarcely one-third wider than
long, the sides feebly convergent from base to apex, broadly arcuate, becoming
sinuate toward base and apex, the broad subapical constriction extending en-
tirely across the disk; basal angles acute, prominent and everted, the apical
rather blunt; apex arcuato-truncate, the base with a broad arcuate lobe; disk
subeylindrically convex, very declivous at the sides and with an elongate
foveiform impression on the median line near the base; lateral edges not ser-
rulate and with a very decumbent and dense fringe. E/ytra three-fifths
longer than wide, one-half wider than the prothorax, the sides parallel and
nearly straight; apex evenly rounded; humeri tumid. Under surface more
finely and less densely pubescent, the hairs less closely decumbent. Length
3.0 mm.; width 1.0 mm.
Nevada (Reno). Mr. Wickham.
The type is a male, having the fifth ventral short and trans-
versely truncate and the genital segment sinuato-truncate at tip
and broadly impressed at the middle of the disk. The tibiz have
a terminal fringe of short spinules internally and externally, but
I am unable to detect the usual two larger spurs.
I have before me a female, also from Nevada, which may be re-
ferred to this species for the time being, although the differences
are extraordinary. The sculpture of the head and pronotum is
much coarser and the pubescence of the elytra finer and twice as
sparse. The pronotum has a strong impressed line parallel to
each lateral edge and at some distance from it, not attaining base
or apex and of which there is no trace in the male, and the sub-
basal fovea of that sex is wanting.
ADASYTES nb. gen.
Although not differing much from certain forms of Tricho-
chrous in general habitus, the type of this genus is in reality more
closely allied to Listrus, the anterior tibia being completely de-
void of short stout spinules; these are replaced by a few long
slender black and anteriorly inclined bristles. From Listrus,
however, it differs completely in facies and in the even and non-
serrulate edges of the prothorax. The hypomera have a large
rounded and deep impression near the inner edge anteriorly,
equally developed on each side in the type and probably a normal
540 Coleopterological Notices, VI.
character, of which it is impossible at present to state the sig-
nificance.
1. A. laciniatus n. sp.—Narrow, parallel and rather convex, polished,
black, the head and pronotum with a dark bluish-metallic lustre, the elytra
slightly piceous; femora black, the tibiz and tarsi rufo-piceous; antennz
black, with the second joint testaceous; pubescence rather long but sparse
and semi-erect, blackish anteriorly, cinereous toward the sides of the prono-
tum, the marginal cilia of this part well developed, dense even and black,
brownish-black on the elytra, with a few cinereous hairs scattered along the
suture and on the flanks, the marginal cilia rather sparse and pale, the upper
surface devoid of long erect setve. Head fully three-fourths as wide as the
prothorax, nearly smooth, finely and sparsely punctate, the entire front be-
tween the eyes to the anterior margin broadly concave, the bottom of the con-
cavity feebly convex in the middle anteriorly, epistoma short and transverse;
labrum small, transverse, pale, broadly rounded; mandibles pale in the mid-
dle; eyes large and prominent, not quite attaining the base; antennze about
one-third longer than the prothorax, feebly incrassate, the outer joints but
slightly transverse and scarcely asymmetric. Prothoraw transversely elliptical,
three-fourths wider than long, parallel and strongly, evenly rounded at the
sides; all the angles broadly rounded; apex and base very slightly arcuate,
the former just visibly the narrower; disk finely, sparsely punctate, coarsely
but feebly reto-rugose toward the sides. Elytra nearly two-thirds longer than
wide, equal in width to the prothorax, parallel and straight at the sides,
evenly and not obtusely rounded at apex, the sutural angles slightly blunt;
punctures coarse and not very close-set, much finer toward tip. Under surface
thinly cinereo-pubescent. Length 2.7 mm.; width 0.9 mm.
California (San Diego). Mr. Dunn.
The unique male type has the fifth ventral truncate at apex and
somewhat impressed on the disk from side to side ina posteriorly
arcuate area; the inner spur of the anterior and middle tibiz is
dilated, with the tip obtuse but acutely pointed at the middle of
the apex.
LISTRUS Motsch.
The genus Listrus, as here considered, is an extensive and very
homogeneous aggregate, characterized by an elongate and sub-
parallel convex body, generally sparse and variegated vestiture
without intermixed sets, slender tarsi in both sexes, with the
basal joint of the posterior slightly longer than the second, the
fifth somewhat dilated toward tip and canaliculate above at apex
as usual throughout the family, the anterior tibiz slender, cylin-
drical, usually with closely decumbent ashy pubescence and only
Coleopterological Notices, VI. 541
occasionally with two or three very slender distant external
spines, these being completely obsolete as a rule.
Antenne short, feebly incrassate, only slightly though dis-
tinctly serrate, with the first joint always much dilated and darker
in color, the fifth larger than the fourth or sixth, and the eleventh
evenly elongate-ovoidal and obtusely acuminate. The prothorax
is dilated toward base, with the lateral edges minutely serrulate
and having a close-set even fringe of short posteriorly and supe-
riorly recurved set, which are almost invariably pale ashy white
in color, the apical angles always very obtuse. Epipleurz very
narrow but dilated toward base, with their plane strongly in-
clined upward throughout. The ungual appendages are thick,
equal and fully as long as the claws, the apical third or fourth of
which is free.
The author of the genus did not seem to have a very clear con-
ception of its real scope, as the first species which he assigned to
it—constricticollis (=constrictus Lec.)—is generically quite dis-
tinct from the species of LeConte and Mannerheim, which he
subsequently states should be included, and which alone agree
with his generic diagnosis in having the sides of the prothorax
serrulate. The other two species described by Motschulsky have
not been identified and are probably also generically different
from rotundicollis, canescens, etc. I agree with LeConte, how-
ever, that it is probably the best course to regard Listrus as con-
stituted below, and not as the equivalent of Eschatocrepis Lec.
Our species are numerous, and those before me may be quite
readily distinguished among themselves as follows :—
Interspaces between the pronotal punctures, finely, evenly and closely punctu-
lato-rugulose.
Prothorax broadly arcuato-truncate at apex, the latter fully as wide as the
JRE PO 3. Ue She. Gongs GaSe one pen RaDOED ab aUeG Avon EER CE DEBE nee kISeape 1. rotundicollis
Prothorax much more narrowed anteriorly, the apex narrower than the
head, sinuato-truncate and with more distinct angles; pubescence less
APO DEC MAUC Orca. snsaecant ask aieceama Ssiwsevceiass dc saa sebessnss 2. interstitialis
Interspaces smooth or coarsely rugose.
Elytra without a broad denuded fascia at the middle .....................:.20008 2
Elytra with a broad dark quasi-denuded transverse fascia at the middle;
SUMMING WECLES ep acer elsteinsstitae's Iolelsiclaleissisiacievsle cielo de egiessacs icislein asleep aleoiavants ole delsaelene v)
Elytra with variegated pubescence and a conspicuous rhomboidal quasi-
denuded fascia at apical fourth; small species.................ceseeeeeeeneee ees 12
2— Larger species, 3 mm. or more in length, the denuded areas of the elytra in
the form of isolated spots or very uneven and interrupted fascive ........... 3
542 Coleopterological Notices, VI.
Smallerispecies, os mm. on less unslenothines sense csreeeeese seen eee eee eee Rees eee aaeeee 6
3—Pubescence noticeably long. 1.202. cectsssscecosanesnese actrees eenaee ese eee 4
PubesCence ‘SHOP bg.) ocsicsgeneneas ee onsnamecuse end cseeannstosesneoyens ieee eats eeee eee 5
4—Fifth ventral of the male truncate but not otherwise modified. California.
Elytral punctures coarse and rather sparse ................ 3. motschulskii
Elytral punctures smaller and denser; body more elongate; eyes more
PLOMINENtansDOLMISEXES seep seeeeeeeE se eee eee eeEE ee oeeneEeEeeeee 4. montanus
Fifth ventral broadly emarginate at apex, the pubescence bristling and black
posteriorly.) nocky, Mountains ses -e-eeeeseesseceeeeees 5. interruptus
)—Lateral cilia of the prothorax very short and nearly white as usual.
Elytral punctures coarse and sparse; body more obese and suboyal.
Prothorax subequal in width to the elytra, shining and sparsely pune-
LETS SR ay Pa Pea Re 8 ee 6. amplicollis
Prothorax distinctly narrower than the elytra, more narrowed anteriorly,
subopaque and very densely punctate.
Hypomera coarsely rugose; antennze stout toward apex.
7. densicollis
Hypomera more finely rugose; antennz slender.............. 8. plenus
Elytral punctures smaller and feebler; body less obese.
Elytral punctures sparse, the prothorax short and transverse.
9. Subseneus
Elytral punctures close-set; prothorax longer; body narrower and more
MAT AMLEL -veriactacietatine stasiciels'a aaretann ne sas esac suet snsneeea semanas 10. maculosus
Lateral cilia of the prothorax much longer, coarser, bristling and dark in
(COIL Teer RBs asta renee mae ne Sane, a ademer phe ete cd atk Nf TN pay ea Ot 11. pardalis
6— Elytra uniformly clothed with ashy hairs; antennz with a distinct three-
JoInted Chub. cccse seacawsshace nase oases ta teomenhes ot see wecee domes ec ace eee tea eee 7
Elytra with confusedly denuded spots, generally with a more or less distinct
transverse fascia meat the) Apex. n.s..4--nceesess-oaceeeeeseecteeseeeeneckeerereeeeeaees 8
‘7—Ashy pubescense distinct and moderately long; pronotum densely sculp-
tured and dull.
Elytral pubescence very dense; prothorax feebly transverse and much nar-
rowerhan shes ely tras... tsane-des-cesereassn ec coancetoecsaseate meee 12. senilis
Elytral pubescence distinctly sparser, the body smaller and less elongate.
Penultimate antennal joint of the male strongly transverse; prothorax
Narrower bhanebhe eliybrascsn.ceacereesseceseseeeeeaseeeer ek 13. Clavicornis
Penultimate joint nearly as long as wide; prothorax subequal in width
towthe Vely trains o.ccacsoscesracdonteneenbine: sates teases oacer anaes: 14. uniformis
Ashy pubescence very short and extremely sparse; pronotum sparsely and dis-
tincthy PUNCtUNEM ss. c5-oeanae oe wecte rama wateee eek emeuese ceeeseees 15. obscurellus
S—Tibie and tarsi clear rufous...............--0.-.sseeeeseeecereesoe 16. extricatus
Tibize and tarsi more obscure, black to dark rufo-piceous in color.
Elytra with two tolerably well marked denuded fascize behind the middle.
Male with the fifth ventral black velvety-pubescent...... 17. Camescens
Male without modified pubescence on the fifth ventral...18. diffiicilis
Elytra with the subapical fascia alone distinct, the other resolved into two
strongly V-shaped spots; pubescence dense and very coarse; pronotal
punctures distinct, the interspaces smooth..................0e0e00 19. fideli
Coleopterological Notices, VI. 543
Elytra with the vestiture confused and very indefinitely mottled; prono-
tum densely punctato-rugose.
The elytral vestiture coarse and extremely dense.................2 20. tritus
The elytral vestiture sparse; prothorax much shorter and more trans-
WEIRD dancemanbaneseb ce dosadnet bec ise SenGEe CHReP EE Bece esnO sare ene 21. confusus
Se eeossblacksor DIACKISN ast. ne se cet he coms dse+eacerenecsedeenesoce aes seeeecuecssesedess 10
LPG) TRO on oh ocaanpter s3 Gc qE Ano ADCOSU EC HCA BSS EcaaSE Bee pC RGse PERO ESCO Rc ncaa CHOseaee are 11
10—Elytra with the pubescence confusedly maculate towar d base.
Prothorax sparsely punctate ..................-..-eeseeeseseeeeeeeeee. Variegatus
Prothorax shorter and densely punctate..................ssseeee002 23. imcertus
Elytra with three almost even transverse fascize of pale hairs.
24. annulatus
11—Elytra with three fascize of pale hairs...................00.2000 25. rubripes
Elytra with unevenly distributed pubescence toward base.
Pronotum longer, rather sparsely and distinctly punctate ....26. Luteipes
Pronotum shorter, transverse, densely punctato-rugose.
White hairs of the elytra slender as usual.
Prothorax much narrower than the elytra, with subangulate sides.
27.. comncurrens
Prothorax about as wide as the elytra, with rounded sides.
28. balteellus
White hairs elongate-lanceolate and somewhat squamiform, very dense
in a narrow transverse fascia at apical third............. 29. famelicus
12— Body rather broad, dilated behind in the female ........ 30. Ornatulus
The original descriptions of the two unidentified species of
Motschulsky are appended :—
‘“Alatus, elongato-subovatus, subconvexus, nitidus, fortiter punctatus, bre-
vissime sparsim subargenteo sequaliter setulosi, supra nigro-zeneus, subtus
niger, antennarum articulis 2-4, labro, tibiarum apice tarsisque plus minusve
testaceo-piceis; capite punctato, fronte inter antennas tuberculo nitido notato,
oculis subprominulis; thorace subconvexo, fere transverso, punctato, antice
attenuato, angulis omnes rotundatis, lateribus postice distincte crenulatis; ely-
tris fortiter punctatis, thorace paulo latioribus, subovatis, postice arcuato-at-
tenuatis; femoribus subincrassatis. Long. 12 1.—lat. $1. Ross. [Sonoma Co. ]”’
31. punctatus
‘*A latus, elongato-subovatus, subeonvexus, nitidus, punctatus, sparsim cinereo
setosus, supra nigro-zeneus, subtus niger, tibiis rufo-testaceis, labro tarsisque
infuscatus, antennis femoribusque nigerrimis; fronte inter antennas transversim
carinulato, carinula valde nitida; thorace transverso, antice angustato, an-
gulis anticis distinctis, posticis rotundatis, lateribus subcrenulatis, longis-
sime setosis; elytris punctatis, cinereo setosis, subovatis, postice arcuato-
attenuatis. Long. 14 1.—lat. $ 1. ROS8’?..........scesecersnerseesoees 32. tibialis
The subjoined remarks add little or nothing to the descriptions
and need not be repeated. No species of Listrus having the pu-
544 Coleopterological Notices, VI.
bescence evenly distributed, as indicated by these descriptions, is
known to me from the true Pacific coast faunal province.
The statement in the table of LeConte (Proc. Acad., 1866, p.
357), that the prothorax in canescens, difficilis and rotundicollis
is not wider than long is very much in error, and is another ex-
ample of a singular personal equation previously alluded to (Col.
Not. II, p. 205), by which the author quoted continually over-
estimates the length of this part of the body in terms of its width;
at the same time, it should be said that this overestimation is more
or less general among systematic writers,and results largely from
a natural cerebral bias which it is difficult to explain satisfac-,
torily; it is only mentioned in the present connection because of
its exCessive amount.
1. L. rotundicollis Lec.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., VI, p. 170
{ Dasytes); 1. c., 1866, p. 358 (Listrus).
Elongate-oval, strongly convex, polished throughout, black
with a dark steel-blue metallic reflection; legs and antennz black
throughout; pubescence very short, decumbent, coarse and
sparse, denuded near the suture behind the middle of each ely-
tron, longer and finer beneath. Head three-fifths as wide as the
prothorax, rather sparsely punctate, broadly biimpressed ante-
riorly. Prothorax nearly one-half wider than long, widest
slightly behind the middle, the sides arcuate with the cilia
strongly recurved; apex four-fifths as wide as the base, broadly
arcuate, the angles obtuse and decidedly blunt; disk evenly con-
vex, deeply and sparsely punctate, the interspaces flat and finely
and closely rugulose, becoming coarsely rugose only near the
sides. Scutellum densely albido-pubescent. Elytra three-fourths
longer than wide, only slightly wider than the prothorax, the
sides parallel and nearly straight, becoming rather abruptly
strongly convergent and feebly arcuate in apical third, the apex
conjointly narrowly rounded; disk very coarsely but not densely
punctate, less coarsely so toward apex. Under surface reticulate
but not distinctly punctate. Length 2.8 mm.; width 1.0 mm.
California (San José)—Cab. LeConte. The above outline is
taken from the female, in which sex the fifth ventral is much
longer than the fourth, truncate at apex and unmodified on the
disk. In the male the fifth segment is, according to LeConte,
somewhat excavated longitudinally, the excavation fringed with
black velvety pubescence.
Coleopterological Notices, VI. 545
2. L. interstitialis n. sp.—Elongate-oval, convex, polished, black,
the elytra with greenish, the pronotum with subcupreous metallic reflection;
legs black; antennz black, the second joint and the third less distinctly tes-
taceous; pubescence moderately short, sparse, denuded on each elytron in two
large spots in basal half and several confused spots behind the middle especi-
ally toward the suture. Head three-fifths as wide as the prothorax, sparsely
but deeply perforato-punctate, feebly granulato-reticulate, obsoletely biim-
pressed toward apex; eyes moderately prominent; antennz quite distinctly
longer than the prothorax, rather slender, feebly incrassate. Prothorax
scarcely more than one-third wider than long, widest near basal two-fifths;
sides broadly rounded toward base, thence strongly convergent and nearly
straight to the apex, the latter sinuato-truncate and scarcely two-thirds as
wide as the base; angles obtuse but scarcely at all rounded; disk evenly con-
vex, deeply but sparsely perforato-punctate, the interspaces flat and finely and
evenly granulato-rugose, coarsely rugose near the sides. Scutellum densely
clothed with white pubescence. Elytra fully four-fifths longer than wide,
slightly wider than the prothorax, the sides parallel and nearly straight,
rather rapidly parabolic in less than apical third; disk coarsely, deeply punc-
tate, somewhat rugose by oblique light, the punctures well separated, smaller
toward apex. Under surface finely but strongly rugose, the abdomen reticu-
late with fine lines toward apex. Legs moderate, the hind tarsi subequal in
length to the tibiew. Length 3.3 mm.; width 1.2 mm.
California (Sonoma Co.).
This species and the preceding are distinguished from all
others of the genus by the peculiar sculpture of the pronotum,
and interstitialis differs from rotundicollis in its longer and less
convex elytra, longer pubescence, color of the antennz and pecu-
liarities of thoracic structure previously stated. It is represented
by a single female specimen.
3. L. motschulskii Lec.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1866, p. 357;
canescens Lec. nec Mann.: 1. c., VI, p. 170 ( Dasytes).
Subparallel, elongate, moderately stout and convex, polished
and with a dark bluish-metallic reflection ; pubescence decidedly
long, moderately coarse and sparse, rather indefinitely denuded in
numerous large rounded spots on the elytra. Head slightly more
than one-half as wide as the prothorax, rather closely perforato-
punctate, broadly and distinctly biimpressed anteriorly; an-
tennz one-third longer than the prothorax, rather slender, black
throughout. Prothorax one-half wider than long, widest at basal
two-fifths, the sides strongly serrulate, rounded behind, convergent
and straight anteriorly, the apex feebly arcuato-truncate, two-
thirds as wide as the base, the angles very obtuse but distinct ;
546 Coleopterological Notices, VI.
disk deeply and rather closely punctate, the interspaces polished
and nearly smooth, abruptly coarsely rugose in lateral fourth.
Elytra scarcely twice as long as wide, slightly wider than the pro-
thorax, parallel, parabolic in apical third, rather sparsely punc-
tate, the punctures not very strong and moderate in size. Legs
somewhat stout, black, picescent toward apex. Length 3.0-3.75
mm.; width 1.0-1.3 mm.
California. One of the largest species of the genus and readily
distinguishable by its long pubescence. The description is drawn
from the female, for more advantageous comparison with others
represented by that sex alone. The male is,as usual, smaller and
narrower, with the head three-fourths as wide as the prothorax
and with slightly more prominent eyes, the fifth ventral unmodi-
fied on the disk and broadly sinuato-truncate at apex, the genital
segment transversely oval, flat and completely unmodified on the
disk but clothed with longer blacker and more erect hairs; the
fifth ventral of the female is longer and slightly deflexed at the
apex.
4. L. montanus n. sp.—Elongate-oval, strongly convex, polished with
a feeble viridi-zeneous lustre; pubescence long and rather dense, the elytra with
rounded and widely isolated denuded spots which are less evident toward
base. Head nearly three-fourths as wide as the prothorax, with the eyes some-
what prominent; punctures moderate in size, close-set, the interspaces with
feeble scattered dents; frontal impressions feeble; antennze rather long, about
one-half longer than the prothorax, piceous-black, with the second joint evi-
dently somewhat pale. Prothorax one- half wider than long, outlined as in inter-
ruptus, but with the sides more convergent anteriorly, the apex relatively not
quite so wide and the apical angles obtuse but scarcely at all rounded; disk
rather closely punctate, the interspaces with small indents, especially toward
base and apex, coarsely rugose laterally. E/ytra nearly twice as long as wide,
distinctly wider than the prothorax, parallel, obtusely parabolic in apical
third, moderately coarsely, subrugosely and decidedly densely punctate.
Legs moderately slender, black, the tarsi picescent. Length 3.5-3.6 mm.;
width 1.2-1.25 mm.
California (Dunsmuir, Siskiyou Co.). Mr. Wickham.
The four specimens before me represent a species somewhat al-
lied to interruptus, but differing in its larger size, longer, more
finely and densely punctate elytra, and in the sexual characters of
the male, the fifth ventral in that sex being broadly and very
feebly sinuato-truncate and completely unmodified on the disk,
with the vestiture closely decumbent throughout. The descrip-
Coleopterological Notices, VI. 54T
tion is taken from the female, which is shorter and thicker in
body than the male but not larger in size.
5. L. interruptus Lec.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., VI, p. 357.
Elongate-oval, strongly convex, highly polished and with a
feeble zeneous lustre ; interstitial spaces on the head and pronotum
polished and without trace of reticulation ; pubescence long, mod-
erately coarse, sparse, denuded in rounded spots on the elytra.
Head about three-fifths as wide as the prothorax, rather finely
and somewhat closely perforato-punctate, broadly biimpressed
toward apex ; antenne distinctly longer than the prothorax, rufo-
piceous, the basal joint black, second palest. Prothorax one-half
wider than long, widest two-fifths from the base; sides rounded
posteriorly, convergent and straighter toward apex, the latter
broadly arcuato-truncate and almost as wide as the base; angles
very obtuse and blunt; disk not very coarsely, deeply, moderately
closely punctate, coarsely reto-rugose as usual in rather less than
lateral fourth. Elytra three-fourths longer than wide, distinctly
wider than the prothorax, acutely ogival in apical third, coarsely
and deeply punctate, the punctures separated by about their own
widths, finer toward apex. Legs stout, the tarsi rufescent, the
posterior distinctly shorter than the tibie. Length 2.9-3.5 mm.;
width 1.0-1.25 mm.
Nebraska to California. The description is drawn from the fe-
male, the male being narrower, with relatively much larger head
and with the tips of the elytra less acute. The fifth ventral of
the male is broadly but strongly sinuato-truncate at apex, flat-
tened on the disk and clothed with long erect and bristling hairs,
which become black in apical half. This species extends westward
to the crests of the Sierras in California, but does not descend the
western slope of the mountains.
6. L. amplicollis n. sp.—Elongate-oval, moderately convex, highly
polished throughout and with a greenish-brassy lustre above; legs and an-
tenn black, the second joint of the latter piceo-testaceous; pubescence short,
very sparse, rather coarse, confusedly denuded in large anastomosing spots on
the elytra; interspaces of the head and pronotum polished and with small
feeble and widely distant punctures. Head barely three-fifths as wide as the
prothorax, not very densely punctate, strongly biimpressed anteriorly; an-
tenn distinctly longer than the prothorax, moderately stout toward apex.
Prothorax strongly transverse, three-fourths wider than long, rounded on the
ANNALS N. Y. ACAD. Scr., VIII, Aug., 1895.—38
548 Coleopterological Notices, VI.
sides toward base, strongly narrowed to the apex which is broadly arcuato-
truncate, fully as wide as the head and distinctly narrower than the base;
angles very obtuse but only slightly rounded; disk strongly but rather sparsely
punctate, becoming rugose only in lateral sixth and with a subimpunctate
area in the middle toward base. Scutellum densely pubescent. Elytra four-
fifths longer than wide, scarcely wider than the prothorax, parallel, parabolic
in apical third or fourth, coarsely, deeply and rather sparsely punctate. Legs
moderately long, the hind tarsi much shorter than the tibize. Length 3.3mm. ;
width 1.2 mm.
California (San Francisco). Mr. Dunn.
The single type is a female, having the fifth ventral rather long
with the surface feebly reflexed at apex, the latter bristling with
dense pubescence. The two basal joints of the hind tarsi are
subequal in length, but in another female, which I took at San
Francisco, the basal joint is distinctly longer than the second,
and, as the prothorax is much less transverse, it probably repre-
sents a closely allied but distinct species.
This species is distinguishable at once from motschulskii, with
which alone it can be confounded, by its much shorter pubescence,
sparser and coarser punctures of the pronotum and _ other
characters.
7. L. densicollis n. sp.—Stout, oblong-oval, somewhat depressed above,
polished, black with a greenish-brassy lustre; legs and antennz black, the
second joint of the latter feebly picescent; pubescence short, sparse, cinereous,
not very persistent, denuded in large indefinite patches on the elytra. Head
three-fifths as wide as the prothorax, densely punctate, somewhat dull, the in-
terspaces polished though feebly rugose; frontal impressions distinct; eyes
moderate and ata considerable distance from the base; antennz only very
little longer than the prothorax, the tenth joint one-half wider than long.
Prothoraz one-half wider than long, widest at basal third, where the sides are
rather broadly and evenly rounded, thence strongly convergent and feebly
arcuate to the apex, the latter truncate and scarcely narrower than the pedun-
culate base; apical angles very obtuse and rounded; lateral serrules strong;
disk somewhat finely but deeply and closely perforato-punctate, the intervals
flat and feebly, sparsely punctulate, only slightly wider than the punctures;
rugose area occupying rather more than lateral fourth. Elytra oblong, two-
thirds longer than wide, fully one-third wider than the prothorax, parallel,
parabolic in apical third; humeri tumid and prominent; punctures rather
coarse deep and sparse. Abdomen alutaceous, rather strongly but finely reticu-
late and punctulate, the legs moderately long, the hind tarsi much shorter
than the tibiz with the basal joint but slightly longer than the second.
Length 3.2-3.8 mm.; width 1.2-1.4 mm.
California (Napa Co.).
i
Coleopterological Notices, VI. 549
Described from the female and the male is still unknown. This
is a distinct form, readily identifiable by the dull and densely
sculptured pronotum, with unusually strong lateral serrulation,
broad form and coarse sparse elytral punctures. Three speci-
mens.
8. L. plenus n. sp.—Elongate-oval, strongly convex, polished, black,
without metallic lustre; legs throughout and antennze black, the second joint
of the latter piceous; pubescence short, sparse, feebly persistent and denuded
in large irregular areas on the elytra. Head fully three-fourths as wide as the
prothorax, finely but deeply, sparsely perforato-punctate, the interspaces flat
and somewhat rugose especially toward the eyes, the latter rather large but
not prominent and situated near the base; frontal impressions broad and dis-
tinct; antennze slender, quite distinctly longer than the prothorax, the tenth
joint about as long as wide. Prothorax two-fifths wider than long, the sides
evenly and moderately convergent and feebly arcuate from near the base to
the obtuse and somewhat rounded apical angles; apex broadly arcuato-trun-
eate and wider than the pedunculiform part of the base, which is more pro-
nounced than usual; disk widest at basal third, moderately coarsely, deeply
and very closely perforato-punctate, scabrous and opaque in lateral fourth;
punctures separated by barely their own dimensions, the narrow interspaces
sparsely and feebly punctulate. E£/ytra three-fourths longer than wide, fully
one-third wider than the prothorax, parallel, acutely parabolic in apical third,
coarsely and rather sparsely punctate, much more finely so toward apex.
Length 3.0 mm.; width 1.2 mm.
Vancouver Island.
The single female type represents a species which cannot
readily be confounded with any other known to me, being allied
to densicollis only in the very close punctuation of the prono-
tum, but differing remarkably in its relatively larger head and
very much more slender antennz; the sides of the prothorax are
less convergent anteriorly than in densicollis, as might be infer-
red from the large head.
9. L. subszeneus n. sp.—Moderately elongate and convex, polished,
with feeble cupreo-zeneous lustre; legs throughout and antennz black, the
second joint of the latter feebly testaceous; pubescence moderately short,
sparse, denuded in large spots on the elytra and readily removable. Head
three-fourths as wide as the prothorax, the eyes somewhat prominent; punc-
tures fine and rather sparse; frontal impressions widely separated, very deep
and less diffuse than usual; antenne slender, very much longer than the
prothorax, the tenth joint about as long as wide and slightly asymmetric.
Prothorax short, rather more than one-half wider than long, widest near basal
third, the sides moderately convergent, becoming straight in apical half, dis-
tinctly serrulate; apex broadly arcuato-truncate, much wider than the pedun-
550 Coleopterological Notices, VI.
culiform part of the base, the apical angles widely rounded; disk finely, not
very densely punctate, opaque and scabrous in lateral fourth; interspaces
coarsely, sparsely and feebly indented. Elytra three-fourths longer than wide,
slightly wider than the prothorax, parallel, parabolic in apical third, the
humeri obtusely prominent; punctures rather fine and sparse. Legs moder-
ately long, the hind tarsi slender, only slightly shorter than the tibiz.
Length 3.1-3.7 mm.; width 1.1-1.3 mm.
California (Napa and Sonoma Cos.).
The punctures of the head and pronotum are much more shal-
low than usual. A specimen before me, assumed to be the male
of the above-described female, has the head relatively only
slightly larger and the eyes only a little more prominent, the
fifth ventral much shorter, with its tip truncate, feebly deflexed
and with a broadly obtuse median cusp, the surface with a small
deep rounded fovea at the middle but without erect hairs, the
genital segment not visible, but with the under surface of the
dorsal pygidium largely exposed behind.
The male modification of the fifth segment is similar to that
indicated by LeConte for his difficilis (Proc. Acad., 1866, p.
398), but several species were included by the author under that
name, and the male of the true difficilis has no such medial
fovea, as can be proved by a large series taken by the writer in
the vicinity of San José.
10. L. maculosus n. sp.—Elongate, parallel, narrow and convex, pol-
ished, with a very faint bluish-metallic lustre; pubescence short, rather
abundant and persistent, denuded in large isolated spots on the elytra, these
spots not forming fascize posteriorly. Head rather more than three-fourths as
wide as the prothorax, the eyes prominent, distant from the base by nearly one-
half of their length; punctures fine but deep, rather sparse, the frontal im-
pressions wide and moderate; antenne long, almost equalling the head and
prothorax, black, with the second joint scarcely paler, the tenth perceptibly
longer than wide, eleventh oval. Prothorax scarcely one-half wider than long,
widest and evenly rounded at basal third, the sides thence rather strongly con-
vergent and nearly straight to the apex, the latter arcuato-truncate and not
quite as wide as the head; disk finely but deeply, not very densely perforato-
punctate, rugose in much less than lateral fourth; interspaces sparsely and
feebly variolate or indented. Scutellum moderate in size, albido-pubescent.
Elytra twice as long as wide, not evidently wider than the prothorax, parallel,
rather obtusely parabolic in about apical fourth; humeri rounded, scarcely at
all tumid; punctures moderate in size, rather feeble and close-set. Legs black,
moderately long and slender. Length 3.25 mm.; width 1.1 mm.
California (San Francisco). Mr. Dunn.
Coleopterological Notices, VI. 551
The unique example is a male and has the fifth ventral flat,
completely unmodified, with the usual sparse decumbent pubes-
cence, and with the apex broadly truncate. The antenne are un-
usually long, and this is probably a specific character, as I have
not been able to note much variability in this organ due to sex.
11. L. pardalis n. sp.—Oblong-oval, convex, polished, black with a
feeble zeneous lustre; legs black, the antennze black or piceous-black, with the
second joint not distinctly paler, the basal joint large and deep black; pubes-
cence moderately short, coarse, rather sparse, arranged in a complex pattern
on the elytra, of which a narrow uneyen fascia at apical third is particularly
noticeable. Head fully two-thirds as wide as the prothorax, the eyes rather
large but not very prominent; punctures somewhat fine and well separated,
the interspaces flat and smooth toward the middle; frontal impressions broad
but distinct; antennz about one-fourth longer than the prothorax, somewhat
slender, the tenth joint as long as wide and scarcely asymmetric. Prothorax
transverse, one-half wider than long, the sides feebly convergent and straight
in apical half to the broadly rounded angles, becoming parallel and feebly
arcuate posteriorly ; apex broadly arcuato-truncate, much wider than the pedun-
culiform part of the base, which is pronounced; disk strongly and closely per-
forato-punctate, the interspaces flat and smooth toward the middle, scabrous
and opaque in distinctly less than lateral fourth. Elytra nearly twice as long
as wide, scarcely wider than the prothorax toward base but feebly inflated in
apical half, very obtusely and subcircularly rounded behind; punctures moder-
ately large and somewhat sparse. Legs moderate, the hind tarsi long and
slender, almost as long as the tibiz. Length 3.25 mm.; width 1.25 mm.
California (Mountains of Sta. Cruz Co.).
The single type is a female. In this species the pattern of
cinereous hairs on the elytra is better defined and with the pubes-
cence apparently more persistent than in those which precede,
and it is further remarkable in having the fringe at the sides of
the prothorax composed of hairs which are longer, stiffer and
darker than usual, and in the posterior inflation of the elytra.
12. L. semilis Lec.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., VI, p. 170; 1. ¢.,
1866, p. 358.
Female rather stout and convex, the male more slender; body
densely and uniformly clothed with moderately long, subdecum-
bent, coarse and dense cinereous hairs, the integuments black,
polished, the punctures of the head and pronotum densely and
polygonally crowded and rugulose though shallow, of the elytra
coarse, deep and close-set; legs and antennz black throughout,
the latter slightly longer than the prothorax, with a distinct
552 Coleopterological Notices, VI.
three-jointed club, the tenth joint transverse. Prothorax two-
fifths wider than long, the sides but feebly convergent from near
the base to the obtuse apical angles; apex broadly arcuate.
Elytra two-thirds to three-fourths longer than wide, distinctly
wider than the prothorax. Length 2.5-3.2 mm.; width 0.8-1.2 mm.
Kansas, Colorado, New Mexico and Arizona. The measure-
ments apply to the extremes of a very large series. The fifth
ventral of the male is rather more than one-half longer than the
fourth, truncate at apex, with the surface slightly flat and per-
fectly unmodified, the pubescence white, normal and decumbent
throughout, except the two usual long black and erect ambula-
torial sete at each side near the apex; the genital segment is
broadly, feebly bisinuate at apex, flat, with a fine median canali-
culation. The dorsal pygidium projects behind as seen from be-
low, its under surface being clothed with blacker and more erect
hairs, and it is probably this which was observed by LeConte (1.
c., p. 8358), and not the apex of the fifth ventral.
13. L. clavicornis n. sp.—Elongate-oval, strongly convex, moderately
shining, black with a feeble zneous-metallic lustre; pubescence moderately
long, decumbent, evenly distributed and sparse. Head four-fifths as wide as
the prothorax, the eyes prominent, surface densely and rugosely sculptured,
the punctures polygonally crowded and rather shallow; antennz black
throughout, moderate in length, with a three-jointed club, the tenth joint trans-
verse. Prothorax transverse, rather more than one-half wider than long, the
sides feebly but distinctly convergent and only slightly arcuate from near the
base to the apical angles, which are obtuse and rounded; apex wide and
broadly arcuate; base broadly and feebly pedunculate; marginal fringe short
and dense; disk broadly, evenly convex. Elytra oblong, two-thirds longer
than wide, distinctly wider than the prothorax, parallel, rather acutely ogival
in apical third; punctures moderately large, deep and decidedly sparse. Legs
somewhat short, deep black throughout. Length 2.5 mm.; width 0.8-0.9 mm.
Arizona.
The description is taken from the male, the female being not
larger or greatly different in form, but with a decidedly smaller
head. In the male the fifth ventral is sparsely clothed with ordi-
nary pubescence throughout, truncate at apex and unmodified.
This species is allied to senzlis, but differs in its smaller size and
relatively shorter form, in its much sparser vestiture and much
shorter and more transverse prothorax. Five specimens,
14. L. uniformis n. sp.—Elongate, parallel, convex, moderately shin-
ing, black with a dull zeneous lustre; legs and antennze piceous-black; pubes-
Coleopterological Notices, VI. 553
cence moderately long and coarse, evenly distributed and rather sparse. Head
three-fourths as wide as the prothorax, densely punctato-rugose, the punctures
shallow; anterior impressions:moderate, separated at the frontal margin by a
shining impunctate space; epistoma narrow, polished, impunctate, pale and
subcoriaceous; labrum dark; eyes rather prominent; antennee distinctly longer
than the prothorax, somewhat slender, the fifth joint dilated as usual, club
feeble, the tenth joint almost as long as wide. Prothorax short, strongly trans-
verse, three-fifths wider than long, narrowly rounded and widest near the base,
the sides thence strongly convergent and nearly straight to the obtuse apical
angles; apex feebly arcuate, the base broadly, almost evenly and more strongly
arcuate; disk broadly and evenly convex, dull and sculptured like the head.
Elytra short, oblong, parallel, barely two-thirds longer than wide, not evyi-
dently wider than the prothorax, obtusely parabolic in apical third, the punc-
tures strong, rather coarse and moderately close-set. Abdomen feebly sculp-
tured and rather shining, the legs moderate in length. Length 2.4 mm.;
width 0.9 mm.
Arizona.
Allied to clavicornis, but distinguishable at once by its slightly
denser vestiture, much broader prothorax, less clavate antennz
with a decidedly less transverse tenth joint, and by the broadly
impressed sulcus of the genital segment; the fifth ventral of the
male is truncate at apex, with the surface broadly flattened and
normally pubescent. desteseenescessseses Spatulifer n. sp.
5—Elytral punctures sparse and frequently coarse; species generally small...6
Elytral punctures dense and’ generally fine.......1.:..0.-cosescescccececnnsseseocceecenss 7
6—Transverse fascia at the usual position three-fifths from the base.
Fascia distinctly denuded of pubescence.
The fascia vaguely continued along the suture to a single large indis-
tinct scutellar spot; elytral punctures very coarse and sparse; vesti-
ture coarse and widely dispersed.................se+000. denudatus Horn
The fascia not prolonged; a faint anteriorly arcuate subbasal fascia inter-
rupted at the suture generally evident................ debilitams n. sp.
Fascia not denuded.
Thoracic process not or very obsoletely dentellate.
Vestitture coarse and conspicuous; elytra more elongate, the prothorax
relatively smaller; antennz stout toward apex; eyes larger and
IMOLEMANelypACEUCU eters aa es- s2-seclce cane euemece cence conforms Lec.
Vestiture finer, sparser and less conspicuous; elytra shorter and
broader, with evidently finer punctuation; antenne slender.
sparsus Lec.
Thoracic process distinctly dentellate...................5. Lustrellus n. sp.
Transverse fascia at apical fourth very vague, the entire surface frequently ob-
scure; larger species, with coarse and sparse punctuation.
nevadensis 0. sp.
‘7—Transverse fascia more posterior in position, at apical fourth, continued
along the suture to the base .............-sssscscesssscsereoese anchora Hentz
Transverse fascia at three-fifths from the base, not continued on the suture
more thanishohohy, beyond the middler eee cccsessceecseoacesaccaseedseceneess 8
S$—Thoracic process broader, always distinctly dentellate.................:eeeeeeeee 9
Thoracic process narrower and elongate, never dentellate or only very indis-
GUT CLL VASO See EMR as oe rie sink siden oaslaiee ccaaoudcene ee noncationcsantenns seeds ehonsnssea tases 14
158 Coleopterological Notices, VI.
9—Elytra with two more or less definite and approximate, but non-coalescent,
dark’ spots very near the base -o-....-ccrsc- ss csecsee econ sesenecasseties easeerere 10
Elytra each with a small subsutural spot at some distance behind the scutel-
WM. oe SSeaiciesed ols vcieis oveceswdsinphmieelse te ecestvws ss scones nasemen esac deeslinensaseseeeet 13
10—Elytra without maculation between the transverse band and basal spots,
except occasionally near the lateral eflges ........................sescseceseseree 11
Elytra with a posteriorly arcuate transverse band between the fascia and the
base, which is composed of six short longitudinal dashes of slightly
darker brownish-piceous tint; subbasal spots also pale brown, large and
ANG EHNIGE) sy eaeoo
SCHUTICOWIS 52) 20 sh 1 : 238
BEbSera cote 1. owe - 237
woodianus . . : 236
Seirarctia echo... . 80
‘Sermysatus . 2 833
SERRASALMONIN®E . . 296
General Index.
PAGE
Serrasalmus- .- ...... Sn eye
Sesia tipuliformis ....... 211
SUSHI ate 2 clon) Us wee 210
Sibine stimulea ..... 216
trimaculata . 217
vidua.- . 216
SILURIDE . oul este, “Bi Wien 2s 1200
Sisyrosea inornata ...... . 219
SMOEPUGHA Ms i 6s os ce | ASR
SPHINGIDZ re oe eee
Spilosoma virginica... . . . 78, 79
Spirostreptus anodontus 32
ETipAabulGUs, se 3 Gls. lod
MaADWIS) w+ esses ce 2 | 12S
SDAPIRYGLUNIDAG 2. ss ss = 436
Stars, measuresof...... 381
Stereopalpus. . . 627, 631
impressicollis.. . . , 632, 635
ANCATWUS) Shaeet, se) sch ee, \Oae
indutus . 632, 633
nimius 632, 634
rufipes. . 632, 634
subalbicans 632, 636
variipes . 632, 63
Sydates ae: 458, 53
ADIGA CTE fe SP as mien enn 557
SVGAbOPSIS : 502 6 2 5 458, 536
; longicornis .. . ooo
WanarhveOpsise~ cs... es + (00,7 TDL
Slanarbhrus) =.) <)< 642, 749
alutaceus .... . 790, 755
brevipennis’. 2.5, . -. 100;, 751
densus. 5 eos EDS CSE
Mopene. Gs =. ae (OO, De
salicola;~ -%. . . = «%50) 754
SAWNUSa ee hos. 2 on Ss copie
tricolor . 750, 753
Tanilotes . ‘ 774, 798
GensuSttiermet has) < 5 62 799
lacustris. . 799
FRENEBRIONIDAD < . . - =: « 610
TETRAGONOPTERIN@. .... . 262
Tetragonopterus. ...... . 262
(EGER AN KOHID AG. cc:, ays
SER APHOSID ANS 6s Gls. cha «
BAMRIDIDAS: s0cate of ces. . 423
Thicanus oe 641, 670
annectens . ag Oe
californicus . .- . 670, 672
franciscanus . 670, 673
mimus. . . 670, 672
rejectus . . 670, 671
texanus. . ae OCU
THOMISIDE. . . eee ABE
Thyce pistoria. . 607
riversi. . 608
Thyridopteryx ephemerieformis 5A, 205
TINEINA . Sp Vaca ake
Tolype velleda. ....